^\nS^
^■:^=%\^li
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/dictionaryofarc02stur
A DICTIONARY
OF
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING
VOLUME II
•yM^
A DICTIONARY
OF
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING
OBiograpl^ical, l^isitoncal, auD ?DcjScnptite
RUSSELL STURGLS, A.M., Pii.D.
FELLOW OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AND MANY
ARCHITECTS, PAINTERS, ENGINEERS, AND OTHER EXPERT
WRITERS, AMERICAN AND FOREIGN
IN TIIRFK VOLUMES
VOL. II
F— N
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MATMILLAN & CO., Ltd.
I'.IOI
Col-YRIOHT, I!IOI,
Hv THK MACMILLAN (;O.MPANY.
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS
DICTIONARY OF ARCHITECTURE
Cleveland Abbe, Ph.D., LL.D.
Meteorologist U. S. Weather Bureau, Washing-
ton, D.C.
William xMartin Aiken, F.A.I.A.
Architect ; New York. Late Supervising Archi-
tect of U. S. Treasury Uepartmeut.
Edward Atkinson, Ph.D., LL.D.
Economist, and President Manufacturers' Mutl.
Ins. Co., Boston, Mass. Author MiU Con-
struction .■ What It Is and What It Is Xot ;
Right Methods of Preventimj Fins in Mills.
Charles Babcock, M.A., Hon. Mem. A.I.A.,
Hon. Mem. R.I.B.A.
Emeritus Professor of Architecture, Cornell
University, Ithaca, N.Y.
W. J. Baldwin, Mem. Am. Soc. C.E., Mem. Am.
Soc. M.E.
Expert and Consulting Engineer in Heating
and Ventilation ; New York.
Charlks I. Bek&, F.A.I.A.
Architect ; New York.
C. H. Blackall, M.A., F.A.I.A.
Architect ; Boston, Mass.
Edwin- H. Blashkiei,i>, N. A., Hon. Mem. A. I. A.
Mural I'aintpr; N'.-w York. .loinl Author
if^U>n, rn/rs: .1 1,^!" T \' i.ari.
H. W, I'.KLWLi:, ll^.ii \- 1: I l; \.
Aulliui- luaiiv \'.rr ■ i ■ i in the Pro-
ceedings K. 1. li. A. , L>.iia '11, i:iigland.
Arnom. W. Bkunneu, F.A.1..V.
Architect ; New York. Joint Author Interior
Dtcoration.
Kcclesiologist and Decorative Designer ; Presi-
dent Church Glass and Decorating Co.
Wai.tkr C>)()k, F.A.I.A.
Architect ; New York. President Soc. of Beaux
Arts Architects; President N.Y. Chapter
A. I. A.
Edward Cowles, A.M., M.D.
Medical Supt. McLean Ho.spital, Waverley,
Mass. ; Clin. Instruc. Ment. Dis. Ilarvanl
University.
R. A. Cra.m.
Architect ; Boston, Mass.
Frkt)
• Vn
Painter and Decorative Artist; New
York. Author Mural I'aintinif.
Frank .Minks Day, K.A.I. A.
Architect : Pliiladelphia, Penn.
Charles de Kav.
Writer on Fine Art ; New York. Author Ai/e
and Works of liarye, the Sculptor.
F. S. Dellenbauoh.
Painter ; Writer and Lecturer on American
Archieology and Ethnology ; New York.
William he Mon(;AN.
Keramist and Designer ; London, England.
Barr Ferree, Hon. Cor. Mem. R.I.B.A., Cor.
Mem. A. LA.
John Safford Fiske, L.H.D.
Alassio, Province of Genoa, Italy. Writer on
Fine Art, especially of Italy.
Arthur L. Frothingha.m, Jr., Ph.D.
Princeton, N.J. Professor Ancient History and
Archaeology, Princeton University ; Late
Editor Am. Journal Archieology ; Joint
Author History <il' Sriili,iiii-i-.
William Paul Gekhaui., C.i;.
York. Cousultini; Ilii-iiieer for Sanitary
\Vo
■, M^ 1
III,
ii-h
Anhiiect ; New 'I'urk ; President Architectural
Wii.i.mm' 11. '(.....i.w;ah, M.A.
Arehieolo-isi ; New York. Professor Brooklyn
lii^t. ot ,\ii> and Sciences (Curator since
ls;i;», , .\uilHir The Grammar of the Lotus ;
li'iiiKiii II ml Mi'dicEval Art; Jienaissance
mill M..,l. ni Art.
Alk.wm.ik (,i;miam, F.S.A., Mem. Council
i;.I.H..\.
London, Kngland. Author Travelsin Tunisia;
Iliiiiidns of the Roman Occupation of North
Africa.
A. I). V. Hamlin, A.M.
Adjunct Professor Department of Architecture,
Columbia University, New Y.ork ; Author
A Text-book of the History of Architec-
.Virhlle,! ; New York.
Geor(;e Hill. M.S., C.E., A.ssoc. Mem. Am. Soc.
C.E., Mem. Am. Soc. M.E.
Architect ; New York. Author Qftice Help
for Architects ; Modern Office Buildings;
Test of Fireproof Floor Arches.
Fred. B. Hinciiman.
Architect ; New York. Late U. S. Engineer
William iVicii Hutton. C.E., Mem. Am. Soc.
C.E.. Mem. Inst. C.E., Mem. Inst. C.E. of
London.
Civil Engineer ; New York.
John La Faroe, N.A., Hon. Mom. A.I.A.
Mural Painter, Artist in Mosaic and Decorative
Windows ; New York. Author Considera-
tions on Painting; An Artist's Letters from
Japan.
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS
W. R. Lkthabt.
London ; England. Joint AuUior Sancta
Sophia, Curixtanthviple ; Author Archi-
teclure, Mysticiam, and Myth ; Leadwork,
Old and Ornamental.
W. P. 1'. LosoKKLLow, S.B.. Hon. Mem. A.I.A.
Cambridge, Mass. Editor CyclopnEdia of Archi-
tecture in Italy, Greece, and the Levant;
Auilior Essays un Architectural UUstory ;
The Column and the Arch.
Allan Mak«lasu. I'li.D., L.ll.D.
Profes-sor Arcbajology and the History of Art,
Princeton University, Princeton, N.J. ;
Joint Author Uintory of .Sculpture.
Hbsry Kltgeiw Maksiiall, M.A., F.A.I.A.
Architect; New York. Author Pain, Pleas-
ure, and Esthetics; Esthetic Princi-
pies.
Gkorge p. Merrill.
Head Curator IJept. of Geology, U. S. National
Museum, Washington, D. C. ; Professor
Geology and Mineralogy, Corcoran Scien-
tific School of Columbian University, Wa.sli-
ington, 1).C. ; Author Stones for Buildiwj
and Decoration; Jiocks, Rock-weather iny,
and Soils; The Onyx Marbles.
\y. T. Partridge.
Lecturer on Architectural Design, Columbia
University ; New York.
Charles A. Platt.
Architect and Landscape Architect ; New York.
Author Italian Gardens.
Coi(Vi>ON T. Plruv, C.E., Mem. Am. Soc. C.E.
Civil Engineer; New Y'ork. Author Pam-
phlets and Reports on Construction and
Fire-proofing.
RissELL RoiiB, S.B., M.A.LE.S.
Boston, Mass. Author Electric ]yirinfi for
the Use of Architects.
W. C. Sauise.
Assistant Professor of Physics, Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. Engineer for
Acoustics, Boston Music Hall (1900).
Alexandre Sandier.
Architect ; DirecteurdesTravauxd'Art, Manu-
facture Nationale, Sfevres, France.
Jean Sciiopfer.
Paris, France. Author many articles on
Architecture in American and European
periodicals.
Montgomery Schuyler, A. M., Cor. Mem. A. LA.
New York. Author Studies in American Archi-
tecture; Joint Editor , Veto York Times.
F. D. Sherman, Ph.B.
Adjunct Professor of Architecture, Columbia
University, New York.
Edward R. S.mitii, B.A.
Librarian Avery Architectural Library, Colum-
bia University, New York.
Charles C. Solle.
Boston, Mass. President Boston Book Com-
pany ; Trustee Am. Library Assoc. ; Trus-
tee Brookline, Mass., Pub. Lib.
R. Phene Si'iER.*, F.S.A., Mem. Council R.LB.A.
London, England. Editor Fergusson's His-
tory of Ancient and Mediaral Architecture,
Tliiril Edition ; Editor Pugin's yormandy,
Second Edition.
Danfori) N. B. Stirgis.
Architect ; New York.
Richard CLii-iToN Stirgis, F.A.I.A.
Architect ; Boston, Mass.
Andrew T. Taylor. F.R.I.B.A., R.C.A.
Architect ; Montreal. Author Toirers and
Spires of Sir Christopher Wren ; Dominion
Drawing Books.
Edward L. Tilton.
Architect ; New York. Late Student and Ex-
plorer, Am. School of Classical Studies,
Athens, Greece.
T. F. '
, B.S.
Architect ; New York.
Henry van Brlnt, F.A.I.A. and late President
A. LA.
Architect; Kansas City, Mo. Author Greek
Liiu.i (iiiil nihil- Architectural Essays.
Wll.l.lAM l; \\ M.I . I.I .1)., F.A.I.A.
I'roii >~ A II .Columbia University.
N. "1 A r .1 Treatise on Plain
,11,"' ' M . ,. ; . 'I /'. ispective.
H. Lan.^.o.m. Wvkk.n. F.A.LA.
Architect ; Boston. Mass. As-st. Professor of
Architecture, Lawrence Scientific School,
Edmitn
Ilai
r.l 1
Peter B. w i..iii. I'.A I,
Architoci ; ChicaLro.
State Board of Exa
.HT, A.B.. F.A.LA.
I Boston. Mass. Author
■ fare in Boston.
The Author of Architect, the, in Italy records his indebtedness for special information to the Com-
mendalore Cauiillo Boito.
The Author of Lvw, — U) Mr. Philip Golden Bartletl.
The Author of Misic Hall, —to .Mr. Theodore Tliomas.
The Author of Surveying, —to Mr. Edward B. Sturgis.
PREFACE TO VOLUME IT., DICTIONARY OF
ARCHITECTURE
A GOOD dictionary will be good reading even if a column or a page be read consecutively ;
but it will be still better reading if the reader is in the mood to take a little pains and turns to
one article after another, following not the alphabetical sequence of the terms, but the sequence
of his own thought. This matter of the student's use of the book, briefly touched upon in the
Preface to Vol. I., becomes of more obvious importance now that two thirds of the whole work
is in print. There are some large general subjects which can be fairly well studied if this plan is
followed ; and with the appearance of the third and final volume, four months hence, these studies
can be carried yet farther.
An obvious instance is that subject, the most important to us modems of all matters of
architectural history, the system of building and design of the great Empire, from 50 b.c. to
250 A.D. The building and the art of the European world since that time, and of much beyond
the European world, take their origin in what was done during that epoch ; and yet there is so
little generally known about it, and it is so misunderstood, that all architectural thought and
writing is seriously marred by this lack of accuracy. This very subject will be found treated at
great length in the Dictionary. If, for instance, the reader begins with Italy, Part IX., Latium,
and especially the second division of Part IX. where the city of Rome itself is treated ; if then he
seeks in the other parts of the article, Italy, for Roman remains, and farther in the article France,
especially Part X., and in Asia Minor, the Balkan Peninsida, and North Africa ; if he then studies
Memorial Arch, Memorial Column, Amphitheatre, Basilica, and the technical terms referred to
under Columnar Architecture, the subject will have been presented to him from several points
of view. The appearance in Vol. III. of the general ai'ticle on Roman Imperial Architecture and
that on Syria, with Portico, Thermae, and Tomb, may seem to complete fairly well (especially if
Masonry, Vaulting, and the like be looked up) the presentation of what is known on the general
subject.
The mechanical and scientific art of building may be followed up from item to item in the
same easy and natural way ; and the present volume gives Floor, Foxmdation, Frame, Framing,
Iron Construction, Masonry, and Mortar, to be read with Builder, Brickwork, and the like in Vol. I.
Gas Fitting and House Drainage come here ; Plumbing, Ventilation, and Warming in Vol. III.,
and these may be read in connection with Hotel, or with Apartment House (and with Tenement
House, when it appears), or with Library, or with Hospital ; for to many readers these hygienic
departments are what is most important in modern building. The valuable and novel work given
in Vol. I. under Acoustics, and its kindred shorter articles, receives a practical confirmation in
Vol. II. by the article Music Hall ; and some further help is given in Vol. III. under the caption
Sounding Board.
The volume now issued contains the longest of the guidebook articles, Italy first, treated with
unexampled thoroughness ; France, Germany, Greece, Japan, North Africa, each written by one
who knows well and loves the land in question and its monuments. Other vast regions, such as
India, have received treatment less full and less minute, because of their very gieatness and of
their less immediate interest to students of European tradition ; Farther India and Hungary,
Ireland, Mexico, have proportionate space allowed them. There are articles which must be con-
sidered as continuations of those named above ; thus Moslem Architecture helps greatly Tmlia
and North Africa, as it will iiclp Balkan Peninsula and Egypt in Vol. 1., an.l Tcrsia, Si.ain, and
Syria in Vol. III.
vii
U. S.
FULL PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS
I. Flamboyant Architecture 43, 44
II. Font 55, 56
III. Fountain 79, 80
IV. France, Architecture of. i'late 1 95, 96
V. France, Architecture of. Plate II. 103, 104
VI. France, Architecture of. Plate III 115,116
VII. France, Architecture of. Plate IV 131, 132
VIII. Gallery 169, 170
IX. Germany, Architecture of. I'late 1 201, 202
X. Germany, Architecture of. Plate II 219, 220
XL Germany, Architecture of. Plate III 235, 236
XII. Greco-Roman Architecture 307, 308
XIII. Greece, Architecture of 315, 316
XIV. Haddon Hall, Derby.shire, England 341, 342
XV. Henri Deux Architecture 371,372
XVI. Henri Quatre Architecture 377, :!78
XVII. H6tel 409, 410
XVIII. Inlay 481, 482
XIX. Italy, Architecture of. Plate 1 521, 522
XX. Italy, Architecture of. Plate II 541, 542
XXI. Italy, Architecture of. Plate III 575, 576
XXII. Italy, Architecture of. Plate IV 597, 598
XXIII. .Japan. Plate 1 623, 624
XXIV. Japan. Plate II C.33, 6.34
XXV. Khan 673, 674
XXVI. Leaning Tower 721, 722
XXVII. Louvre 805, 806
XXVIII. Memorial Arch. Plate 1 853, 854
XXIX. Memorial Arch. Plate II 859, 860
XXX. Mexico, Architecture of 897, 898
XXXI. Minaret 909, 910
X.XXII. Moslem Architecture 9(13, 964
XXXIII. Mural Paintinp; 981.982
XXXIV. Neoclassic Architecture 1009,1010
DICTION^ARY OF ARCHITECTURE
F I FACE MOULD.
sized pattern of the
FACADE. The architectural front of a build- wreath, in sense 5, j
ing ; not necessarily the principal front, but any | given horizcmtal j.l:
face or presentation
of a structure which
is nearly in one plane,
and is treated in the
main as a single ver-
tical wall with but
minor modifications.
Thus, if a large build-
ing presents toward
one street a front con-
sisting of the ends of
two projecting wings
with a low wall be-
tween them enclosing
a courtyard, that
would be hardly a
facade, but rather two
fa(,'ades of the two
pavilions.
With buildings
which present on all
sides fronts of similar
or equivalent elabo-
rateness of treatment,
it is, perhaps, incor-
rect to speak of a fa-
cade ; thus, in a great
church, although the
west front may be
described by this
term, it is inaccurate
because that front
would not be what
it is were it presented
without the flanks or
north and south sides.
The facade rather (^omes of street architecture I material or more
and of buildings which have but one front con- | Ashlar, B ; Face ;
sidered of sufficient impor-
tance to receive architectu-
ral treatment. — R. S.
FACE (v.). A. To dress
or finish one or more faces
of a piece, member, or struc-
ture.
B. To provide with a
relatively highly finished
face by the application of
a finer or more elaborately
worked material.
In stair building, a full-
inclined projection of a
■oduced by jfrojecting the
1 vertically upon an in-
clined plane which
corresponds to the
slope of the wreath,
or as nearly so as
jioshible. If the plan
of the wreath is, as
usual, described on a
circular arc, the face
; mould will be ellip-
' tical. {See Falling
Mould.)
FACET. Any one
of the several polyg-
onal faces of a crys-
tal or cut jewel;
hence, any one of the
laces or plane surfaces
of a stone cut into
like forms, as in rusti-
cated masonry where
each i
to 1
pyi-amidal projection.
There are many exam-
ples in Italy, among
tliem the e.\terior east
I'acade of the Doge's
p.il.icc ut V<'nice and
.\u- l",.l,.//„ (lei Dia-
t i;n
A( INO: Two BVZANTINK STILTED
Arches, in Vknuk.
ough tirlck work iiliown In « In covered In
by very thin fticlnif of marble.
Miii\ -iiii line which
'"'• moie important face,
**"' especially when con-
stmcted of better
elaborately worked. (See
Face Brick, under Brick ;
Facing.)
FACING. Any mate-
rial used to face with,
whether forming an inte-
gral ])art of a structure and
l)uilt simultaneou.sly with
;t as in certain methods of
lirick building, or applied
to tlie compicteil rough
structure as a veneer, as in
the ca.se of a marl)le dado;
in this sense distinguished
FACTOR OP SAFETY
from Face Work. (Sw .\j<lilar ; Face ; Face
Brick, uM.ler Brick.) (Cut, cols, o, G.)
FACTOR OF SAFETY. Tlie «iuantity liy
whicli tlic imincricuUy stated ultimate strength
of a UK-iiilur is iliviilcHl, in order to determine
what force the raendter may resist with entire
safety. Thus, in })nutice, an iron column is
commonly allowed to support a load only one
hfth the amount it would jutu:dly carry before
breaking, the factor of sjifety thus being five.
The amount of a factor of s;ifety, as usually
employed, is determined by experience and ])nu:-
tice, but is arbitrarily aissumed in any given
case or arbitrarily established by law or custom.
(See StRMigth of Materials.) — D. N. B. S.
FACTORY. ^1. A building in which fac-
tors (that is to say, agents, as of merdiants or
other business men) reside or conduct their busi-
ness. In this sense, the term corresponds nearly
to the Italian fonduco. In the Middle Ages,
and to a certain e.vtent in later times, the mer-
chants of one country doing business in another
required a building which would be a centre of
their jjosition as tolerated foreignere who must
have some common office and place of gathering.
Even in very recent times the existence of such
buildings in Oriental lands is not unknown. The
factory (called in French hdtel, or simply vnai'soH)
of an important commercial country built in a
seaportofanothercoramercial country would often
be a building of some architectural pretensions.
B (abbreviated from manufactory). A build-
ing in which manufactiuing is carried on.
Such buildings rarely receive architectural treat-
ment ; but some cotton mills and the like have
square entrance towers and present a seendy
appearance of decent constniction and simple
proportion. (For their structural peculiarities,
which are sometimes of interest, see Slow Burn-
ing Construction.) — R. S.
FAIENCB. Pottery of coarse or dark col-
oured body covered by an opaque coating, such
as is called enamel, which enamel may be elabo-
rately painted. This is the proper signification,
and it covers all the beautiful decorative wares
of Italy from the fifteenth to the eighteenth
centuries, including the richest varieties of ma-
jolica, and also the various potteries of France
of slightly later epoch, such as those of Rouen,
Nevers, Moustiers, and many more. The.se
wares are often very soft, both enamel and
body ; but when used for external decoration,
such iis wall tiles and the like, the same cH'ects
of colour and brilliancy are pos.sible with an ex-
tremely h.ard and enduring substance, and the
greatest epochs have been marked by the pro-
duction of cresting tiles, ridge tiles, finials for
painted roofs, and the like, which are perfectly
durable. (See Epi ; Keramics ; Tile.) — R. S.
FAIN, PIERRE ; architect and sculptor.
In ir)01-l.J0_' Fain worked on the archi-
episcopal i)aliu;e at liouen. December 4, 1507,
FALLING MOULD
he contracted with others to buihl the chaixl
of the chateau of Gaillon (Eurc, France). In
1509 he comjiletcil the portal leading from the
outer to the, inner court at Gaillon, which is
now at the Ecule des Beaux Arln, Paris. (See
Dclorme, Pierre.)
Deville, Comj.tf'S de Gmlh.n.
FALCONET, ETIENNE MAURICE
sculptor; b. 171G; d. IT'Jl.
Catherine II. invited Falconet to Russia to
make the colossal equestrian statue of Peter
the Great. The CEiivres d'£tienne Falconet,
Statitaire (6 vols. 8vo) were published in 1781.
Gonse, Sctdpture Fran(;aise ; La Grande En-
cyclopedie.
FALCONETTO, GIOVANNI MARIA ;
painter, architect,and sculptor ; b. 1 -l^S ; d. I't.M.
Falconctto spent twelve years in an exten-
sive study of the antique remains of architec-
ture and sculpture in Rome. He also measured
and drew the antiquities of Verona, Naples, and
Spoleto, and later of Pola, in Istria. He set-
tled finally in Padua, under the patronage of
Luigi Cornaro, for whom he designed and built
the famous palace now called Giustiniani, which
bears his signature and the date 1524. Falco-
nctto built the Porta S. Giovanni. Padua, in
1528 (signed) ; made the design and mwlel for
the church of S. Maria delle Grazie, Patlua ;
and other buildings. In 1533 he liegan the
stucco work of the Cappella del Santo, irt tlie
church of S. Antonio, Padua, which was fin-
ished after his death by Tiziano di Guido Minio.
Miintz, licnaissaiice ; Kcdtenbacher, Die ^rcAi-
tektur der Italienischcn lii'iiaissance.
FALKENER, EDWARD ; architect and
archifiologist ; b. February, 1814; d. Dec. 17,
1896.
He was a student of architecture at the Royal
Academy, London, and in 1839 won its gold
medal. He travelled extensively in Asia Minor,
Syria, Egj'pt, Greece, Crete, Italy, and Russia,
and in 1849 excavated a house in Pomiieii.
Falkener was editor of the Museum of Clas-
sical Antiquities during the three years of its
publication. He published a pamphlet on the
ancient theatres in Crete (1854), Ihedalos, or
the Causes and Principles of the Excellence
nfOreek Sculpture (1860), a pamphlet on the
Hypa'thron of Greek temples, and other works.
Obiluarv in Journal of Royal Institute of British
Arrhilect."', 18!)«-18!)-. p. 149.
FALL (.IS of a roof, gutter, or the like).
Same as I'ildi.
FALLING MOULD. In stair building, a
full-sized i)attein of the side of a wreath. It
is cut out of a thin piece of veneer, or the like,
following the lines of the developed {i.e. un-
rolled or opened out) curved elevation, and is
then bent around the wreath to give the actual
lines of the steps, mouldings, and other parts.
(See Face Mould.)
1: -, ^
" > i ■ ^'
\
}
i;
J
i
--
FALSE BEARING
FALSE BEARING. In Eiijclisli iLsa^% a
bearinj^ or ijnint ul .sii])|i.)rt wliich is not ver-
tk-ally over the 8Ui)])orting stnuturc 1x>low, as
that wliich is atl'orded by a projecting corljel or
cantilever. (Api)arently an attempt to trans-
late the Frencii term, ]>orte-ii-fai(^.)
FAN. A contrivance for creating a current
of air, either witiiin a limited space, as in a
room to which no air is supplied from without
(compare Punkah), or as in the ventilation of a
house, a mine, or the like, in which cases air is
driven liy it from without into the space to be
ventilated, or from that space outward. The
fans used merely for agitating the air in a room
are cither revolvetl slowly in a horizontal i)lane
and have large vanes or wind's, cr arc whi'cl-
FANTAIL
FANE (I.). A temple, especially one de-
voted to pagan worship ; hence, a place of wor-
ship of any kind, but in a general and somewhat
poetical sense. The word ^jro/<M(f is connected
with this as meaning outside of (before) the
fane.
FANE (II.). A weathercock ; a vane.
The term means originally a flag (German,
Faliiie), and in the present signification is
prolwbly confused with Vane.
FAN GROININO. Same as Fan Vaulting,
under Vaulting.
FAN LIGHT. Strictly speaking, a glazed
sash filling the arched head of a door or win-
dow o])euing, and having radiating sash bars
lik.' a fan ; hence, any window occupying a
> AND Wrought Iron, from a Doorway
shaped, set vertically, and revolved at high
speed. (For the fan used in thorough ventila-
tion, see Ventilation ; Warming.)
Plenum Fan. One which supplies a cur-
rent of air by forcing it from without into the
given space.
Vacuum Fjin. One which causes a current
of air by drawing it out from the given space.
FANCELLI, LUCA; architect; b. 1430;
d. about \:>0\.
On the recommendation of Cosimo de' Medici,
Luca entered the service of Ludovico Gonzaga,
Maniuis of Mantua, about 1450, and superin-
tended his constnictions for forty years at Man-
tua. He carried out, from the jjlaiis of Albert!
(.sec Alberti), the small church of S. Sebastiano
(1400-1472) and the more important one of S.
An<lrca (begiui 1472). After the death of Giu-
liano da Maiano (sec Giuliano da Maiano) he
was employed by Ferdinand I., King of Naples.
BraRhirolli, Lnra FnnreUi in L'Arrhirio Sto-
rirn Lmnhardo, Vol. III. (18711); Carlo d'Arco,
Dolle Arti i degli Arttliri di Mantova.
similar position over a door or window. (Com-
pare Transom Light.)
FAN ROOF.^ A vaulted roof adorned with
fan tracery.
FANSAGA, COSIMO; architect and
scul|.tor; b. l.-.Ill, at IJergauio, Italy ; d. 167f<.
According to Milizia, he built the facade of
the church of S. Sj)irito de' Napolitani, in
Rome. About 1626 he went to Naples, and
built the fat^ade of the church of S. Fcrdinando
(1628), the church of S. Theresa (Terresella,
1625), the fine facade of the Sapienza, and
6tlier buildings.
Gurlitt, Oesrliirhte dps Jinrnckstilfs i)i Itnlien ,
Milizia, Mrmorie ; Sasso, Monmnruti di Xapoli.
F ANT AIL. A. Any meml»er or piece of
construction having a form ajiproaching that
of a fan, as a dovetail or a combination of radi-
ating pieces. Especially, a centring constructed
with such pieces, and hence, —
B. One of the radial struts forming the
support of the ribs in a centring, as above
described.
FAN TRACERY
FAN TRACERY. (See Fan Vaulting,
under Vaulting.)
FAN -WINDOW. A. The same as Fan
Light.
B. Any approximately semicircular or semi-
elliptic window upon a horizontal diameter ;
especially one having radiating bars or lead-
ing, like a fan in appearance. (See Fan
Light.)
FANWORK. Decorative work abounding
in fanlike patterns ; especially Fan Vaulting,
and the imitation of this and of late Lierne
Vaulting, in the carved stone canopies of tombs
and the like.
FANZAGA. (See Fansaga.)
FARLEIGH, RICHARD DE ; architect.
Supposed to have built the spire of Salisbury
cathedral, England, about 1334.
Redgrave, Dictionary of Artists.
FARLEY, or FERLEY, WILLIAM; ec-
clesiastic and architect.
Abbot of Gloucester from 1472 to 1498;
finished the Lady Chapel of Gloucester cathe-
dral begun by Abbot Henley between 1457 and
1472.
FARM BUILDINGS. Those which are oc-
cupied by an agriculturist and his family and
assistants, and including all the stables, poultry
houses, cart sheds, and the like, which make up
the necessary provision for carrying on the work
of a farm. In the United States it has never
been customary to make of tlie farm buildings
any architectural arraiiLCi'incnt nr L'lnuping; and
even in England the m-cidi ntul .lustcring of the
different structures in ),I;i,vs tniind convenient
at the moment has limi Ljciifi-.dly the rule.
Moreover, in botli (•(mntrics the common use
of cheaper and less ciKhiiin'j- material, such as
wood, has caased tlie crcctiini d' liams, cribs,
sheds, and the like, wliirh lia\. hd permanent
character. On the ('(intincnt d' ilunipe the un-
settled condition of tiic iduntry fnr many cen-
turies, and the constant possibility of attacks
by a considerabl(! force, have always led to the
arranging of farm buildings around a court and
with but few windows in tiu; exterior walls, and
those high above the ground. There, results
from this system an extremely suggestive archi-
tectural arrangement which it is easy to make
effective in every way ; and the rnueii more com-
mon use of masonry has tended to make these
French and German farms permanent orna-
ments of the country. The same arrangement
and disj)OHition carried out on a larger scale and
at greater cost produces the typical manor house
of the ('(Hitiiiental u.atioiis, ,,'f whirh many ad-
iiiiralilc ex.'uiiiilcs still cxi.^t, at li-ast in ])art.
One nf the most .al t .a.-t I \ r nf thrsc is tilC cele-
brated Manoir d'Ang.., mar \ araiigcville (Seine
FARTHER INDIA
Inf^rieure), in Xormandy. (Compare Barn ;
Byre ; Colombier ; Dovecote ; Stable.)
Halsted, Barn Plans and Out-Buildings ; Den-
ton, Farin Homesteads of England ; Narjoux, His-
toirc d' line Ferine. „ ^^
FARMHOUSE. That one of a number of
farm buildings in which the farmer and his
family reside.
FARMING SHELTER. A structure erected
by American Indians near their tilled fields,
where crop tenders dwell till harvest time.
These constructions are of various kinds, from
rude brush shelters to good houses built of
stone, on the level, in cliffs, or forming small
villages. Of the latter class the modem vil-
lage of Nutria, belonging to Indians of Zuni,
is a good example, though there is a growing
tendency to occupy such villages all the year,
as there is now no defensive motive for retiring
to the pueblos when the crops have been gath-
ered. Many cliff dwellings and cavate lodges
were no more than fanning shelters. (See
Communal Dwelling.) — F. S. D.
FARNHAM, NICHOLAS. (See Ferne-
ham, Nicholas.)
FARTHER INDIA, ARCHITECTURE
OF. That of the old native states of Burmah,
Siam, Anam (now more commonly called Cochin
China), Cambodia, which is more or less de-
pendent upon Siam, Lower Cochin China with
Saigon as its capital, and the Malay Peninsula
with the ancient town of Malacca. The Euro-
pean occupation of single points like Singapore,
now for many years, Pulupenang and the prov-
ince of Wellesley, and Burmah since 1885, all
by the British, and the very extensive invasions
of the eastern coast (Anam and Cochin China)
by tlie Fnticli, liave nnt suffic;.! to change the
areliite.tural (|uc>ti tor tlie l.uilding of the
Europeans lias not attainnl an\ iinadiar impor-
tance. The same tmincal ,-limate which makes
domestic architi'ctuic a thing (if little account
has prevented the i'acturies and dwellings (if
Europeans fmin assiiining an areliiteetural char-
acter worthy nf special note.
The Freiicii g'iMinineiit centre at Saigon has
one or two Imildiims dt |iscudo-European style;
and with better taste tlie barracks arc sur-
rounded by broad balccinies, giving them a seiui-
trojiical look not iiiej.'gant. .An iion bridge of
great boldness spans the Inoad Chinese river at
Saigon. The country is almost wholly within
the tropics, and much the greater i)art of it lies
between the Tropic of Cancer and the line of
ten degrees north latitude ; that is to say, ex-
actly the latitude of the West India Islands.
If the insular form of the latter, opening parts
of the territory to the regiilating climatic inlhi-
ence of the ..(ran and to the steady trade wind
for much more liiaii half tlie year has given tc
them an e.xecptiuiially favourable climate, the
10
FARTHER INDIA
climate of Farther Iiulia is divcrsitietl by moun-
tain chains ; and nothing at all resembling the
great plain of Northern Imlia, with it« extreme
heats of summer contrasting with a much colder
winter, seems to exist, tiic ijec'uliar conditions
of the mountainous country alone excepted.
The whole peninsula, in general, is thinly set-
tled, for, while its superficies is about equal to
the United States eiist of tlie Mississippi, the
highest estimate jtut upon its total population
is about 35,000,000. In other words, it is
much more tliiidy settled than any of the states
of Western Euroi>e, and in this respect cannot
bear the least comparison with the peninsula
of India, projjcrly so called, or the southern
provinces of China.
One result of these conditions is that vast
tracts of forest, with enonnous trees arguing a
duration of six or seven centuries, cover half the
larger peninsula, and this not merely in the
almost unknown interior, but within fifty miles
of the sea in many places. It is in these vast
forests that are found those surprising ruins
which have been explored chiefly by French
government missions, and whicli are spoken of
by the French writers as the work of the
Khmers. The district assigned to this ancient
people is on the boundary between Siam and
Cambodia, along the twelfth and thirteenth
degree of latitude, and due east of Bangkok.
Fragments of the ancient buildings have been
brought to France, and Delaporte (op. cit.) has
given a number of representations which seem
trustworthy, sometimes of a building as conjec-
turally restored, tiiough only in detail, the main
masses remaining intact, sometimes of a meas-
ured plan, sometimes of fragments as the artist
saw them. The general character of these
buildings is one with that of the pagodas, stu-
pas, and topes of India, in that they are with-
out interiors in the ordinary sense, consisting,
as they do almost exclusively, of shrines carried
up into pinnacle-like masses, and larger struc-
tures in wiiich many shrines are combined, and
piled liigh witii ma.s.ses of carved stone. The
shortcoming of all this work is, as a European
student conceives it, in the absence of structural
reasons for architectural design. Although the
Oriental builder has had what few Europeans
have ever possessed, a jjower of designing in
the abstract, — of designing for monumental
effect and without utilitarian significance, —
there still is something lacking wlien it aj)-
j)oar3 that v;ust and lofty stnicturcs of carved
stone are in the forms and pro])ortion« which
we see merely because tlicy were tliought to l)c
effective in those forms and when carved witli
those details. The lover of highly siMHializiHl tra-
heated or arcuated buihling, witii its rcsidting a])-
propriatenesH to secular or to religious uses, feels
in that work with wliich he h:us greater famil-
iarity a satisfaction whicli the most magnificent
11
FARTHER INDIA
piles of the East do not afford to him. Thus
much lu-ged, there remains nothing but praise
and the question of relative merit Ix'tweeu the
sujx-rb mined piles of tiie forests of Camlwdia,
those hardly less mined of tlie Malay Islands
(see Malay Architecture), and the better known
religious pUes of India proj)er.
A shrewd writer luis pointed out that in all
the Khmer monuments tlie doorwa}', or gate-
way of entrance, is the imjwrtant feature.
With this statement should be compared the
significance of the Indian gateway towers (see
Gopura) and the city gates with their defences,
their water steps, and their accessories (see
Ghat). It i.s worthy of consideration, also,
how far the respect shown by the Chinese for
the memorial gateway independent of walls or
enclosures (see Pailoo) and the Japanese torii
(see Torii) compares with this disposition to
adorn gateways which lead, at all events, to
a covered and enclosed place of prayer and
meditation. The Khmer gateway is in itself
of no gieat size. It allows an elephant with
its canopied sadiUe seat to pa.ss through, and
is, therefore, IG or 18 feet high in tiie clear;
but the.se limited dimensions have nothing to
do with the enormous structure which is found
piled upon and above the square head of the
gateway. The famous temple near the city of
Angkor, or Ongkor, which Ls called indifterently
the Angkor Wat or the Nakhou Wat, is very
like the Boro Buddor in Java, but larger. The
platform is 600 feet square, and from this rises a
slowly developing ma.ss of steps and j)latforms
carrying porticoes, covered corridors, and nine
lofty towerlike masses only to be compared to the
Buddhist temple gateways of India. Cut stone of
the most massive character is the material, except
that wooden ceilings, sometimes serving as tie
beams, are used in places where a roundal roof
having the shape of a wagon vault is found,
whose structure of the corlielled or horizontally
hrllrl ],;,-,!. v.ii:U -.nins inadequately pro-
t. Tiic ruins of the city of
A ! \ . Tli'Mu) art^ so lost in a
(1. •; , ti.i. ,1 I !. ' I'll cxphjration is of im-
mense dilHoulty. Malaria of deadly kinds and
abounding carnivorous and poisonous ci-eatures
make access difficult, and nothing apjiroaching
complete exploration luis lieen carried out by
any European. The city is knowni to contain
a great pahvce spoken of as that of the forty-
two towers, and a temple called the temple of
I '.a ion.
In Burmah, the architecture which has at-
tracted the attention of Europeans is much
more recent than the undat^vl l)Ut verj' ancient
buildings of Caml>odia. The palaces and tem-
ples, though not wholly unlike the ancient stone
pago(ia.s, are to a great extent built of wood,
which, being of enduring quality and protected
by lacquer, gilding, mosaic, and the like, all
FARTHER INDIA
which were kept in repair so long as the build-
ing was cherished, has proven as indestructible
as that of the Japanese temples. At Kangoon
there is indeed a monstrous pagoda commonly
called the Shway Dagoon (by Fergusson, Shoe-
dagong), which is, indeed, of stone, and so is the
magnificent and, from any point of view, beau-
tiful tope of the temple at Pegu, the Shway
Madoo (Fergusson, Shoemadu) ; but the palaces
at Mandelay and elsewhere seem always to have
been largely of wood, and the exquisite decora-
tion by means of gilded and lacquered ornament
and mosaic of glass of many different varieties
seems to have been thought sufficient as splen-
dour for even an absolute and splendour-loving
monarch. The important building known as
the Queen's Monastery (kioun), in Mandelay, is
entirely of wood, and in part has been left to
show tlie etfei^ts of the weather, the unpainted
wood ai-qiiiriii^' a lovely gray in the equable
and warm rliiiiutc Gilding, however, has been
evidently an iinportant part of the adornment
and of ceremony in Burman architecture, the
effect of which metallic lustre when seen invest-
ing richly modvdated surfaces is far more harmo-
nious and refined than when it is applied to such
smooth rounded cupolas as those of Paris.
All these buildings are one-storied. Even
when the roofs are piled high like those of the
Japanese pagoda, balconies and sloping roofs
succeeding one another for a height of seven or
more apparent stories, there is but one floor of
occupation. Balconies and galleries there may
be above, but the avoidance of upper floors is
so complete that the assertion is made by Eu-
ropean travellers that tlie lluniiaii sense of per-
sonal di'^ulty Iniliids any onr tn endure the feet
of oth.T iHTs..ns iH'in- al.ovr his lirad, and that
on this ac-i-(, lint iiiijier stnrics are unknown. The
result of the one-story ananixenitiit has been the
development of a columnar arrhitccture of ex-
traordinary interest. Si par:
unlike Roman Doric ei.liiimi
of capital to shaft ami m I
capital, but the shall- an
proportion to their liei;;lit ; i
and their surfaces are iumh
low relief reminding our of
pillars in Pompeii and tlie s
lare of the Palazzo Vecchio i
The architecture of Siani
of less importance than that of Burmah ; and
that of the eastern coast is still more nearly that
of a race which, though having many of the
habits of a civilized people, has never under-
taken great architeetural lalimnN. 'I'liniii','h-
out the peninsula tli.' .Ion,,, li, ;,ivMi,.,li f
the peopl,., tli(Mi!,di, as In, In, ,, -i,, . I,, I ;il„,v,.,
.slight and of a eharai-lci- nol .q,),:,!,!:! In p.iina-
nent, is yet worthy of the closest study hy all
interested in domestic building. The tropical
residence, as suggested in the article House, is
IS
■ i)roportions
raetcr of the
\ thicker in
1 Florence.
i admitted to be
FAST
apt to consist of little more than uprights and
a roof, the walling, of whatever description,
being of little consequence, and often tempo-
rary. To raise a floor above the earth and to
support it on posts which are difficult for rep-
tiles and insects to climb is to pmviiU' the ex-
treme of comfort which the ilimate ilrnianils.
As, however, it is not considernl imiK.rtant to
make such a dwelling stately m- imijres.-^ivc in
appearance, domestic arrhitritnif is iu itself a
matter of inevitable ami almost iinthought-of
picturesque effect, while any a]iproach to gran-
deur is to be had only by the great accumulation
of small buildings within a fortified enclosure or
upon a walled ten-ace.
It is unfortunate that European buildings in
tropical countries are always built on European
lines, or with such slight and fantastic admix-
ture of foreign elements as spoils their character
without giving them a new and independent
significance. If European architects of intel-
ligence, with power to see the possibilities of the
local systems of constraction and arrangement,
were to try to develop the pillared and heavily
roofed house of Farther India into a European
dwelling or palace with nftices, very beautiful re-
sults might foUow. This, wliirh is t'ru,' in a special
sense of Japan, with its lii^lily oiiiiiii/.ed archi-
tecture of post and beam, is apjilicalile to the
more tropical regions under consideration.
Albert de Poun-ouville, L'Art Indo-Chinois ; De-
laporte, Voyaye au Cambodge ; James Fergusson,
Hist()i~y of Indian and Eastern Architecture;
Henri Mouhot, Travels in Indo-China, Cambodia,
and Laos; Gamier, Voyage d' Exploration e«
Indo-Chine ; Abel Remusat, Nouveaux Melanges
Asiatiques ; Mrs. Ernest Hart, Picturesque Burma,
Past and Present (with many illustrations) ; Cap-
tain Henry Yule, Mission to the Court of Ava in
1855 ; Lieutenant G. C. Rigby, Report of a Tour
through the Northern Hhan States; Captain John
Harvey, R A., Report of the Tlietta Column and
Work in the Southern Chin Hills.
— R. S.
FASCES. The ancient Roman emblem of
civil authority — a number of rods bound to-
gether with an axe into a cylindrical bundle,
it a|ipears frotiuently in Roman and in modern
carved ileroration.
FASCIA. In Latin, a bandage, a strip ;
hence, —
A. Any one of the long narrow bands or
divisions of the Ionic architrave, each i)rqject-
ing slightly beyoml tl lielow, as described
by Vitruvius. llnir, , :il .•. -
B. In nindiiii 11 I ' , ;in\ similar band, as a
string course or lirlt, or liie plane face of a cor-
nice or like niend)er, but always a vertical sur-
face, and broader tlian a mere fillet.
FAST. Any simple contrivance to be at-
taciied to a door, window, or the like, to secure
it when dosed. Usually, in combination, us
sash fust, easement fast.
14
FASTIGIUM
FASTIOIUM. In Latin, the crest or top
of a roof ; the whole roof or upi)er part or side
of anything ; esjx'cially, a roof liaving pediments
or gables, as distinguished from one which does
not atfei't in this way the exterior of the build-
ing. In no sense common in English usage, but
originating the adjectives fastigiate, -ious, and
the French fdite.
FAUCES (Latin plural noun, the throat,
etc.). A passiigc, inlet, or the like ; in Vitru-
vius (VI., 4) a p;us.sage in a house, and gener-
ally, in Roman arclw-ology, euch a passage, es-
pecially if from the atrium to tiie peristylium,
or garden. In Man's Pompeii, however, it is
assumed that this is erroneous, and that the
only passage properly called fauces is that from
the vestibulum to the alrium. The main reason
for this seems to be the general giving of Greek
names to all rooms, etc., back and beyond tiie
atrium, wliile the old Latin names remain to
tlu- rwms of tlie original house. (See plan of
House of Paiisa, under House.)
FAUCET. A tube or hollow plug to facili-
tate the discliarge or passage of water or other
fluid, and fitted with some contrivance by which
the flow is controlled. (See Spigot.)
More specifically, in plumbing, a contrivance
for allowing the outward flow of water and stop-
ping it at will, this being usually a fixture at
the end of a supply pipe for hot or cold water.
^^'atcrspouts so small as to be evidently in-
tended for faucets, and wTought into very beau-
tiful representations of lions' heads, dogs' heads,
and the like, are found among Roman remains.
These are usually of bronze. In modern deco-
rative art, where the fittings of the bathroom or
dressing room are to be made especially elegant,
silver, plain or oxidized, and silver gilt have
been used, tlie modelling being by sculptors of
ability. I"' ' * ■- wholly exceptional, be-
cause 111 1 1 1 1 iliances are made with
suflicii ii' .inpletcness of finish in
great 411 1 low price. In British
usage, a 'l',.!.. (.S.v Cock.) — R. S.
Compreasion Faucet. One in which the
valve is du.scd by being forced against its se.-it
by compression applied through the handle.
This is usually a screw by which, when turned,
the valve is raised or lowered.
Fuller Faucet. A certain kin<l of Compres-
sion Faucet, the name being originally connected
with ;i p.itciit.
Rabbit-ear Faucet. A self-closing faucet
in whicli a spring is compressed and tiie valve
opened by the action of a i)air of handles.
These project from the faucet in tiie form of a V',
and arc siiaped so as to give somewhat the ap-
pearance of a pair of rai)ijit's ears. They are
pressed tfigether to oiK-n the valve.
Seli-cloBing Faucet. One containing a de-
vice whicli aiitomatii-jiiiy closes tiie valve when
tlie lianille by which it is opened is releaseil.
10
FEDERIGHI
The device is generally a spring, which must
be compressetl to open the valve.
Swing Faucet. One having a liorizontal
biblike outlet which controls a valve by l)eing
rotated about a vertical pipe forming the inlet.
The valve is oi)ene(l when the horizontal arm is
swung over the basin or other vessel, and is
closed when the arm is turned away at the
side.
■Wheel Faucet. One in which tiie valve is
operated liy turning a wheel on an axis project-
ing fnmi the (Hitlct. The term is not specific,
and iLsually apjjlies to a Compression Faucet ia
which tlie screw is turned by a wheel attached
to the head.
FAULCHOT, OtBARD; architect.
The most important member of a family of
architects employed in the city of Troves (Aube,
France). In 1577 he replaced Gabriel Favreau
as maUre de Voiuvre (supen'isiug architect) of
the cathedral of Troyes.
Assier. Acs arts et leu artistes de Troyes.
FAVISSA. An underground cellar or res-
ervoir under a Roman temjjle for the storage
either of water, or, more generally, of worn-out
and useless sacred implements and furnishings
of the temjile.
FEATHER. A. A small projecting mem-
ber worked along the edge of a board or the
like, as in matched boarding. In this .sense
more commoidy Tongue. ■
B. Same as Loose Tongue (which sec, under
Tongue).
FEATHER BOARD. Any Iward having a
feather edge ; cs]KHially, in British usage, the
same as Cla])t)iiiinl, ,1.
FEATHER BOARDINO. Feather-edged
boards or ila|ilMianls, especially those intendetl
to lie aiiplicil til tlic slic.itliing of wooden build-
ings, cacii lidard uvcilaiiiiiiig with its thick eilge
tlic thin cdirt' of the one below. (See Clap-
Ix.anl : F.atluT E.l-c.)
FEATHER EDGE. An edge formed by
bevelling one or both sides of a slab, Iwanl, or
the like, wholly or in part, so that tiiey meet
in a siiarp arris ; or, by extension, a relatively
narrow face endosetl Ijetween such sloping sides
when they apjuoach witliout meeting.
FEATHERING. The cusping of tracery ;
the elaboration of tracery liy means of cusps.
Tiie term is not common ; introduced in the
early years of medieval archaeological research,
it has l)een generally replaced by Foliation.
Double Feathering. The "sulHlivisions of
larger cusps l)y smaller ones. (See Cus]) ;
Tracer)-.)
FEATHER WEDGING. (S.v F.>Nt.iil
FEDERIGHI DEI TOLOMEI . ANTO
NIG; .Miil|.t..r and arcliitc.l ; .1. U'.IU.
He built, about 1460, the Loggia del P.ipa,
at Siena, and also, at Siena, the open chapel
10
FELIBIEN DBS AVAUX
near the Palazzo dei Diavoli. He made the
beautiful holy water basins at the cathedral.
Federighi designed four important compositions
in the great mosaic pavement of the cathedral
of Siena (see Beccafumi). He was employed
in Rome during the pontificate of Pius II.
(Pope 1458-1464).
Miintz, Lfs arts a In cour des papes ; Geytnuller-
Stegmann, Die ArrhUcctur der Renaissance in
Toscana.
FELIBIEN DES AVAUX, ANDRE; ar-
chitect and writer : h. Kil't: (1, .Tunc 11, 169.5.
He was hitftorioiintjilii- ih-s hi'iti/mnts </" njt,
and was secretary of the AcadMiiiir dc I'Arrliitec-
ture at its fuundatimi in 1G71, and pulilislipd
Entretiens sur la vie et les ouvrages des jAus
excellents peintres a7icien.t et modernea (Paris,
1885), Les Maisons royales des bords de la
Loire (first publishwl in 1874), and ntliur
works. His s,m Jrnn Fl-anr,,is surrrcdrd liini,
and publisllfd h'rrur;/ /, /sfori'j >i,' dr hi r!,','t
des ouvnKti's drs plus cilebres urchitectes
(12mo, Paris, ITO.J).
Lance. Binioniiaire; Bauchal, Diclionnaire.
FELIBIEN DES AVAUX, JEAN FRAN-
COIS. (See Felibien des Avaux, Andr^.)
FELLOWSHIP. A. The position of a
Fellow, one of the me-mbers of the corporation
of a college, or the like.
B. A kind of scholarship ; a foundation or
grant as of a certain sum of money paid annu-
ally to encourage post-graduate studies or to
give opportunity for foreign travel.
The term in sense A formerly implied life
membership and residence in a college, with a
share in the revenues and in certain rights
of management. As this institution gave op-
portunities for study the term grew to cover
the srnse B. In ncarlv all .if tlir existing
arrhitertural fell..wsliins the moiKV allowed
■■, to 1:
nde.l i
lldv.
The oldest existing lelluw.ship in arehiteeture is
the Grand Prix de Home, which was founded
by the French Academy of the Fine Arts in
1720, and has been offered continuously ever
since. The holders of this prize, which is open
only to French citizens, receive a pension from
the government of eight hundred dollars per year
for four years, and arc given commodious quar-
ters, rent free, in th(! Villa Medici at Rome,
where they are expected to reside a greater por-
tion of the time, and to pursue their studies
under the immediate guidance of the resident
director. Next in importance is the travelling
fellowship of the Royal Institute of British
Architects, which aff'ords the holder the oppor-
tunity for a year's travel on the Continent. Be-
sides this, several of th(^ European governments
have established travelling fellowships for archi-
tecture, but none of them are of special note.
In the United States there arc six architectural
foundation.^, the oldest of which is the Rotch
17
FELT
Travelling Scholarship, established and endowed
by the heirs of Benjamin S. Rotch in 1883.
The holder of this scholarship receives the sum
of one thousand dollars per year for two years,
during which time he is expected to travel and
study in Europe under the advice and direction
of a committee appointed by the Boston Society
of Architects. A so-called Roman Fellowship
was established in 1894, open in competition
to graduates in architecture from either Cornell
University, the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, the University of Illinois, Syracuse Uni-
versity, Lehigh University, Columbia University,
or the University of Pennsylvania, and to all
American^ students who have spent two years
in the Ecole des Beaux Arts. This fellow-
ship provides for eighteen months in foreign
travel and study in Italy, Sicily, and Greece,
ten months to be spent as a student of- the
American School at Rome, and the other eight
months as may be agreed upon between the fel-
low and the Excc\itive Comniittco of tlie Ameri-
can School of Anlntecture in Koine. Tlu iv are
two architectural iell.,wsliiiis in New Yoik, loth
oftheminconneeti(.n with ('olunibia I'liivirsity,
designated as the Columbia and the ]\IcKini Fel-
lowships. The former was endowed by Mr. F. A.
Schermerhorn, of New York, in 1889, the suc-
cessful candidate being expected to spend at
least one year in foreign study. The second
fellowship was endowed by Mr. C. F. McKim,
in 1890, with two prizes given out simultane-
ously every second year, so as to alt. mate with
the awards of the Columhia Fellow^hi].. There
is also an architectural fellowship, estahlished
in 1893, under the direction of the architectural
department of the University of Pennsylvania,
the winner of which is required to spenil a full
year of study abroad. The fellowship idea is
being worked out in a somewhat different man-
ner at Cornell University, where a fellowship is
awarded each year for two years to encourage
post-graduate study. The holder is required to
study at the University during eight months of
each year, alternating with four months' travel
abroad under the direction of the Department
of Architecture. This fellowship has been in
existence only since 1898. — C. H. Black all.
FELT. A material resulting from the com-
pressing or matting together of minute fibres,
as of wool or fur, the fibres clinging to each
other by their natural roughness or microscopic
hooklike protuberances ; therefore, generally, a
flexible clothlike stuff" made without weaving
and without the spinning of threads. Tlie finest
felt known to modern times is that made in
Persia, where floor cloths an inch or more in
thickness, and of consiilerable size, are made to
replace the very costly carpets of the country.
These pieces of felt are sometimes richly adorned
by the insertion into the surface of fibres of va-
rious colours, the whole substance being felted
FENCE
together. In Euroi* ami the United States
the architectural use of felt is cliiefly limited
to the fovering of heating piiJes, deafening and
lining of walls and Hoors, and the like ; the ma-
terial, being an excellent non-oonduetor, tends to
keep heat in, and tliereby aid its Side delivery
at a distiint jwint, while at the same time wood-
work is protected from ignition. — li. S.
FENCE. A structure, as of bars, pasts, and
the like, used to enclose fields, gardens, orchards,
etc. The term is generally limited to those in
common use in connectiim with farms and coun-
try resiliences of the common sort. As long as
wood is plentiful there is a disi)osition to enclose
and .separate all the fields of a farm from one an-
other and from the high road, and fences are of
various kinds, as the zigzag, or worm fence, post
and rail fence, etc. As wood becomes scarce and
dear these disaj)pear, and are replaced, as in
England in old times, by hedges ; and jis in the
newly settled countries and in the present age
of cheap metal working, Ity wire secured to
liglit iron uprights, or by slender strips of steel
twisted or not, and sometimes fiu-nisbed with
sharp hooks or " barlw " at frequent internals.
Tiiese common fences have the advantjige over
hedges in that they do not aftect the landscajje
as nuuh, for the hedge divides a distant hillside
into parallelograms niucli too stroncrly m;irke<l,
and, moreover, a hrA-^r •' ' ' ' ' ' " liide
miles of country fniiii til. pass-
ing in the road. 'J'lir w acr,
ii.ssumeai)lea.sant cdl'iiu ai ! ■ tally,
while the light iron fence is piiKiically invisible.
(For fences made of boards set upright,
planed, and finished, see Paling.) — R. S.
FENESTELLA. A. Generally, a small
glazcil opening in an altar, shrine, or reliquary,
to arte ml a view of tlie relics it contains.
li. A small niche on the south side of an
altar above a piscina or credence.
C. Sometimes an opening for a bell at the
top of a gable.
FENESTRAL (n.). A small window, or (in
old English usage) a window filled with oiled
paper or cjotli instead of glass.
FENESTRAL (a(lj.). Of, or pertaining to,
a uiip|..u.
FENESTRATION. A. The arrangement
HI a imililiiig of its windows, especially the
more important anil larger ones. In this sense
fene-stration is nearly the .same thing as the pro-
viding of daylight for the interiors of buildings.
(See Lighting.) (Cut, cols. 21, l'2.)
B. The art of adorning or designing archi-
tecturally the exterior of a building liy the
|)roper arrangement ami apportioning of win-
rlows ami doors consi<lered togetiier as openings
in tin; wall, affording sjiots of darkness contra-st-
ing with the lighted surface of the wall, and
also nffording convenient spots for concentrating
onmmental treatment.
FERNEHAM
FERETORY ; FERETRUM. A. A port«-
blc ..<lirine or rcli<iuary in a church, to contain
relics of saints or martyrs.
B. A fixed shrine for relics ; or a place in a
church reserved for such a shrine.
FERGUSSON, JAMES, D. C. L., F. R. S. ;
writer on architecture; b. 1808 at Ayr, Scot-
land; d. 1886.
James Fergusson was educated at the High
School iu Edinburgh and entered the firm of
Fairlie, Fergii.sson and Comi)any at Calcutta,
India. He retired from business later, and de-
votetl himself to archa'ological study. In 1840
he was elected member of the Royal Asiatic
Society, of which, at his dejith, he was a Nace
president. In 1857 he was apjwiuted a mem-
ber of the Royal Commission to inquire into the
defences of the United Kingdom. He ])ublished
The niii.strnted JIandbook of Archilcclure (2
vols. 8vo, 1 8.55). This book was re\'i.sed ami pub-
lished under the title, A Ilistorif of Arrhitec-
tnre in all Countries from the Earliest Times
to the Present Duij (4 vols. 8vo, 1865-1876).
In 1878 he published The Temples of the Jews
and the other Buildings in the Harani Area
at Jerusalem. The Jlistori/ of the Modern
St;/les of Architecture appeared in 1862, and
a separate History of Eastern and Indian
Architecture in 1876. In 1869 Fergu.s.son
was appointed secretarj^ to Austin Henry Lay-
ard, commi-ssioner of jiublic works, and latef
inspector of public buildings and monuments.
In 1871 he won the gold medal of the Royal
Institute of British Architects. He was aa
active member of several commissions for the
decoration of S. Paul's cathetlral.
Le.>.lie Stephen, Dictioniiry of Xational Biog-
FERLEY. (See Farley.)
FERME ORX^r^. A farm, and especially
the buikliiigs and gardens of a farm, treated in
a decorative manner, and generally the residence
of a man of means who carries on agriculture,
stock-raising, or the like, for his gratification.
Such buildings are not to be confounded with
farm buildings of the Continent of EurojK', or
the small manor houses of England of the sev-
enteenth and earlier centuries, although these
may be extremely elalwrate in their architectu-
ral character. Such a farm, as many of tho.se
in Normandy and northern France, was the
centre of verj' serious agricvdtural and money-
making occupations, but the conditions of the
time required defensible buildings, and the
spirit of the time required architectural trejit-
mcnt.
FERNANDEZ, GREOORIO. (Sir ITcrnan-
The central tower of the old Norman cathe-
<lral of I)\irham was altereil by Bishop Feme-
kSKsTRATioN : Palazzo Anoaront-Manzoni, Grand Canal, Venice.
An example of effective design, with many and large openings and little solid wall.
try, and the University. In 1856 he was n
professor of architecture in tlie Techni
Ilorhsrhule (Vienna).
Mcyor, Conversations Lexicon.
FESTOON. Anythin.u^ h;iiii:in,i,' in m n
ham about 1241-1249. He constructed a lan-
tern ;ii)ovc tliP main airhos.
FERSTEL, HEINRICH FREIHERR VON ;
ar.'lut,M-t ; 1,. July 7, l^i'S; .1. .lulv 1 I, 1HS:(.
Klnui 1H17 tu'l,S,-,l I'.r.trl sl,„llr,| in thr
In I^<r.r. l.r wn„ til>t l.n/,r in tl,r',-nMi|.rtitio„
for the coiiHtructioii of tlie V^otirkirche in
Vienna. After travelling in Italy, France, and
the NetherlandH, he returned to Vienna and fin-
ished that building in 1879 in tlir style of the
French cathedrals of the tliirteeiitli centiiry.
He built at Vienna the Austio lluii^'arian
bank, the Auntrian Muscnmi for Art and liidus-
ivlni
..f 11. .\
ing from two i.oints, heaviest at tlio mi.ldl
lightest at the jwinta of suspension. Siu'
toons are common in Oreco-Homan architei
the most celebrated instances being those o
fri(!zc of the round temi)le at 'I'lvoli.
were taken uj) by the later neoilassic arch
and nuicli used in the .seventeenth and
They
tects
eigh-
FIAMMINGO
teenth centuries. The avoidaiu-e of festoons in
all other styles than those named is somewhat
remarkable, for the form is naturally a l)eauti-
ful one anil not dittii-ult to a)miH>se. The ap-
parent rejison is tlie verj' artificial chanifter of
the bunilied nuisses of lejives, flowers, and fruit
wliii-h are generally employetl ; but it is still
worthy of inquiry why the natunil fall and
sweep of branches traine<l from tree to tree, or
of wild vines in the forest, have never suggestetl
anything to the sculptor of ornament. The most
delicate of modem festtwns are tiiose of Michel-
angelo's smaller sacristy at S. Lorenzo, Florence;
they consistof laurel-like leaves forming an iuibri-
eati-d jjiittern. (See Encarpus ; Swag.) — R. S.
FIAMMINOO. The name by which Flem-
ish artist.s WKikiiig in Italy were usually known.
(See Bolugiie, .lohii ; Duijiie-snoy, Fram^ois.)
FIBROUS SLAB. A material intro<luced in
1851 and used instead of wood, and also instead
of plaster, for interior finish. The dome of the
reading room of the Boston Museum is described
as line.l with it {A. P. S.). (For the use of sucii
iii.oinlm-tilili' slabs of material, compare Staff.)
FIERAVANTI (or FIORAVANTI), FUJ-
RAVANTE DEI ; arciiitcct and engineer.
A letter of (.iiacomo della Quercia (see Gia-
como della Quercia) dated July 4, 1428 (Mila-
nesi, op. cit.) ascribes to Fieravanti the castle
(rocca) of Braccio dei Fortebracci, at Montone
near Perugia, Italy, and tlie reconstruction (begim
1525) of the right wing of the Palazzo Publico
at Bologna, which had been burned in 1424.
Corrado Ricci, Fieravante Fieravanti in Archi-
vio Storico dilV Arte, Vol. IV., 1891 ; MUanesi,
Documenti deW arte senese.
FIERAVANTI (FIORAVANTI), RI-
DOLFO DEI ( ARISTOTELE i ; architect, eii-
gin.vr. ai,.l matlu-niatiriaii; 1.. before 1418; d.
alter 1480.
A son of Fieravante dei Fieravanti (see Fie-
ravanti, F. dei). He entered the service of
Nicholas V. (Pope 1447-1455) in Rome, and
moveri the great monolithic columns from the
church of S. Maria soi)ra Miner^•a to the Vati-
can. He suggested to Nicholas V. and Paul II.
the transportation of the olwlisk of the Vatican
to the Piazza di S. Pietro, which was finfilly
accomplishecl by Domenico Font^ina (see Fon-
Una, D.) in 158G. He served the Sforza in
Milan and in 14G7 was invited to Hungary by
tlie King .Matiiias Corvinus, for wiiom he built
bridges over the Damilie. In 1472 he was in
the 8er\'ice of Ferdinand I., king of Naples.
In 1475 he went to Russia and for Ivan III.
built the cjithedral of the Assumption at Mos-
cow and jirobabiy also jxirtionK of the Kremlin.
He prf)l>ably designed the fiu^mle of the Palazzo
del PiMlesU'i in Bologna.
MalaRola. Drllf cone operate in Mntra da Aris-
tfitele Fioravanll; Canetta, Arititotele da Boloi/na;
Amico Hicci, Storia delV Architettura in Italia.
23
FIGURING
FIESOLE, MINO DA. (.See Mino da Fie-
.sol.v )
FIGURE. In wood, .same as Grain.
FIGURING. The process of adding to ar-
diitcctural drawings the dimensions of the parts
shown. The mere statement on a drawing that
it is to such and such a scale (as four feet to
one inch) is not sufficient ; first, because the
delay caused by laying a rule on the drawing is
considerable, and second, because there is grent
j)ossibility of error. It is customary to figure
the extreme dimensions and also the minor
dimensions ; thus, if the total length of a house
is, over all, 102 feet 4 inches, that figure is put
upon the drawing, while if there are three main
subdivisions which measure respectively 40 feet,
47 feet 8 inches, and 14 feet 8 inches, those
dimensions also are added, and it is the business
of the draftsman to see that the a<ldition of the
three equals the larger measure. This is car-
ried still further, and every separate room, every
window, every door, every bre^ik in the wall, is
figured in the same way. The form of this fig-
uring is generally as follows : —
the little arrowheads or crowfeet denoting by
their points the exact termination of the dis-
tance whose dimension is given. The dotted
lines are usually the constniction lines of the
drawing carried out, as it were, to infinity, and
nuirked by dots, or a 8i)ecial coloiir, as far as it
may be necessary, to show exactly the limits of
the figure given.
Figure I. shows this system applied to a
single room in a plan of the usual sort given to
FILARETB
workmen for their guidance. Figure II. shows
a plan often followed in drawings made to show
to the employer ; such drawings as are included
in what are generally spoken of as preliminary
studies. — R. S.
FIL ARETE (ANTONIO DI PIETRO AV-
BRLINO, AVERULINUS); architect ; b. about
1400 ;d. after 14G5.
The surname Filarete {phil-arete, lover of
virtue) is given by Vasari, but is not found in
contemporary sources. He assisted Ghiberti
(see Ghiberti) on the second gate 'of the bap-
tistery. Filarete made for EugeniusIV. (Pope
1431-1447) the bronze doors of S. Peter's
church at Rome (1445). Soon after the acces-
sion of Nicholas V. (Pope 1447-1455) he went
to Milan, where he held the position of cathe-
dral architect from February, 1452, to July 5,
1454. Filarete's chief work is the Ospedale
Maggiore at Milan, of which the first stone was
laid April 12, 1457. He undoubtedly made
the plans and carried out the southwestern
short side and the adjacent portions of the
long side as far as the main court. He left
the work in 1465. Filarete began the cathe-
dral of Bergamo in 1457. His famous Trat-
tato dell' Architettura, written for the instruc-
tion of the Duke Fniiice.sco Sforza, was begun
about 14(10 and finish.Ml in 14(54.
Ai-pi-l
" Ihu
'I St;
1, L<'h,'
jinnU,
W'prkp, des Antonio
f.modi Milano.
FILIPPO DA CAMPELLO; architect.
He built tlic upper cliunh of S. Francesco at
As.sisi, finished in 125;5.
I'roihiii'.'hain, Introduction of (Gothic Avchitoc-
turr, inlii llolij.
FILISTER (also FILLISTER). A. A re-
bat in.u plane — (N. E. D.)
li. \ rebate made by a fili.stcr, as defined
abcive ; especially th(! rebate of a sash bar, which
n'ccivcs \\\i- cdgt! of tlic glas.s.
FILLET. A. A relatively small and narrow-
fiat moulding, gen<;rally as a plain band in a group
25
FINISH
of mouldings ; either of rectangular section, pro-
jecting, or sunk, from the general surface ; or
simply a flat surface included between other
mouldings.
B. A thin strip of material having more or
less the form of a fillet in sense A.
Back Fillet. The narrow flat surface of
the return of a tfim or casing, which projects
slightly from the surface of the wall. The term
is applied to this surface even if merely a fillet
in the ordinary sense, that is to say, an un-
broken flat strip. — R. S.
FILLETING. Material, such as mortar,
used as a substitute for flashing, at the meeting
of a sloping roof with a wall. The mortar is
carried up the side of the wall and over one or
two courses of slates or tiles, the next course
lapping over it. It is very liable to leaks from
settlement and from loose slates.
FILLING. Rough masonry used for the
body of a wall which has a facing of smoother
and more finished material ; or for the loading
of the haunches of an arch.
FILLING-IN PIECE. In a framed struc-
ture, any piece shorter than those composing the
main portions and used for the shorter spans
and smaller spaces ; as tail beams, jack rafters,
and the like.
FILLING-IN STUFF. A species of sizing
rubbed inti) thi' jhucs of any fibrous or porous
material in order to provide a good surface for
painting or varnisiiin<r. Compositions prepared
especially for woodwork are called wood fillers.
FILTER. A device intended for the me-
chanical j)urification of water by straining out
the solid suspended impurities in the same.
Filters operate by gravity or under water press-
ure. Water is filtered on a large scale by
means of aitiricial fiU.'i- bc.ls, .•nnip,.so.] of layers
of gravel ami .-aii'l (-ami liltiat ii.n ). 1 )(>niestic
filters arc cither pivvMiiv till. as placed on the
line of main .>(a\ici' pipes, when tliev elcau.se the
entire water siippl\ <<{ \\\f li.mse, or drinking
the Pasteur ("hanil.ciland and iicrUcfeld filters
which render the water practically germ free.
The filtering material may be sand, gravel, char-
coal, iron, quartz, porous stone, cloth, jjaper,
porcelain, or infus.oial earth. -W. P. G.
FINIAL. A lioss, a knoll, or a more elabo-
rate ormuneni at the point of a spire or jjinnacle.
The finials which cin«u th,' pinn.acles in Gothic
churches are often (.f urcat Keauty : their posi-
tion bringing their oinaiiicntal tivatuicnt against
the sky and thus causing them to lie less clearly
seen, does not prevent them from being among
the richest and most eftective parts of the asso-
ciated sculpture of the edifice. The term is
sometimes extended to ai)ply to the hi]) knob or
<-\)\ and simihir culminating ornaments.
FINISH. -1. Elegance or refinement in a
completed piece of work ; esijccially in tlie work-
FIORAVANTI
manship or mechanical excellence of the work
as distinguished from its design or significance.
It is to be observed, liowever, that in some kinds
of work the significance itself dciM-nds upon high
or elaborate finish. Thus, in Florentine mosaic
as applictl to walls, or marble inlay as applied
to pavements, the intended effect is not ob-
tained without very perfect w'orkmanship.
B. Those pai-ts of the fittings of a building
wliich come after the hea\-y work of masonry,
flooring, etc., has been done, and which are gen-
erally in plain sight and are closely connected
with the final appearance of the building. The
term is es])cci:dly a])plicd to interior work and
often in connection witli .sonic other word form-
ing a compound term. (See the subtitles.)
Cabinet Finish. Interior finish in hard
woods, framed, panelled, moulded, and varnished
or polished like cabinetwork in distinction to
finish in soft woods nailed together and com-
monly painted. (United States usage.)
— A. D. F. H.
Hard Finish. Fine white plaster whidi, when
used, tonus the last coat of a piece of plastering.
Inside Finish. In tlie United States, the
fittings, such as doors and door trims, window
trims, shutters, door-sjiddles and the like, dadoes
or wall lining with wood, marble, or tile ; some-
times also mantelpieces and even sideboards,
presses, or dressers if put up permanently. The
term is most commonly used for the woodwork
of orilinary dwelling iiouses and business build-
ings, but is extended to tlie most elaborate and
permanent w,,rk.~U. S.
FIORAVANTI. (See Fieravanti.)
FIORE DI PERSICO. A marble of
which pieces a r. 1 I.' nian Imperial
remains. Thd' t varieties dis-
tinguished by It . >uch as chiaro
(light), rosso (red), etc-. It is thought to have
been brought from the mainland of Greece.
FIR. Same as Fur.
FIRE AIjARM. a. a device for auto-
matically giving notice of a considenible rise of
temperature, as in a room. It is generally man-
aged by means of electricity. (See Alarm ;
Thermostat, under Electrical Appliances.)
B. A bell which may be sounded as a means
of giving notice of a conHagration.
FIRE ALTAR. An altar used for burnt
sacrifices. The altars of antiquity were, many
of them, of this kind. Where the altar is of
Btone ami small, especially if it is decorated with
8c\dpture, the inference may be that the suK
stiinccs burned would be small in quantity and
symlxdical or representative of the whole sacri-
fice ; and such altars when within a house or
temple may be supposed to have been used for
burning incense ; or, at least, not for animal
sacrifices. (See Altar.)
FIRE BACK, rrimarily, theback ofafire-
plafc. The term is iismilly applied, however,
FIRE ESCAPE
to the east-iron or other metal lining frequently
applied to the backs of fireplaces ; sometimes of
highly ornate design. Ventilating tire backs
have been the objects of much experiment and
invention, especially in France ; they are of
various patterns, usually tubular. ser\nng to
warm the cold air admitted from out-of-(KH)rs
and to <leliver it so warmed through registers
into the room.
FIREBOARD. A board or sbutterlike
contrivance to close the opening of a fireplace
when not in use, whether of wood or of cast or
sheet metal. Called also summer piece and
chinniey board.
FIRE CIiAT. Any clay atlapttnl for mak-
ing fire brick (which see, under Brick).
FIRE DOOR. In a furnace, stove, or the
like, the doorway or opening through which
fuel is supplied and the fire is tended. Also
tlic diior, usually of iron, which closes it.
FIRE ESCAPE. A contrivance for enabling
persons to escape readily from a burning build-
ing ; either fixed or movable. The movable
and adjustable fire escai)es are numerous, differ-
ent patent devices competing with one another
for popular favour ; the ladders and other ap-
pliances used by fire departments in cities are
also of this character. Fixed fire escapes are
generally of the nature of a ladder or a series
of ladders or stairs of wrought iron eonnecteil
with landing places, such as balconies, and lall
arranged on the exterior of a building, connect-
ing in each story with a window or windows,
all of which are easy of access. (For dimen-
sions, etc., see Apartment House.) The laws
in some American cities require the use of fire
escapes for certain buildings, such as tenement
hon.ses, apartment houses, hotels, and business
buildings, and generally all buildings where
more families than one, or the occupants of
more oftices or sets of offices than one, are liable
to be exposed to the danger of fire. The sig-
nificance of such laws seems to be that where
one tenant may, by his carelessness, endanger
the lives of other tenants the use of fire escapes
is compulsoiy. In clubs, however, even the
largest, the law does not often require their use ;
l>erhaps because but few persons sleep in such
j)laces, and also because of their quasi private
chiiracter. (See Lcgi.slation.) The great fre-
quency of fires in American cities, and the ter-
rible loss of life which has sometimes resulted
from a fire, as in a hotel or factory, have caused
these laws to be very commonly enacted and
fairly well enforced. At the same time, the
general feeling that fire escapes disfigure a
building or, at Iwist, lower it in the scale, as
suggesting a building for common and humble
use^ rather than elegance, has caused a ten-
dency to resist or evade the law in all practicable
ways. The only reme<ly for this seems to be
the adoption of some system of fire escajH'S
FIRE HOUSE
which shall be architectural in character, rather
decorative than disfiguring to the building, and
forming a part of the general design. A New
York architect, and one of the chief contributors
to this work, has suggested the use of balconies
without ladders, but with adjustable bridges
from balcony to balcony, horizontally along a
front. If these bridges drop into place by
their own weight, as when a cord is cut, they
may be trusted, and the horizontal balconies
can easily adorn rather than disfigure the build-
ing. Tile or other masonry, rather than iron,
should meet the hands of those who are seeking
to escape from fire.
A few houses in New York have an incom-
bustible stair and staircase provided in a recess
or compartment arranged in the exterior wall,
and continuous from sidewalk to cornice. This
stair and staircase may communicate only with
balconies which pass along the front at the
different stories, and the shaft or recessed mem-
ber may be entirely without communication by
doors or windows with the intcridr. The ad-
vantage of this over the fiicpmnf .stair and
staircase within is tliat the fmnicr is not likely
to be rendered entirely useless by dense smoke.
— R. S.
FIRE HOUSE. A. In the United States,
in general, any building for the keeping of the
fire-e.xtinguishing apparatus of a municipal fire
department. A popular, but not specific term.
(Se.! Engine House ; Truck House.)
B. Same as House Place ; in allusion to the
fact that here alone was a fireplace in early
times.
FIREPLACE. That part of a building which
is arranged for the making of fires, as for warmth ;
especially, such a provision when made for open
fires of coal or wood, as distinguislied from fur-
naces, stoves, or the elabi irate hypocaust of the
Romans. In this sense the fireplace is either
the heartii in tlie middle of the room, as com-
mon in iiriiiiitive times, the smoke escaping
through (ipeiiiii^(s in the' roof (.see Louver), or a
part iif a c-hiiimey. This latter sense is much
the must ciiiiiiiiMii and is the ni.hiiMi-v use of the
■uUrr,
1 the
wiiW
lirectly with
lai-c hnr„| r,„n-|.n,Mln,- 11, size to llje hearth
uimii ulihh Ihr (iiv is made, tlie wall may be
coiiliiiiiou,^ licliiiid the licarth, with the hood
aixi the Hue al">\e |iinjrcMng from its surface.
This arrangement, wliieii was not uncommon
in mediijeval times and as late as the sixteentli
century, is hardly coHipatil)le with the modern
use of fuel or with the modern desire to avoid
all such inconvenience as might arise fmni the
blowing about of smoke l)y accidental draughts.
The very small rooms used by modems make
FIRBPROOPING
this device, as well as the " fire on the hearth "
in the middle of the room, impracticable. The
fireplace is, then, to be considered as a recess or
a space enclosed by two jambs or cheeks, and
terminating above in the flue. The decoration
of the fireplace has always been important, be-
cause that one part of the room is wholly differ-
ent in its uses, and probably in its material as
well, from the rest. The mantel shelf and man-
telpiece, in all their forms, result from the desire
felt to surround the opening of the fireplace with
incombustible material, and to make use of this
for a special decorative treatment ; and also from
the expediency of putting one or more shelves
where it is evident that no piece of furniture can
be placed permanently. (Cuts, cols. 31, 32.)
— R. S.
FIREPROOF (adj.). Capable of resisting
heat, such as that of conflagration ; said of a
building, or a part of a building, and also of
materials and fabrics. By extension, calcu-
lated to resist lieat : or capable of resisting
considerable luat ; nv, laiely, slow to burn.
The term Sldw-liurimiL,' ( 'mistruction (which
see) has a separate tei'huieal signification.
— C. T. P.
FIREPROOF (v.). To make fireproof or
fire resisting ; that is to say, to make proof
against, or at least to partially protect from,
the effects of great heat or a eonfiagration,
either by a treatment, as by chemicals, of the
thing to be made "fireproof," or by its pro-
tection with other materials.
The object so treated or protected is always
one wliich is combustible or suscejitible of injurj-
when exiinsed to a -reat h.-at ur to a tire. When
firei
Par
r,l It
nil 1
e.J
uihh
the
e.l wit
ial \
from lire. V/uud lias l.een s(. treated \\ ith chemi-
cals as to yield but slowly to a great heat and
to burn to ashes without bursting into flame.
Woods whicli have been fireproofed in this way
have been ailoj.ted hy critain naval bureaus for
the interior lim^hiiiL' oi war vessels. Textiles
arealsoliic|iro,.i;(l ; an.l nil tains properly treated
for that iiur|")se uill not Inirn. All parts of
steel tianies in liuihhngs slmuld be fireproofed.
— C. T. P.
FIREPROOFING (n). A. Material or a
combination of materials intended to make build-
ings fireproof
li. The art, process, or act of making build-
ings fireproof. In colloquiid ])hra.seology, a
fireproof building is one in wliich at least the
external walls and the floors nre constructed
of incomlMistil.lc matevi.-il Only rarely are the
uU
■xjin
ing. that a lire|.r
in the full meuiiiiig of i
ainst fire
§1
; c/-/:^- ...^-.77/,/;^/^^
PIREPROOPING
It would be well if generally accepted terms
had been coined for buildings, expressing, from
the point of construction, different degi-ees of
resistance to fire. Without them, circumstances
and the context must govern the accurate
meaning of the words.
Some of these words and expressions have,
also, limited and definite meanings in certain
localities, which are not accepted at all in other
places. For example, "to fireproof" means, in
certain localities, to protect wooden beams with
incombustible material, and " fireproofed con-
struction " is likewise made to mean a construc-
tion of wooden beams protected from fire by a
covering of some incombustible material.
Buildings that could not burn have been .built
in all ages. Buildings hnvf ,iNo been made in
all ages and in all cliiiiatis, lia\ inj,' only a small
portion of combustible material in tiieir construc-
tion, so the idea of making the construction
proof against fire is not at all modern.
Since the fall of the Roman Empire, the
buildings of the Latin races and in the south
of Europe have been commonly of masonry with
but little use of wood. In the northern part of
Europe, however, and in America, wood was more
available and timber was always used more in
construction. Fires were always more prevalent
in London tlian in Paris, and it has been mainly
due to this fact.
Prior to the beginning of the nineteenth
century, very few buildings were built in Eng-
land, or in the north of Europe anywhere, or in
the United States, of which the floors and roofs
did not depend upon wooden beams for tlieir
support. In many cases, however, for two
centuries or more, this timber construction had
been disposed of, or combined with concrete
material in sucli a way, that fires would burn
but slowly, and such forms of construction were
adopted with that end in view.
The first organized effort in England, looking
toward the reduction of fire los.ses liy emplnyiiig
improved forms of construction, uccnii'd ahuut
1775, when Parliament appointed a "oininitteo
to investigate the subject. Cast-iron beams and
brick arches began to be used in the beginning
of the nineteenth century, and were employed to
a considerable extent until about 1850, when
rolled beams were invented. (See Iron Con-
struction.) About this time the attention of
English architects was particularly called to the
importance of changing the construction. The
fire officers of London had been trying for ten
years or more to arouse a sentiment in behalf
of methods which would lessen the danger of
fire. It was then predieteil that the new rolled
beams carrying liriek arelns would iMJcome the
permanent method of iii.ikiiig fireproof floors;
but the importance of covering tlie soffits of the
beams was not appreciated. It was ten years
later, between 1860 and 1870, when sueli floors
33
PIRBPROOPING
had been constructed in numerous warehouses,
and tried in fires that liad warped and bent the
iron work so that the buildings were quite
destroyed, before the mistake was satisfactorily
demonstrated. The construction was condemned
by the fire department of London, which pro-
claimed that iron could never be used to make
a floor indestructible by fire. It did not occur
to them that the beams could be protected ;
but in 1866 a patent was issued to a French-
man for an arch which was devised for this very
purpose.
Flat arches made of solid clay blocks were
occasionally used on cast iron beams prior to
1 850, and a flat arch made of hollow clay blocks
was made in 1850 for the floor of a lunatic
asylum belonging to the Society of Friends, in
York, England. The area covered was about
15,000 square feet. The cast beams were, i^
to 5 feet apart. Each block was about a foot
long, and the completed arch weighed 31
pounds per square foot. Except that the
soffit of the arch was not below the beam, it
was, therefore, in all essential respects, the same
as the most modem side construction arch.
Floors of that character, however, have never
been popular in England, though they liave been
exceedingly so in America since 1870. Brick
arches, beams protected with a furring, .and
furred ceilings, have been used in Europe to a
much greater extent.
For a time after rolled beams were invented,
many firepi-oof Hoors were made in England by
conneetiiiL,' the beams witii stri])s of wood of
small si/e restiiii,' (.11 the bottom flanges. They
were spaecd near to eaeh other, the intervals
being about as wiile as the stii]is, and the area
tints formed was coxered with a lillinj^ of con-
crete of one kind "V anofhii', whieli was made
to completely en\clo|i the woodwork. Floors
of this kind'wiMv used |,artii-ularl,v in dwelling
liouses. Tlie-e methods hax'e lieeu rei)laced in
latter yeai-s iiy a great variety of other adap-
tations of concrete to floor construction which
contimie to be u.sed, especially in the higher
buildings.
In France the rolled beams were used as soon
as they began to be maimfactured. The floors
were made fireproof by the use of a b^ton made
witii plaster of Paris. The beams were cov-
cre<l with a lacing of iron bars, hanging low
between the beain.s, which, in turn, carried the
bdton. Both the bars and the beams were com-
pletely embedded and so protected. Brick arches
are also used in Paris with otlicr forms of
construction.
In Germany, as in England and France, a
great many inventions of fireproof floors have
Ixien patented, but few of them are in use owing
to the conservatism of the authorities. That
country has also liad to learn to protect iron-
work by the reiwated destruction of iron con-
34
FIREPROOFING
structed buildings in great fires, those in the
wiirehuuses of Hamburg being especially notable.
A furring of wire lath and plaster known there
as " Baritz " is now commonly useil in Berlin and
the other great cities for covering the metal
wiierever it is exposed. Brick arches are gen-
erally used, and hollow clay constructed ardies
are not usetl to any extent.
In America the use of both rolle<l beams and
clay has had a greater development than in
Europe. The first beams were rolled in 1854,
and the first flat arches of hollow blocks of clay
were ma*le in 1873. In 1855, however, hollow
blo<'ks of clay material were usetl with rolled
beams in Cooper Institute, New York City,
each block reaching from beam to beam. The
first iron beams were used in the brownistone
courthouse in the City Hall Park of the same
citj'.
The soffit tile commonly usetl in American
practice, 8upporte<l under the beams by the
arches on each side, is an American invention,
matle in 1883. Brick arches are used to some
extent, and, especially since 1890, a great
variety of concrete methods of construction have
been introduced. They are also being widely
employed. The demand for hollow clay prod-
ucts, both for floore and interior wall constnic-
tion, has, however, greatly exceeded that for all
other materials. The capital invested and the
tonnage output of such products for the ditt"erent
parts of the country are given in the following
table : —
^.
OiTPiT IN Toss FOR 1S9T.
Hard-
burned
.Mate-
rial.
Semi-
Porous
Mate-
rial.
IV.r.iU8
.Mate-
rial.
Total In
Kach
Section.
K«t of Ohio..
Ohio and west-
ward
♦4,000.001'
1.200,000
100,000
♦.'.,800,000
ia\o«o
28,000
8,0(MI
186,000
71,000
88.000
104,0(H
78,000
80,000
109,000
249,000
92.0011
Total In l-nlt.-d
States
849.000
The porous material is made of clay and
combustible products, mostly sawdust, mixed
in about equal jjroportions. The combustible
material having been burned out in the kiln,
the baketl clay is left in the " jmrous " state
re(juire<l. The object of this is to give to the
material greater fire-resisting ipialitie.s, by means
of the little air cells contained in it ; and be-
cause, as has been proved by repcited exiK-
riences, it allows of an unc<iual expansion and
contraction in the same piece, without rujjturc,
much grejiter than dixw the hard-bunied mate-
rial. It allows also of driving nails directly
into it*t matw. The semipfirotis material is
made with much lc«s of the combustible prod-
ucts. B<itli of these materials are used lor
FIREPROOFING
partitions and the like because of their greater
lightness and fire-rcjsisting qualities. The term
" terra-cotta lumber " is often applied to this
material.
As to their resistance to buniing, buildings
may \)e divided into two general classes, one in
whidi the fireproof qualities are dei)endent
upon tiie use of brick and stone to the exilu-
.<ioii of wood, and the other in wiiich they are
chiefly dependent on what are genendly termed
" fireproofing materials " protecting ironwork.
The oldest fireproof buildings are of the mas-
sive character. Warehouses and office build-
ings of all kinds, and most large buildings of
private ownership in America, are now being
made of tlie lighter and cheaper steel frame
construction. (See Iron Construction.) There
is no sharp division l>etween the two classes.
Indeed, the steel frame construction has been
evolved from the massive. The walls of the
latter, thick enough and strong enough to carry
all the floors adjacent to them, gradually were
superseded by walls that carried no load but
their own weight, and these in turn were sui)er-
seded by walls wliicii are carried from floor to
floor on frames of structural steel.
The older buildings will not be seriously af-
fected by fire because the botly of the material is
everywhere so heavy and substantial that fire
eff'ects cannot be far-reaching; the newer, be-
cause the exposed materials are inde.stmctible,
and perfectly protect the steel framework from
any injurj' in ca.se of fire.
Probably, a» a whole, the massive have been
made most perfectly fireproof; but tliose expe-
rienced in steel frame constniction can now
build equally well with modem methods, in
spite of the fact that special measures for fire-
proofing are required to a mucii greater extent
by these than by the massive system.
The tendency of the times is to build the
massive lighter by using some of the features
of steel frame construction. Division walls
carrj'ing floors are omitted, and a steel con-
struction with partitions of fireproofing mate-
rial are used instead. There is also a growing
tendency to make the metal portions hejivier,
and, as a whole, more sul)stantial.
The covering of the bottom flanges of beams
and girders in flcxirs should lie sufficient to pn>-
tect the lieams from heat, even under very high
temperatures. To do this, the covering must
either be a good nonconductor of heat, or it
must l)e constructed witli Imllow air spaces or
air cells, recjuiring tiic iicat to p;u4s through more
tlian one medium to aflect the metal. To W
effective, tlie covering must also be strong
enough to endure the cx])aiision and contraction
whicli must occur when exposed to great heat,
with the possible eflect of streams of coKl
water. It must be such that it will presene
it« integrity under the severei^t treatment.
FIRBPROOPING
Many devices for the jnirpose have been pro-
duced, but none of them have yet been found
perfectly satisfactory. Work, otherwise admira-
bly constructed, is often faulty in this particu-
lar, and this is true in spite of the fact that no
other feature of fireprooting is more important.
The covering of
FIRBPROOPING
the floor beams and their arches, and if the
windows and doors are made so that an ordi-
nary fire cannot pass through them, a fire will
be confined to the room in which it originates.
The building will then be fireproof so far as the
effect of au internal fire of wooden fittings or
umns is also quite
often imperfectly
done, but the means
at hand for that
work are ample for
the very best con-
struction. But the
most inexcusable
fault is the constniction of partitions on top of
wood flooring, or with the openings framed with
strips of wood so as to destroy the continuity
of the fireproofing materials. In a fire, these
are invariably consumed, and, in consequence,
the partition of fireproof material goes to pieces ;
when, if metal had been used instead of wood,
they would have jiroperly served their purpose.
The material used in the floors between
beams, also in the partitions, and for covering
of columns and other exposed ironwork, must
not only be incombustible, but it must also be
practically indestructible. If it cannot be heated
without injury for a considerable time to 2000°
Fahrenheit and cooled again, either slowly, or
suddenly as when exposed to a stream of cold
water, it certainly is not good material for the
purpose. It ought also to endure this test
when only one surface is heated, which means
that the material must be able to withstand a
marked inequality of expansion and contraction.
It not only should preserve its integrity under
su<;h circumstances, but its strength ought not
to be impaired.
The conditions in buildings divided into com-
paratively small rooms are not the same as they
are in buildings used for warehouses and stores,
which are often entirely without divi.sion walls.
In an ordinary office building, the burning of
the contents of a room must be expecteil t" at
ist ruin the decorations, tlie plasterini,', and
furniture is concerned. This standard of pro-
tection is, however, not attained by many of
the new high buildings of America. A building
will be fireproof in tlie highest sense only when
combustible matter and material which can be
destroyed by heat is excluiled absolutely from
the ciiiistniction of the building. Such build-
ings arc ]iussiMi' and practicable by either the
steel iVanic (ir massive methods of construction.
Metal-covered doors and door frames and
metal-covered sashes and window frames can
now be obtained, which can hardly be detected
from wood by casual observation. The win-
dows for borrowed light, in partitions between
rooms, are almost universally defective ; but it
is now possible to provide them with glass that
will permit the passage of light without going
to pieces when exposed to a fire. (See Wire
Glass.)
The destruction must, of course, be greater
in very large rooms stored with inflammable
materials, as in warehouses and all department
stores which are open over large floor areas.
If the construction of the floors and the
covering of metal is everywhere what it ought
to be, the integrity of the stnicture will be
preserved ; but there seems no way of protect-
ing buildings of this class from very great injury,
or of saving their contents from total destnu--
tion when a fire is once well started, except
by dividing them some way into a])artmcnt8.
It 1
-estei
■. 1)C(
I sug-
tliat, while
the woodwork used in finishing floors and walls ;
but the building can be made so that the fire
need not extijnd to ai^joining apartments. If
the jirotectirig material is indestnictible, if the
partitidiis and division walls are framed every-
where with metal and are l)uilt directly upon
story,
be j)(i
of fin
wouli
ai)art
const
and large ware-
houses open over
l<»iVVlMlhi'-.u"in'"'' '" entire floors, and
even from story to
during the hours of actual use, it might
)ssible to devise movable screens or curtains
i'|iiMnl niatnial lor use at other hours that
1 ( llr, iii;ill\ r^.iiiiiK" a fire in anyone of tlie
nHni., .,, , i:,M,sl,..(l. No such complete
'ver, as yet been made.
FIREPROOFINQ
Greater reliance luus U-tii juit \\\K>n systems of
rtoodiug made to work autoiuiitiwilly. As de-
stnietioa by water is as bad a« destruction by
tire, and as there must always remain some
uncertainty in the jjerfect operation of an appa-
ratus, it would seem that deiMjndence upon
some feature of construction is most to be
preferred.
Protection from outside fires is, of course,
quite as ueeessarj' as protection from those of
internal origin. Successful constniction in this
res|)ect de|)ends upon the choice of materials
for the exterior walls, upon tlie i)rotection of
spandrel beams and colimins, and upon the
window exposure. Without question, the last
is the most important consideration. It is
luuloubtedly tlie greatest weakness of fireproof
buildings. Tiie glass used in exterior windows,
great or small, will go to pieces when expose<l
to a great heat. Shutters on the outside of
the window do not fill the demand, whether
of iron or of wood covered with metal. On
street fronts they destroy the decorative char-
acter of tlie building, and are not to be con-
sidered. Facing alleys and courts, and in rear
walls, they are generally not clo.sed when the
buililing is vacated. Indeetl, tliere seems no
way to enforce their use. Interior rolling iron
simtters are used to some extent. These are
much more easily operated, and they may finally
prove to l)e the solution of the problem.
The choice of materials for the construction
of exterior walls and the covering of the span-
tlrel beams and columns is also a source of
weakness in a good many fireproof buildings.
Granite, marble, and limestone will surely go
to pieces when exjwsed to a hot fire. If they
are u.sed in j)lace8 of great exposure, it should
always be with the understanding tliat the
exterior walls will be greatly damaged by the
burning of a(|joining buildings. Columns and
beams in wall construction should always be
covered on the outside as well as on the inside
with fireproofing material of some kind that
will thoroughly jirotect them from injur)'. The
too common |)ractice of covering such constnic-
tion with a few inclics of },Maiiitc or marble, or
of any kind of stone, without any other material
intervening, is radically wion;.;, ami should be
jjrohibitcd by law in everj' large city.
Well-chosen brick are undoubtedly tlie best
material for the construction of exterior walls,
so far as their resisUince to fire is concerned.
A large jjart of the ornamental tena cotta now
used to HO great an extent with brickwork in
the constniction of facjulcs can also be relied
upon ; but lK)th the terra cotta and tlie brick
vary in resisting qualities with the character
of the clay of which they are made, and in
im|)ortant structures they should not be relied
u|H)n merely Iwcause they are terra cotta and
brick, but because the resisting qualities of the
FIREPROOFING
I particular product in question have been estab-
lished by experiment.
Many imiwrtant buildings are so situate<l
that there win Iw no gi-eat outside exposure ;
and, with proper protection to the ironwork,
granite, marble, and other stones are as effectual
for all practical purposes as any other material.
The same idea should also goveni their use in
interior construction. There are rooms that
never contain infiammable material, such as
entrances and public rooms, where they may be
safely used.
Steel should never be exposed, either inside
of the building or out, altiiough up to 600°
he;it does not materially atfect its strength.
Ca-st iron, also, should \ye covered when used
as a jjart of the construction, but sometimes
it may be successfully and wisely used as a
protection to steel construction.
Stairs should be constnicted in all large
buildings with solid metal treads and risers,
preferably of steel ; and the use of marble or
slate treads, supported on their edges by the
risers, should never be permitted. In a fire a
stairway is first to sutfer if the flames can possi-
bly reach it, and where the treads are made of
marble alone they not only go to i)ieces at once
but they become veritable traps, both for those
who are seeking escape, and to firemen who may
enter the building.
In America, dwellings, apartment houses,
and tenements are not generally made of fire-
proof construction, and in most American cities
tiiere is no security against fire in such build-
ings excei)t that attbrded by the fire depart-
ment. In some of the larger cities, however,
the laws re(]uire verj' perfect construction of
division and exterior walls, fire walls rising
above the roof, and the like, so tiiat fires rarely
spread from one to another. In Euroi)e, floors
and partitions of such buildings are much
more commonly constructed of fireproof, or at
least of incombustible, materials. Metallic
lath, in combination with plaster and concrete,
has l)een u.sed to a large extent for this puri)ose
in all the larger cities.
Tiie problems relating to the protection of
ironwork from fire are closely related to tlii'
liroblein of protecting it from corrosion, jmr
ticularly in spandrel constniction. Tliougii
they may seem to be quite indeiwndent of each
other, they are really closely allied, and any
consideration of one to tlie neglect of the other
must result to tiie disadvantage of tlie building
as a whole. No method of fire jjrotection is
accejitable tliat docs iitit at the same time jm)-
vide, or in some way permit, of the prnjier
protection of the metal from corrosion.
Wherever iron is use<l in connection witii
concrete or plaster combinations as a part of a
fireproofing material, the necessity of protection
from corrosion is even yet more neceasary.
40
FIRE REGULATOR
While both liiue and ordinary Porthviid cements
have been recognized as conservators of iron
and steel, it has been repeatedly proven by
experience that not all combinations of this
character are enduring, and the failure of the
metal means the failure of the whole product
of which it forms a part.
Although the last half of the nineteenth cen-
tury has witnessed a remarkable increase in
methods of construction having for their object
the prevention of fire, there is yet much to he
done. The time is nnt far distant when tlie
use of conibustihlc niatcrial in the construction
of floors and partitions in all tin' i^Tcater cities
of both Europe and America will lie prohibited
by law, except, possibly, to some extent in
minor finishing, where the burning could do
no harm.
The day is not far distant when some ai'irjit-
able plan will be devi.r.l l.v xvhirl, tlir Inmn s
of the rich and ])oi>i- alike >hall lie mailr as
proof from fire as the hcst (iliice and warehouse
buildings of modern construction.
CORYUON T. PURDY.
FIRE REGULATOR. An automatic device
to control the draft to the fire of a steam boiler,
adjusted so as to be operated by the pressure of
the steam.
FIRESTONE. Any stone thought to be
peculiarly fit to resist great heat. Such a mate-
rial occasionally used in England is described
as having a large quantity of silica, and is
apparently a sandstone capable of resisting even
the direct effects of fiame under ordinary cir-
cumstances, as in connection with an open fire-
place. In the United States, some varieties
of Western sandstone, generally of light brown
colour, are found unusually resistant.
FIRE STOP. Any piece or mass of incom-
bustible niatrrial used as a filling in the spaces
of the t'rann'wiirk or to close other open parts of a
strmturr, in orilrr to prevent the passage of fire.
FIRM (u'l nrrully used in the plural). One of
two ratti IS wliirli form a truss; as a pair of
firms. Thr t( i in is local in England, or nearly
obsolete. (Comimre Cmtch.)
FIRRING. Same as Furring.
FIRST PIECE. Locally, in Lancashire,
England, the Hilf;ci)iece of a roof. — (A. P. S.)
FIRST STONE. In Great Britain, same
as Foundation Stone, li.
FISCHER, KARL VON; architect; b.
1782; d. 1820.
Professor of architecture in the Academy of
Munich. His most important building was the
old .Munirii theatre, built in 1818, burned in
\X'J'-',, and irlinilt Under the name Jlof- idkI
Nalin„al Trnir,: (See Klenze.)
S>-,il..rl. ir,}„sl/,r r.fficnn.
FISCHER VON ERLACH. JOHANN
BERNHARD : anliitrrt ; li. I (",.-)() ; d. ITl'.i.
Fistlnr von Eria.-h was a contemporary of
FLAGSTAFF
Andrea Pozzo (see Pozzo, A.), and was edu-
cated in Rome. Returning to Vienna, he began
the iSchloss Scho7ibn(ini, the construction ot
which was interrupted by the death of the
Emperor Joscjih I., and built the church of
S. .Carlo Eorn.nico (begun 1715), the Peters-
kir'che, the palarc of the Prince Eugen, now
Flnanziuuiisli'i-iiiin (1703), the Trautson pal-
ace (1720-1730), the HofbUdinthek (1722-
1726), all in Vienna, the K<,U,vi<'i>kii:-h,- in
Salzburg (1G9G-1 707), the Kurfiirstcn Ki>p,'JU
in the cathedral of Bresluu, Germany (1722-
1727), the Clam-Gallus palace in Prague,
Bohemia (1707-1712), and other buildings.
He published Entivurfe historischer Baukunst
(1 vol., folio, 1725).
Gurlitt, Barockstil in Deutschland ; Ebe, Spat-
Eoiaiitsancc ; Lowy, Wien vor 150 Jahren.
FISCHER VON ERLACH. JOSEPH
EMANUEL; an-liitect : h. Iti'J."); .1. 1742.
A sou of Johann Bcndiard Fis,-luT von
Erlach (see Fischer von Erlacli, J. B.). He
completed many of his fivther's most important
buildings, the Hofhibliothek (Vienna), the
church of S. Carlo Borromeo, and others.
Gurlitt, Barockstil in Deutschland.
FISH (n.). A piece of wood or metal
secured to the side of a beam or the like to
strengthen it ; particularly, when used to secure
two timbers or the like, when joined end to
end. In the latter case, two fishes are gener-
ally used on opposite sides ; sometimes four.
Also called fish piece and fish plate. (Com-
pare Flitch.)
FISH (v.). To strengthen, join, or secure
by means of a fish or fishes.
FISH BEAM (n.). In mechanics, a beam
which beUies out, and usually on the under side.
-(C. D.)
The use of this term is objectionable because
it suggests a relation to the accurate term
fished beam. (See Fish (n.) and (v.).)
FISH MARKET. (Sec Market.)
FIVES COURT. .\ l)uildini,' jirejiared for
the game of lives, in which the lialls are struck
by the palm of the hand, usually jjrotected by
a glove. That which is really requisite for the
play is a solid wall with slightly projecting
wings, like buttresses, and usually a piece of
netting at the top to prevent the balls from
flying over the top of the wall. Tlie more
elaborate structure is a kind of room with only
three walls, 11 feet wide and 27 feet long within
the walls, but without a roof
FIXTURE, COMBINATION. (See Elec-
trical .Vppliance.s.)
FLAG. Any comparatively thin piece of
stone suitable for j)aving. Most stones thus
used arc samlstones or mica schists which split
rcadilv into .slabs.
FLAGSTAFF. A pole to whicli a flag
is secured, and from wliich it HontH. The term
42
FLAGSTONE
is generally couliiied to jjoles set vertically, as
those are luuch the largest, and are placed iu
the nuKst prominent positions.
In most cases, the HagstaH" is merely a taper-
ing stick painteil wliitc and capped with a
sheave through which the lialyards run. It is
rare that any decorative treatment is attempted.
There are, however, instances of this, and it is
interesting to note that all designers who try to
use the tlagstart" in a decorative way make it
mudi thicker than mere strengtli would require,
and |)aint it in darker colours, perhaps in more
colours than one. The most offective decoration
connected with the flagstaff is, however, the
FLAMBOYANT
or without eusi>s, and triangles between tlie
circles, but Uikc the shape of flames. The stoue
"'I f
foot socket or stand in which it is set up. Any
amount of rich ornamentation may be given to
this sujiporter ; tlie most celebrated and prob-
ably the richest instances existing l>eing in
Venice in the Piazza, and in front of the churdi
of S. Mark. These three bronze standards are
the work of Alessandro Leopardi, and were put
up at the l)(!ginning of the sixteenth century.
— R. S.
FLAGSTONE. Same as Flag.
FLAMBOYANT (adj.). A. Having to do
witli the hitt! Frenclj (Jothic window traceries,
whicli are so arranged that the openings l)ctween
the stone piers are no longer circles, either with
Iii'r<; nre cut in S curves and meet at acute
' i::d the genend aspect of the ojjcnings
: lught to resemble flames rising eitiier
t ir at an angle with the vertical. The
. 1 icuch, but in France the significance is
^. iierally applied to that which gives out flame
1 resembles flame, or to what is very brilliant
ml shining. It is less used in a strictly archi-
' vtural sense in France than in Englan<l. (See
I i.ince, Architecture of; Gothic Architecture;
I racery ; Window.)
li. Having to do with the French Gothic of the
late fifteenth and early
si.xteenth centuries;
namely, that which has
flamboyant wind o w
tracery. As this pecul-
iar tracery prevailed in
France from tiie clo.se
of the Hundred Years'
War until about 1495,
the term ser\'es to de-
scrilie the magnificent
late Gothic, of which
characteristic buildings
are the church of S.
Maclou at Rouen, the
western part of tiie ca-
thedral of Tours, the
cathedral of S. Pol de
Leon, S. Wulfran at
Abbeville, the church
of S. Riquier, not far from Abbeville,
church of Brou at Bourg-en-Bresse. — K.
PLAN
FLAN. To splay tbe sides of an opening,
as the jambs of a door or window. (Rare or
local English.)
FLANDIN, EUGENE. (See Coste, Pas-
cal Xavier.)
FLANGE. A rim projecting laterally on
one or on each side of any member, usually at
right angles to the general surface ; as the flat
upj)er and lower portions of an I beam at right
angles to the web ; a collar at the ends of
wrought iron pipes by means of which they are
secured together.
FLANK (n.). A. A lateral face of a struc-
ture ; an end or side as distinguished from the
front or back ; a return at either side of the face
of a stnicture or part of a structure.
B. In Scotland, a valley of a roof.
-(A.P.S.)
FLANK (v. t. and V. int.). To stand, or
to be placetl at, the sides or flanks ; to provide
with sides or flanks ; as an entrance gate may
be flanked liy a column ou each side ; a court
may lie tiaiikcd liy the wings of a building.
FLAP. ^1. One fold of a folding door,
shutter, or the like ; especially where two parts
are hinged together, so that the door or shutter
hinged to one side of an opening is itself in two
parts which fold together when the door or
other leaf is opened wide.
B. A hinge of which the straps, leaves, or
flat plates are intended to be screwed to the side
of a door, shutter, or the like ; in this contrast-
ing with butt hinge, probably an abbreviation
of Flap Hinge.
Front Flap. In a folding door or shut-
ter, the part which is in front and visible when
the shutter is open and is folded back against
tlie jamb. It is usually hinged directly to the
fLwd frame or jamb. (Compare Back Flap.)
FLASHING. Pieces of sheet metal covering
the ji'iiit.s or angles between a roof and any ver-
tical surface again.st which it abuts, as of a wall,
parapet, or chimney, to prevent the leakage or
driving in of rain water ; also, such pieces cover-
ing the hips and valleys of shingle or slate roofs,
or the like ; or covering the joints about window
frames, etc., in frame buildings. Plain flashing
is formed with a single strip turned up a few
inches against the vertical surface to which it is
tacked or otherwise secured, and running up
under the slates, tiles, or shingles to a slightly
higher level. For greater security an aprmi,
usually of lead, may lie ;iHi\r.l to ih.- u.dl ;il.i.\,>
the first strip, wllieh il o\ell;i|i^ ; IIm' ,i|.im|i
being driven into the joints of the m.-isomy jno
tects the joint of the flasiiing proper. Against
a brick chimney or gable parapet the sloping
joint is protected by step fliishing ; short pieces
overlapping like slates rejilaee tlie iniitiiiiioiis
strip, ea(rh turned into a ditlt i. nt Imi i/Miitai
joint of the brickwork. Flashiirj :i-iin t t ine-
work are driven into grooves ciil to recen e thi m ;
45
FLAXMAN
in all cases the joint is cemented with common
or elastic cement. — A. D. F. H.
FLAT (adj.). A. In painting, having little
or no gloss. (See Dead ; Flatting.)
B. In colour and in coloured surfaces of any
substances or make, uniform, without gi-ada-
tion. A wash of water colour is commonly laid
as flat as possible. In decorative painting of a
high character, flat tints are commonly avoided
because they are injurious to the general effect
of the work ; and gi'adation is very important.
FLAT (n.). One story of a building, and
hence the whole, or a considerable part, of a
story used as a residence. The term has been
in use for many years in Scotland, where the
lofty houses of Edinl)ui-,L;ii have been let in flats.
In London, wheie, sinee almiit 1875, the rent-
ing of separate apartments lias been a custom
slowly increasing, such apartments are generally
called flats, and the building itself is spoken of
as a " flat " house, with or without the quota-
tion marks. Up to 1880 the only large build-
ing of the kind was the Queen Anne's mansions.
In New York, which has led the other cities of
the United States in tlie matter of apartments
taking the place of separate houses, th<' teiin
flat has received a local mianiii-- e\pres>jiig
something rather more cle.i;aiit and spaei(jus than
a set of rooms in a Tenement House, and less so
than an apartment in an Apartment House. In
speaking of an ajjj^artement of a Paris maison
d (oyer or the Wohnung of a German or Vien-
nese house of the type, the word " apartment " is
more commonly used, but flat would be equally
appropriate. — R. S.
FLATTING. Painting with a coat of paint
without gloss, presenting a dead surface when
diy ; usually mixed with turpentine with little
or no linseed oil. Also, dabbing a still wet coat
of paint with a stiff brush to conceal the usual
brush marks, and to produce an even-appearing
surfiice.
FLATTING COAT. A coat of such paint-
ing as will produce the effect of Flatting. (See
Mat.)
FLAXMAN, JOHN; sculptor; b. July G,
17.").-.; d. December 7, 182G.
.Joliii Flaxman was the son of a moulder of
plaster casts in London. In 1769 he entered
tiie Royal Academy schools. He exhibited at
the Academy after 1770. For many years after
177.') Flavmaii was emplov.'d .'it the potterv of
the M,'-.r>. \\v,hIv^^ 1.' AKmit 1 7S.-, 1 7S(i
at Chicliestei- eatlie.lral, an.l th.it of Mis. Mof-
ley in Gloucester cathedral. In 1787 Flaxman
settled in Rome. Returning to England in
1794, his first work was the monument to Lord
Mansfield in Westminster Abl«>y. In 1800 lie
was elected a member of tlic Royal Academy.
Flaxman designed monuments to (^a])tain Mon-
tague in Westmin.stcr Abbey, to Sir .Joshua Key-
FLECHE
nolds, Earl Howe, ami Lonl Nelson in S. Paul's
cathedral, to the Baring family at Micheldever
ihunh, Hampshire, to Mary Lusiiington at
Lewishain, Kent, and other works. In 1810
he waselectetl professor of sculpture at the Koyal
Academy.
Kedgrave. Dictionary of Artists; Stephen, Di<-
tioiiary of Xatioital Bioijraphy.
FIiECHIi. In French, a spire, large or small.
In English, usually a comparatively small,
slender spire surmounting and forming part of the
construction of a roof, as is common at the junc-
tion of the nave and transept roofs of French
Gothic churches; and may include the lower
story of the same stnicture with vertical walls
or uprights.
FLEMISH ARCHITECTURE. That de-
vc'liijK'd liy the iifuple uf Flanders. This ancient
geographical region has been considered for many
years as divided into the three districts of French
Flanders, Eastern Flanders, and Western Flan-
ders. French Flanders is for the greater part
of its extent included in the modem territory of
France, but Tournai and Mons, with the country
around them, form part of the kingdom of Bel-
gium and include the cities of Ghent, Audenardc,
Saint-Nicolas, and reaches to the river Schelt
opposite Antwerp. Western Flanders includes
the cities of Bruges, Ypres, and Courtrai, and
this also belongs to Belgium. The architecture
of this region is strongly influenced by that of
France at almost all epochs. (See Belgium,
Architecture of.) — R. S.
FLEUR-DE-LIS ; -LYS. (More properly
Fleur dc T/i>ys, that is to say, flower of Louis,
rather t! ' '■ " •• . t ) An ornament long
associat I ] lower in France, con-
sisting.' I minted members above
and till'' A, a horizontal crossbar.
Of the thiuu upper ones the middle one stands
erect, the two others are strongly curved out-
ward and downward, one on either side. The
lower members are treated in a similar though
less pronouncetl fashion, but in very alistract
and simple forms are sometimes united into one
mass. It is sUited that this ornament was first
borne as an heraldic charge by Louis VII. of
France, who died 1 180. The escutcheon of the
kings of France was afterward charged with
fleurs-ile-lis thickly set in diagonal order, the
number Iwing indifferent ; but in the reign of
Henry IV. this was changed, and from this
time on the royal shield w.-w ch.arged with three
fleurs-dc-liH, two above, side by side, and one
liclow. The first of these arrangements is called,
in heraldic language, " France Ancient " ; the
second, " France Modern." (See Giglio.)
— R. S.
FLEURON. In French usage, a plastic
semblance of a vegetable form u»e<l as the
crowning feature of a tlecorative member, as
a finial, <^pi, or the like.
FLEXIBLE CORD
e Electrical Aj.pli-
FLTER. One uf the steps of a straight part
of a flight of stairs having a tread of uniform
width, an<l peri)endicular to the general direc-
tion of the stairs; distinguished from Winder.
FLIGHT. In a stair, a contimious series of
steiis uninterrupted by landings ; by extension,
but improperly, any numlier of such series
forming together the stjiir from one floor to
another, even when landings are introduced.
(See Stair.)
FLINT. An impure form of quartz, opaque
or slightly translucent, and of several colours in
pale neutral shades. As a building material, it
is fit only for building with a great abundance
of mortar, much as was customarj' in the Roman
Imperial buildings, the resultant mass being very
much like concrete, at least in its hardness and
endurance. In parts of England where this
stone is common, and found in masses larger
than is usual elsewhere, it is customary to face
walls with flints by selecting the largest pieces
and tho.se which show the smoothest face when
split. Small and non-decorative buildings are
those in which this material is most commonly
used ; but ])arts of elaljorate churches, such as
the filling alwve the vaults and even parts of
the face wall, where it is unbroken, are so con-
structed. — R. S.
FLITCH. .1. A plank, or similar thin
piece, secured to the side of a beam with whii h
it ciirresiKinds in length and depth, or nearly
.-id, and which it serves to strengthen; one of
several such pieces or beams secured together
side by side to form a lar-or lK^■lm or girder.
(Compare Fisli.)
B. Same as Slali.
FLITCH BEAM; GIRDER. A beam or
girder composed of flitches, as defined under
Flitch, A ; usually, one constructed as de-
scribetl under Flitch Plate.
FLITCH PLATE. An iron plate used as a
Flitch, in sen.se A ; generally, between two
wooden beams, as in doubled headers and
trimmers.
FLITCROFT, HENRY ; architect ; b. Aug.
2'J, KJ'JT : d. Manh ."), 1769.
A son of .leliVy Fliteroft, gardener of King
William III., at Hampton Court (Englan.l).
May 14, 1726, he entered the ottiee of the
Board of Works, and in 1758 Wfus appointed
comptroller of the Board, succeeding Rijiley.
He was svicceeded by Sir William Chambers
(see Chambers).
Hedprave. Dictionary of Artists.
FLOAT (n.) (1.). A stmcture like a raft,
but usually, in architectural usage, smtwthly
decked or floored. Boathouses aiul Iwthing
house."*, such as those maintained by cIuIms and
the like, are often built upon floats, or have floats
used as landings and docks.
48
FLOAT
FLOAT (n.) (II.). A plasterer's tool for
smoothing a coat of iila.ster while soft, and
bringing it to a true, even surface. Its essen-
tial feature is a thin lilade having a smooth
plane surface.
FLOAT (v.). To smooth as with the plas-
terer's float, or in some similar manner; said
of a coat of plaster, cement, or the like, which
is applied in a very soft, almost liquid, condi-
tion, so that it can readily be brought to a true
and smooth surface.
FLOATING SCREED. (See Screed.)
FLOAT STONE. A stone u.sed to grind
or rub brickwiJi!^ to a true cun'ed surface, the
brick having previously been laid and roughly
cut approximately to the required shape.
FLOOR. A. The assemblage of pieces, as
boards, planks, tdes, or the continuous mass of
material, as cement, concrete, asphalt, which
forms the lower and generally horizontal sur-
face of the interior of a building or any part
of a building ; or, in like manner, the upper
surface of a platform, bridge, or the like ; tliat
surface upon wiiieh we walk and place furni-
ture, portable objects of all sorts, but generally
the upper surface of a construction rather than
a surface laid solid upon earth or filling be-
tween solid walls. (See Flooring.)
B. The entire horizontal structure for the sup-
port of a floor in sense A, together with such a
floor itself. In this sense the whole system of
timbers or iron beams, including girders, sum-
mers, binding beams, trimmers, headers, and
ordinary joists or floor beams are included as well
as the upper surface, the arrangements for
deafening, and perhaps the deafening itself, ami
even the finish beneath (for which see Ceiling).
The simplest liouse floor is composed of boards
laid upon and nailed to joists or beam.s, which
rest upon tljc walls. If the walls are too far
apart girders, (ir large beams, are placed to sup-
port one or both ends of the joists. The girders
may rest upon walls, or upon posts or columns.
In modern so-called fireproof buildings, the floors
are generally supported by iron or steel beams
and girders, and the surface between them is
formed in various ways : by flat arches of brick
or terra cotta ; by slabs of ctjucrete made in
place, generally strengthened by iron bars or
rods, or wires bedded in it ; or bent plates of
corrugated iron reaching from beam to l)eani,
upon which concrete is placed. For bridge
floors, "buckled jdates" (which see) arc riv-
eted to the steel joists, and are covered with
concrete and a paving of stone, wood, or as-
phaltum. Buckled plates are thin plates of
iron or steel formed by i)rcH8ure, the central
portion of which is crowned or raised, forming
a very flat dome, and leaving a flat margin on
the e<Jges for riveting in place. Plates may
be about g inch thick, 3 or 4 feet square, and
Ik! raised in the centre "J or '\ inches.
FLOOR
In the followmg subtitles the reference is
to sense B, unless otherwise specially stated : —
Apparatus Floor. In the United States,
the ground floor of a fire house or patrol house
where is kept the fire-extinguishing, or other,
apparatus and horses.
Carcass Floor. The assseinblage cif beams
and girders in place, to receive a tluor in tlie
sense A.
Ceiling Floor. The assemblage of roof
beams, or rafters, and ceiling joists in place,
to receive a ceiling.
Double Floor. A. One in which large
joists, called binders, binding joists, or primary
joists, carry the floor joists above and the ceil-
ing joists below.
B. A floor in sense A, which consists of
two thicknesses of planking, the lower one
being usually <if rouirh material brought tn an
even thickne>s an.l carefully nailed to the tim-
bers, its purpose being merely to give better
Swiss Solid Timber Hovsk ; ti
A.ND THE Flooring all re
System of Stiles and Panels.
and more uniform support and easier nailing
to the upper shell, or layer, which is usually
of choice material.
Double-framed Floor. In English usage,
a floor having two systems of support, the
common terms being girders for the primary
or heaviest tindjcrs, binding joists, which rest
on them, and the joists, or floor beams, which
are carried by the latter. It is customary to
specify or to state, in definition, that in such a
floor the ceilini; is cairieil by separate ceiling
joists. In the rnitc.l States, ceiling joists are
used or omitted without much reference to the
framing of the lloor projuT.
Fireproof Floor. One composed of fire-
resisting materials carried by iron or stiel
beams. (See Finproofing.)
Folded Floor. A floor in sense A, in
whieli tile cross joints of boards or planks are
contimious, cither across the entire floor or
across a series of boards.
Framed Floor. One in whieli the binding
joists are carried l)v still larger girders. (See
i)oub!e Floor, tibove.)
FLOOR HANGER
Mill Floor. A floor of the form usual in
mills. (Set- .MiU ; Slow-buniing Construction.)
Naked Floor. A. The framing whiih forms
the i-oiistructional part of the floor without the
flooring and ceiling.
Ji. Une in wiiiih the floor joists extend from
wall to wall. —(A. P. S., under Single Frame.)
Solid Floor. A. One composetl of joists
set close and .spiked togetlier.
R SauR- as Mill Fl()..r, alH.ve.
Straight Joint Floor. A fl(X)r in sense A,
in whii-li tlif jniiits between the sides of the
boards or plauk-s are continuous from end to
end. — K. S.
FLOOR HA NGER. A Stirrup Iron ; used
for hanjriiijr the framed tiniliei-s of a floor.
FLOORING. Same as Floor in sense ^1,
or the material prejiared for such a floor. In
the United States this is the general term for
the material used for finishing a floor ; that is,
for providing the smooth and level surliK>e u]wn
wliiih we walk ; it C(jrre.s])ontls with Roofing,
Sitlintr, Sheatliintf. and with Ceiling in its more
FLORENTINE LILY. Same iis Giglio.
FLORENTINE MARBLE. (See Alabas-
ter, J.)
FLORIATE ; FLORIATED. Carved with
leaves and foliage or made to re.semble or sug-
ge.st flowens ; e.y. many mediieval capitals, fini-
als, and mouldings, particularly in the fourteenth
and fifteenth centuries.
FLORID. Highly ornate; extremely rich
to the j)()int of over decoration ; a term ap])lied
in general to works of any style or period ; but
more specifically used also to characterize the
art of several jjcriods in which a style having
reached its culmination has passed into a stage
of exce.ssivr di>plriy fii.lini: in r\trav,ii:aiir,' aii.l
decline. - ;
art, th(
oration,
tury ; ill ;,. ,.,,,.,,,. .-; m. >..,,,„ ,,i inn m
century j,'enerally, in France, England, Germany,
and Spain.
FLORIS, CORNELIS DB ; architect and
sculptor; b. 1518; d. Feb. 20, 1575.
A famous architect and 8culi)tor of Antwerp
(Belgium), and a brother of Frans Floris, the
painter. Cornells studied in Rome and was
architect of the Stad/uii.s (City Hall) of Aut-
werj), which wiis finished in 1560, burned down
in 1581, and rebuilt in the same style l)y an-
other architect. He built the so-called Ooster-
hiiiH at Antwerp.
Iinnicrzeel, Ilollaiidsrbe en Vlaamsche Kunste-
FLUE. A passage provided through solid
material, as the substance of a wall, for the
passing tipward of smoke, or for the carrying
of a draught of air upward or downward, as in
forced ventilation. Flues are most commonly
FLUTE
built solid in the brick wall and faced with
jilaster of some kind (see Paigetting; Parget
Work) ; or lined with glazed earthenware j)ipe
or similarly uniforndy siiaped solid material not
liable to absorb gases.
FLUSH (ad.j.). Even with, in the same
plane with, something else, whether adjacent or
not ; in e.xact alinement with the surrounding
surface. Thus, a flush panel has its surface in
the same jjlaue with the surrounding frame ;
two piers having the same projection from a
wall may be said to have their outer faces
flush.
FLUSH (v. int.). A. In mason work, in
British usjige, to break or chip off" from the
face, as in the case of stone or brick which is
too heavily loa<led near the edge.
B. To come to the surface; to become
flushed ; said of mortar which is forced into a
joint or by pressure spread and distributed in a
joint until it appears at the face or bed.
FLUSH (v. t.). A. In laying up masonry,
to fill a vertical joint or joints with mortar
which is rammed or worked into the interetices
until they are filled approximately flush with
the surrounding surface.
B. In sewers, plumbing, and the like, to
supi)ly water, usually with great force and
speed, for the purpose of clejinsing.
FLUSH RIM. In the bowl of a water-
closet, a rim toniiing a channel or tube with in-
lets hy wliirh tlie 1m)w1 is flushed from all sides.
FLUSH TANK. A box made so as to hold
water and fitted with certain machinery by
means of which any part of the phunbing of "a
house or the like can be flushed at will. The
most common form of the machinery which j)ro-
vides for the discharge and stoppage of the
wntrr is a lever pidled from above or from
iiirh opens a valve, which valve will
until the lever Is released. A common
u'cnerally controls the automatic flow
. ■• ... . iiom the supply pipe, and fills the tank
again to its original level. (Also cjilletl Flush
Box.)
FLUTE. A gioove or channel ; especially,
one of many such channels which are parallel
or nearly so, and used for a decorative purjMise.
The most conunon use of this decoration is in
the shafts of colunms, those of Grecian and
Greco-Roman origin being eonunonly so treated.
It is customary to distinguish lictwet^n the
channels which adorn the shaft of the Greek
Doric order and which are elliptical in section,
and separated one from another by a common
arris, from thejlutes of the Ionic and Corinth-
ian orders, which are circular in section, deeper
in i)roportion, and are separated one from an-
other by a narrow fillet. This distinction is
not always maintained. (See (Channel.) Flutes "
are used in other than stniight lines in such
work as the strigil ornament.
&2
FLY
FLY. Ill a theatre, the space above the
stage, and concealed from the front by the wall
above the proscenium arch. (See Fly Gallery ;
Theatre.)
FLYER. Same as Flier.
FLY GAIJJGRY. In a theatre, one of
the galleries over the stage, from which parts
' of tlie scenery are hung and managed. Com-
monly spoken of as " tlie Hies." (See Fly.)
FLYING BUTTRESS. (See Kiittn s^ )
FODERA ; FODERO. In Italian, a lining,
as of a garment; hence, a casing or veneeiing,
as of marble.
FOIL. In tracery, any one of several lobes,
circular, or nearly so, tangent to the inner side
^^ of a larger arc, as of an arch,
j>^p ^;^,. and meeting each other in
"/^^mjl^\\ points, called cusps, project-
<fjf^' i^. \ iii.U' inward from the auh, oi
\ * -'J' '''''■^'^- '^^^^'^^ *"*^''^ '"'""^
.X V, .. '^/' make a trefoil ; four, a ijua
— ^' trefoil; five, a cinquetod, oi
Foil: Opening quintefoil ; six, a se.xfod and
WITH Five a large number, a nuiltifoil
Foils, called ht i
CiNQUEFoiL. Mere cusps on an arth pio
duce foils only when con-
nected by arcs, usually more than semicircles.
When the foils are very small and numerous,
as in Moorish arches, the arch is called a cusped
arch rather tliaii a liiiiliilnil arch. Foils are
encouiitercil oeca.-ionally in early mediaeval
(Romanesque) work and in late florid work, but
they characterize especially the Middle Pointed
period in France, England, and Germany.
(Called also Feathering; see Tracery.)
— .\. I). F. H.
FOLFI, MARIOTTO DI ZANOBI ; ar( lii
tect and engineer ; b. ir.L'l ; d. ItlOO,
Folti iiiiule the model for, and laiilt, after
lol'j, the i)alace of Giovanni Uguccioni, in
Florence (unfinished). There is a Hketcii of
this famous design in the UHizi, by Giorgio
FONDAMENTA
Yasari, the younger. The building is still in
the possession of the Uguccioni family.
Geymiiller-Stegmann, Die A7Xh. der Ren. in
Toscana ; Mazzanti del Badia, BaccoUa delle Mig-
liori Fahbriche.
FOLIATE (adj.). A. Made, provided, or
adorned with foils, as in mediaeval tracery.
When a foil is adorned with subordinate foils
the tracery is said to be double foliate ; if these
Foliated Capital,
c. 1177.
are again adorned with minuter foils, it is triple
foliate. Tracery with cusps may be foliate even
when the cusps are joined, not by true circular
arcs, but by other curved outlines.
B. Made or adorned with leafage or leaf-
like forms, as a foliate capital, a foliate corbel.
FOLIATE (v.). A. To form into leaves or
leaflike shapes.
B. To adorn with foliation.
FOLIATION. The state of being foliate ;
foliate decoration.
FONDACO. In Italian, a factory in sense A.
FOND AGO DEI TEDESCHl" In Venice ;
a very large building of about 1510, designed
either by Fra Giocondo (see Giocondo), or by
an unknown artist called merely Girolamo Te-
desco (Jerome the German). Its large surfaces
of plain wall were e covered with noble paint-
ings by (iiorLiioiie, 'i'itiaii, and others of the
great .sciiool ,,f \'en,.tian painters.
FONDACO DEI TURCHL In Venice;
a beautiful Byzantine building which, in 1850
and thereafter, was ruinous, but still of ex-
treme iiiter(\st. It has been elaborately rebuilt,
and is essentially a new building. (See Museo
CornT.)
FONDAMENTA. In Italian, an embank-
ment or <|uay eonstiuetod along the side of a
water clianncl. in j'^nglish usage, tlie term aji-
plics espcicially to tiiose in Venice, which form
8tone-pav(!d thoroughfares along many of tbo
54
FONT
(inali, the term being ui^ed in the names of
lull streetii. (Compare Kiva.)
FONT. A baptismal basin in which the
iatir lui till- aihiiiuistratiou of baptism is cou-
FOXT, \
LJ
tained, or into which it is poured, or both.
The Christian Church from the first moment of
its existence was conii)elled to determine just
how the water of bajHism was to be applied to
the person of the neophyte, and consequently
the instruments to l)e emi)loyed in its atliniiiis-
tration. History tells us that three methods
of baptizing or touching the body with water
were countenanced, viz. by immersion, attusioii,
and a.spei-sion. It was not until the end of the
third century that we know of a
time and place being especially
set apart for the administration
of baptism. (See Baptistery.) In
the earliest representation now in
existence of a baptism, a fresco
in the catacombs of S. Calixtus
at Ii<ime, the sjicrament is lieing
given by affusion or pouring ;
nevertheless immersion seems to _ —
have been the ordinary mode in
tiie primitive age of Christianity.
The font used in a baptistery was ^.
a large cistern, which was either
sunken in the floor or raised alnive
it. The administrator and the
candidatt! both descended into the
water; but lus the Roman world ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^
Jiecame convertc<l to the faith the
baptism of adult catechumens lie-
came less and less custonuiry, while that of
children k'came more and more so ; consetiuently
the necessity of the lulministnitor entering the
water ceased. The fonts were made smaller,
05
FONT
mere bowls standing on pillars or bases of some
kind, but large enough to receive a child for
immersion. They were made of stone, marble,
silver, lead, brass, and wood, and often lined
with lead. In form they
followed the variations of
architecture, every style
having its own ; the earli-
est fonts were square, or
square with roimded cor-
ners, renting on blocks of
stone or five legs; then
followed the circular form
standing on four legs, the
cylindrical on drums, the
octjigonal and hexagonal
with foundations of like
form. The avcnige size of
the inside of the bowl in
these ancient fonts was
from 1^ to 2 feet in di-
ameter "and 1 foot deep ;
tiie Ixjwl was covcretl with
a flat board, hinged and
held in place by staples
and a lock; the opening of
the bowl wiis almost al-
ways circular, no matter
what form the exterior might Ih?. The orna-
mentation varied ; sometimes it was geometrical,
sometimes symbolical, often hcnddic, rfnd in
some cases inscriptions were employetl in a
decorative way. The more usual mediaeval
fonts consisted of three parts : a liowl, a stem,
and a plinth, and each part was usually made
of a single stone. The place in which these
fonts stood was almost invariably nejir the west
entrance of the church. If there was a south
: Cathedral,
(Ais.NK), KRA^•CK; 12th CKNTI'RY.
door the font was placed to it« left, and there-
fore nearer the west front ; and this arrangement
continut^ in mo<lern times, except when- a bap-
tismid chapel exists. The modem font, as a
66
I'll
FONTAINE
general rule, corresponds with the architectural
details of the church in which it is placed. It
sho\dd be large, of good material, provided with
a tlrain and cover, and it is well to raise it
above the tloor on an elevated plat-
form with one or more steps. Its
dimension is not tixed, but the fol-
lowing will he fiiund in modern
practice to be right : height, 3 feet
4 inches ; diameter across the top,
1 foot 11 inches, diameter of in-
terior, 1 foot \^ inches, and 1 foot
deep.
Robert Robinson, Boston, 1817,
History of Baptism; Ardiwologia,
Vol. X., Obsi'i-oiifioHS on an Anri.-nt
FontatBltrnhan, : \-A. XI.. X.^Ores
of Fonts in Scil.nui : V^l, X.KV.,
Thomas Birhm.ms Lflbrs nil Err.
Arch, in France. I'or illustrations
of English fonts, see F. A. I'aley's
Baptismal Fonts, London, 1844.
— Caryl Coleman.
FONTAINE. PIERRE FRAN-
gOIS LEONARD ; architect ; b.
Sept. 20, 17G2 ; d. Oct. 10, 1853.
Fontaine was a jjupil of Antoiue
Francois Peyre (see Peyre, A. F.).
In 1785 he went to Rome, where
he was joined by Charles Percier
(see Percier). He was associated
with Percier in Paris, and together
they were made directors of the
decorations of the opera house.
When Napoleon became First Con-
sul they were made his architects, and retained
that position under the Euijiire. Percier and
Fontaine restored the cliatiuux nf Malmaison,
Saint-Cloud, Compifegiic, \ rvsuiilcs, and other
imperial residences. They restored the buildings
FONTANA
1814 Percier retired from their association.
Fontaine was court architect of Louis XVIII.,
for whom he built the Chapelle Expiatoire in
the Rue d'Anjou, Paris. During the reign of
Font of Stone, at Ur(
;ar Laon (Aisnk), France,
Font OK Stonk: Knoi.ish Cchik, c Ija).
of tiie court of tlie Louvre, and ilcnigned and
built the Arc de Triomphc du Carrousel. They
laid out the Rue de Rivoli, and built additioiw
to the palace of the Tuilerics iu that street. In
67
Charles X. he was architect to the Duke of
Orleans, for whom he restored and enlarged the
Palais Royal. He was chief arcliitect of Louis
Philippe. During this reign he renio<lellcd the
garden in front of the Tuilerie.s, thus contrib-
uting to the defacement of the monument of
Philibert De I'Orme (see De I'Orme, P.). Fon-
taine was architect in charge of the Louvre, tlie
Tuileries, and the royal buildings until 1848.
From 1831 to 1833 he was architect of the
Theatre Franc^ais, Paris. In 1849 he was
chosen president of the Consfil ilrs hdtimoit.t
ririls. (FortiielM,nks i„iblishe,l bv I'ereierand
Foiitaineine(,llal)..r.itinii,seel'eivier.) Fontaine
piibli.siicd alone a Jlistuin' ih< I'aJais Jioynt,
4to, 61 pi.
Maurice Du Seigneur in Planat's Encyclopidie ;
C\\. Lucas in La Grande Encydopedie.
FONTANA, CARLO; architect; b. 1634;
. 17
I not known that Carlo was related to
citiier Donienico or Ciovanni Fontaiia (see
Fontana, D. and (}.). He Wius a pupil of
Bernini (see Rernini). He built the facade of
the church of S. Marcello in tiie (Nji-so (Rome,
1683), the monument of Queen Christina of
Swwlen in S. Peter's church (1689), the fac^julo
of the church of S. Maria in Triwtovere (1702),
68
FONTANA
tlie cupola of the cathedral of Montcfiascone and
the cathetlral of Fulda ( 1 69G). The villa of the
princes of Liclitenstein at Vienna was built from
his designs between 1697 and 1700. He built
the Palazzo Bolognetti (now Torlonia), Rome,
1G80, the Palazzo Grimani, Rome, the Villa
Viseonti at Frascati, and the great ])ortal of the
Palazzo Reale at Genoa. Foutana succeeded
Mattia de' Rossi as architect of S. Peter's church
in the reign of Innocent XII. (Pope 1G91-1700),
and published his descriptive monograph, Tern-
plum Vaticanitin, in 1694. He published also
works on the Flavian Amphitheatre, on the aque-
ducts, and on the inundations of the Tiljer.
Fontana designed several fountains in Rome.
His nephews, Girolamo and Francesco Fontana,
assisted him in his work. Girolamo built the
cathcilral and fountains of Fniscati.
Gurlitt, Geschirhte des Barockstilesin Jialien ;
Ebe. ,'<iiatJleHaissance; Alilizia, Mcmorie.
FONTANA, DOMENICO; architect; b.
va:]-. d. 1607.
Domciiieo Wius lx>m in Lombardy near Lake
Como, and came to Rome during the lifetime
of Michelangelo. He wjis a protkjf of the Car-
dinal Montalto (Pope Si.\tus V.," 158.5-1590).
AlM)ut 1580 he built this cardinal's villa (later
Villa Negroni, Rome). When Montalto became
Pope he nuule Domenico pontifical architect
(1585). He built the lantern of the main
cupola of S. Peter's church according to the
designs of Michelangelo. Fontana moved the
obelisk of Nero's circus from its old position
to the Piazza di S. Pietro (1586). He also
placed the obelisk of the Piazza del Popolo
(1587) and that of the Piazzi di S. Giovanni in
Laterano (1588). About 1586 he began the
fa9ade of the northern transept of the church
of S. Giovanni in Laterano, Rome. He also
built the Palazzo Laterano and the palace of
Sixtus V. at the Vatican. The fountain of tiie
Acqua Pjiola, Rome, is usually credited to his
brother Giovanni (see Fontana, G.). Domenico
designed the similar fountain of the Termini,
Rome. He built the facade of the Palazzo
Quirinale in the Via Pia (see Ma.scherino). In
1592 Domenico removed to Naples, and built
there the Palazzo Reale.
Ebe, Spat- RenainMnce ; Strack. RniKtenkmiiler
noms; .Milizia, Memnrie : Siusso, Mouumrnii di
yapoli; Falda. F<iutnnp di Itnmn.
FONTANA, FRANCESCO. (Sec Fon-
tan:i. Carlo.)
FONTANA, GIOVANNI; architect; b.
aU.ut 1510; d. 1614.
Giovanni came to l^)n)e with his younger
brotiier Domenico (see Fontana, I).), whom he
a»wistc<l in many of his undertakings. He was
engineer and contractor rather tiian arciiitect,
and wiiH esjK'<'ially concerned with the restora-
tion and constniction of )U|ue<lucts, laying out
streets, and the like. He arranged the water-
60
FOOTLIGHT
works in the Vatican gardens and at the ViUa
Mondragone, at Frascati. The design of the
fountain of the Acqua Paola, Rome, is attrib-
uted to Giovanni, although it is doubtless quite a.s
uuieh the work of his brother Domenico and his
nephew. Carlo Matlerna (see Madema, C).
When Domenico went to Naples in 1592 Gii>-
vanni succeeded him as papal architect under
Clement VIII. (Pojie 1592-1605).
For liiMioirrapliy. see Fontana, Domenico.
FONTANA. GIROLAMO. (See Fontana,
Carl.O
FONT ANT. ANTOINE; sculptor and ar-
chitect.
Worked at the chateau of La Rochefoucauld
(Charente) during the second half of the six-
teenth century, and his sculptured portrait,
with the date 1838, is to be seen in the ImiIus-
tratle of the great staircase, his name lieing
carved in an adjoining panel.
Bauchal, Dictionnaire ; Lance, Dictionnaire ;
Michon. Slatislique monnmentale de la Charente
el la Rurhefoucauld ; Eyrlfes, Chateaux historiques
FONT COVER. A lid for a baptismal
font ; usually movable, and suspended aliove
the font either by a counterpoise or by a swing-
ing crane, to all of which apparatus a highly
decorative character is generally given. The
cover, or lid proper, is usually canied out in
the same architectural design, agreeing with
that of the font itself. In a few cases the
font is enclosed at top with an immovable
structure ; a sort of prolongation uj)ward of
the bowl itself, but opening on one side, at
lojist, by means of a door. (Cnt, cols. 61, 62.)
FONTE. GIACOMO (JACOPO) DELLA.
(.S,.. <;,...■..„„, ,1, 11a Quercia.)
FOOT BASE. A moul.iing alnnc a plinth.
FOOTING. The lowermost part of a foun-
dation wall, cs]jecially the wide base course, or
the series of stepped courses which begin with
stones or concrete three or four times as wide as
tiie siiperstructure, and gradually grow narrower.
(Sec Fomwlatioii.)
FOOTING STONE. Any stone intended
for the ioiistnictioii of a fcxiting ; especially, a
broad, Hat stone for forming the base coui-se of
FOOT LEVEL. A pocket instrument con-
sisting of a foot nUc hinged in the middle and
iiaving a small spirit level set in the edge of
one arm, and generally containing a pivoted
and graduated bhwle by which any angle formed
by the two anns of the rule may lie subtemiwl
and me;isured ; or by which may Iw determined
the slope made by one arm with the horizontal
a.-^ shown by the level.
FOOTLIGHT. One of a series of lights
along the front etlge of a theatrical, or similar,
stage, which they light while being Cdiuealed
from the audience. In the letter theatres,
60
L J-r- ^trr^
It Wiis.-.ist ill 1U6.
FOOTPACE
these lights are (I'JOU) In-iiig gradually alian-
(loiivtl, and other Kystoiiis of illuuiiiiatiuii intro-
duced by means of which the stage is lighted
in a nioi-c realistic manner, avoiding the awk-
wanl aiiiH.'arance of shadows cast upward from
bei..w.
FOOTPACE. (See Pace.)
FOOTSTAIiL. A. The lowermost part of a
sujjjMirting member, as of a pier or pillar, hav-
ing generally some distinctive architectural treat-
ment ; tlms the moulded footstall of a raediieval
pillar corresixinds to the base of a Greco- Roman
<-olumn.
IS. The petlcstal whidi supports a pillar,
altar, statue, or tlic like.
FOOTSTONE. .1. (See Gravestone.)
/>'. Same as a Knecler, when situated at the
f.H.t cf thrs|,,| :, ir.ihle wall.
FOOT TABLE ( S,r Fractable.)
FOPPA. AMBROOIO ( CARADOSSO ) ;
sculptor and medalist ; b. about 1452 ; d. alxjut
15:26.
Caradosso was boni in Lombardy, the son of
a jeweller. At the court of Lodovico Sforza
(II Moro), in Milan, he was associated with
Leonardo da Vinci (see Leonardo da Vinci)
and Bramante (see Bramante). The charming
terra cotta frieze in the sacristy of the church
of S. Satiro, at Milan, was undoubtedly made
by him.
Miintz. f.n Hi'iiaissinirr a Vepoqne (le Charles
VIII.: I!.ii"l..tti, Anisii Lombardi a Iluma.
FORCING HOUSE. A greenhouse espe-
cially adaptid ti) an almormal stimulation of
the growtii of plants. (See Greenhouse.)
FORE-AND-AFT (adj.). Extending from
the front to tiie rear; longitudiiuil. In the
United States, sjiid of partitions, or the like,
whicli lie in the direction of the length of the
typical city house, and, therefore, generally,
FORE CHOIR. Same as Antechoir.
FORECOURT. The outer court of a large
building, or ius.scndilage of buildings. The en-
trance to a palace or a jmblic building of impor-
tance is commonly througii an outer court, the
forecourt, which givcj* access to many difierent
iloorways, and which is reache<l fmm without
by a gate, or gates, in an iron railing. Where
tlie main buildings consist of a centre and two
wings which advaiwe on either side, tiie fourth
side iR'ing closed by a railing or a wall or lower
and HulK)rdinate buildings, the court witiiin is
eonunonly the forecourt, as tiiere will be no
outer one. Vehicles are commonly excluded
from the forecourt, except the carriages of dis-
tinguished personages. (See Cour d'Honneur.)
FOREMAN. The chief of some depart-
ment of a workshoj) or industrial establish-
ment : especially, in the building trades, the
head man among the em])loyee« and the second
in command to his employer, representing him
FORSTER
in his absence. The term is .st)mctime8 applied
to the senior or chief workman on a given joli,
as in the work being done uix)u a single build-
ing. (Sec Boss, III.)
FORE ROOM. The princii)al riMini of a
residen<-e ; a parlour or reception i\K>ni. (United
States or local.)
FORK. Same as Cnitcli.
FORMAL GARDENING. The art and
])ractice of landscape arcliitectiu-e when applied
to designs of a regular and symmetrical charac-
ter; that is, with little reference to natural
dispositions, but rather on a geometrical plan,
with straight walks, clijjpcd hetlges, carefully
arranged grouping of trees, and comparatively
a large amount of architectural adornment in
the wav of parai)ets, terraces, pedestals, anil
tlie like. (Sec Garden : Landscaiie Architec-
ture.)
FORMENT (EL MAESTRO DAMIAN) ;
sculptor and architect.
He was a native of Valencia, Spain, and
studied in Italy. There is a record of jiayment
to him on March 8, 1511, for the great retable
of the cathetlral of Zaragoza, Si)aiii.
Ikr
udez
FORMENTON ( FORMENTONE ) , TO-
MASO ; builder and architect ; d. April, 149J.
In 148-t Formentoue was syudiais of the
guild of carpenters at Vicenza. He appears in
records of U89, 1490, 1491, and 1492 as su-
perintendent of the works at the Palazzo deila
Ragione (Vicenza), afterward transforme<l into
the Basilica (see Palladio). In 1498 he pre-
sented the model for the Palazzo Pubblico, at
Brescia, Italy.
Masrini, Tomaso Formenton in Archivio Ve-
ni-lit. Vol. III. ; Zaniboni, Mnnnrie inturne alle
jiiilihlichp Fahhriche della citth di Brescia.
FORMERET. In French usage, a longi-
tudinal arch of a series of vaults. In a French
Gothic church of the usual type the formerets
are the arches in the outer side walls and the
eorresiwndiiigones along the in.side of the aisles,
fonniiit,' i)art of the supjwrt of the clearetory
walls. ■
FORNICATION. The process, or act, of
covering with a vault ; vaulted roofing or cov-
ering. (See Fornix.)
FORNICIFORM. In the shai)e of a vaulte<l
roof or ceiling. (See Fornix.)
FORNIX. An arch or vault, especially un-
der a building; a triumphal arch ; a sjilly ])ort
in a wall ; the classioU Latin term akin to J'or-
iiK.s ami fitriiun (an oven), and thus to furnace,
and the root word of several terms given above,
signifying arched, or vaulted. In late Latin it
is used for a brothel (in Rome, often an under-
ground vaidted chamlier), whence fornication
in the criminal sense.
FORSTER, LUD"W1G: ;ir.iiitect ; b. 1797
(at Bayrcuth, Bavaria); d. June IG. 18G;i.
04
PORT
Forster received his training at the academy
in Munich and from the architect Nobile in
Vienna. He had a considerable practice in
Vienna. His most important undertaking was
the estabhshment in 1836 of the Allgememe
Bauzeitung, Vienna, the leading German archi-
tectural periodical.
Seubert, Kunstler-Lexicon.
FORT. A fortified post, usually small, and
often one out of many such works which to-
gether make up a Fortress. By extension, the
term is applied to advance posts of a civilized
government among savage or barbarous people,
even if the fortifications are slight and rather
formal than for real defence.
FORTIFICATION. A. The art and prac-
tice of making a post defensible, as in protect-
FORUM
assailant approaching \ery near to the wall and
trying to undermine it, or to effect a breach in
it, or to ascend it by means of ladders, or else
to force the gate. Great height of wall and
elaborate preparation at top of such wall for
the shelter of the defenders was therefore the
primary requisite. (See Castle.) In modern
times, however, no masonry is visible except in
the case of the seacoast "castles" as they are
calliil, that is to say, works intended to resist
only the attacks of ships and to prevent the
pa.ssiug of .such ships into a harbour or river
mouth or the Uke. A modern fortress presents
to the eye of the beholder from outside nothing
but a series of grassy slopes ; and within, the
walls which rise around the enclosure of a forti-
fied city and which belong to the fortifications,
Fortification
ing a city against attack or in providing a place
of shelter which will enable a small number of
men to hold out against the attack of a larger
force.
B. A structure, or series of structures, for
the purpo.se described above.
Modem fortification begins with the great
engineers of the .seventeenth century, and it
has reached in our time a development wiiich
makes its study a very serious and important
branch of science. Ancient fortification is more
attractive to the architectural student because
the rcHults of its most skilful and scientific
operations are pictures([ue and ettective, wiiether
in ruins or in complete rejjair.
It is to lie (ihMcrvcd ttiiit licfore the invention
and (-oiKiilciMl,!,' d. \r|,,|iinciii of attack by
means ..l' -iiii|miw.|(i, ihi- .l.-tciu-i! of the walls
of a castle ni- city ua- \criical or nearly SO, the
are usually the walls of barracks only, or else
are unbroken smooth pieces of inside facing of
ramparts and the like, having no battlements,
nor openings of any kind.
(For minor and more temporary fortifications,
see Block House ; Palisade.) (Cut, cols. G7,
6S.) — R. S.
FORTRESS. A strong place ; a town or
city fui'nishcd with a citadel and surrounded
by fortifications, or more rarely a post fortified
in an elaborate way though not having within
its walls any inhabited district; a strong and
extensive fortified jjlace of any epoch.
FORUM. 1m ilonian archasology, a public
market jilaco or open square; used in earlier
ages as tlie one principal centre of a town.
The Roman Forum (Forum Ronianum ; Fonun
Magmim) was the narrow valley Ix-twccn the
Palatine Hill on the southwest, the Capitoline
00
FORUM
Hill on the northwest, and the Viminal Hill on
the northeast, the ground rising slowly toward
the southejist to the Celian Hill. This small
space coidd hardly be eulargeil because of the
rising ground un everj' side of it, and also
iMJcause of the important buildings with whiih
it was surrounded and which eneroached upon
it on every side. The temples whose ruins still
remain were late edifices; but they stocxl on
the sites of much earlier buildings, which sites
were sacred and could not well be abandoned.
But the building emi^erors seem to have been
little inclined to enlarge the original forum even
where that might have been done, on the north-
east, but rather to have added oijen sijuares of
their own which they surroundecl with stately
buildings and which vastly surpassed the Fi
FORUM OF TRAJAN
FORUM BOARIUM. Between the Tiber
and tiie I'ulatiiic- Hill and including the temple
of Vc-t:i. ()ii.;:iii:illy the cattle market.
FORUM MAGNUM. Same as Forum
RouiaMui... (S,v Fciuin.)
FORUM OF AUGUSTUS. North of the
Fonim Komauum, with which it was connecte<l
by the Forum of Ca'sar. It contained the
temple of Mars the Avenger (Mars Ultor) ;
and large fragments of the tcmjjle and the
bounding wall still remain visible from the Via
di Tor de' Conti.
FORUM OF JULIUS CiBSAR (Forum
Juliuui). Budt by Julius immediately in con-
nection with the Fonun Romanum, on the
northwestern side and due north of the rostrum
and the Mamertine prison. It
:; > ■!
h
'^T^M""'
■ e e
FORTIFICATIO.N A
\. Church: Cathbdbai. of Coimuka, Poktical.
Magnum in splendour as well as in size. (See
the names of these Imjjerial Fora below.) Be-
sides those wliich are known to have existed, it
i.s altogether probable tliat tlie great stnictures
north of tiie Cajiitol, and which are a.ssociated
with the names of the Antoniiie emperors, were
also groujjcd around fora. The fora of other
Italian cities occupy but little i)lace in archiuo-
logic^l study, but there were many towns in
Italy, in Cis-Aljiine Gaul, etc., wiiosc names
are composed with the term, as Forum Appii
in Latiuin, Forum Cornelium, now Imola, in
north Italy, Fonnn Julii, now Frejus, on the
French Kiviera. (For a similar u.se of an ar-
chit<'ctunil term forming part of a iiroj)er name,
see County Courthouse.) (Cut, cols. 69, 70.)
hiis not lieen explored on account of the super-
incumbent modern buildings; but it is known
that it contained tl)e temple of Venus Genetrix.
FORUM OF NERVA. Called al.-^o Fonim
Transitorium, because aHording connection l)e-
tween other fora. It was built during and
after the reign of Nerva, and contained the
Kjilcndid temple of Minerva. Tlie great columns
called le cohinuace, and which stand on the
Via della Croce Bianca, IxlongiHl to the interior
facing of tlie Ixmndarv wall of this fonim.
FORUM OP TRAJAN. The greatest of
all the imi)erial foni of Home. It is generally
held to include, first, tlie vast open K|)ace snr-
rounde<l by a peristyle which adjoins the Fonim
of Augustus on the nortliwcst ; tlicu the cnor-
^ KlO O
-^r. E ' ji
!— I
^
-rnTiFi
ft
^; 1
D H
rill;
01
]Cf1
L.,^^
o*-.Ji.a.«!,..,«o..,«,„ii„,i
FORUM PACIS
mous Basilica Ulpia, its loii^ a.s the fonun was
wide, and iiaving oiii-, or jxrhaps two, roundeti
apses at tiie uortiieast and southwest ends next
the open wivmre in which stands tlie still exist-
ing Column of Trajan, and which had on either
side of it a library building, and, finally, far-
ther to the northwest and toward the Capitol
and the Quirinal Hill, the temple of Trajan,
FOUNDATION
rOSSATI. GASPARD: architect.
In 1S47, iindd the sultan Alxlul Mcsjid,
Fossati began the restoration of the church of
S. Sophia at Constantinople. He published Aya
iSofia, Conslanlinople, as recent It/ restored,
London, 1852 folio.
Lothaby and Swaiiison, The Church of Sancta
Restored plan,
Forum of Trajan.
a-sllica and temple enclosure. The column of Trajan Is thf object b<
with another great space around it faced by a
continuous colonnade. This whole group of
buildings wa.s called by aucient writers, and
with evident rea.son, the most magnificent thing
in Rome or in tlie world.
FORUM PACIS. Built by Vespasian;
southeast of the Forum of Augustu.s, with the
space between them in which the Forum of
Ner\'a was built afterward. The forum con-
tained the temple of Peace of which no frag-
ment is now known to exist ; but the groimd
hivs not been explored, nor even the buildings
upon it removed.
FORUM ROMANUM. (Sec definition
abov
I Forum
FORUM TRANSITORIUM. (Se
of Neivaabov.)
FORUM TRIANGULARE. In Pompeii,
at the southern iioint of the city, and west of
the Stal)ian Gate, about :{80 feet in extreme
length, and situated on tlie verge of a low cliff
which itself, with but slight additions to its
height, formed the ilefeiice of the town at that
point. It contained a Grecian Doric teini)le
which is completely ruined, but seems to have
been heptastyle (a very rare form) with eleven
columns on the flank, and p.seudo-dipteral.
The fomm was faced on two sides by a colon-
narle, and an Ionic portic^i at the northern end
served as a principal entrance. '
71
FOUNDATION. The base or substructure
which sup])orts a building. It is a])plied l>oth
to the platform, either natural or artificial, jjre-
pared for carrying the structure, and to the
base of the wall or pier as enlarged to distrib-
ute the weight upon the platform. There are
certain general principles which are applicable
to all classes of foundations.
1. Upon the natural .soils the base of the
masonry must be sutticient to tninsmit to the
subsoil no more weight per unit of area than it
will bear with safety.
2. The supporting surface must be as nearly
homogeneous as possible and of eijual resistance
throughout, in order to avoiil the necessity of
elaborate methods to overcome such inequality.
3. The surface must Ix; horizontid in one or
several planes, or perpendicular to the direc-
tion of the pressure upon it.
4. The centre of pressure must coincide as
nearly as po.ssible with the centre of magnitude
of the base.
5. The base of the foundation shotdd be sunk
below the reacli of frost, even in rock ; and in
imjiortant buildings of a jwrmanent character
they should go much deejter to guard against
unforeseen changcji of surface or other disturb-
ing causes.
6. The soil upon which it is proiwsed to build
must bo carefully examined and tested, lest an
72
FOUNDATION
apparently firm ground be of little thickness
and cover a soft underlying stratum. Where
possible the bearing power of the ground should
he ascertained, and the permanent load propor-
tioned accordingly, and if necessary the exca-
vation must be continued until a sufficiently
resisting material is found. The excavations
and experience of neighbouring buildings upon
the adjoining soil form a useful guide.
The enlargement of the base of the wall or
pier to distribute the load over a larger surface
is termed the footing. It is usually spoken of
as made in steps, but this need not be, although
if made of flat stones it naturally assumes that
form. To resist cross strains upon the footing,
its height should be about twice its projection.
If made of a single bed of Portland cement con-
crete, its thickness may be once and a half its
projection, lest it be broken off by the reaction
of the compressed earth.
The condition that the centre of pressure
shall coincide with the centre of figure of the
base cannot generally be fultillcd in foundations
upon city lots where tlic wall nt' tliv building
extends to the limit of the Int, ami where any
increase of width of base iini.-t lie inaile on the
inside of the wall. When this is done the
weight is no longer evenly ilistiiliutcd, but is
greater at the edge nearer tlic cLutre of press-
ure. If, for instance, the footing be made
to project on the inside only of the wall, and
this projection be one half the thickness of the
latter, the maximum pressure upon the soil will
be at the outer edge, and one-third greater than
if there were no footing. With ordinary build-
ings on firm ground a niodorntr drviatirni is not
serious. In the tall storl -k, Irtmi l,uiMin ■■. in
which great weights are lii'i'M'j III ii|miii the iMnnts
of support, the exterior w.ilN aiv .Miiird \>y cm-
tilevers which restcentrally\i|iMii |.ii is well within
the limits of the site. (Sn' lion ( '..nstruction.)
Of the natural soils, IkipI -oli,| n.rk, rcniented
and indurated gravels, ]iaiti,i]l\ .In Mm |, used rocks
which can with difficult) In' . m r.itrl with the
pick, whose stability is not iihiluk ,1 l.y satura-
tion, which are not displarcl l,y tlir inovciiicnt
of sub.surface water, and wlndi do not ino\c
laterally under pressure, tli.>r ;nv iiv.ncd as
incompressible. Solid rock ir.[iiiics only to be
excavated to a depth below the reach of atmos-
pheric influences, to have soft parts removed,
wide joints and seams filled up, and, if much
inclined, to be made nearly level. Hard rock
will safely bear any pressure that can Ikj bronglit
upon it by masonry. If very rough it may be
levelled witli a lud' of concrete.
If it -lioiiM Ik necessary to place upon rock
a heavily loaded steel or iron column, witli its
lied jilate or without it, a special study should
be made.
Partially decomposed gianite and gneiss rttcks,
indurated gravel, etc., will Ixjar safely 10 tons
73
FOUNDATION
(2000 pounds each) to the .square foot. They
need only to be levelled, and soft loose parts
removed. Coarse gravel in a thick bed will carry
8 tons. Quartzose sand at a moderate depth,
protected from flowing water, can be loaded with
4 tons per square foot with a slight initial com-
pression — a fraction of an inch. If, however,
the sand is exposed to the action of flowing
water, and especially to water rising from be-
low (springs), it is very unstable, and more so
if it is very fine or micaceous. These sands
settle into a hard and compact mass if the flow
of water can be stopped ; otherwise they are of
the most intractable, and each case generally
requires special treatment.
The condition of the sand must be considere<l
in each case. In deep excavations it has already
received a certain compression from the super-
incumbent weight, but freshly moved sand may
be compressed nearly twenty per cent by ram-
ming and flooding with water. Artificial means
of preventing lateral movement due to pressure,
such as sheet-piling, are rarely necessary, the
resistance of the adjacent earth being generally
sufficient and increasing with the depth. This
fact permits the weight that can be borne by
the sand to be considerably increased beyond
the limit named above. Compacted sand, after
a slight initial compression, yields only by lat-
eral flow, which in extreme eases lifts the adja-
cent surface. The remedy for this is to increase
the depth of the foundation until the lateral
resistance is sufficient to prevent the movement.
Clay varies greatly in character. Clays suit-
able for making bricks, those resulting from the
decomposition of the granitic rocks, are very
suitable for foundations in dry places. Those
CMiiiiiig from the feldspars — and some of the
traiisi)orted clays have a great affinity for water
— are very soft and wholly undesirable for foun-
dations. The former will generally bear with
safety 3 or 4 tons to tlie square foot, but it is
better to limit the ihvssiiiv to 2 or 2-|- tons.
It is true that liuihliiiL;> ha\e 1 u'en erectccl which
bore nioie li.a\ily u|ioii ilnir toiuidations than
the weiudiis heie -i\r]i ; l.iit soils vary in char-
.icter by intinileh Mnall delves, and it is im-
|,osMl,|e't,Mletine/lnMl\ t lie I , ni Us of one Variety,
'{'he picssures here <:i\en are safe for ordinary
earths of the kintls described.
On soils like that of Chicago, — a soft, satu-
rated clav, with a firm layer oti top, which will
bear .'5000 to jOOO p.unnis to ili,. square foot,
and where no helter material \souM lie reached
by further e\ea\alion uilliin leasoiiahle limits,
— very \\id<' lootuj^is ina.\ be. made hy the use
of steel beams bedded in concrete. The weight
upon each column or jiier nuist be computed,
and the area of its ba«e carefully proportioned
to the weight. Upon tliis area, first covered
with a bed of concrete 12 to 18 inches thick, is
laid a course of steel beams ; upon them, trans-
FOUNDATION
versely, a narrower course is laid, auJ then, if
iietnl Ije, others, uutQ the bedplate of the pier
is reached. As each course of steel is laid, tiue
concrete is rammed between the Ijeams. The
projection of each course beyond the one above
it is just what the transverse strength of the
beams will permit them to carry of the i)ressure
on the foundation or of the reaction of the soil.
If beams of sufficient strengtli are used, more
than two courses will rarely be required. The
column should rest on a large rigid peilestal.
It should be noted that in these concrete-steel
foundations, and in all other cases where cross
strains come upon concrete, tiiat material is to
be made with Portland cement, with not more
than tiiree parts of .sand.
The methoil of wide foundations may be ap-
plied to timber platforms, where tliey can lie
used ; that is, when in water or in permanently
wet earth. Thick planks or timbers are laid
transversely of the trench ; upon these longitu-
dinal timbers are placed, and, if necessary, other
transverse and longitudinal pieces, depending on
the width of foundation and strengtii of the
transverse timljers. The longitudinals distrib-
ute the weight lengthwise of the wall. This
system of timber or iron beam footings is known
as grillage. The piers of a railway bridge over
the Susquehanna rest upon grillages which are
real pyramids of 12-inch timbers crossing each
otiier in alternate layers, the bottom course
resting on piles.
Excavations for foundations, more especially
on city lots, even of moderate depth, frequently
need to be supported by sheet piling or shores.
It will sometimes be more economical, and much
more safe for adjacent buildings, to excavate for
piers or short lengths of wall, and connect them
alx)ve by arches if a continuous wall is needed,
the pits being filled with concrete. This method
may be adojjted up to depths of 20 or 30 feet if
a firm substratum is found at that depth. To
av(jid disturbance of surrounding gi'ouud alter-
nate jjiers may be made, and the intermediate
holes can then be .safely excavated.
If the accessible strata underlying a building
are not sufficiently strong to sui)i)ort its weiglit,
the following methods present them.sclves : ( 1 )
the surface may be compacted to a certain
depth ; or (2) the weiglits may be transmitted
to a lower bearing stratum by means of ])iles ;
or if the bearing stratum is at too great a
depth to \m.\ reached by piles, (.3) long jiilps
may be driven into the softer soil, which will
resist displacement an<l support the weight by
the friction of the soil upon the surface of the
pile.
Timber piles are used in two ways : to trans-
mit the weight ujion them flirectly to a hard
stratum too deep to Ik; economically reached in
other ways ; or, wlien the hard stratum cannot
thus be readied, to Hupport tlieir load by their
FOUNDATION
friction in the earth. In the former case, if
the soU is stifi" enough to give some lateral sup-
jjort to the pile, it may be loaded with as much
as the timber will sjifely bear. If in water for
a considerable part of its length, or in a fluid
ground, it must be treated as a long column,
subject to bending strains. If hard ground is
to be penetrate<i, the pile may need an iron
shoe to jjrevent its point from being bruised
and broomed. The best shoe is a cast-iron
solid cone with a flat base, in which is a pin to
enter the foot of the jiile and hold the shoe in
place. The end of the pile, cut square, has
thus a firm bearing on the shoe. Care must
be taken that the pile is solidly fixed for at
least a part of its length. Bridge piers built
on short piles through silt, though resting on
hard rock, have come to grief through the tilt-
ing of the piles. If the pile does not reach a
bearing stratum its resistance to sinking will
be due to its friction in the soil. For this c&ne
there is no general rule, although formulas in-
numerable have been published. These aim to
deduce the weight which will be safely borne
from the penetration of the pile under the last
blows of a ram of certain weight ftxUing from a
given height. The uncertainty of the results in
due to the variable character of ditt'erent soils.
The nde which l)est applies to the theoretical
conditions is that of Weisbach and of Colonel
Mason (U. S. A.), which probably gives results
relatively correct for the same soil. It' is as
follows : the load to be borne = — x ;,
s w + ic''
in which w = weight of ram, tc', weight of pile,
h — height of fall, and s = j)enetration of pile
at last blow. For ordinary mixed soils of sand
and clay, the results of this formula should be
divided by 4 to obtain safe results.
But, as has been said, the relation between
))enetration and loatl varies with difierent soils.
In .some soft inaterials, piles which have pene-
tratii! f • 11' re under a single blow,
after I have not moved at all
undn In a mtxlcrately firm,
])lasti' .:. ! - . u on the .surface of the
jiile may be ukcii at GOO pounds to the square
foot. In sand, piles are with difficulty driven
with the ram or hammer. Tliey are eiisily put
down by means of a "water jet." This means
a small pipe carried down to the point of the
pile through which water is forced. The water
rising along the i)ile loosens the sand, and the
l)ile will frequently sink l)y its own weight.
Tlie efficiency of the jiiie driver incrcjuses more
rapidly with tiie weight of the hummer than
witli the height of fall. For this rejison the
steam hammer is the more efficient, l)cing a
very heavy hammer with short and rajiid stroke.
Experience, as well as theory, demonstrates that
the blow of the hammer on the sound wood of
FOUNDATION
the pile is much more effective than when the
head of the pile is crushed and '-broomed."
With the steam hammer it is possible to avoid
broominj^ altogether by placing a steel plate or
an iron cap on the pile.
The piles, being driven, are cut off at, or be-
low, low-water level, and either capped with
hard timbers upon which a floor of planks is
laid, or the earth between the piles is excavated
to a depth of a foot or more, and a bed of con-
crete laid over the whole area occupied by piles
and about a foot outside and over them, upon
which the masonry may be built. Sometimes,
to support a column or small pier, the piles are
capped with large blocks of stone. In this case
a large bedplate, or base, must be used, lest
the weight, coming upon the edge of the stone,
may cause it to tip, and throw excessive weight
on a few piles.
If piles support a wall exposed to lateral
pressures, as a quay wall, some of them should
be driven obliquely, pointing from the wall, and
fastened to the foundation, to act as buttresses,
and prevent the wall being pashed out of line.
Some earths in water are so soft that they
will not hold the piles. The latter may be
kept in place by a mass of riprap (loose stone)
filled between and around them.
Of the different methods of consolidating soft
ground, that of short piles or sand piles is the
most simple. It is of no value, however, in
soils soft enough to flow under low pressures.
In this method short piles are driven close to-
gether, not to reach a bearing stratum or to
hold by friction, but to compress laterally the
mass they penetrate, and so harden it. To be
of value they should cover a much larger area
than the base of the foundation, otherwise it
would only transmit its load to a lower stratum
of the same low-bearing ]")\v(i-. it nuist also
extend to such depth tliat thr uinlrrlving ground
will be confined by the ad.jari nt soil. If the
ground is dry, timber ]iil(< will ii^t Kr durable.
They may be drawn, ami iln liil-v till.Ml with
coarse sand well conii)ai I.. I. A Hmilar surface
consolidation has been |jraiii-ril m liain'c. A
long metal cone is (haven inln ila' suii, with-
drawn, and the hole tilled with ^aml. Tlnsc
methods are not recominiaiiJiMl uiiji'ss ti>v liu'lit,
temporary structures. Such sand ])ik's exert a
lateral i)rcssure upon the surrounding ground.
The wide foundation trench filled with sand or
gravel is of vahie when it transmits the xvei..ht
to a depth where it will he e,,nline,| l.,te,,,||v.
Inverted arches are s.mirtMn.. um,! I,e|ur,n
detaeh.'d piers to tran.-niil the load .,vcr the
len-th of til,' enntinnnn. InotinK between them,
ami it 1,^ .-ahl that the \\ Imle area of a building
has lieen rnveied with inverted groined arches,
the pieis lesting (III their reversed abutments.
These methods arc quite efficient for the inter-
mediate piers, but the terminal, or outside piers,
77
FOUNDATION
are supported on one side only, and the thrust
of tlie arches tends to displace them. Special
provision must be made to meet this condition.
In general, such foundations are neither desir-
able or necessary.
The weight upon the foundations of the mod-
em steel skeleton buildings of great height ren-
ders it necessary that they shoidd rest directly
upon the rock, or its equivalent, when the rock
is some distance below the water line, as in
parts of New York. This is accomplished by
the use of cylinders, or caissons, sunk by means
of compressed air. (See Caisson, I.) The
cylinder foundations are similar to the caisson,
and are put down in a similar manner by the
use of compressed air. The cylinder reaches to
the surt'are. The tulie connecting the air lock
is placed in the e_\ linder, and weight given by
filling aruuiid it witli concrete. The caisson
has also been used, like a diving bell, in har-
bour works. The masonry is built inside of
it, and it is raised as the masonry is built up
until within a few feet of water surface, when
it is lightened and floated off. Thin cylinders
of steel plates have also been sunk by means of
water jets applied through a perforated ring
around the bottom of the cylinder. If the
ground is moderately free from boulders and
from old timbers, the cylinder can be sunk with
great facility. But it is still full of sand or
mud, as the case may be, which must be ex-
cavated from the surface, while the cylinder is
kept from collapsing as the earth is removed
from the inside by wooden frames at intervals.
When excavated to the hard bottom, and the
latter cleaned, it is filled with concrete depos-
ited through the water ; or after a certain quan-
tity of concrete has been placed, the cylinder
may be pumped out, precautions being taken
against collapse.
In foundations under water, or water-holding
material, if the site can be dredged or a level
bed prepared oitlier liy na ans of piles, or on a
bearing stratum, a |.u i ..i -ntion of wall may
be built in an oi'lninN e,ii-.M,ii. a box with de-
tachable sides an. I a -imii- il,„n-. It is floated
to place and sunk eiiher li\ Imildinj,' up the
masonry or by lettin- in wain-. The sides are
then detached, lea\ mu the pier ^e^tilll,r ,,» atim-
ber platform. If tin lott annot be prepared,
a cofferdam is fre.pn ntly resorted to. If in shal-
low water and clean rork hoitoin, posts are eon-
neeteil l.y (liuhh' valini: pieces top and bottom,
ami two emlo-uir^ of ,-ueli frames surround the
Mte and aie ke|il Ml place by weights. " Slicet-
jiiling " or plank.-, llieir lower end cut toa sharp
edge, are placed between the walings and driven
down on the rock so that the sharp end will fit
its shape. The sjjace between the rows is tlicn
filled with clay, gravel, or other water-tight ma-
terial, after wliicli the cofferdam may be pumi)ed
out, and the masonry laid "in the dry." If
FOUNDATION STONE
the water is deep aud the bottom sand or mud,
heavy piles must first be driven to support the
sheeting and all parts must be proportione<l to
the pressures against them. The coflerdam in
deep water lias been to a large extent superseded
by the compressetl air caisson.
ANTiere the water is not deep, a pier may be
maile by filling with concrete a space surrouiidal
1\V a permanent enclosure of sheet piling, upon
a bottom first deiined to a firm substratum.
The frame of the enclosure is made of jwsts witli
double horizontal waling pieces. Tlie.se are put
in place after the site is dredgeil and stout planks
are put down between the double walings, form-
ing a caisson to contain the concrete. The
enclosure of timl>er and jilank remains per-
manently. Concrete deposited through water
is not 80 sound or strong Jis if laid "in the
dry," but the structures built as descrilied above
have been found durable and satisfactory. Other
metiiods of foundation under water belong to
large marine works wliicli do not concern the
architect. — W. R. Hutton.
Glenn Brown, Healthy Foundfitions for Houses
(reprinted from the Sanitary Etujineer). 1 vol.
12mo, 1«80, New York, Van Nostrand ; Jules Gan-
dard. Foundations, translated by L. F. Vernon
Harcourt, M.A., New York, Van Nostrand, 1801,
1 vol. Iflrao ; George T. Powell, Foundations and
Foundation Walls for all Classes of Builditigs,
New York, 1880, 1 vol. 8vo.
FOUNDATION STONE. A. One .stone
of a foundation ; or prepared for or fit for a
foundation.
Ji. One such stone prepared to be laid mth
especial ceremony. (See Cornerstone.)
FOUNDRY. A building or series of build-
ings in which is carried on the operation of ca-st-
ing metivl, including the furnaces for the melting
of the metal. Architecturally, the building has
really no character, a simple shed or open struc-
ture, like a railway station of large size, form-
ing the chief buililing, to which are .added in
some ciuses sejjarate houses for stwim engines
and otlicr appliances.
FOUNTAIN. Originally, a spring or con-
tinuous sujiply of water, natural or artificial,
and hence, architectu-
rally, a structure or
artificial setting or
mounting of such a
water supply ; often
extensive, costly, and
architecturally splen-
did. Fomitains are of
two principal kinds :
(1) tliose which offer
a basin or several
basins into which the
water falls, and allow the water to be taken
either direct from the spout or dij)ped from the
baxin ; (2) those which are intended chiefly for
decorative effect and only casually, and some-
FOUNTAIN
times not at all, for the purposes of persons
wishing to draw water.
Of ( 1 ) are the numerous fountains in the open
squares of Italy, France, and other countries of
Europe. The basin may be, as at Viterbo
(built in the twelfth centurj), large and polyg-
onal, with an upriglit shaft in the middle from
which the water spurts ; of this kind are the
public fountains at Salon in Provence, where
tiiey are the chief water supply for the whole
town. Of this da.ss also are tliose at Florence,
adjoining the Palazzo Vecchio, the fountain
built in the si.xteenth century with a group of
Nejjtune and Triton by Ammanati, two much
smaller fountains in the Piazza dell' Aimunziata,
and at Rome, the great fountain in the Piazza
Navona; as are also a great number of foun-
tains, some small and unimportant, some large
and magnificent. Most of the fountains in the
United States are of this kind. Where the
city is large and contains many fountiiins besides
other arrangements for obtaining water, as nota-
bly in Rome, those fountains with large round and
polygonal basins are very commonly shut off with
railings, and treated merely as works of art and
as ornaments of the streets and squares in which
they are situated. There are also those foun-
tains in which the water springs from the face
of a wall, the basin being on one side only. Of
tliese the largest is the fountain of Trevi at
Rome, but there are many others, sometimes
very small, as where four fountains sjiring out
of four ojjposite angle walls on the Via delle
Quattro Fontane, and others very architecturally
treated, as in Paris.
Of (2) are especially those fountains at Ver-
sailles which adorn the great gardens of the cha-
teau and which are allowetl to play on Sundays
and holidays ; sometimes in their complete force
(les grandes en}ix), but more often in a reduced
form, the cost being verj- great for each separate
display. These fountains in their original fonn
were the work of Louis XIV. at the time when
the gardens were completed. At the garden
of the palace of Herrenhausen, near Hanover,
there are a few fountains, and one of these is
of singidar beauty, the stream l>eiiig thrown to
a height of something over two hundred feet in
a single jet.
There are some fountains which partake of
both of these characters ; thus the two great
fountains in Rtinie in the Piazza di S. Pietro,
where each has two bjisins of bronze raised
above tiie large one on the level of the square,
the water rising alxjvc the ui)j)ermost basin in a
small jet and falling again over the rim of it
into the larger, and thence into the great basin
below. These are imitated at Munich and in
other cities of Europe, the charm being always
in the constant flow of water in a sheet, not
very large, but pleasant Iwth to the eye and ear.
Somewhat akin to this system are those foun-
nvf liv ilillcicnl si'iilplors. Allctilion may be called
to the v(!ry unusual treatment ot the pilasters in
connection with the diagonal rcssauts, and tlie
heavy ribs of the roof.
FOUNTAIN
tains which depend for their effect entirely on
the overflow from au upper basin. Such a one
is that at the Trocad^ro palace in Paris, where
the sheet of water is given a peculiarly beautiful
effect. It is to be noted that extreme care is
needed in the adjustment of such a basin to
bring its edge to au exact horizontal plane, so
FOUNTAIN OF BBTHESDA
primal motive of decoration being almost ignored.
The cistern or other water supply is completely
concealed, perhaps from motives of precaution
to guard its purity, and the water runs in small
streams from faucets. As a contrast to these
structures is to be noted the great reliance placed
upon the beauty of the moving water itself, and
-^S»-5*
Fountain op thk <i\
'
\ 1 ^ -^ 1 I \N )
as to allow a thin sheet of water to o
'crllow
also its sound, in nearly all the Kumiu-an
uniformly at all points.
.■xan.ples.
The touritains of Constantinn|ilc .hk
ntlHT
Some recent iiivnitimis iiavr been eni])loyed
MoliaiiiuHMhui cities are of a |.iruli:,i
iimI III
to diversify fountains still mun. ; thus in New
tliat tliry c.uisisteachof asniiill .In.,,! 1,
iMmilC,
York, jets hav 1.,, n nit n.,|„,r,l which rise high
polygonal or rectangular, fini.iiiMni.il, i|.
■..latrd
and then sulisiiic tn a jnwcr elevation at very
with colonnades, arcadr-, nn 1,, ,, ;,n.| .
,i|,..|;.>.
lirief intervals. (Ciils, e,.|s. S.'i, 84, 86.)
besides carving and |i;niitr.| ii|.-. luii
liaMii-
FOUNTAIN OF BETHESDA. At New
only very small basins toi,,-, ivc ilic wad
r; tins
York, ill Ceiitial Talk, at tlic foot of the Ter-
0!:^
t
■m^^^^'
J?:
FOUNTAIN AT Nl KEMHKKU, CALLED SCHONE BKLNNEN. i:w.-,-l.«>.-,.
FOUNTAIN OP
race. The subject is " The Angel troubling the
Waters."
FOUNTAIN OF CUVIER. At Paris,
near the Jardin des Plantes ; built in the
reign of Louis Philippe on the site of an earlier
FOUNTAIN OF GRENELLE. At Paris,
in the soutliwest, on the Kue de Grenelle. De-
signed by Bouchardon in the reign of Louis XV.
This fountain has an interesting architectural
disposition, emblematic of the city of Paris, and
the rivers Seine and Marne, with statues of the
four Seasons in niches, and symbolical bas-reliefs.
FOUNTAIN OF LOUVOIS. At Paris,
in the Place Louvois opposite the National
Library. It is a very graceful design of Vis-
conti, with sculpture by Klagmann, which,
though it has been carried out in cast iron
coated with bronze, is effective as seen through
the veil of constantly fallini; water.
FOUNTAIN OF MOLIERE. At Paris,
near the great National Library, Rue Richelieu ;
a wall fountain with a seated figure of Molifere
by B. G. Seurre, and two statues of Muses by
Pradier.
FOUNTAIN OF MONTE CAVALLO.
At Rome, in the Piazza del Quirinale ; famuus
for the colossal groups of men restraining Imrscs ;
called also Castor and Pollux. Of Greco-Koman
style, prnbalily late.
FOUNTArN OF NEPTUNE. At Florence,
at the angle of tlie Palazzo Veccjiio, by Am-
manati, sixteentii century.
FOUNTAIN OF S. kiCHEL. At Paris,
at the southern end of the liridge of the same
name, built in 1860.
FOUNTAIN OF S. SULPICE. At Paris,
in front of the chiucli of S. Sulpice ; designed
by Visconti, and Imilt i.i IS.^,7.
FOUNTAIN OF THE ACQUA PAOLA.
At Rome, on the ri<,dit bank nf th.' Tiber, near
the church of S. Pietn. in .Moiitoriu, The basin
and the ctlier .lccM,rations are ])artlv tai<en from
ancient buildiii-s.
FOUNTAIN OF THE ACQUA VERGINE.
Same as Fountain (jf Trevi, lielow.
FOUNTAIN OF THE INNOCENTS. At
Paris. Now near the great market (Halles
(Jentrales) and jdaced in a small sipiare. Tills
was first built in the sixtrcnili (■cnluiy l)y I'ierre
Lescot, with sculpture li> •Ii.im (.'Miijun ; l)ut it
was moved in the rei^'ii ol' Lmiis .\\'|., murli
altered and dcfacei], and the xundvxn restoration
of it is (inly |i.ii I i.il. Its e.\([uisite bas-reliefs
arc widely knnun, liut tlie fountain as it was
originally desi;;neil exists oidy in more or less
authentic prints ; it seems, however, to have
been of exquisite design, and was certainly a
high, upright, vaulted pavilion, with four arches
in the four sides, each ffankcd by pilasters,
above the entablatun; of which rose a sculp-
tured attic ami a small eu|)oia.
86
FOUNTAIN OF
FOUNTAIN OF THE LIONS. In the
Alhambra, at Granada, Si)ain. It .stands in
the middle of the court to which it gives its
name. Court of the Lions. It consists of an
alabaster basin, twelve-sided, and supported by
twelve lions, which are very rudely carved,
although their lack of realism may have some
quasi-heraldic significance.
FOUNTAIN OF THE MEDICI. At Paris,
in the Luxembourg Gardens, with several mytho-
logical statues by Ottin.
FOUNTAIN OF THE MERCATO NU-
OVO. lnIl)i(M( tint ^\ltll tin 1 lonze boar,
an ex((ll(nt ( op\ of tin mti |in in tlie Uftizi
gall..-:
FOUNTAIN OF THE NYMPHS. Same
as Founti.in of the Innocents, al.ov.',
FOUNTAIN OF THE OBSERVATORY.
At Pari.s, near the Luxembourg Gardens, built
in 1874; remarkable for the group by Carpeanx
of the four Quartera of the World supporting tlio
Sphere.
FOUNTAIN OF
FOUNTAIN or THE TORTOISES (delle
Tartani-in). In the In-art ..| KdHK-, near the
TilHT.
FOUNTAIN OF THE TRITON. At Rome ;
the work of Beniini. It stamLs in the Piazza
Barlierini, in the uorthwestern corner of Rome,
near the Villa Ludovisi.
FOUNTAIN OF TREVI. At Rome. The
termination of the ancient aiiueduct, c«illecl Aqua
Virgo (see Aiineduet). Tlie wat«r springs from
an elaborate architectural fataile, forming one
of the walls of the Palazzo Poll ; the basins
in front of it are very large, and in places are
accessible to all. The water is celebrated for
its iturity, and tlitrc are interesting popular
superstitions i-<iiicorninu' it.
FOUR COURTS, THE. A public building
in Dublin, Ireland ; built at the close of the
eighteenth centurj'. It is occupied by the Courts
of Chancery, of Queen's Bench, of Common Pleas,
etc., and many minor offices. It contains deco-
rative and historical sculpture, and is a building
of importance.
FOWI. HOUSE. (See Poultry House.)
FOXTAIL WEDGE. A wedge of hard
wood or Mittal, to .-secure a tenon, ])in, or the
like, firmly in a mortise or other hole which
does not e.xtend through the piece, by its inser-
tion part way into the end of the tenon or pin,
so that, when driven into the hole, the wetlge
is forced up into the tenon or pin, forcing its
sides apart. When the bottom of the mortise
is wider than the mouth, a tenon so wedged
cannot be withdrawn, iis it then forms a dove-
tail.
FOX WEDGE. Same as Fo.xtail Wedge.
FOYER. In French, a room for gatherings
or meetings ; especially, in theatrical language,
the room of meeting for the actors, the dancers,
or other persons connected with the theatre,
and to which, under certain conditions, other
persons, such as patrons of the tiieatre, are
admitted. In a large French theatre, the foyer
of the actors is an important and even ricidy
decorated hall. The term in French is also
e.\tendetl to signify a jdace of promenade for
the audience, as between acts, or during the
long recess between two pieces. At a French
opera house there will generally be three foyers,
that of the singers, that of the ballet, and that
of the public.
The term is used in English in any or all
of the above significations, and without much
accuracy. — R. S.
FRACTABLE ; FRACT TABLE. A coping
upon the gable wall of a biiilding when carried
above the roof to form a jiarajtet ; esi>ecially,
when broken into cur^•es, stejis, or tlie like.
Special names have lieen given to different por-
tions of the fractable, according to the various
outlines of the gable; a flat portion at the
bottom being coped with a Foot Table ; curved
87
portions with Boltels or Bottles ; a rectangular
step with its copings is a Square.
,
r:
^"-°?
r
ly '".7.-J '
% -
7rrr
r«p-
(I.). A stmcture of smaller parts
brou;:ht together to fonn a whole; especially,
in building, an assembliige of slender and rcla-
FRAME
tively long pieces (see Framing). The
of a house, when of masonry, is not called the
frame, but the skeleton of wood or ironwork
put up for a building or part of a building is
so designated. Frames may be composed of
hollow parts, as tubes or boxes : thus, the com-
mon window frame of sliding sash windows
is made of two upright boxes to contain the
weights and cords, a sill below, and a head or
yuke above.
Box Frame. Same as Cased Frame.
Cased Frame. A window frame for sliding
sash having hollow uprights to contain the sash
weights, called pidley boxes or pulley cases.
These are composed of the pulley style, form-
ing the jamb next the sash,
and having at the top a pulley
for each sash (usually two) ; the
inside casing; the outside cas-
ing ; and (except in cheap work)
the back lining. These boxes
form the two upright sides ; the
head or yoke and the sill are
secured to them.
FRAME (II.). A border pre-
pared to enclose and isolate a
picture, bas-relief, or the like.
The use of the frame in strirtly
architectural practice is not \ i n
common, because the wainv( i •
ing, marble lining, stucco decni i
tion, or the like, usually provii h -
for the setting of whatever deco-
rative panels may be inserted ;
but in some styles of decoration
the frame is designed es])ecially
for the work of art, and in tliis
case it may frequently l^e more
or less movable. In Italy, in
the seventeenth centuiy, paint-
ings were often encloseil by ex-
tremely massive, caiTcd, and
coloured wooden fi-ames, having
8 to 12 inches on the fiat and The walls and par
4 or 5 inches projection, and tms is"^!! Gci-m*
these often took varied forms,
as oblong octagons, ovals, iind the like. The
picture, or other work of art, with its frame,
•■ ■ • ■ •■ ;i definite place;
FRAMING
FRAME BOARD. Same as Panel Board.
FRAME HOUSE; FRAMED HOUSE.
A house biult by means of a framework, usu-
ally of timber and scantling. This, in modem
times, is covered outside by boarding, shingUng,
sheet metal, and the like, and within by wood
slieathing or by plaster. In the Middle Ages
ami ill the fifteenth and following centuries
timber limises tlircmghout Eiu-ope were elabo-
rately fi.uiicil, liiit were not sheathed as above
descril)e(l. (See IJhiek and White Work;
Chalet ; Half Timber ; Wood Construction,
Part I.)
FRAMING. Originally and properly, the
putting together of parts to produce a whole ;
roiild •
' 1"'''I'''
lik(^
\,
large flat ceilings of palaces and neoclassic
churclies, were framed witii wood, carved and
gilded, and the whole composition of many
pietures and tlieir frames h;.s reiiiailU'.l in place
periliaiieiitly for thre(' eeiitiiries. SoiiiethiM!,'
(,f tiiis is seen in the iiinvaMe frames wlii.'ii
are still retained aw mounts for portraits and
other paintings of the same period. (For the
Frame as used in Mural PaintingH, see Border.)
— R. S.
Frame House.
Ions of studs, with intertles to carr>- floor-beams and for stiff-
plo rafters, but with a curb enclosing the opening for a lantern,
model ; and it Is shown that an outer shell of brick Is Intended.
the making of a structure of definite form and
purpose out of parts especially prepared for it.
Til nind<M-ii building, especially the jnittiiiu' tn-
'^rtlicr 'if sli'iidor and comparati\rl\ Ion-- piei !•>.
siirh .1- Immiiis, joists, girders, ]i(i-i-, an. I ilie
like, .if tiinlier; or similar or (■..n-esiioniliiig
parts of iron ; or both in a skeleton ; wliich
skeleton is the essential stracture of the build-
ing or part of the building. By a peculiar forc-
ing of this signifir.iticii, tlie teiiii wm-. f..nnerly
used by carpenter^ r\rlii-i\ (■!> Ini- tlir putiin^
togetlier of u I l.\ m. m^ <■( nhuli-.s and
tenons. This .lislmrti.m dr^appears, uf .•„urse,
in ironwork of all kinds, and, in modern times,
rar(!ly obtains in any class of work. — 11. S.
Balloon Framing. (See under B.)
DO
FRANCE
Braced Framing; Full Framing. In the
Unitt^l States, tlie iiu-tlnxl uf coustnicting
■wooden buildings iu which the priueipal timbers,
as posts and girts, arc secured by mortise and
tenon joints, jiinned together and stiffened by
many diagijnal braees secured iu like manner.
Thus distiiisruislie.1 from Kallnon Framing.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF. That
of the niiKleni state ui France, iis it has been
since 1871. For the purposes of tliis inquiry.
it may be diridal into ten jjarts, namely : —
Part
1. Parisian France
II. Flemish France
III. Normandy
IV'. Lorraine
V. Brittany
VI. Angevin France
VII. Aquitanian France
VIII. Auvergne
IX. Burgundian France
X. Languedoc and I'rovence
This region was all included in
the Roman Gallia. The Roman re-
mains found in all i>;iits „i' it may
be treated togctlnr. an. I \riy luirtly,
as the study given to tiniii lias lieen
but superficial.
For the epoch of the earlier Ro-
manesque architecture, we have to
c.n-i.ler the in.— .li.'- ....■.■it..-v of
tlir kinL'^..f F! :
tii-t aii.l haw r
.Ml.li -reat null-.
mandj-, annexed tu
France in the twelfth century ; Brit-
tany, hardly one socially with the
French monarchy during tliis periuil ;
the dukedom and tlie county of Bur-
gundy, Lorraine, Poitou, Auvergne,
and all the south and southwest. For the
Gothic epoch, we have still to consider a num-
ber of states as indejjendent or nearly inde-
fjendent of tlie crown, and others whose relation
to the crown was constantly varj'ing, with the
result that their social condition is not neces-
sarily the same as that of the undisputed and
continuous royal dominion, and their building
and decoration very diHerent. It is not until
the l)eginning of the Renais.sance in France tiiat
the country is one in tiie modem sense ; and
even then the religious wars put off for a cen-
tury the perfect unification of the kingdom,
while also the boundaries were more limited
than they were at a later time.
The purpose of the above remarks is to point
out that the term "French Architecture," or
Frendi influence in architecture, must 1k' used
with ditlercnt meanings when it is ai)plie<l to
different epochs of time ; and, moreover, that
French architecture is not altogether the same
tiling as the architecture of France. The build-
ings contained within the boundaries of the
01
FRANCE
France of to-day are those with which we have
to do. These are verj' numerous, and their
interest is verj- great. Even a list of the im-
portant buiUlings and those representative of
the diflerent styles in each district wouhl occujiy
a volume. A day's walk fixjm one small town
to another may be through a countrj' whose
architectural remains deserve a month's study.
In fact, France is the richest country in Euro|)e
in buildings of value to the Western student,
and later tiian tlie time of the fall of the Roman
Imperial dominion. It is true that the Latin
and .semi-Byzantine churches of Italy are not
ecjualled by the few remains of the earliest
medi.eval work in France ; but what there is of
the.'ic earlier days and the somewhat later domed
duirches of'tli.' .■.>iitr.' .in. I southwest is as unique
in every " ' In architecture of Italy,
and is at I [ nt in the development
of more i. m ,,i 1, ture. In the eleventh
century France takes the lead in Europe, with
the noblest and richest as well as most varied
Roniancsciue. In tlic twelfth century the lead
is still more decided, in sjiite of the magnificent
(}ernian round-arched cathedrals ; for the Gothic
art iH'ginning about 1 1 hO is entirely French in
the strictest sense, all the otiier European lands
having tiken tlieir primary and most of their
subsequent impidses from the French royal
02
FRANCE
domain. The later and the latest Gothic, that
of the fifteenth centurj-, which the French
writers treat as the earliest work of the Renais-
sance, is still the first of its time in Europe in
interest and value ; and when, at the beginning
of the sixteenth century, the classical feeling
coming from Italy had really gained a foothold
in the North, the resulting styles (those of
Louis XII., Francis I., and Henry II.) are the
most beautiful result of the new movement, and
are beautiful and suggestive in a peculiar way.
In like manner the later styles, those which
followed the pacification of France under
Henry IV., long remained the models for Europe
in a special sense ; for, in France, this style of
the Decadence is preserved from lifelessness and
hopeless chill, and the attempts at revival under
Louis XV. and under Louis XVI. are each in
its own way full of the interest which attaches
to bold experiments guided by good taste.
On the whole, then, the architecture of
France since the beginning of the Romanesque
period is the most important for the modern
student.
There remain prehistoric structures of rude
stones in many parts of the country, and espe-
cially in the northwest, as in Brittany. At
Quiberon and at Carnac (Morbihan) are re-
markable and famous groups of rough stones ;
dolmens and cromlechs are numerous in the
same region, and there are remarkable tomb
entrances at Ess^ (Ille-et-Vilaine) and at Ba-
gneux. Pre-Roman fortifications of the Gallic
tribes remain at several points, as at Roc-de-
Vic (Corrfeze) and at the great hill near Autun,
where undoubtedly .stood the fortiticil town of
Bibracte, and these fortitic.itions :ivv oi'tiMi sin-
gularly interesting as coiilimuii;,' aii'l ilhistrat-
ing the Commentaries of (J;esar on tiie Gallic
War. No remains of architectural monuments,
in the proper sense, exist of any time previous
to the Roman dominion. There is in the far
.south a (iri'ik inllurnic, of which there will be
mention in I'lit X ( I'mvence and Languedoc) ;
but throii.'liMut tlir Mi'ith the remains of build-
ings of thr tii>t luiir centuries of our era are
wholly Iiiipi ri;il llmiiaii in character, showing
less deviation fn.iii ihc accepted administrative
type funiishcil l^v tl"' l)uildings of the Imperial
city than do the k ni.iius of the same epoch in
North Aliira 111 S\ 11,1 (see those terms). Be-
sides the iFiiildiiigs 111' I'rovence and Languedoc,
there is a curious temple at Vienue (Isfere) ;
at Nantua (Ain) are the remains of a temple ;
and two ruins of the same kind are at Autun.
Temples, likr tlir;,(rvs, l.riii- -cii.nilly built
within thr w.ills n| tlir aiMMht . ii\, aiv apt to
beso.-Mv.ar,! I.v l.inMinu- '■! Hi. i Inn town
that exploralioii of tinni is cMiviiirly dillicult.
City gates, however, and memorial arcliwayH
jvre often left in good condition. There arc
many in the south, but in the north the two
93
FRANCE
Roman gates of Autun, the Porte Noire at Be-
sancon, the double gateway at Saintes (Cha-
rente-Infe'rieure), now rebuilt on another site,
but with accuracy, and the splendid triple arch
of Reims, are of peculiar importance. Roman
aqueducts remain in part in many regions of
the country, and those near Paris, especially at
Arcueil, are identified with the aqueducts built
or enlarged by the Emperor Julian to supply
the baths of his favourite city, Lutetia, which
baths are now recognized as part of the Roman
construction on the south bank of the Seine,
where the Hotel de Cluny now stands. There
are remains of Roman theatres at many points,
and the theatre of Besancjon has left fine archi-
tectural fragments; but the only structure of
this kind which has been found at all complete,
in the north, is that at Lillebonne (Seine-Inf^-
rieure). This has been uncovered, and partly
studied and analyzed since 1840; and in the
same town are remains of Roman bathing es-
tablishments and some splendid mosaics. A
magnificent amphitheatre existed at Bordeaux,
of which a fragment remains, and is called
popidarly the palace of Gallienus. At Cahors
(Lot) a similar fragment is called Porte de
Diane. The monument at Cussy and that at
Vienne are of great interest ; and hardly less
important is one at Estelle (Haute-Garonne),
and one near Tours. The study of Roman re-
mains in the north of France has not, however,
been carried very far. Thus, great numbers of
villas have been discovered, but in hardly any
instance have the plans been studied exhaust-
ively. When such investigation has been car-
ried on, the record of it is generally confined to
some local archaeological journal whose circula-
tion is not great. It is to be noticed, however,
that many of the larjro villas seem to have been
fortified at the tiim- '<( tin- liaiiiarian invasions,
and that in this way tin y pas-nl gradually into
the condition of nifdiaval strong castles, in
which case the Roman remains have either dis-
appeared altogether, or are deeply buried under
the more modern structure. — R. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part I. ;
Parisian France ; tliat cnnt inllnl I'nnii an early
,»Tiod l.y thr Fiviich inniiaivliy, hut excepting
Normandy, which h;ui peculiar characteristics.
No part of this region wiis dependent ujwn the
Holy Roman Empire after the time of the Treaty
of Verdun (843). It included in tiie fifteenth
centuiy the Isle-de-Francc, Picardy, Chartres,
Vendorae, Touraine, Blois, and Orleans, the great
countship of Champagne, and the dukedom of
Bcn-i, to wliieli inav lie added [h,- e.Mintshipof
Nevers as lieiiiL: iimmv nraii\ akm to ili,' royal
country llian \n its -..uiIumi ii('iL;lilH.m,>, jiojiti-
cally and .socially. This -real tr.tet of.aFuntry,
embracing the modern departuients of Aisne, Ar-
dennes, Aulie, Cher, I'lure-et-Loir, Haute-Marne,
Iiidre, Indre-et-Loire, Loiret, Loir-et-Cher,
FRANCE
Marne, Nifevre, Oise, Seiue-ct-Marne, Seine-
et-Oise, Soiume, and Yoiine, has for its most
northern towns of importance Abbeville and St.
Quentin ; for its westenimost landmark, Tours
or Chinon ; for its easternmost, Chaumont or
Langres ; and as marking the southernmost
boundarj', Nevers, or Chateauroux. It is
wthin this region that the Romanesque archi-
tecture took that constmctional form which
made the growth from it of the Gothic system
]fossil)le ; it is here that the Gothic construc-
tion and Gothic art grew up and had its most
perfect development ; it is within this district
that all but one or two of the most important
Gotiiic cathedrals were built and still stand ;
and here the greater part of the late Gothic or
Flamboyant structures were erected. It is at
least equal to any part of France in tlie value
and beauty of its lienaissance chateaux, and in
the importance of those few churches which we
have from the RciKii.s.saiicc eitoch. It is in
Paris and its immediate neighbourhood that
by far the most ini])i)rtaiit late ncDcla.ssic builil-
ings were built, those wiiich in tiic seventeenth
anil eighteenth centuries set the pace for the
development of the Post-Renaissance styles
througliout Europe. The architectural monu-
ments of this region arc so very numerous and
of such peculiar importance that it will be im-
practicable to give even such a brief and merely
suggestive list of buildings as can be furni.shed
for other districts (see Parts II. to X.). On
the other hand, the history of French architcc-
06
FRANCE
tare is in a way discoverable, if we pass in
review the architectural growth of this region.
There will be exceptional chapters in that his-
tory which have nothing to do with Parisian
France, liut those chapters do not lead on to the
history of the times following.
The Romanesque archit<'cture, as we find it
within this region, ignores the cuiwla on penden-
tives and all attempt at vaulting a square by
means of such a cupola (for which see Part VII.) ;
it ignores almost wholly the pointe<l arch which
was rather common in Aquitanian France and in
Auvergne (see Parts VII., VIII.). Every effort
was made to vault the churches in a way as
nearly as possible like to those chandlers of
ancient Roman baths and other buildings,
which, in the
ninth and again
in the eleventh
century, were
somewhat famil-
iar to the inhab-
itants. As, how-
ever, the Roman
system of build-
ing with the solid
block of mortir
ig^^^ masonry could
"'T • hardly be achieved
/ bv these poor and
half-organized
coninumitics.tliey
undertook the
bold t;u-*k of doing
what the Romans
had never done,
and building
groined vaults
with separate vis-
ible stones. These
were not, indee<l,
what we now call
cut stone ; they
were rather what
we should call
squared rubble or dressed rubble, no jiiece l>eing
larger than a man could carry on his shoulder
or otherwise up a ladder, and then put into
place without the aid of machinery. The
vaidts thus constructed were sprung from walls
which were of necessity vcrj' tiiick and hca\T,
nuich heavier tlian stn'ugth alone nnjuircd.
Tiie idea of a solid buttress jjrojecting several
feet beyond the wall was too bold for the timid
workmen of that time ; they used, indetnl, a
separately coml>incd i)iecc of masonry at the
point where the vaults pushed horizontally in
the most formidable way, and this j)icce of
more carefully laid nnisonry they allowed to pro-
ject very slightly beyond the exterior face of the
wall ; but this was all they tried. Under these
circumstances the aisles, 1)eing narrow and also
FRANCE
low, could be vaulted without much risk, and
that with square groined vaults very similar to
Roman work in all except the details of con-
struction ; but the nave could hardly be vaulted
successfully in any such w x}, and the history of
those centuries is in greit meisure a recoid
of how one high \ault after another fell in
ruin, and took the walls with it
It is not asserted here th it it w as only in
this part of France that thet
periments were being tried
along the Rhine, and at
Cluny in Burgundy (Part
IX.), and in the south near
Perigord, in the south-
west, and in Pro\
ence in the southeast,
the same experiment
was being tried. Ev en
in Palestine the cru
sading Franks devel
oped a system of
groined vaulting v, ith
cut stone ; and this,
carried out under the
direct influence of the
splendid stone ton
structions of the
fourth, fifth, and si\th
centuries, then in per
feet condition in many
parts of Syria, led to
a neater, fairer, and
more elegant system
of twelfth century
building than any
used in Western Eu
rope. The reason
why the Romanesque
vaulting of this pirt
of France is of such
peculiar importance
to us is because it
led directly to the
ribbed vault of the
Gothic period.
This ribbed vault
grows directly out of
the use of the trans
verse arch (a?c
doubleau) and the
corresponding w all
arch (formeret). -'*, ,
Two transverse arches
and two wall arches Fkanck, Part I.:
form the outline and
the frame of each Romanesque groined vault ;
that is to say, of each "square" of vaulting,
which vaulting square may be a parallelogram
of any proportion. The builder of each vault-
ing sijuare must have felt, as he sprung the
transverse arches across the uave uud uimilur
97
FRANCE
arches along the lines of the wall, whether the
wall in question was built altogether beneath
or beside his new arch, or was yet to be carried
up, — he must have felt that if only he could
spring a similar arch diagonally across his
vaulting square his work would l)e half done.
Without such diagonal arch he had the dilH-
cult problem of the Roman groined vault to bo
imitated in inferior materials and by means
of a costly and troublesome centring of wood.
With the possible diagonal arch, he must have
FRANCE
felt that tlic pntlik'in would disappear, and that
he would liave nothing l>iit triangles to vault :
one triaugle at a time, one piece less than one
quarter the size of the vaulting square, and
stayed on each of its three sides by a solid
arch which he could trust. The manel is that
this, like all other bold innovations in building,
should have been so slow in coming.
As to the irregularly shaped intervals left
above the ring-sha|)ed aisle which mns around
the apse — the deambulatory — the difficulty
of vaulting this was very great indeed ; and this
difficulty also disappeared at once and altogether
the moment the idea of a diagonal arch took
shape. For here another improvement sug-
gested itself, one destined to have the greatest
effect upon the future histoiy of architecture.
The continuous diagonal arch came to be looked
upon as two half arches, each springing from
an abutment below to a keystone or boss {clef)
at the crown of the vault. This idea once
seized, and the clef made an abutment in its
turn, so that each half arch became in itself
an independent arch dejjending upon two sepa-
rate points of support, one at its foot and the
other at its top, anything could be done. An
irregularly shape<l vaulting square migiit have
five of these half arches, or seven, or four so
arranged that no two of them would form a
continuous arch. The clef would be kept in
place by their mutual pressure, and each half
arch would stand for itself, an almost indepen-
dent member.
The high vaults of the nave, of the choir, or
of the transept were at once seen to be as easy
as the low vaults over aisle or chajjcl ; but also
at once it was evident to the alert and now
thoroughly awakened minds of the builders of
1160 what the difficulty would lie of resisting
the thrust of these high vaults, and at the same
time the way to overcome that difficulty. It
would not do to Iniild a huge buttress wall
upon the transverse arches of the aisle, nor yet
to start such a buttress wall from the foundii-
tion beyond the floor of the aisle, and thus cut
the aisle into short pieces. It became evident
that one more arch or half arch could be used,
namely, one which would leap across the whole
width of the aisle, and transport the thrust of
one corner of each vaulting-square to a buttress
pier built outside of the aisle, and engaged per-
iiapa with its outer wall. This wa.s the Hying
buttress, an<l these two grejit eleniciits in build-
ing, the ribbed vaidt and the flying buttress,
were inseparable, and together made up Gothic
building. The vault de|)endent ujxin sej)arate
arches strong enough to carrj- its weight, which
arches \\c call ribs, and the flying buttress car-
rying the thrust of one group of ribs from the
abutment to any place where it might be con-
venient to take it up finally by the dead weight
and resistance of the great mass of masonry, —
FRANCE
out of this combination all Gothic architecture
grew.
All this took place in the Isle-de-France.
Within a small district of which the city of
Paris fonns the centre are to be found all the
very early churches in which Gothic building
as above described was used frankly and with-
out restraint. The little church of Tracy-le-
Val, and that at Saint-L^ger in the forest of
Laigue, together with the abbey church of
Morienval (all in Oise), are for us modems the
earliest monuments of the nascent Gothic art ;
and in the great abbey of Saint-Denis (Seine),
especially in its porch and choir, is found the first
large monument in which the Gothic builders
can be seen working at their ease. This ablx-y
of Saint-Denis has been wdled the latest work of
the Transition, and as its date is known (1140)
it fixes the development of Gothic building at
least twenty-five years earlier than it has been
the custom to date this ste]) in building. Louis
Gonse (op. cit.), writing shortly before 1890,
says without hesitation that the practice of
building the vault "sur croisee d'ogives" (that
is to say, on diagonal ribs) was practised in the
Isle-de- France as early as 1125. The evidence
for this is not exactly complete if a series of
monuments of certiiin date is required. It is
rather a safe conclusion drawn from the com-
parison of a large amount of circumstantial
evidence. Neither the dates of the churches
nor the exact time in the construction of each
church when a given vaulting square was com-
pleted are ascertainable with perfect accuracy.
Churches as early as the date given above and
with a certain part of their vaulting dei)enilent
upon constructional ribs exist at Berri (Oise)
and at La Noel-Saint-Martin (Oise), and indeed
a near approach to rib vaulting is to be found
in La Basse (Etivre, the ancient church of S.
I'^tienne at Beauvais (Oise). In the neighbour-
hood of Soissons several small churches have
been examined, none of which can be later than
1140, and each of which shows succcssftil at-
tempts at vaulting with ribs. In the neighbour-
hood of Laon there are similar examples. At
Saint-Leu d'Esserent (Oise) is a further advance
in the vaulting of the most interesting Norman
church. Finally in Paris itself we have a build-
ing of known date with Gothic vaulting com-
l)letely established in all the choir and the
dcanibidatory. This is the former church of S.
Martin dcs Champs, now forming a part of the
Coti.serratoire (hs Arts pt Mi'tiors; there is
general agieenicnt fis to the date of the choir,
namely, about 1140.
Before the twelfth centurj' was out there were
begiin the Gothic cathedrals of Paris, Amiens,
Chartres, Laon, Noyon, Soissons, Reims, and
Meaux, all within the district we are now con-
sidering (see Cathedral), anil inunediately
afterward were Iwgun those of Bourgcs, Troyes,
FRANCE, PART I.: SENS CATHEDRAL (VONNK) ; IMKKIOU, LOOKING EAST.
FRANCE
Tours, Sens, and Senlis, also Ijelonging to
Parisian France. Contemiwraneously witli these
great buildings were begun a number of ciunrlies,
now impossible to tnife, besides a gieat
number which still exist, and carrial on
with varying degrees of speed in all parts of
this favoured region. No one catliedral and
scarcely a church has come down to us com-
pleted in the style of the early Gothic art, and
this bec-aiLse the changes in style atlopted by
the builders followed one another more rapidly
than the walls could rise and the vaults l)e
turned. Everywhere there are later vaults upon
earlier substructures, later naves added to earlier
choirs, chapels of a still later date built around
these earlier choire, towers begun at tiie time of
the Transition, finished in the fifteenth ceuturj-,
and windows of early form filled witli tracery
of the latest Flamboyant taste. Fortunately
the determination of dates is not of the utmost
importance to the .student of architectural art;
and a design like the west front of Chartres
with Romanes(iuc ])iin-hes covered with sculp-
ture, one tower cMiiplit.' to its cross of the
earlie-st Gotliic ta^t^ an. I ^instituting the most
l)eautifid mcdiaval tow.i in Europe, and one
tower begun at the same time but finished in
the Horid style of the fifteenth century — such
a compositi(jn, as it exists, is capable of giving
every whit as much i)leasure historically and
artistically as if we had the west front as its
master of the works conceive<l it about 1160.
The changing Gothic styles have never been
treated chronologically. No one seems to have
followed closely the growth of that singidar
sjjirit which refuses to accept pennanently that
which has formed it, which rciiches out after
new and perhaps less desirable things, and
which wTecks in a few years everj" sjdendid con-
cci)ti(m of man — the spirit of continuity lieing
so nuicii less powerful tlian the search for
novelty in all artistic tendencies. There is no
ojjportunity here even to describe the dittcrent
Gothic styles wiiicii succeeded one another in
this Parisian region ; it is only to be stated
here that the most imjiortant momnnents of the
later Gothic style are the choir of Beauvais
cathedral (Oisc), comi)leted aljDut 1270, and
rci)aired with slight alterations after the vault
had fallen in con.'<e(juen<-e of the to<i great bold-
ness of the stnicture ; the famous and s])lendid
Sainte Chapelle of Paris ; tiic duirch of S.
Urbain at Troyes, begun alK)ut lL'70 ; and con-
t<'inporaneou8 with this several civic buildings
su<-li iis the Syncxlal Hall of Sens. All the ca-
tiu'drals have much work of the middle and
clo.se of the thirteenth century, and this in the
form of porches, chapels, and the like, if not in
tlic main memlwrs of the structure. In the
fourteenth centvirj-, however, there are no im-
jportant. ecclesiastical buihlings. Nothing tiiat
run lie compared with S. Ouen at Rouen is to
103
FRANCE
be found in this whole Parisian region. It is
not until after tlie close of the Hundred Years'
War that, in the fifteenth century, the Flam-
boyant style begins to make its wonderful record
here jus elsewhere throughout the north. The
peculiar leadership of the central region has,
indeed, j)assed away ; its work has Ijeen done
both socially and artistically in the creation of
the powerful French monarchy and a masterful
French lejidership in architectural art. The
florid architecture of Ablx-ville (S. Wulfran), of
Saint-Ki^uier and of Notre Dame de I'Epine, of
the north tower of Chartres cathe<lral, the church
of S. Jacques at Paris (the tower only remain-
ing), of the palace hall at Poitiers, and of the
house of Jacques Coeur at Bourges, of Chateau-
dun and of the Hotel de Cluny at Paris, vies
with that of the splendid monuments of Rouen
in the west, Albi and Brou in the south, and
Avioth in the far northeast.
The architecture of the Renaissance took its
rise of necessity with the royal influence, be-
cause they were the nobles of the court who
receivetl the Italian influence and who were
prepared to push the extremely unclassical and
un-Italiau movement which liegan under Louis
XII. In this reign France was prosperous and
at peace, and a number of mast interesting
Iniildings were erected in that curious modified
style halfway between Gothic and Renaissance,
of which one wing of the chateau of Blois is
our best exami)le. Other buildings of this
character are the HOtel de Yille at Douai
■ (Nord), of Dreux (Eure-et-Loir) and of Com-
picgne (Oise), and of Saint-Quentin (Aisne),
and the bell towers of the cathedral of Tours
(Indre-et-Loire). The chateau of Gaillon of this
time has left oidy a few fragments and a splen-
did memoi-}. Each of these was eompletetl
Ijefore l.'J20, except the Tours Ijelfries, which
lingered on lor some years longer. Under
Francis I., whose reign began in \ri\ry, a more
classical influence was swin to prevail, and yet
the buildings of his reign, even in the immediate
neighbourhood of the royal residence, whether at
Paris, at Blois, or at Fontainebkuiu, are as far
JUS poissible from showing a purely chissical or
even a purely Italian spirit. The northern
wing of the chateau of Blois, and the whole of
the great royal hunting seat at Chandxird, the
chateau of ('hciionccau, the ciiatcau of Saint-
(!cnnain-cn-L:i\c, and large parts of the chateau
of Foiitaincblcau jtre.scrve this style for us
The chiiteau of Ecouen (Seine-et-Oi.se) is enough
in itself to show the more formal side of the
building of this epoch. The admirable church
of S. Eustache at Paris in its first conccjition
belongs to this same epoch. This is almost the
only buililing in which a fair attempt was made
to iniite non-Gothic details with a Gothic struc-
ture in any ecclesiasticid building ; and while
the ojjinion is frequently exprcs.sed that this
104
m.M
iA ^
i«M.
y
1 i
ill
[» M ]
1
f-: ai -J
ll
i
lu
'^bU
^fc
hhhi
1
i
lll^-^l
;U'
.^^■g^^(iji^H
ft
^
r
ttU^jl
'.^ ".-^, . «..»•--. ""t"' ■\rj;:\;;.[
i
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
AIbi (Tarn) ; tlie cathedral church of S. CMU',
from the iiorilicaHt. The roof JH vaulted with ribs
in the true (Jothic manner, but the bultrcKBeH which
take up the thruxt of the vaults are the divlHiona be-
I'l tlic extrrnal walls arc kept high
111 face, apparently with the idea of
. ll Herve as a fortilication. The
of brick.
fppi^^lflfpr
„ 1
^^^ 'K-f
FKANCE, PART I.: AMIKNS CATHEDRAL; INTERIOR, LOOKING EAST.
FRANCE
attempt was a failure in this particular edifice,
such failure will not ai)iJt'ar bo evident if the
building is consideretl by itself without reference
either to the Gothic buildings preceding it or the
graver classic churches which were to follow it.
It was an experiment destinetl to have no re-
sidts, but not the less interesting on tiiis account.
With the reign of Henri II., the son and suc-
ce-isor of Francis I., the Renaissance proper in
France draws to an end. The last Valois,
Charles IX. and Henri III., did little work, and
yet it was in their reigns that the palace of the
Tuileries was buUt in its original shape and
large parts of the Louvre as we now have it
were completed, especially tiie western side of
the square court. The chateau of Ecouen
is also in great part of thi.s ejioch. With the
religious wars there was a great pause in the
activity of building, but -with Henri IV. that
manly and simi)le style took shape whose
traces are to be found especially in the city of
Paris, still intact in the Place des Vosgcs, and
still traceable, though nearly ruined, in the
Place Dauphinc. Tiic most showy building of
this time is the original palace of the Car-
dinal Mazarin, fronting on the Rue Vivienne,
and now incorporated in the great National
Library.
Of tlie succeeding reign are the Hotel de
Sully, Rue S. Antoine, Paris, so much of the
Palais Royal as remains intact, chiefly the front
toward the south on the Cour d'Honneur ; and
outside of Paris the centnd part of the great
chateau of Versailles, namely, the l)rick and
stone edifice forming the tiirce sides of the Cour
dc Marbre and distinguislicd by its facades in
red and white from the more severe fronts im-
mediately at^oining. The palace of the Luxem-
107
FRANCE
bourg is of this time, and tiie admirable church
of S. Gervais S. Protais, both in Paris.
The reign of Louis XIV. was a score of years
old already beft)re the freer design of his prede-
cessor's time disapjieared. Then, as the gran-
diose feeling of the great king prevailed with
all his ministers and employees, the stately but
cold classic style superseded everji;hing else.
The colossal order was not universal ; even in
his favourite chateau at Versailles it is not used
in the long facatles, but, in the chapel, the dLs-
jiosition of a large colonnade within and of pro-
portions similarly vast for the exterior, give
to the building all the dignity of which they
are capable. It is curious that the noblest
buildings in this grand monarchical style came
into existence, not under Louis XIV., but in the
reign of his less high-minded, less serious, less
dignified successor. It is then that tiie admi-
rable buildings on the north side of the Place de
la Concorde in Paris were built, and the digni-
fied Ecole Militaire on the Champ de Mars.
This severe and admirable style was indeed
contemporaneous with a verj' inferior develoj)-
ment of the neoclassic taste, namely, the rococo
style, which, however, was Jcept well away from
the buildings of tlie favoured region of which we
are now speaking. While the buildings last
named above and the two Trianons were rising
near Paris, the palaces on the Rhine and in
the duciiy of Lorraine were as extravagapt as
the lass of all classical tradition could make
them. There is, however, a certain reckless-
ness in the design of the years ending with 1775,
and to correct this the reaction of the reign of
Louis XVI. appeared, whose best manifestation
is peiliai>s in the littlf faradc on the Quai
d'Orsav in Paris, innr a private )ialacc, now tiie
liomofthc I,.-io,i ,,nion,mr. — It. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF; Part
n. ; Flemish France ; that is to say, the small
region adjoining Picardy on the north, comjms-
ing the ancient countshii) of Artois and the
greater part of Hennegau, both of which fonne<l
a jiart of French Flanders in its largest accepta-
tion. Tiie whole country is now contained in
the modem departments of Le Nord an<l Pas de
Calais. Tliis very small district must neces-
sarily be separate<l from Parisian France (see
Part I.), Ix-cau.se the arciiite<turc of tiie country
during the Romanesque and Gothic ejiochs, and
still more during the time succeeding the liegin-
niiig of the Renaissance, differs essentially from
any French architecture properly so called. It
is far more nejirly Flemish than French, and
far more closely akin to the architecture of
modem Belgium than to that of even the most
immediately adjoining French districts.
The Roman remains are unimjiortant, nor
arc there representative buildings of the round-
arched twelfth century style, — a splendid bap-
tismal font in the churcli of ChtJreng (Nord)
FRANCE
beiug the most important piece of sculpture of
the time to which attriitimi has been called.
The attractive pait nt' tlif architectural his-
tory of this district is in the late Gothic buildings
and in those of the estaMished Renaissance.
Thus, at Arras (I'as ,!,• Calais), a part of the
old Hotel .!.• Vill.s ..fwhieh th.T.Mimst he further
mention helnw-, and at Saiiit-( )iiiei- (Pasde Calais)
two fascinating cluux-lies, are nf late ( ruthic style.
At Lille (Nord) the great elmivh ni' S. .Maurice,
a five-aisled hall church, of a type uiiliuown in
central France, is of tlorid Uotliic except the
outer aisles. The Hotel de Ville at Douai (Nord)
and its adjoining beflroi is entirely Flemish, like
a building of Ghent or Courtrai ; a long building
with one important story above the basement,
and dormer windows in the roof, the one face
broken by a very noble battlemented tower and
the other by an apse-like projection containing
the chapel, and which is on the axis of the tower.
However modernized and even enlarged in our
own time, this is one of the most beautiful of the
Flemish town halls.
Of the epoch of the Renaissance there are
buildings which it is hard to name apart from
their still lingering Gothic feeling, or even from
still existing Gothic details. Thus, the Hotel
de Ville at Cassel (Nord) has the entire lower
story built with pointed arches except the
entrance doorway, which, together with the
important story above and the roof and its
gables and dormers, is in the classical taste.
The three-centred arches and the construction
in materials of contrasting colour show the
spirit of the years shortly before and after 1620,
and the sculpture of a great frieze is apparently
of the same date, while the doorway is somewhat
later. The same experience awaits one who
.studies the Hotel de Ville at Arras, named
above, for the tower aii'l lai-c |iarts of the main
buildini,^ an' of uiiiiii-,takalile iieoclas.sic spirit,
while theiuass of the structure is still medieval
of the latest style ; in I'act, this building com-
prises at once a Flemish town hall comparable
to that at Audenarde, and a building of a similar
class in a florid seventeenth century style, very
curious and very interesting in its masses and
their relation to one another. Of confirmed
Renais-iance style is the beautiful tower at
Bergues, which, in spite of the arched panels
with which its sides are slightly variegated, is
as it was left by the sixteenth century, a Renais-
sance tower of the most interesting .sort. The
town gates at Cassel and at Cambrai (Nord) are
fa.scinating bits of work of the time of Henry
IV. or Louis XIH.
Of Post-Iienaissance architecture there are
a<lmirable private houses in several of the cities
of this department, and one or two public build-
ings of singular vahu;. Sucii is the military
hospital at Saint-Omcr, at least in its present
condition, which dates from 1750, after a dc-
109
FRANCE
structive conflagration. The cities were pros-
perous in the reigns of Louis XV. and XVI.,
and much of iutere-tmi; details ,,t' the^e times
remains. Thus, t(j name the nia_L;nitieent wood-
work in the sacri.sty uf S. i'lene at Duuai is to
name only one of many pieces which the traveller
loves to visit. The Hotel Colbert at Saint-
Omer, and the old Bourse at Lille with the coats
of arms of Philip IV. of Spain carved over its
great doorways, express perfectly the Flemish
taste of the seventeenth centurj', which, indeed,
lingered on in this region until almost our own
time. The very noble cathedral at Arras shows
no local feeling whatever, and is as severe a
classical study as if it had been designed in
Italy, but this is of the first years of the present
century.
Of strictly modern buildings is the Hotel de
Ville at Arras, and this, though Renaissance in
ill si.;n. as il particularly inspired by an ancient
liiiililiiiL;- oeeupying the same site, is to be
creiliteil to a still living architect as completely
as is the new Hotel ile Ville of Paris. — R. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF; Part
HI.; Normandy; the aneiiut iluchy, a fief of
the French monarchy, but iiraetieally indepen-
dent until its conquest by l'liili]i Anunstus at
the commencement of the thirteenth eentury,
from that time a part of Frame, The control-
ling population beiiii^- of foreiun blood, conquer-
ing immigrants from Seamlinax ia, gave to the
social life and the art.s uf the country a pecul-
iar character. The Romanesque of Normandy
is radically different from that of the art of the
same epoch in the provinces immediately south
(see Parts VI. and VII., Angevin France,
Aquitanian France), and from the royal domain
at the east (see Part I., Parisian France). The
conquest of England by the Duke of Xormandy
in the eleventh century caused a i loser intellec-
tual alliance between his Continental and his in-
sular dominions than existed between Normandy
and any of the neighbouring Continental states,
and the result of this is seen in the strongly
Norman character, first of English Romanesque,
and then of En.ylish (Jothie (see England, Ar-
chitecture of ; Gothie Aivliiie, lure in England).
The .single fact that the people of Normandy
cared less for vanltinL; ilian ilieii- (Continental
neighbours is of i:irat ini|iorianee, because
everywhere else in Noithwe-ieni I'.urope the
question, how to vault lirst, the eastern i)art
of the choir ; next, the aisles ; anil lastly, the
high nave — was the most important architec-
tural (luestion of all. Throughout the early
Middle Ages the effort of the northern buihl-
ers was to close their churches with masomy in
one form or another, and as they could not im-
itate the vaulting of the Roman structures,
which still rcinaincd for th<ir models, the ques-
tion wliat ti. substitute for tiiat system was
the binning (|ucstioii ; but the Normans seem
•'1
L\:' <r:" ^ ^
[ 7
h '-^^^
^.:-i^'lf--.
1^1
-•il
FRANCE, I'AIM 111 LAlUtDKVL Oh bA\LUX, Wi-bl I-KOM tRO.M - V
111
112
FRANCE
to have had no such overmastering desire for
the vault, and it remains a characteristic of the
Norman churches tiiat they were built very
commonly with wooden roofs and without even
the preparatory steps being taken for masonry
roofs at a later time. Even where the aisles
were vaulted there was no attempt made to
raise the higli vaults of the nave. This ten-
dency was carried across the Channel ; and at no
time did the English builders care for the vault
as did those of Central, Eastern, and
Southern France. In fact, it is m
England that the Noiiiiaii K.iman
esque reached it- -iratcst siilendoui,
and to study it rightly tlie cathe-
di'als of Peterborough, Winchester,
and Saint Albans, with Waltham
abbey and other of the conventual
churches, especially in the north,
are fully as important to the student
as even the great churches of Caen
Another marked difference in style
between the Roinaues(pie of Nor-
mandy and that of tlie adjoining
provinces is in the comparative pov-
erty of the sculpture in tlie former
The rich and significant sculpture of
Poitou and Anjou — still more that
of the Limousin and P^rigord — is
unknown in Normandy, and its place
is taken by zigzags, billets, disks, and
similar geometrical ornament, while
the tendency toward replacing sculp
ture by mouldings is evident from
an early date.
The t\M> uivat iniivciitual churthes
of Caen (Cilva^lo-), S. Eticnnc (Ab-
baye n„x //n,n,„rs) and La Trinitd
(Abb(ii/<- iiii.r Diiiii's), are among the
mane.si|ur'. The rlnircii of S. Michel
de Bcauccllis, also at Caen, should
also he ( uii-i(l' n (I. The south tower
111 Divi's (Calvados)
iipiiiid-an-hfd tower
ll,r;illr,l TnurSaint
FRANCE
the fortified church of Vire (Calvados), are im-
portant monuments of this style.
When the ribbed vault was established within
the original royal domain of France, Normandy,
still a quasi-independent state and often at war
with its suzerain, the king at Paris, was not
very quick to receive the impulse ; and Gothic
art was forty years old (a great lapse of time
in the rapid progress of that reformation) before
it, then fuUy developed, could enter Normandy
of Saint
and thr
ofRcm.'ii
Romnn,
vA
amoti;; thr most iiii|iiiitaiit arrhitec-
1 .L !• xl • 1 J. I-RANCK,
tural monuments oi this character
which exist in France, although the
Rouen tower hiis lost its original crowning mem-
bers. This loss is the more regrettable because
the singular disposition, with very lofty and
slender dormer windows relieved against the
[>in', innnifests itself at
' niv as the transition
I liM ait, and it would
I I'll,' able to see what
Ilia II ill station, anil to
11 ill. The churches
I L.I mult and Dom front
(( alvados), as well as
slopin',' jiyiaiiiid
an earl\ tiinr, ;it
from L'niiiaiM -,r|i
be of the -rr.il,-
was peiliai)s ii
trace it V)ack n. a
of Serquigny (llu
(Ome), an<l S,r,
in the train of the royal armies. It is not
until the late V.uXVv of the fourteenth, and .still
more ol' ilic liltrcnili, ci-iitury that Normandy
becomes ('mil iiinilal in stylf; and at this time
the English wiic i|rvflu])iiig their own single
indci)endcnt style, the national "Perpendicular
Gothic," with its formal tracery and florid roof-
ing. Thus, in the city of Rouen, the early parts
of the cathedral, although built with pointed
anihes throughout, arc hardly Gothic in spirit ;
they were built by reluctant hands whose nin«-
tcrs longed for the simpler art of an earlier day ;
lit
while the high vaults,
aud especially the
sculpture of the thir-
teenth ccnturj-, arc al-
ready French Gothic,
and in tlic church of
S. Ouen is to be
found the most impor-
tant French Gothic
building of the entire
fourteenth century.
In the same town we
shall find late Gothic
building witli all tiie
glory of the Flamboy-
ant style.
Some of the most
attractive churches
of Normandy are
frankly transitional,
the Gothic feeling,
even that mwlitie<l
Gothic feehng of Nor-
mandy, contrasting
witii tlie earlier style.
Sucii is the Ciithe-
dral of Coutances
(Manche), and such
are parts of S. Jean
at Caen (Calvados),
and many smaller
buihlings, as the i)art-
ly ndned abljcy near
Granville (Manche),
called commonly .V>-
batje de la Lucerne.
OtiierGothicchurches
of first - rate impor-
tance are the cathe-
dral of Scez (Orne), the catliedral of Lisieux,
and tlie churciies of Norrey and Douvres (Cal-
vados), the church of Pont Audemcr (Eure),
and the ruined abbey of Jumi^ge.s (Seiue-Inf^-
rieure). One monument, orgrouj) of monuments,
is, however, so unicjue in cliaracter tliat it de-
serves to take rank even before the great cathe-
drals of the district. The abbey aiul town of
Mont-Saint-Michcl possess an admirable Ro-
manesque diurdi, which throughout the Middle
Ages had vaulted aisles and a wooden central
roof, but a choir of iierfected Norman Gothic
with vaults ; and tliis building, of high interest
in itself, is surroimded by the most extraordi-
narj- group of cloisters, vaulted halls and cham-
bens, staircases, gateways, and fortifications,
which can be found anywhere, piled up in one
small site. The disentanglement of the styles
represented in this crowd of curious buildings
requires tlie study of months, and ran only be
set forth, as it has In^en set forth in books es-
pecially devoted to the subject. (See Corroyer,
op. cit.)
115
The florid Gothic
of Nonnaudy is at
one with that of
Fiaiu-e. At the close
of tiie Hundred Years'
War, alwut 1450,
France was united as
one people, and the
architecture of the
next half century is
among the mast
sjdendid of her tri-
umphs. At Rouen,
always the capital of
the duchy and the
))r()vin(e. the lantern
ots. Oiirii, tlie tower
..1 s.l.aiiinit.thever)'
.Mt.rrstin,'. though
at tlic time unfin-
■\Awi\,I\da!sdeJns-
(ii-v, the north tower
of t he west front of the
cathe<lral, and espe-
cially the unmatched
church of S. Maclou,
are all of this splendid
epoch. Largi* parts
of the cathedral of
E\Tcux (Eure), the
bishop's palacf*, the
clock tower, or bef-
/Vo/. and the church of
S. Taurin, in the same
tt.wn ; the church of
P.iiit rKv.-que; that
of Dives - sur - Mer ;
that of La TriniU', at
Falaise ( Calvados) ;
the churches of S. Germain and S. Martin, at
Argentan (Orne) ; the cathedral of Saint-L6
(Manche) ; — these are but a few of tiie build-
ings of this time — buildings which vie with
any of the florid Gothic architecture of central
and eastern France in beauty, variety, and a
true architectural sense of limitation and of re-
straint in the midst of the search for splendour.
They are surpassed in no resi)ect, except by two
or three of the greatest churches of the royal
domain, as at Abbeville, Beauvais, and Saint-
Riquier (for which see Part I. of this inquirj).
The works of the classical Renaissance are
very abundant in Normandy, and are of sin-
gular attractiveness ; but none of them are of
very great size or cost. The small chateaux,
or, lus tliey might with greater pro])riety be
called, the maiinirn, of the years immediately
following the ex])ulsion of the Englisli, arc
among the most attractive buildings for the
student. The time, still fnll of memories of .
war and civic confusion, hardly allowed of the
construction of countr>' liouscs without some
FRANCE
means of defence, and accordingly the buildings
of the manor were ranged around a large coiu"t-
yard, to which they served as rampart, and
from which they had their only entrance. A
single gateway, more or less fortified, senred as
entrance to this great enclosure. The famous
' Manoir d'Ango, near Varangeville (Seiue-In-
firieure), is only superior to others ia the vari-
ety of it.s l,uil(liii-s uii.l till' umiMi.il amount of
applied nruaiiiciit ; that ..r IliH.s with its re-
markal.k- tdWi-rlikc i,i,uv,,ii hous,., and that of
Livet (L'alvadus) with its tiiiilMT l.ariis and vom'-
dence of brick and stmir, and thi- unpivtrnd-
ing little chateaux of ('rir,|ii,.\ ill,., Ai;iu'ssau,
and Fontaine Henri (Calvadnsj, (Jariuugts,
La Vove, and Tesse-la-Madeleine (Orne), "are
all important ; and there are some little manors
, Roi
in the Orne, as at Cord;
C^neri, which an- (
buildings. The Kcnais.anr,
church architecture in Nmn
dent knows from the ihj|iii1,
sidal chapels of S. Pienv,
church of S. Etienne le \u-\
(to be distinguished carct'nll
of S. Etienne, named ahn\r), th.nmh
well-established classical taste and hav
Renaissance details min^-jeil euriuusly
those of late Gothic character, is pec
iarly successful as an architectural
composition. The flat roof of the
choir at Tilliferes (Eure) and the
extraordinary wooden porch of
the little church at Ry
( Seine - Inf^rieure ) are _,,■{
unique bits of Renais-
sance detail like
nothing else in ^_
Europe. The ^^.
square tower, cen- ^.
tral in the church,
or standing free, re-
oeivedatteiitiiiii dur-
ing the ClMM-ll nf I he
Renaissance, an<l
several of the finest
specimens which ex-
ist are in Normandy.
Such are tlie central
tower of S. Pierre at
Coutances (Manche),
the tower of the
church at Mortagne,
and that of the
church of S. Ger-
main at Argentaa
(Onie).
Of the later clas-
sical styles arc the
churcii of S. Oer-
vasi S. Protais at
(Jisorw, and the
ud Saint-
tlio larger
ithout its
every stu-
'f the ap-
but the
same city
e abbey ,
.>f less
ring the
:with /
FRANCE
ruined abbey of Bec-Hellouin (Eure) ; also, in the
same department, the chateaux of Beaumesnil
and Chambray. The north tower of Evreux
cathedral should also be compared with the earlier
towers named in the last paragraph. The
Hntel de Ville, at Aleni'ou (Orne), and the pre-
leeture (if the same city are Valuable pieces of
street architeetuie, and so is, in one sense, the
bishop's palace at Seez. Chateaux, in the
strict sense of manor houses, not necessarily of
great size, are as numerous in the style of the
einiiteenth century as they are of an earlier
e|H,eli ; ,Mieh aiv" thnse of Medavy (Orne),
i^hiill\ le-\'i.(niite (Calvados), Buissou-de-Mai,
ami CiMix Saint LentVoy (Eure), — all of this
intere>tiim ehiss. Finally, for strictly modern
iMiilihuL:-, there are to be mentioned the chateau
nt (,iiiesnay-(;aesuon (Calvados), the Hotel de
Ville at Breteuil (Eure), and the extraordinary
collection of buildings which make up the mon-
astery of La Trappe (Orne), in which one of
the most successftd of modem pieces of ribbed
vaulting, and its necessary accessories, is com-
bined with severity and an absence of applied
, ornament well worthy of special note. (Cut,
cols. 119, 120.) — R. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part
IV. ; Lorraine ; including parts of the an-
■ ;. cient duchy of Lothringen (Lorraine), the
•- duchy of Bar, the bishoprics of Toul
-_ and Verdun. The district includes
the modem departments of Meuse,
" _ i,lM.inthe-,.t-Moselle,
which last is maih' u]) from
Mcurtlie and Moselle
as they existed be-
iv fore the War of
^ 1871. This tract,
small as it is, must
be considered apart
from the great I'egion
of central France
(Part I.) because of
its long dependence
upon the German
Empire and its late
annexation to
France. Nancy,
I'.pinal, Bar-le-Duc,
and Verdun hardly
cume under French
influence more than
the towns on the
Rhine or in West-
pl.alia
ith
1 style.s,
I ling the
FllANCK, PAKT III.: COLOMniKH AT Bll.
FRANCE
character that it requires careful study, and in
detail, to diflerentiate them, this fact is the
more interesting as showing the immense influ-
ence of French art and tlie wide ratliation of that
influence from 1050 to the rise of the time of
the well-established classical Renaissance.
The early Romanesque work of this region is
of extreme interest, for, although there are but
few pieces requiring special mention, they are of
unusual character. Tlie crypt of the church at
Remiremont is one of these. The cliurch at
Rambenillers (Vosgcs), though it hiis some
Gothic additions, shows a singidarly pure and
simple Romanesque style, and the church of
Roliainville (Vosges) is one of the best small
round-arched churches in France. The often
cited appearance in Rlienish art of elements
110
FRANCE
borrowed from Byzantine sculpture is hardly
notable in these duirches among the hill country
of Lorraine. Their sculjiture is as severe anil
as strictly architectunil in diaracter iis that of
Normandy. With tiie Gotliic epoch there ap-
pears at Epiual (\'osges) a cliurch of the earliest
period hardly past the time of transition. At
Saint-Di^ (Vosges) the cloister and the choir-of
the church, very bejiutiful though of mixed
style, retain their unaltered Gothic character.
At Pont-i-Mousson tlie churcii of S. Martin,
though strictly tiiirtecnth century Gothic in
character, is most unusual in the j)lan, wiiicli
undoubtedly recalls the ]»lan of a primitive
cliurch. There is a magnificent Gothic font
in this church, and among the curious houses
he town are traces of pure mediii>val work,
iiius in view of the extreme rarity of do-
-lic Gothic architecture which has not been
• 1 cly restored.
Ill the late Gothic epoch the choice is still
_ • iter, and the buildings more splendid. The
(Hical palace at Nancy (Meurthe-et-Moselle),
well known through pliotograiihs and draw-
ings, retains its very curious covered gallery
of the ground storj- wliicli supports, in a fash-
ion reminding one of the street arcades of
Switzerland and Italy, the principal story
above, and the splendid gateway with* the
equestrian statue. The church of Remire-
mont, of which the cryj)t is mentioned Above,
and that of Saint-Nicolii.s-du-Port (Meurthe-
ct-Moselle) are, in the main, of the years fol-
lowing 1490; altiioiigii tlic la.xt named has
some florid Gothic work of a still later epoch.
At Avioth (ileuse) is one of the most curious
Gothic monuments in Europe, a church of
singidarly grave and rese^^•ed design with
florid tracery and two very elaborate porches,
and having in addition a wholly unique chapel,
small and open, a mere shelter for an altar
to be used on certain occasions, and standing
apart from the church, to which it is attached
by a purely ornamental screen. This last of
Flamboyant style, ius is the little chapel.
Of the epoch of the Renai.s.sance proper,
tliere are some pieces of mingled sculpture
jind architecture fit to vie with any similar
structures. Thus, the retubles at Hatton-
Chatel and Saint-Mihiel (Meuse), together
with a woo<len group in the latter church, are
the undoubted work of the Lotharingian sculp-
tor Ligicr-Richier. In each instance the
sculpture takes precedence of the architectural
setting and, indeeil, may be classed with the
magnificent groups at Solesmes (Sarthe) (for
which see Part VI.). At Hatton-Chatel the
whole composition is magnificent, a triple dispo-
sition with deep reccj^se-s divided and enclosetl
by pilasters which carry a pediment ; the cen-
tral division arched up with a higher super-
structure, the side divisions square-headed like
FRANCE
what is called a Venetian doorway or window,
and all of proportions as delicate as unusual, and
invested with charming Renaissance decorative
sculpture setting oil' the realistic groups of the
three great divisions. In the little church of
Etain (Meuse) there is another group by the
same great artist, but less architectural in its
disposition. Some of the tombs in the church
of the Cordeliers at Nancy are of interest, and
that of Ren^ II., the hero of the war against
Charles the Rash of Burgundy, is an elaborate
piece of early Renaissance screenwork and relief
sculpture, as rich and varied as anything in
Lombardy. The original sculptures (kneeling
statue of Rend and statue of the Madonna and
Child) have disappeared and have been replaced
by modern work of some merit ; and a certain
lack of harmony between this sciUpture and the
carved and painted shrine in which it is set up
leaves the rich decoration in form and in colour
more noticeable and more easy to study undis-
turbed. The diocese of Saint-Did contains a great
number of curious wayside crosses and churchyard
crosses to which a special monograph has been de-
voted ; and fortunately, as their small size and re-
mote situation would otherwise have left them
nearly unknown. Some of these are of the Re-
naissance, and are of an origin not later than the
sixteenth century whatever the style of their sculp-
ture may be. In this, as in other respects, they
resemble the calvaries of Brittany (see Part V.).
Of late neoclassic work there is much in
Nancy itself. The cathedral is of the years fol-
lowing 1 70.3, and in and near it are several pairs
of 'wrought-iron gates of the utmost richness,
dating from the time of the Duke Stanislaus,
and well known to students for their unsur-
passed splendour. In the same town, the hotel of
the marshal commanding the military district
is of the eighteenth century, and fronts upon
a circular esplanade surrounded by colonnades,
a small but effective architectural disposition.
The celebrated Adam house, the home of sev-
eral sculptors, is covered with the decorative
work of its former inmates ; its date is about
1720. At Epinal is a IL'trl ,!,■ Ville of the
eighteenth century. At .Mosm Mniitu i ( Vosges)
the most important relic nf tin rminri- ;il)bey is
the church, which dates IVoiii 1 7GlJ, and of about
the same date is the cathedral of Saint-Did.
The church of S. Jacques at Lundville (Vosges)
and the carved stalls and ciborium in the ca-
thedral of Verdun (Meuse) are of the eighteenth
century, and all these interesting costly struc-
tures of that time remind the historical student
how prosperous was this region under the reigns
of the last dukes and the sueee.'ding Freiuh
administration. The great ehrifenii of lldiiii'-
mont (Vosges) is practically a modern huililing
and might l)e classed as of the nineteenth cen-
tury, although its design is of an earlier epoch
of neoclassic taste. — R. S.
FRANCE
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF; Part
V. Brittany, which for the puipose of this
inquiry, may be taken as including the modern
departments of Finistfere, Cotes-du-Nord, Mor-
bihan, lUe-et-Vilaine, and Loire-Inferieure,
possesses an architecture which, since the begin-
ning of modem European civilization, has
always presented many contrasts with that of
neighbouring provinces. The abundance of
granite rock and the comparative scarcity of
other building stone is one cause of this. The
separate racial character and distinctive lan-
guage of the people, together witli their st niggles
for independence of the >."nnii;ui ilukedom and,
later, of the French kingdom, have also power-
fully influenced all the civilization of the
province.
Of buildings of the Romanesque epoch the
most interesting is certainly at Dinan (Cotes-du-
Nord), the Church of S. Sauveur. This l.uiM-
ing, of which the south flank is of the eleventli
century and the portals of the west front of the
same date, or hardly later, has been altered at
different times so as to possess a late Gothic
aisle alon^r its nortli side, and a west gable of
the same eijuch with a splendid Flamboyant
window. The tower erected over the sanctuary
is, in the main, Romanesque, but with very
late, even semi-classical, fittings in the up])er
stoiy. The importance of the ehunh, however,
is in the earhest parts where, on the south flank,
half-round engaged columns serve as buttresses,
and these, together with corbels of slight pro-
jection, carry a stone cornice which, however,
has been modernized. There are few Roman-
esque monuments of equal interest in the west
of France. At Daoulas (Finistfere) is a most
interesting Romanesque cloister much ruined.
The round church at Quimperld (Finistfere) is
well worthy of study for those who have time
to investigate its plan and to trace its original
design, but it has been almost wholly rebuilt.
At Saint-Matthieu, near Brest (Finistfere), there
is a very interesting church of the Transition,
reminding the student of the abbeys of York-
shire, in having pointed arches, but being other-
wise completely Romanesque and without any
trace of vaulting. The date given for this most
interesting structure is 1160.
Of Gothic buildings there is little represent-
ing the early or the j)erfected thirteenth century
style. There is nothing of consequence to com-
pare with the great cathedrals or with the
parish churches of the royal domain, Burgundy,
Champagne, or Normandy. The cathedral of
Dol, descril>ed below, is of the great thirteenth
century ejioch, but is very peculiar in style.
Filteentii eentury Gothic is, however, not rare
in Brittany. Perhajjs the most ini])ortant
monuments arc the churches of Saint-Pol-cle-Ldon
(Finistt're). Here, the cathedral is a fourteenth
century churcli with very beautiful west towers,
FRANCE
a south transept witli a splendid rose window,
and an interesting interior containing much
later work. This, being executol in granite,
should be compared witli the soft stone churches
of the Paris region and the north, or, if a
building of the same date is souglit for, tlie
abbey church of S. Ouen, at Rouen. It is
seen here that differences of material liave little
weight with the ardent promoters of a growing
style of arcliitecture. Granite is found to do
the same work as the softer stones, and the
main difference to the builders wa.s probably in
the added ditticidty of shaping and tooling the
separate stones. Detail, of course, is strongly
affected by hanlness of the material. The
small church of the Creisker or Kreizker, in the
centre of the town, as its Breton name implies,
has a noble central tower resting upon open
arches which span the nave, and rises to a
great height without buttresses or other breaks
of its square prism than windows with deep
jambs and arciiding also somewhat emphatic.
It carries a lofty spire pierced with sexfoil and
cinquefoil openings and flanked by four large
open pinnacles. No Gothic buildings in the
northwest of France are more worthy of study
than these; there is an interesting ossuary or
bone hou.se of later date. In the same depart-
ment, the little church of Rosporden is interest-
ing, and has a spire and pinnacles of great
l^eauty. The cathednd at Quimper, in the
same department, contains a<lmirable transition
work in the interior of the nave, but the whole
exterior is of the fourteenth century, except the
spires of the west front, which are entirely
modem, though supposed to Iw in imitation of
the ancient ones. Tiie flying buttress system
of the choir and apse, though simple, is of great
beauty of proportion. The cathedral of Nantes
is an iiii|iMit.int flnthic diurch, more in keeping
with til.' .limvl,,-. .,f northern France than
those a)' i\>' nail!.,!, a fact accounted for by the
situati(Hi ot tlic tiAvn on the river Loire, and
accessible from Tours and the heart of royal
France. The portals of tlie west front are
much later in detail tlian the greater part of
the stmcture. This church contains two splen-
did tombs, which are described below. The
cathedral of Dol (Ille-et-Vilaine) is of singidarly
sombre aspect, being built entirely of gray
granite. It is built in the tliirtccnth century
style, and is one of tlie few instances of a very
large church of the Gothic eiKich almost wholly
uniform in style. It is curiously like some
English churches in two respects : first, in
having a scpiare cast end (compare the cathedral
of Laon in the district of Fnince proper) ; and
secondly, in the lownc-ss of its walls and roof
A minor peculiarity, which results in part from
this inferior height, is the steep slope of the
flying buttresses, in whicii again a comparison
may Im; made with English Gothic buildings.
FRANCE
The extraordinarj' massiveness of the parts and
the absence of external buttresses to the aisles
increase the unusual character of the exterior.
There is a beautiful late Gothic church at Le
Croisic (Loire-Inft^rieure), anotlicr at Locronan
(Finistfere), and others of a later date at G\\6-
rande (Loire-Infcrieure), Graces (Cotes-du-
Nord), and at Dinan, where the greater part
of the church of S. Sauveur, also mentioned, is
of Ijeautiful late Gothic, and where the church
of S. Malo in Dinan is of the same epoch, and has
a most attractive interior. The feudal castles
and town halls of Brittany have great interest,
and the student of militarj' architecture should
visit Tonquedec (Cotes-<lu-Nord), Gu«?rande
(Loire-Inferieure), Dinan, and Sucinio (Morbi-
han), the last of which is an enormous fortress
in such condition that its plan and arrangement
CAU be almost perfectly understood. The great
fortress of .Tussclin must Ix? mentioned in a suc-
ceedinjr ipara<rra]ili, but its exterior defences are
of the fourtciiitli ciiitury.
Interesting tinilicr-built houses are very
numerous in Brittany, and it is impossible to
enumerate the towns where they can be found.
Saint-Malo, Morlaix, the village of Josselin,
Lamballe (Cotes-du-Nord), may be mentioned,
but the larger towns, which the visitor seeks
for their ecclesiastical and other monuments,
contain also many of these minor buildings.
The curious Calvaries (Cafvnires) or out-of-
door monuments of the Cnicifixion, though
generally, in their present condition, of a much
later date, belong to the Middle Ages in their
origin. The one at Plougiistel, near Brest (Fini-
st^re), lias a i)latforin about twelve feet high,
upon which are about thirty figures of half life-
size, while upon the buttresses or flanking pro-
jections are many other figures in high relief.
From the centre of the platform rises a great
cross, perliaps fifteen feet high above the sub-
structure, and adorned with crossbars and cor-
bels which carry the figures of the Marys and
the other immediate attendants of the Crucifix-
ion, while two small and less adorned uprights
carry the crosses of the two thieves. The whole
of this immense combination of nnle archi-
tecture and nider sculpture is intended to aid
toward a clear comprehension of the Passion in
all its successive stages as exi)oundcd by the
Church. Similar, but often sinallcr, Calvaries
are at Plougouver an<l Guiiiiiliau, IMcylK-n, and
Comfort, in the same dci)artmcnt, tlie last of
these being a modern structure erected on the
site of an ancient one.
The work of the Renaissance in Brittany
takes on curious jirovincial forms, some of
which are of extraordinary interest. They
should l>e compared with the buildings of the
same epoch in eastern and southeastern Ger-
many on account of their novelty and dashing
treatment, while, at the same time, they arc
PRANCE
more elegant in design. There is cli
enough in the details of the church tower at
Saint-Thegonnec (Finistfere), but the general
proportions of the tower are extremely gi-aceful.
At Le Boiirg-de-Batz (Loire-Inferieiire) is a very
plain and severe sixteenth century tower of very
graceful outline, dominating the interesting ruins
of the Gothic church. At Faouet (Morbihan) is
the west front of a church of mingled Renais-
sance and Gothic forms, rudely built in granite,
and here are also an ossuary and other structures
of the sixteenth century. The little church of
Chateaulin (Finistere) may be studied on ac-
count of its curious tower.s and gables, in front
of which is a small Calvary. At Kerjean, in
the same department, is a curious manor house
of the early seventeenth century. Of French
Renaissance less abnormal and more like that
of the Centre, there may be named the church
of S. Armel at Ploermel (Morbihan) where the
portals are of singular beauty in the style of
Francis I., and at Nantes, where the interior
court of the chateau has early Renaissance and
Transition details of equal merit. The strong
castle at Josselin has a building fronting on its
court which has been the favourite subject for
artists. This is the well-known long facade,
with one stoiy of windows in the walls, while
two-story dormers rise from the walls and pro-
ject from the steeply sloping roof There is in
the cathedral of Nantes a tomb of the early
Renaissance, the tomb of the Duke of Brittany,
Francis II. It is one of the finest monuments
of the time.
Of modem work is a very remarkable tomb,
also in the cathedral of y.-xiitrs, tin- munument
to General De LamoriciJiv, rrlclnati.l as the
commander of the Papal aiiiii(> n|i|,i,-,iiis Gari-
baldi. This tomb is d(r..i.ii,,| liv a marble re-
cumbent statue of the ilea. I ami tmir bronze
symbolic statues at the ani;l( --, all by Paul
Dubois. Its design is b\ iln- anliitnt IJoitte;
it is of exquisite l;clial->,iiir|. (l,'v|._;ii, with
a canopy supporird ..n pila-ii is an. I columns,
and is altogctlici- ■ ni ihr inn-t imiiortant
pieces of moilcrn aivlntcriurul and sculptu-
resque diwio-M. - i;. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURi: OP; Part
VI. ; Angevin France. The small district
which is designated here as Angevin France is
bounded on the north by Normandy, and is sit-
uated on both sides of tlio Loire, including the
thr<!e departments of .Mayiimc, Saitlic, and
Maineet-Loire. History ai'i.l aivl,ii,ri nral his-
tory alike prevent the ti( al im ni ,,1 tins region
as a part of Brittany, or iNninjaiiily, >iv France
proper, or other larger historical division. It is
nearly conterminous with the ancient jmivinces
of Ai\jou and Maine. Tills region, although
the home of the powerful Angevin kings of
Western Gaul and England, lost its political
importance early in tlie thii-teenth century, and
PRANCE
both before and after that time had rather suf-
fered the architectural iuiluence of neighbouring
lands than originated anything of importance.
Romanesque architectiu-e is well shown by a
few buildings of extraordinary interest. Such
are the ruins of the iniiJ.jrtaiit aliliey of S.
Aubin at Anger.?, a buiMiiiu- so varied in its
detail, so rich iu its sruliitmvil unianicntatiou,
and so unique in many of its dispositions that
it deserves the closest study. In the same city
the remains of the convent of S. Martin should
also be studied ; and the ancient hospital of S.
Jean, the ancient Hotel-Dieu, contains a twelfth
century cloister and other Romanesque remains.
The interesting church of Pre-en-Pail (May-
enne) has been rcstdicd with nival coniiileteness
and has lost all its (ni^inal chaiactrr except in
the sculptured detail-, as at the \ve>t (l.Hir. At
Cunanlt (Maiiu-et Lciiv) i.s a very ancient
cliurcli, ^vllicll, as late as 1890, had been only
repaired in a tew jilaces, and was still intact in
all its inipDitaiit jiaits. The door is of extraor-
dinary interest and beauty. Chemill^, in the
same department, has a central church tower
of a somewhat later date — Romanesque of
about 1150, with an octagonal stcme spire
which is brought to the s.ale of the belfry
below by means of stone doimer A\iiulows.
This whole church is of importance, but the
door is especially valuable. The most impor-
tant piece of Romanesque work in the district
is the great abbey of Fontevrault. The build-
ings of this establishment are used as a ])rison,
and are kept in perfect condition ; they are,
also, somewhat difficult to visit with any thor-
oughness, but the extent and completeness of
the ancient monastery and the great number of
important pieces of architecture and of sculptu-
resque ornament make it especially necessary to
every student. The church retains one of its
curious early cupolas, by which it is identified
as one of tliat series of domical churches for
which see the distiicts of (iuieinie ami Poitou.
The kitchen of the I .MMeiA is ,,f Liter date
than tlie ehinvh, hut still eaii\, .and, like the
kitchen of ClaMouKuiv, in i'.ii-land, is r,M,fcd
l.v a curious |,vrainid. ' It is in Ihi, .d.hev that
arc still pivMTvcd the lour |.,.v,ou. portrait
st.atucsorAni^eviiiUingsaiid.iiiccns; Henry II.
of England, Richard I. of England, Eloanorc de
Guienne, and Isabelle d'Aiigouleme, three of
these being in soft stone, the fourth in wood.
Parts of the cathedial of Le Miins are also
worthy of special notice l)y tlie student of pre-
Gothic architecture, es])ecially a great south
doorway with its iiol)le sttituary worthy to be
compared to that <.f the west tnmt of Cliartivs.
The most imiiortant (iotiiie nionunieiit of the
district is the noble cathedial of Le Mans. Th.'
choir and ea«t end of this church are unique be-
cause of the system of vaulting adopted I'nr the
aisle, which curves around tlic choir proi)er, the
120
FRANCE
vaulting being aminged altoniately in squares
ami triangles. This system, afterward followed
in the cathedral of Tuleilo, in Spain, is practi-
cidly unknown in the north, exi-ept in this one
instance. The chajH-ls, which are arranged
around this east end, and radiate in the usual
way, are of lumsual dejith, ami the Chapel of
the Virgin is longer than the otliers. The re-
sult is, for the exterior, one of the most charm-
ing choirs in France, containing the spirit of the
Gothic construction carried to its highest devel-
ojjment. The towers of this cathedral are of
little importance, and, in consequence, its dis-
tant asjjcct is not imposing, except at the east
end. In the same city the large church of
Notre Dame de la Couture, though nnuii re-
stored within, even to tlie spoiling of its Roman-
esque choir, retains the scidpture of its fine
doorway practically unaltered, and remains very
picturesque in its exterior ett'ect. The catheilral
of Angers has a west front of Transition style,
of which the great doorway is peculiarly inter-
esting. The church of EvTon (Mayenne) is late
Gothic, with details of a singularly heautifid
type. Two churches exist at Saumur (llaine-
et-Loire) of which the early Gothic details are
of great interest ; these are S. Pierre and Notre
Dame de Nantilly. There is also the chapel of
a nunnery, wliicli is a small church of great
l>eauty. Of late Gothic buildings, one of the
most effective residences in France is the build-
ing at Angers now used as the Museum, — a
beautiful town house of the fifteenth century.
The Renaissance in Aiyou spent its strength
mainly on minor houses and small residences.
Of these the Chateau Chemaze, though less re-
fined in detail and in architectural treatment
generally than the small buildings on the Loire
and in the east of France, is of extreme interest.
Saint-Ouen (Mayenne) has another chateau wth
a splendid spiral staircase of the sixteenth cen-
tury, and a chimney-piece with heraldic bear-
ings, the whole of oxtranrdinary l)eauty of detail.
Montreuil-B(ll i- ' ^^ ■ ' I.nire), Mezanger
(Mayenne), a- nne) have each
chateaux of t ' I of a pure and
elegant styl.. .t" the sixteenth
and .seventeeiitli cciiluiic;> arc rather numerous
in the small towns of this department, and the
city of Le Mans also contains a number, one of
which, bearing the sign Tumbour des Fompiox,
is of rich and florid oniamentation. The most
impoi-tant nionument of the Renaissance in this
district is, however, the singular and elsewhere
unmatched array of sculpture in the little ciiunli
of Solcsmes (Sarthe). This cluin-h lias little
interest for the student except in the sculptures
which fill the small north transept. In this
there are groups representing the fainting of
the Virgin at the C^ross, the Coronation of the
Virgin, tiie burial of tlie Virgin, and the Assump-
tion, each of these consisting of many figures
127
FRANCE
associated together in an architectural frame-
work of that curious Transition style which
marks the passing into the classical Renais-
sance while still the (idthic spirit was strong.
There are other s.-uljitinvs in tlie church.
— R. S.
FRANCE. ARCHITECTURE OF; Part
VH. ; Aquitanian France ; including the
ancient couutship of Poitou, the Limousin, and
Ptirigord, the great duchy of Gascogne, and
such little inland states as Chateauroux and
Cahors. This includes the modem departments
of Basses-PjT^nees, Charente, Charente-Infi^-
rieure, Deux-St-vres, Dordogne, Gers, Gironde,
Hautes-PNTenees, Haute-Vienne, Landes, Lot,
Lot-et-Garonne, and Tarn-et-Garonne.
The gcograjjliical name, Aquitauia or Aqui-
taine, can only lie used jis a general indication.
Diu-ing the Hundred Years' War and thereaf-
ter, tiie duchy of Aquitania covered the whole
countrj- from the boundary of Touraine south-
ward to Gascony, or even included Gascony and
reached the Pyrenees. After 14.50 the term
almost disappears from history and is replaced
in part by Guieiiiie. Its value as describing a
part of France, is that from Julius C;esar's time
to nearly the end of tlie Middle Ages it desig-
nated what is now southwestern France, with
the possible exception of the country immedi-
ately north of the Pyrenees.
Throughout this region there should be found
Roman remains of great imi>ortance ; but the
rebuilding of churdies, large villas, and city
walls, as mentioned in another part of this
inquirj', has caused the di.sajipcarauce, or the
concealment under later work, of the greater
part of the.se remains. Drawings have been
preserved of the magnificent Roman building
which e.xistetl at Bordeaux until late in the
seventeenth century, and of tiiose parts of the
Bordeaux amphitheatre which were not removed
until about 1800.
The special glorj- of this district is the won-
derful collection of Romanesque churches which
cover the land. The large towns and the little
villages alike have round-archal chiu-ches whose
ei)och can be ascert^iined with some exactness,
and which succeed one another throughout the
eleventh and twelftli centuries. The domical
churches of Saint-Michekl'Entraigues, Gensac,
Rouillac, Saint-Amant-<le-Boixe, Fleac, and tlie
cathedral of Angouleme are all, in tiie Charente,
and l>esides the.se there are many churdies
wliich have at lea.st one cupola, its, for instance,
at the cnmsing of the traii.sei)t and nave. No
other part of France |x>.ssesse.s buildings of this
character. The nu)st famous of all these churches
with cupoliis is S. Front at IVrigeux (Dor-
dogne) ; but this building hius sutVcred a destmc-
tive restoration wiiich, though it has resulted
in an interesting modern cluuch studied from a
Romanesiiue original, has lost all its exterior
FRANCE
character and some part of its interior authen-
ticity. The original church has been very
carefully reproduced in the plates of Vemeilh
(op. cit.). The ruined abbey church of Bos-
chand (Dordogne) has kept at least two of its
cupolas and the semidome of the choir, and the
construction of its pendentives and the super-
incumbent work is easily studied.
Romanesque sculpture also is to be seen
within this district in its highest development
of somewhat unruly splendour. The churches
named above are generally more simple ; but the
fagade of the churches of Saint-Jouin-de-Marnes,
and Surgferes (Charente-Inf^rieure), S. Croix at
Bordeaux, and especially the wonderful abbey
of Moissac (Turn ct-Garonne), together with
the abdvc iMiiitd I iitheilral of Angouleme, are
rich ill sculjituic Inith of figure subject and
floral, and are, in tlii.s respect, unique in Europe ;
the only buildings comparable being those of
Poitiers, named in another part of this study.
One of the two or three churches in France
which retain traces of the very earliest Chris-
tian building north of the Alps is at Saint-
Gdn^roux (Deux-Sfevres). Of the time of the
Transition from Romanesque to Gothic are the
veiy curious Lanterns of the Dead, or cemetery
beacons as they have been called, at Fernioux
and Ol^ron (Charente-Inft^rieure), at Aitfres
(Deux-Sfevres) and at Cellefrouin (Charente).
Some of these are in their present state evi-
dently of the Gothic period ; but their original
conception is earlier. Their slender spirelike
forms are the more interesting because of the
close connection traceable between them and
the towers of many of the churches of the same
date; tliMsi> iiainid above, and others, as the
towers ol' Friiiiuux (< 'liarente-Inf^rieure), Plas-
sac (Cliaiviit.), and 'I'rois- Palis (Charente).
The (Irpaitiiii lit (if Charente-Inf^rieure on
the .scashniv hi- a -|i((ial class of Romanesque
churches uciicrally nii restored, sometimes simple
and sometimes very ricli, cared for by the State,
and yet not made museums of, but still serving
their purpose as places of worship. These are
all basilica-like churches with roofs either vaulted
or intended to be vaulted, and without cupolas ;
one of the finest of them is Bassac with its
magnificent four-storied tower with round arclies,
and topped by a conical roof. Two small and
highly enriched buildings are the churches of
Echebrune and Echillais. A splendid church
with long transept arms and scul|)ture of unique
character and richness is that of Aulnay. Not
unlike Aulnay is Avit ; Pont-l'Abbi' has one of
the finest west fn.iits in Vr.wn; admirable in
proportinn and rxl i aoidinariK ih 1, in sculpture.
The rhnirh nf l;,-|;nnl I, a. an rMiaonlinary
polygonal aps,. dr,.„rat,.d wi. I, arradr. and carv-
ing of purely architectural character, done for
efifjct of light and shade, and almost withoiit
reference to natural forms. Finally, the great
FRANCE
church of S. Eutrope at Saintes has, apart from
its Gothic tower, one of the most splendid
unaltered Romanesque exteriors and a vaulted
interior of the twelfth century carried on very
massive arcs donbleaux. The little Hotel de
Ville of Saint-Antonin (Tarn-et-Garonne) has
been made famous by Viollet-le-Duc's restoia-
tion and published drawings ; it is the only
public building of this class which dates from
an early period.
The Gothic architecture of this district is
not so peculiarly important, nor is it so distin-
guished from that of other parts .,f Fnui.'e. The
most impoitaiit tmihlings are the eatlndrals of
nd i;,.
of
S. Seurin and S. Michel at Bordeaux. 8. Jlichel
has an isolated tower; and, in connection with
the cathedral, though standing 200 feet away
from the east end, is the famous tower Pey-
^ ^f&
France, Part VII.: Church of S. Ectropius,
Saintes (on Seashore); Fi.ouin Romanesque
Capitals.
Berland, named from that archbishop of Bor-
deaux who saw to this building in the fifteenth
century. Of the Gothic epoch arc the towers
of the port at La RoclioUe, two of them still
flanking the entrance to the mo(hiii dock and
the third now surrounded Ia made land. tlio\igh
this is the only one which retains its ancient
spire. Nothing that has been preserved in
Europe is at all of the character of these towers.
They diff'er essentially from the mediicval mili-
tary architecture which is generally cited. Of
the latest Gothic style are parts of the cathe-
dral of Auch (Gers) and of Limoges (Hautc-
Vienne), and there is a wonderful cliapel at
M('nigoute, anil a church at Touars (Deu.x-
SJiM'es).
Of the earliest Renaissance are parts of the
famous chateau of Pa\i ( Basses- Pyrt^nt^es), iden-
tified with Henri IV. in his youth, and also
parts of the cliAteau of Ndrac (Lot-et-Garonnc),
FRANCE
■which also was a dwelling of Henri before he
could even claim to be king of France. The
c;ithedral stalls of Auch, named in the above
paragraph, are of this epoch (1520-1530), and
are famous for their magnificent and florid
carving. The chateau of Cadillac (Giroudc) and
thai of Busson (Lot) are as important architec-
turally as the better-known chateaux of Oiron
(Deux-Sfevres) and La Rochefoucauld (Cha-
rente) ; and each of these buililings is essential
to the right understanding of that stately
domestic architecture which made up the strength
of the classical revival in France. The famous
staircase of La Rochefoucauld, the work of
Antoine Fontant, and the private chapel of
Oiron are of peculiar interest to the student,
and the manor of Oiron is particularly cele-
brated because of the inlaid potterj' of the
time of Henri IL which was long known by
the name of this estate, and of which there are
tiled surlaces in parts of the building. The
jub^ of the cathedral of Limoges is no longer in
its original place, but is still preserved in the
church and nearly complete. It dates from
1533 and is of unusual richness, a piece of
associated sculpture of unique character.
Of Post-Renaissance work one of the most
admirable things in this region is the church of
Notre Dame at Bordeaux. This is a surpris-
ingly successful piece of street architecture
applied to a church; its front bears the date
of 1707. The cathedrals of La Rochelle and
Montauban (Tarn-et-Garonne) and the west
front of the cathedral of Auch are of the seven-
teenth century, the last named structure is of
peculiar importance. The famous Phare de
Cordouan at the mouth of the Gironde dates, in
its original form, from the reign of Louis XV.
Of modern buildings the great city of Bor-
deaux contains some of importance as to size
and general reputation among the architects of
France ; but the great theatre with its dodeca-
style colonnade is perhaps the oidy one having
any particular charm. As a curious contrast to
this is the little theatre at Angouleme, built at
a much later time than that of Bordeaux. This
is a li^lit and -lar.ful .m.! sdnicwhat fantastic
huiMini:, .-ilmv, al.K ~u_'_',-i i\c (jf the purpose to
which it i> .lr,|„,,'.,.l i; S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF; Part
Vm. ; Auvergne ; the territory once occHipied
by the dukedoms of Bourbon and Auvergne, and
by several smaller semi-indej)endent states, and
now divided into the departments of AUier,
Cantal, Corrfeze, Creuse, Haute-Loire, Loire,
Puy-<le-Dome. This is a hilly region, and for
the most part thinly populated. There are no
cities of gre^it size, nor have there bex-n at any
time communities so prosperous or so ambitious
as to erect buildings of great importance. All
students of French architecture know this region
as the home of the curious and beautiful variety
FRANCE
of Romanesque design which includes colour in
external effect, and which is represented by the
church of Notre Dame du Port at Clermont-
Ferrand (Puy-de-Dome), by its near neighbour,
the church of S. Saturnin, with a beautiful
inlaid frieze in the aj)se wall, by the churches
at Brioude (Haute-Loire) and Issoire (Puy-de-
Dome), and by the famous cathedral of Le Puy
(Haute-Loire). In these buildings there is car-
ried to a greater extent than elsewhere the sys-
tem of mosaic of coloured materials on a very
large scale, the tessenE of ordinary mosaic being
repkced by blocks of freestone of considerable
size, and having the usual colours of reddish and
grayish brown shading upward to cream colour.
There are, however, many Romanesque build-
ings in this district of more simi)le style but of
equally great interest. Such are the church of
Chatel-Moutagne (Allier), of the most stem
simplicity ; that of Ebreuil with its remarkable
frontispiece forming a western tower of oblong
section nearly as wide as the whole three-aisled
church, and opened below into a vaulted porch ;
and at Saint-Menoux (Allier), a larger and more
pretentious church, with a square central tower
of fine transitional character, but with unmixed
twelfth century Romanesque style throughout
the greater part of its structure, although the
pointed arch alternates with the round arch in
the nave arcades. The church at Beaulieu
(Corrfeze) and the Priory church at Charlieu
(Loire) are buildings of the utmost importance
for their early twelfth century sculjtture, in the
richness, variety, and significance of which these
churciies rival the great buildings of Poitiers and
its neighbourhood (see Part VII). The ancient
church at Saint-Nectaire (Puy-de-Dome), though
much restored, has preserved its imique capitals
with historical scenes and incidents, and a free
treatment of costume.
The most valuable Gothic building of this
region is the church of La Chaise-Dieu (Haute-
Loire). It is as large as a second-chuss cathe-
dial, and, next to the c^ithedral of Clermont-
Ferrand, is the largest Gothic building in this
part of France ; but its height is as nothing
cxjmpared to central Gothic churches of the
same size, and it is singularly devoid of sculp-
ture. In these two re.s])ccts it reminds the stu-
dent of many English clnu-ches; furthermore,
the verj' severe and formal Gothic of ejirly style,
leaving large surfaces of heavy wall pierced with
small lights, is, witiiout closely resembling any
English monument, akin to the style of the
transitional abbeys of Yorkshire. On the other
liand, the tracerj', both early and late, and the
treatment of the mouldings and similar details,
arc absolutely French. This cliurch, situate<l on
the iiiglicst ])oiiit above tlic .sea of any impor-
tant building in France, and built of singularly
hard stone, has the unique character of a moun-
tain cathedral. The cathedral of Clermont-
132
KUANCK, AUCIHTKCTUUE OK. PLATK IV
VerHailles (Seine et Oise) ; chapel of tli(! Koyal Hart, who lia<l Ih-cm for ten years the snperintt'iidfiit
Chateau. This buiidiiif; wjw fiiiiHhed about 1710, of ImiUlinns for the kin;;. 'I'lie exterior corresponds
after the death of its designer, Jules Uardouin Man- closely to the plan and interior arrangement.
PRANCE
Ferrand would be attractive and valuable but
for comparison with the more important build-
ings farther north. Its modern west front will
be cited below. Tlie cathedral of Moulins
(Allier) has much interesting late Gothic work,
especially in the chapels disposed around the
choir, and its recent enlargement must be men-
tioned below. The Abbey Church of Souvigny
(Allier) contains long stretches of Romanesque
cloister and other very early fragments combined
with late Gothic vaulting, tombs, and screen-
• work, and tracery of unsurpassed beauty. In
the church at Aubazine (Corrfeze) is a very
splendid Gothic monument called the Tomb of
S. Stephen, that is, of S. Etienne d'Obasine, a
monastic saint of the twelfth century.
The disposition to use colour in an external
decoration, which has been alluded to above,
appears again at a much later period in the
strange tiled roofs of Moulins and Bt'nissons-
Dieu, and in certain brick walls of the same
and neighbouring towns. In each of these
methods of decoration the most is made of the
few simple colours obtainable, the roof tiles hav-
ing more colours and more brilliant ones, and the
ailditional brilliancy of ceramic glaze.
The hilltops of Auvergne are crowned with
ruined castles of the highest interest for the
study of mediaeval fortification, and as pictur-
esque in themselves and in their position as any-
thing on the Rhine or in Carinthia. The most
notable is the huge chateau of Bourbon I'Ar-
chambault (Allier). As to Renaissance work,
the little town of MontfeiTand, which forms an
eastern suburb of Clermont, is rich in curious
dwelling houses. Even where the greater part
of the building is modernized, a doorway or
even a whole facade is yet intact.
Of modern work the inust imiKirtMiit thing is
the extraordinary acliirviniciit of tlir architect
Millet, who has '.uhM a Im,- „avr t., the cathe-
dral of Moulins, and ha.s made therein a study
of Notre Dame at Paris, jirc.serving the charm
of the prototyjie in a way very rare in modern
work. The western end of the catiiedral of
Clermont-Ferrand, two bays in length, and in-
cluding the west front, was built by Viollet-le-
Duc, but the spires have not been conij)leted.
— It. S.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTtTRE OF; Part
IX. ; Burgundiaii France : iiicliiiling tin- casteni
districts fnjin Ciiatillcju and Belfort on the north
to the boundaries of Provence ; embracing tiie
country once included in the kingdom of Bur-
gundy, the countship of Burgundy (Franche-
Comt^) and tlie Dnrhy .,1' liurgimdy ; and
including the iiio.l. m .|r|iaiiiiiiiits of Ain, Cote-
d'Or, Doubs, Di.une. II mirs Alpcs, Haute-
SaAne, Haute-Savoie, iserc, .Jura, lihone, Savoie,
and Saone-efc-Loire.
The Romanesque architecture of this region,
though there are but few churchcB, compara-
133
PRANCE
tively, of great extent or elaboration, abounds
in valuable material. The little mountain
churches of the Hautes-Alpes and the Savoie
are worthy of minute study on account of their
simple eflectiveness ; nothing in the Tyrol or in
southern Germany can surpass them in this,
while they have some details of great purity.
The admirable crypt of S. Laurent at Grenoble
(Is^re) is one of the most important pieces of
Romanesque north of the Alps. At Lyons,
the church of S. Martin d'Ainay has a central
tower and a west tower of great value for their
decoration by arcading ; these towers have not
been injured by the restoration which has
changed the character of the church. At Saint
Donat (DnJme) the cluireh has also an admirable
square tower. In fact, these Italian-like bell
towers, square and plain, with arcaded belfries,
are as well worthy of study as the smaller
campanili south of the Alps ; all students
know the importance to architectural study of
these unpretending structures. The church
of S. Barnard at Romans (Drome) is perhaps
the richest piece of Romanesque sculpture and
architecture in this region ; its south porch,
though much broken, has not been ruined by
restoration, and is of extraordinary beauty.
Larger churches are those of Embrun (Hautes-
Alpes) with a porch absolutely like a Lombard
porch, with the columns resting upon the backs
of lions, and S. Pierre at Vienne (Ls^re). At
Saint Paul de Verax (Ain) is a churcli with an
early Romanesque doorway and arcade Hanking
it with sculptures of sin!,'nlar sinipliiity ; the
whole, though in the mountain region near
Geneva, reminding us of the church fronts of
Languedoc.
With the beginning of the Gothic building
style, the differentiation of the Burgimdian from
the central French style begins to interest the
student ; but the subtle distinctions which make
it up cannot be described here. The tendency
is always away from the severely logical style
based entirely upon its vaultedj-oofs and toward
a reminiscence of the Romanesque variety of
external treatment. The sculpture of the Bur-
gundian Gothic churches is, though not very
abundant, of peculiar value ; one of the most
important specimens is that achiiirable frieze
wliieh, taken fn.m the Jul..' ,.\^ tlie lillle church
at li.airget (Sav,.ic), is imw l.uill inlu its walls.
These sculptures veiirescnl llic I'assi.in uf Christ,
and are narralive aial (lrsrn|.ii\e to a degree not
commonly readied hy C.aiiic w.irk. The splen-
did catiiedral nt' .\iit\in is the in().st important
piece of transitional arehiteeture in France,
showing the almost unwilling departure from an
early Romanesque type and the gradual slow
accoi)tan('e of the overmjistering style from tlio
northwest. The church of Notre Dame at
Dijon (( 'ote-d'Or) may be considered a typical
piece of Burgundian Gotl)ic; its beautiful arcaded
134
FRANCE
front forms a structure as completely inde-
pendent as the larger farade at Strasburg,
or the west fronts of Kipon or Wells. This, in
other words, is not Gothic church building, but
it is admirable street architecture, carried out
under the influence of the Gothic style. On the
other hand, the body of the church is normal and
of siugidar lightness and simplicity of effect.
The admirable church of S. Benigne in the same
city shows, like tlie church last named, the local
intiuences mainly in its west front. The jjlan
of this church is worthy of peculiar attention by
modem builders of city churches. The splendid
northern doorway of the west front of the church
at Semur (Saone-ct-Loire) retains in good con-
dition the most admirable thirteenth century
sculpture in the east of France. All this sculp-
ture has to do with purely secular story. There
are no cathedrals of the first imjwrtance witliin
the district, but those of Autun, Lyons, and
Vienne must be included in every study of
cathedral building.
Of the latest Gothic school are one or two
buildings of unique character ; the famous hos-
pital at Beaune, whose courtyard, with lofty
steep roof and high dormer windows, is familiar,
and the still more celebrated Church of Brou
in the suburb of the town of Bourg-en-Brcsse
(Ain). There is also the abbey of Hautecombe,
which was sis elaborate once, at least in its
external design, as the church of Brou itself,
and even now in its rebuilt condition is attrac-
tive. As for the famous Brou church itself, the
building alone without its tombs would rank
with the church of S. Riquier and tliat of S.
Wulfran at Abbeville, as of the small list of
important late Flamboyant designs; but with
the tombs of princes which it includes, as a
museum nf tiftrniith century and sixteenth cen-
tury ait iiiK I I ill. 1 ill Europe. Such architec-
ture .( - li\ an almost imperceptible
gradat t the Renaissance, for in
France im i.iil.i l laiiaissance architecture is
not very strongly marked by the classical influ-
ence. The Italian example was followed but
slowly anywhere outside of the immediate in-
fluence of the court at Paris. A famous and
valuable instance of this peculiarity is the church
of S. Michel at Dijon. Somewhat later are the
two attractive buildings at Bcsancon (Doubs),
the Hotel de Ville and the Palais de Justice, e«ch
valuable to the modern practical student on ac-
count of the very abundant and carefully con-
sidered fenestration. The famous chateau of
Bussy-Rabutin, near the village of Bussy-le-
Grand (Cdtc-d'Or), has l)ecn thoroughly given in
the pages of Sauvageot (op. cit.), and so has the
Hotel Vogii^ at Dyon ; this last Ijeing probably
the most important city house, architecturally
spcjiking, of all the neodassic buildings in
France. There are one or two buildings of the
Post-Renaissance styles which deserve esjjecial
136
FRANCE
notice. One of these is the Chateau de Vizille
(Is^re), a building seldom mentioned by the
books, but curiously valuable as a piece of bold
grouping. The t^uperb church of S. Madeleine
at Besancon (Doubs), begun 17 40, is a metro-
jwlitan building in everjthing except its situa-
tion in a small mountain town ; nothing more
stately is to be found than its vaulted interior.
Of modern architecture in the district there
are several town halls and ^uairieti of interest,
but often designed by Parisian architects. The
library and museum at Grenoble (Jstre) is an
unusually graceful design. The most original
and valuable monument of the district in recent
times is the Lion of Belfort, a vast sculpture in
the side of the clitt' which ri.ses above the town.
It is the work of Frederic Auguste Bartholdi,
the sculptor, and the author of the colossal
Liberty Enlightening the "World in Kew York
harbour. — R. 8.
FRANCE, ARCHITECTURE OF: Part
X. ; Provence and Lauguedoc. In tlicir
architecture, ;is in tlieir history, these two jjrov-
inces have so much in common and so many
points of contact, that an account of their build-
ings can best be given by treating them to-
gether. Throughout their whole history — up
to the time of the ab.sorption of Provence by
France under Louis XI. in 1 481 — the similar
architectural styles of these jirovinc&s, like their
common language, diftered strikingly from ^bose
of northern France. The styles of architecture
in that portion of Languedoc which immediately
adjoins Provence were indeed identical with the
Provencal styles and cannot in any way be dis-
tinguished from them. But in the Romanesque
period western Languedoc has characteristics
somewhat peculiar to itself and is, alwut Tou-
louse especially, more strongly influenced by the
style of Auvergne than by that of Provence.
Tiie ancient Provence (including within that
term the A'enaissin, the domain of the popes at
Avignon, and the little countship of Orange),
comprised the modern departments of Vau-
cluse, Ba.sses-Alpes, Alpes-Maritimes, Var, and
Bouches-du-Rhone ; while the adjoining Lan-
guedoc corr&sjjonded roughly to the departments
of Ard^che, Gard, H^rault, Lozfere, Aveyron,
Tarn, Aude, and HauteGaronne. Ariege and
Pyn^nees-Orientales, approximately coiTcspond-
iiig to the old counties of Foix and Roussillon,
may be included with LangiuHloc. Architec-
turally, however, the departments of Ard^che,
Gard, and about half of H^rault must be
reganled as forming part of Provence, while the
province of Dauphind, es])ecially that part of
it which is includetl in the department of Drome
and the southern part of Is^re, was under the
influence of the successive Proven(;al styles. In
Roman times these pro^^nces formed together
the Provincia Gallica, and tlic Roman architec-
ture of this region, much of which is singularly
FRANCE
well preserved, soon acquired a quality of its
own, which distinguishes it from the Koman
work of Italy. This is in part perhaps due to
the vigorous individuality of the Gallic race, in
part to the influence of the Greek colony of
Massillia, the modem Marseilles, and in part to
the invariable use of cut stone which is charac-
teristic of all the styles of Provence and east-
ern Languedoc. In the later period of Roman
art the proportions and details are crude (per-
haps even more so than at the same time in
Italy), but on the other hand there is in the
FRANCE
coarsely quarried blocks of stone the little river
Touloubre, at this point nearly 40 feet wide.
But the striking features of the design are the
twin triumpiial arches across the roadway, one
at each end of the bridge. At Aries (the
Roman Arelate) there are several Roman monu-
ments of first importance. Of these the arena
or amphitheatre is in an unusually good state
of preservation. The exterior of this monu-
ment has arcades in two stories of the Roman
arch order similar to the arcades of the Coli-
seum in Rome. The lower order is Doric, the
France, Pak-
work of the province a robust originality of
conception and a vigour of execution whicli com-
pensates for this lack of refinement. Perhaps
the oldest Roman monument of importance in
Provence, of which anything remains, is to be
found in the ruins of the temple at ■Vern^guc8
(BouchcH-du-Rhone), about halfway between
Aix and Avignon. Its Corinthian caj)itals
show decided Greek influence, and arc refined
and elegant in protiortinn, tlioni'li wimewhat
over attenuated. Not In Ik.iii \ m n. '/ucm, at
Saint ('hiuniiH, Ih an > r,,,!iii l\ miiic'stiiig
Roman bridge, which N|,;iri^ u iih .1 m .Ic arch of
upper, Corinthian, surmounted by an attic. The
arena is an ellipse, 228 feet by 128 feet. Tlie
theatre is less well preserved, but contains some
b(!autiful examples of Corinthian columns and
I)ieces of entablature. The ancient cemetery,
known as Les Aliscanij)s (Elysii Cnmpi), oon-
tains a f.w Kmiian fM„il.s. .Some fifteen miles
to tlif iioiil,,:,.! .if \il,s, near the little village
of Saint I.'.imn mI,,- ,mi. icnt (ilaniini) are two im-
j)ortanl Knnian .slnutiucs : a riciily sculptured
triumphal anli of a single opening, of wliich
tlie upper part has disajipcared, and wliich is
I)robabiy of the time of Titus or Triyan ; and a
1.18
FRANCE
tomb monument of much later date, awkward
in many of its details, but of unique interest
on account of its picturesque towerlike design
(crowned by a circular open colonnade of squat
Corinthian columns) and on account of its
very perfect state of preservation. At Cavail-
lon (Vaucluse) is a triumphal arch, square in
plan, an arch in each face, and having Corin-
thian pilasters on each angle ornamented with
rich acanthus aralies<jues verj' refined in execu-
tion. At Carpentras, northeast of Avignon, is
another well-preseried triumphal arch of late
date, verj' wide in proportion to its height, and
with three-tjuarter Corinthian columns at the
angles. It is important becjiuse of its imita-
tion in Romane-sfjue times in the jwrtal of the
cathedral at Avignon. At Orange (the ancient
Arausio), northwest from Carpentras, is the
largest triumplial arcli in Provence of three
openings, and one of the best preserved Roman
theatres that has come down to our day. The
proscenium structure, although badly mutilated,
remains to its full height. It was an elaborate
design in three stories of superposed orders.
Northeast again from Orange, at Vaison, there is
a Roman tomb and bridge. At Frt^jus, on the
coast southwest of Nice, are remains of Roman
baths and an aqueduct, and at Riez (Basses-
Alpes) four columns of a temple colonnade still
remain standing.
In Languedoc the Roman remains of impor-
tance (witli the exception of a ruined bridge of
three arches at Saint Thib^ry in Hcirault) are
all in the department of Gard, concentrated at
Nimes (the ancient Nemausus) and its imme-
diate neighbourliood. Nimes itself po.ssesses
more examples of Roman architecture than any
other city of France. Portions of the city
walls still remain with two well-preserved gate-
ways : the Porte de France, with a single arch-
way between two ruinous towers ; and the richer
Porte d'Auguste with four openings — the two
central, larger, arclied ; the two side openings,
smaller, with lintels. But the most beautiful
and most important Roman building is the so-
called Maimii-C<irr<'i\ tlic ono almost perfect
Roman temiil' aiiied to our day.
It is hexastsl. ' very noble archi-
tecture, and I ry first years of
our era. It lii I iuid is now used
as a museum. ^ ' ' i- :iii amphitheatre
in good presciN I !i m style to that at
Aries and of \ '' \ ii.iil\ i Im >:iine size. There
are also important ruinain.s of public baths, in-
cluding a great rectangidar hall or Nymphmum ;
an admiral)le example of the influence which
the use of large blocks of stone, so abundant in
the country, has exerted on all the Provencal
styles. The hall is vaulted with a barrel vault
in which the Rcmian method of using i)erma-
nent centring ribs is applied to cut stone con-
struction in a manner similar to that which
139
FRANCE
they employed in central Syria, where similar
conditions prevailed. Transverse arches of
stone span the hall, and ujjon these, as centres,
other arches are built of slabs resting from rib
to rib. Along the sides of the hall are rec-
tangular niches with pediments alternately tri-
angidar and segmental. Between them were
Corinthian columns on pedestals (oidy a few
remain standing), carrj'ing the entablature from
which springs the vaidt. These baths were
sujjplied with water by a great aqueduct, of
which there are remains in the magnificent
series of arches known as the Pont du Gard,
which crosses the ravine of the Gardon twelve
miles north of Nimes. At Sommieres (Ganl) is
a ruined bridge of the time of Tilierius. Of the
.seventeen arches which originally crossed the
Vidourle at this point eight now remain.
After the fall of the Roman Empire the ancient
Proviii'-- ••■'■ ' " 'iiiilpr the com])aratively
civili/- : ^ iiinl Ostrogoths. But
it is ui hit.itural development
at tlii- I -' ntially from that of the
rest of Wcitciii Euiuijc. In spite of the argu-
ment of Ri5voil, there is nothing, as Dehio has
shown, which can with any likelihood be ascribed
even to the subsequent Merovingian and Carlo-
vingian epochs, save a few fortress towers such
as those erected by Franks or Saracens upon
the walls of the amphitheatre at Aries. The
churches built at this time, of which the chroni-
cles speak, were probably plain basilicas with
piers and arches, and have practically all disai>-
peared as a residt of the invasions and destruc-
tions of the Saracens in the eighth, ninth, and
tenth centuries, and the sulxsequcnt reconstruc-
tions. It is impossible therefore to trace the
origin of the Proven(j<al Romanesque style of the
eleventh and twelfth centuries. But it is easy
to perceive why in this romantic land, which is
neither France nor Italy, but which stands mid-
way lietweeu them, borrowing from Iwth, there
slu)uld have develoi)cd, contemixirary with the
literature of the trouliadours, the most elegant
and refined of all the Romanesque styles. These
causes are to he. found in the facts that no por-
tion of the Empire outside of Italy became so
thoroughly Romanized, ami that this comer of
Europe sufiered less almast than any otiier from
the migrations and invasions of barbarians, so
that the cla-ssic character was maintained and
cla.ssic traditions never quite died out. More-
over the monuments themselves were preserved.
The region of the south of France, in which these
monuments still exist, will l)e found to indicate
the extent of the Provent^al Romanesque style.
The excellence of the building stone of the coun-
try counted for nnich, but the continuance of
the knowledge how to use it and the pn)ximity
of good mwlels counted for nu)re. Structurally
the great fact of the Provent^al style was its
being the first to develop a church building
FRANCE
which was throughout a stnicture of stone.
Wood is not found in the construction of any
of these buildings. The constant character-
istics of the style are mainly the following : The
church plans consisted of a single nave or a nave
and side aisles (without transepts or with tran-
septs forming a T-shaped plan with one or three
apses). These were ceiled with barrel vaults of
stone, covered with sloping stone gable roofs
resting directly on the vaults, roof and vault
forming a single mass of masonry. The roofs
frequently have pierced crestings of stone, and
antefixse are sometimes used, as on the roofs of
Greek and Roman temples. The barrel vaults
are generally ribbed with great arches at equal
intervals. External buttresses strengthen the
walls opposite each transverse arch. Longi-
tudinal arches below the springing of the vault
often connect the main piers within, forming a
series of shallow niches, which lighten the walls
and correspond to the nave arcades, where these
exist. These niches are sometimes deepened and
form a series of side chapels with baiTel vaults
whose axes run transversely to the single nave,
as at Cavaillon and Orange. Where side aisles
exist they are iiarrnw, and the piers carrying the
nave arches are laii^e in proportion. The thrust
of the liarn.'l vault is met by very heavy walls,
and in the ca.se of tlu; existence of side aisles by
carrying these up nearly as high as the nave
vault, so that there are no clearstory windows and
nave and aisles are under one roof, or the clear-
story is very low. The barrel vaults of the
aisles are frequently ramped upward to meet the
thrust of the central vault, which is often pointed
to reduce the thrust. Occasionally, iis in the
cathedrals of Marseilles and Frejus, plans similar
to the churches of Cavaillon and Orange have
groin vaults over the nave (in place of ban-el
vaults) aliutted liy transverse barrel vaults over
the chapels, a selieiiie of construction precisely
like that of the basilica of Constantine in Rome.
But this scheme of construction is rare; groin
vaults usually occur only over the bay of the
crossing, and .sometimes (even when transepts
do not exist) over the bay in advance of the apse.
In rare cases the dome or the cloister vaults are
u.sed over this bay. The earlier buildings and
many of the later ones are almost devoid of de-
tail ; but they are nearly always very impressive
from the beauty of their proportions, their con-
structive simplicity, their unity of conception,
and their admirable cut stone masonry. The
influence of such Roman constructions as the
Nymphaium at Nimes is obvious in spite of
the difference in metho<l.
The oldest post-Roman piece of building now
extant in Provence, which has any architectural
character, is perhaps the oratory of S. Tro-
phimus built into the hillside beneath the impres-
sive and picturesque monastery of Moutmajour,
near Aries. Dehio places it before the year
141
FRANCE
1000. The oldest certaiidy dated piece of Pro-
vencal Romanesque is the little Chapel of the
Holy Cross (a Greek cross in plan) at the foot
of the hill of Montmajour. As is proved by the
inscription discovered by R^voil, it was dedicated
in 1019. It shows peifect masterj' of the con-
stractive methods employed. Its builder. Abbot
Rambert, carried out also the crypt, at least, of
the mona.stery church, and may have buill a
large portion of the unfinished church itself,
which is of the single-nave T-shaped plan with
three apses. Such detail as exists, as in the
apse windows, is Latino- Byzantine in character,
not unlike similar detail of the same date in
Italy, but showing less rudeness of conception
and handling. The beautiful cidister is of the
twelfth century. The chureh on the island of
Saint Honorat-de-LMns I let ween Fn-jiis and Nice
is three-aisled without cleaistoiv. It is of two
dates, of which the older portion (almost bald in
its simplicity, with a very rude front) may be
before the year 1000. The chapel of the Holy
Trinity, in the same island, a small structure
Avith a curious conical dome on rude pemlentives
over an oblony compartment, is re-arded by
Yiollet-le-Duc and Revoil as of the seventh or
eighth century, by Dehio as of the tenth or
eleventh.
A very marked Lombard influence makes it-
self felt in the treatment of the detail of certain
buildings in the department of Ibiault, which
probably date from the first half of tlie eleventh
century. These are especially : the remarkable
bell-tower at Puisalicon, which strikingly recalls
some of the Lombard companili, and the
churches of Saint-Martin-dp-Lnndres and Saint-
Guilhcinde-L),Wrt. The f.rmer has a .short
single-aisled barrel-vaulted nave and east, north,
and south apses with an oitaj;onal d.mie at the
crossing. The wall strips and arcadcd cornices
of the exterior, the detail of the capitals, and the
profiles of the mouldings are strongly suggestive
of Lombard work. Still more is this the case
with the boldly designed and picturesque abbey
church of Saint-Guilhemde-D^sert. This is a
T-sha])ed basilican church, the apse of which
hii-s a hold, Mind an-ade, of marked Lombard
character, iinnn'diately under the cornice. As
belonging in part to the same group, may be
mentioned the curious circular chiu-ch of Rieux-
M(^rinville near Carcassonne. More like other
Proven<;al buildings is the charming little chiu-ch
of S. Pierre at lle.Ms (Ilcraull).
A marked chm i ii i i-tc ,,f the Provencal
style, as it ailvan. , >, |. n- imitation of classic
detail: in part, dosdy following the Roman
remains of tiie neigld)()urhoo<l ; in part, — C8i)e-
cially in later examples, — showing adajjtations
of classic motives, which recall closely in theme
and detail the Christian work of central Syria
of the fourth to the sixth centuries. This influ-
eiu!e uiay well have come from the pilgriuiagcji
FRANCE
and crusades. The similiir material used would
be likely es]:)ecially to strike a Provencal, and
Provenc-e aud Languedoc had usu:dly close re-
lations with the cnisiulers' priucedoin of Antioch,
where lay all the central Syrian buildings which
much of this work so closely resembles. But
in the earliest buildings which l>elong to this
tendency we see only imitation of the Roman
work of Provence itself. The date of this con-
scious revival of classic form cannot be certainly
determined, but the eiirliest example of it is
probably the porch of the cathedral of Notre-
Dame-dcs-Doms at A^ngnon, which Ramee and
Dehio agree in placing in the last decade of
the eleventh centurj', in other words, about the
time of tlie first cnisade. This porch is almost
a reproduction, even to the treatment of many
of the details, of the Roman triumjjhal arch at
Carpentnis, with variations showing Byzantine
influence. The interior of this church has been
much altered. It is barrel-vaulted a.s usual,
but is remarkable for a dome inappropriately
placed over an oblong bay, aud carried on longi-
tudinal sqiunch arches. Tlie chapel of S. Gabriel,
near Tarascon (Bouches-du-Rhone), otherwise a
plain barrel-vaiUteil structure, has a rich portal
closely imitating cla.ssic detail. In greater or
less degree, the same tendency is seen in tlie
abbey at Vaison, the church of S. Quciiin at
the same place, the chiu-ches of CavaiUon,
S. Marie-au-Lac at Le Thor, of S. Ruf (all
in Vaucluse), S. Restitut, La Garde-Adh^mar,
and especially Saint-Paul-trois-Cliatejui.x (all in
Drome). Not only do the porches show the
close following of classic detail, but cornices
and friezes also; and Corinthian pilasters or
three-<iuartcr columns oriiaiiient t!^ i- -' ■ 1'
the aj.s.s. Tins Hrlmrss ,,f ^:-
is carct'ullv coiitiinMl to tln' en;'
the apse, and the cL.jst.T. At ^,, r
Chateiiux, Roman Doric liil.i-in- u,,! aichc.s,
forming a Roman order, an- iniitatnl witli excel-
lent effect, below the Coiinthianr-.nir entabla-
ture which forms the main coniice. Friezes of
figures in the classic manner occur in tlie cathe-
drals of Vaison, Cavaillon, and Nimes. The
cathedral of Aix (B()U(hes-<lu-Rh6ne), a curious
conglomerate of all tiie Provencal styles, has a
jiortal somewliat similar in detail to that of the
catheilral of Avignon. Tlie cliurciies of Mague-
lonne (Herault) ami the fortified church of Le.s
Saintes-Maries (Gard) .show similar diaracteris-
tics. All these churdics iiave strongly niarke<l
individual traits whicii give them charm, and
in all of them is tlie Provencal refinement
of proportion. The little churcli of Molh'-ges
(Bouches-ilu-Rhonp) is intcrcstiiig from iiavinga
small lielfry, imitated fnnii tlie crowning feature
of the Roman tomb at the iieiglibouring Saint-
Remy. But not all the buildings, erected after
this classic tendency shows itself, are influenced
by it. Tliey abbey of Le Thoronet (Var) is a
143
FRANCE
very complete example of a Cistercian monastery
of twelfth centuT)' with church and cloister,
chapter house and refectorj-, in jierfect preserva-
tion. But the detail shows almost no imitation
of classic remains. The sturdy projiortious
of columns and arch-orders in the cloister are
almost Xorman in their effect. The ablieys of
Senanquc (Vaucluse) and Silvacanne (Bouches-
du-Rhone) are similar.
The style culminates in the magnificent abbey
church of S. Gilles (Gard). It was l>cgun by
Coimt Raymond IV. of Toulouse, one of the
leaders of the firet cmsade, who, on account of
Ills devotion to the saint and his ablwy, pre-
ferred to be known as Comte de St. Gilles.
The church was still unfinished at tiie outbreak
of the iniquitous crusade against the Albigenses
in 1209. The vaults of the nave were com-
jileted by a niiister builder of the north of
France after Il'GI. The church, still incom-
plete, was ruined by the Huguenots at the end
of the sixteenth centurj'. The choir down to the
bases of the piers, and the transepts, except the
northern wall, were destroyed, as were also
the vaults of the nave and aisles, save one bay
of the aisles, which now sen'es as a sacristy.
The church was revaiUted between 1G50 and
1655 with ugly rococo vaulting at a much lower
level, and a new apse wa.s built to the west of
the crossing, so that the length of the church
was reducetl by about one half The building
suffered again in the Revolution. But, in spite
of all these mutilations, it still remains the most
magnificent fragment of Provencal architecture,
and one of the most impressive of Romanesque
buildings. The width of the church diminishes
sli^rlitly from west to east. The stonccutting
tlnnu;.'liout is marvellously perfect even for
rinNencc. The joints are so fine that a knife
Made cannot be inserted in them, and the plinths
of the columns of the ambulatory, which still
remain in place, have their sides accurately cut
to the curve of the apse. The sjiiral staircase
in the north wall of the choir, with its spiral
barrel vault, is a manel of accurate stereotomy.
The north wall of the tran.«ept, of most delicate
detjiil and pmiiortion, shows remains of the ribs
(decorated with the ciievroii) of the vault which
originally covered it. The remaining bay of the
north aisle liius also vaults of tiie twelftii century.
The church has a remarkable crj'pt of unusual
extent. Its vaulting is segmental, springing
from low, fluteil, rectangular jiiers. But the
most wonderful feature of the churcii is the great
portid of the west front. This is jirobably the
earliest e.xamjile in Western architecture of that
union of the three western doorways of a great
church in a single coni])osition whicii was after-
ward followed in the porelies of Northern Gothic
cathedrals. The motive is strikingly similar to
thatofthe great porch of Kalat-Seniaan in central
Syria, from which it was probably borrowe<l. The
144
FRANCE
figure sculpture shows clearly imitation of the
Byzantine ivory triptychs, of which large numbers
were imported into the West. But the Western
and distinctively mediaeval feeling shows itself
in a certain vigour of handling throughout, and
its grim humour finds vent in some grotesque
heads, and in the beasts which travel along the
moulding below the frieze. The couchant lions,
which support the columns on either side of the
central door, show that the designer was famil-
iar with the devouring beasts in similar posi-
tions in north Italian churches. In richness
and beauty of composition, and in excellence of
execution, this splendid portal is hardly sur-
passed by any of the great Gothic porches.
Immediately opposite the facade of the church
is an interesting Ronianes(|ue house. Probably
somewhat later in date, and imitated from the
central portion of the portal of S. Gilles, is the
great porch of the church of S. Tiophime at
Aries. The composition is somewhat more reg-
ular and even richer in its figure sculjitnre, which
is somewhat more firmly liamlltMl. It lias every
evidence of being a later jjni'liictinn Ky the same
masters. Its single arch is slij^htly jxiinted, and
it is crowned by a low gable, in this respect still
more resembling the central part of the porch
of Kalat^Semaan. The church of S. Trophime
is older than the porch. It is three-aisled with-
out clearstoiy, with pointed, ribbed barrel vaidt
over the nave, and ramping barrel vaults over
the very narrow side aisles. The piers are very
heavy in proportion to the spans they carry.
The choir is of Flamboyant Gothic. But of
greater interest than the church is the adjoin-
ing cloister, the richest and most beautiful of
all the cloisters of Provence. The larger part
of it is of the twelfth century, evidently of the
same date as the church porch. Tiie round
arches of this portion rest on coupled columns
with richly sculptured capitals, many of whicii
contain figure subjects. The piers are sculptured
with figures of saints, precisely similar in treat-
ment to those of the porch. The cloister is barrel
vaulted. The remaining portion of the cloister
is of the Guthic jji'iidd, with pointed arches, and
is of luurh It-s iiit, rest. The motive of the
porch c)!' S. Tiniiliiinc reappears in a simpler
and modilied luna in the porch of the church
of S. Marthe at Tarascon, while that of S.
Gilles, very much simplified, deprived of its
sculpture, and much more northern in feeling,
is found again in the porch of the iiicom|)lete
facade of the church at Saint-Pons in Hcrault.
Similar to the l>eautiful cloisters of Provence
is the ex(iuisitc cloister of Elne, south of Per-
pignan (Pyn-ndes-OrientalcH).
As already stated, the same Count Raymond
IV., who began the church of S. Gilles, the
culminating building of the Provencal style,
built at his capital, Toulouse, the great (;iiurcli
of S. Semin, the central building of the lio-
140
FRANCE
manesque of western Languedoc. It wa.s be-
gun in the year 1091 — twenty-five years
before S. Gilles. Unlike Provence, the dis-
trict of which Toulouse is the centre is with-
out building stone, which has to be brought
from a distance. It has always, therefore,
made large use of brick. Like most of the
buildings of Toulouse, S. Semin is of brick
with stone trimmings ; it is a great five-aisled
church with boldly projecting three-aisled tran-
septs, and with an ambvdatory about its apse
and radiating chapels. In this latter respect
and in its constructive system it follows the
style of Auvergne, having galleries over its side
aisles and its central barrel vault abutted by
half barrel vaults in the aisles. Its curious
octagonal brick tower at the crossing in five
receding stories is, in its upper stages, of the
thirteenth century, with triangular, in place of
arclitMl, i.|iciiiiigs, and there are several other
similar rlmnli towers in the city of the latter
(late. In detail, S. Sernin is quite unlike the
churches of Provence, and is influenced more
by the Romanesque of Auvergne and Aquitaine.
At Albi the Romanesque portions of the church
of S. Salvi show similar influences. But there
is no evidence that the influence of these build-
ings was extensive in Languedoc. Most of the
building that preceded the Albigensian wars
has disappeared ; but the oldest part of the
cathedral of Toulouse and of S. Nazaire at
Carcassonne are more closely allied to Proven-
cal work. The Albigensian wars abruptly
broke off the architectural development both
in Languedoc and Provence. As the result of
these wars Languedoc, toward the end of the
thirteenth century, was added to the royal do-
main of France, and the buildings constructed
after this borrow the Gothic forms of the north,
although applying them to the local scheme.
The Romanesque cathedrals of Marseilles and
Fr^jus, already refeiTed to, are reproduced in
Gothic forms in the two churches erected by
the orders of S. Louis in the lower town of
Carcassonne, and this scheme is followed in
other clnirches, nmst uf which arc fortified.
The m.ist >|,]rn,li.l of tllr.M' is ll,r rallH.llal nf
Albi, whirl, ,s ,,f thr f.milrrntll rr,,lm\. In
this case ril.l.cl vaulls take tlu^ |.lar,. ,,f the
earlier transverse barrel vaults between the in-
terior buttresses. The church is mainly of
brick with turrets ojjposite each buttress. It
hiis a supi ill ilaniKn\aiit Gothic porch of stone.
The great wi.iili oi ihr vault in proportion to
the liei.u'lil. III' iliMinr of aisles, and the two
tiers of .Ir, |,|\ ,,. ■,>.,, I chapels between the
buttresses -i\r 111,- iiilniMi- ., \,t\ .1 liferent as-
pect tVnni llial of liMlllirlll (;..ll,lr rhurelieS,
and this .litlcivn.-e i. uicivase.l l.y the Italian
wall and ceiling paintings of the end of the fif-
tiicnth and beginning of the sixteenth centuries.
The abbey cimreh of S. Bcrtnuid dc Coniinges
FRANCE
(Haute-Garonne) is similar in scheme, and both
churches have very rich choir stiUls and screens
of the sixteenth century, Flamboyant at Albi,
and of Renaissance design at S. Bertrand. The
choir of the church of S. Nazaire at Carcas-
sonne, built between 1320 and 1330, is one of
the most notable Gothic monuments of Lan-
guedoc. Its rich tracery and sculpture and
admirable construction are worthy of most care-
ful study, and it continues the constnictive tra-
ditions of the region in having its aisles carried
to the height of tlie nave. But the greater por-
tion of tiie later Gothic churdies of Provence and
Languedoc are of comparatively little interest,
anil ditfer hardly at all from such buildings in
the north, as for instance the similar fifteenth
century churches of Carpentras and S. Pierre
at Avignon.
Of only less interest than the church archi-
tecture are the remains of city walls, fortresses,
and castles. Foremost among them is the
ancient castle and circuit of the city of Carca-s-
sunne, which exists complete, restored by Viol-
let-le-Duc. The oldest parts are Visigothic, and
may perhaps rest on Roman foundations, but
the greater portion of these picturesque and im-
l)re.ssive walls dates from tlie twelfth to the
fourteenth centuries. Very impressive, also,
are the walls of Aigues Mortes (Gard), built
by Philip the Bold (1272). Farther up the
Rhone, at Tara-scon, is the castle of King Ren^
of Anjou; and at Avignon, which on the death
of Alphonse and Jeanne of Toulouse, in 1270,
became the property of the popes as their share
of the spoils of the Albigensian wars, still stands
the great palace, or fortress, of the popes, with
the perfectly preserved circuit walls of the city
built by them in the fourteenth centurj-, while
across the river is the fortress of Villcneuve-
lez-Avignon, built ;it the s^ntif period. Provence
is rich in pictiin - pi. . i-tl^ - tininor importance,
among which iiii\ 1" umi iMucd those of Si-
miane (Basses-All" -), l,:i llu rue (Vaucluse), and
Les Beaux (Bouclics-.hi-Hhr.iic). These are of
various dates, from the twelfth to the sixteenth
centuries.
The archiepiscopal fortress palace of Narbonne
(in Languedoc), and the cathe<lral, are both of
the fourteenth century, and of great interest.
The Renaissance work of Languedoc and
Provence is .still less distinctive than the Gothic
work that preceded it. The city of Toulouse
is unusually rich in Iienais,sance work, from the
time of Francis L to Henry IV. The latter
especially favoured the town, and imi)ortant
portions of the city buildings known as La
Capitole were built by him, though the great-
est part of it is later. Like the Gothic and
Romanesque work lu-fore it, that of the Rcnai.s-
sance in Toulouse is distinguished by its com-
bination of brick and stone. The stone carving
is unusually rich and fanciful, if often capricious
147
FRANCE
and unreasonable. Carjatid figures in every
variety of form and attitude are used in win-
dow jambs and mullions, often executed with
unusual grace and refinement. The most im-
portant monuments of the time of Francis L
at Toulouse are the splendid piirtal of the
church of La Dalbade (almost of north Italian
design) and the rich gateway which leads to
the enclosure of tlie church of S. Serniu. But
the chief Renaissance monuments are the jial-
accs, or hotels. Of these the stvcalletl Hotel
Du-Vieux-Raisin, or de Las Bordes, the Lyc^e
(partly late Gothic), the Hotel d'Assezat, the
Hotel de Caulet, and the so-called Maison-de-
Pierre of the time of Henr}' IV., are the most
important. At Avignon a numl>er of later
Renaissance buildings show stray Italian influ-
ence, if indeed they are not of Italian design.
Such are the Hotel Crillon, the Hotel des Mon-
naies, and the Church du hyc6e.
At Montpellier (Herault) is a grandiose cha-
teau d'eau and aijucduct and a triumphal arch
iiud statue of Louis XIV.
Of more modern buildings, the only one which
seems to call for mention is the museum at Mar-
seilles with the great semicircular colonnade and
fountain of Long-Champ, an effective composi-
tion erected by Napoleon III. Although the
distinctive development of Provence and Lan-
guedoc, in their architecture as in their litera-
tvire, was suddenly and violently arrested by
the horrore of the religious wars and persecu-
tions of the thirteenth century, yet none of the
subsequent styles — which followed the larger
development of the French nation, of which the
ancient county of Toulouse then became a part
— could altogether esc:ii)e the romantic influ-
ences of this wonderful and too little known
conier of Europe, interesting alike in its archi-
tecture, its literature, its pathetic history, and
its unique and picturesque scenery.
— H. L.\NGFORD Warren.
Archives de la Commisnion des MonumeiUs
Ilislori'iHes, pub. of 18.'.:>-1872 ; Arrliives de la
Commission des Monuments Uisloriques, begim
in 1898, still (1!»01) in course of publication;
Banchal, Xoiiveaii Dictionnaire Bioyraphique et
Criti<inf des Arrhitertes Fran(;ais ; Ilaniui, L'Ar-
rhiteiiiire moderne en France; Berty, La lienais-
sancp monitmentalr en France; Calliat, Histoire
de I'l'tilisp de .Saint Eustache ; Cliampeaux, VArt
decoratif dans le vieux Paris; Champollion-
Kifieac, Monograph ie dn Palais de Fontainehleau ;
Chateau, Histoire et caractcres de V architecture
en Franre ; Corroyer, Description de rabhai/e du
Mont Saint-Michel ; Davie, Architectural Studies
in France; De Laborde, La Jtenaissance des arts
a la cour de France ; De Vcrneilli, L' architecture
hyzantine en Franre: Dilke, French Architects
a'nd Sculptors of the XVllIlh Century; Du Cer-
ceau, Les plus excellent s Imstimiiits de France;
Fcrree, The Chronohn/i/ of the Ctihedral Churches
of France; Oarnier." Le H<,iinl Opha ; G^lis-
Didot, Le Peinture decorative en France du XI'
au XVI' Steele; (J^li.s-Didot. La Peinture deco-
rative en France du XVI' au XVII' siecU; Gey-
148
FRANCOIS
miiller, Les Du Cer
ceau, leur vie. et leur
auvre; GeymuUer
Die Baukunst der Re-
naissance in Frank
reichs (forms part of
the Handbuch der
Architektur) ; Gur
litt, Die Baiikiinbt
Frankrpichs; Hi
vard, I.ii Frn-nrcir
Johnsnn, S^,.ri,„
of Frr
ture ; Lau
, />/V,
e des ArchiteUes
Fran(;'iis ; Lassusand
VioUet-le-Duc, Notre
Dame de Paris,
Lechevallier-Che
vignard, Les styles
Frai
: Len.
Statistique Moi
tale de Paris; Liibke
Geschichte der Re
naissance in Frank
reich ; Macgibboa,
The Architecture of
Provence and The
Riviera; Magiie,
L'aeuvre des peintres
N.vrjoux, Monuments
eleves par la ville de
Paris, I80O-I8SO,
Palustre, La Rennis
sance en France,
Pattisoii, The Re
naissance of Art m
France; Pugin and
Le Keux, Specimens
of the Architectural
Antiquities of Nor-
mandy ; K6voil, Ar
chitecture romane du
midi de la France,
Roussel, Histoire et
Description du Cha-
teau d'Anet; Rouyer
and Darcel, Vart ai
chitectural en France
depuis Fran<;ois I
jusqu^a Louis XIV ,
Ruprich- Robert,
L' Architecture
Norma nde : Hup-
rich- KoluTi.
L'eglis,- . / /,
de-drarr. ICi:,
leer,; uuim,. /.■
Saint raul, lll.-i,
Sauva},'.-ni. r/,,„.
Chare III. : \ imIi,
de raniuhrinrr
Vnllet le Due Lrilre
FRANCIONE (FRANCESCO DI GIO-
VANNI; ; wood worker (i,i/<ir.sial(,re), ar.-lii-
twt, and (■ii<,'iiiccr ; 1). 1 12S.
In 14H7 he iissistcd La Ccci'ii in building the
fortress of Sarzana, Italy. A " Friinciscus
JohannJH carpentarius Florentinus," who in 1 158
hiiilt the catafahjue of (Jalixtus III. (Pope
14i»
1455-1458), ih doubtlchs tlic &ame person Hi
was the instructor of Giuli mo and Antonio da
San G illo (I ) (stt S m (, illo G and A )
Miint/ / s irti a 1 1 t m I ■< Pi/ ■, \ isiii
Mihi
,ied
FRANCOIS, BASTYEN (SEBASTIEN) ,
arciiitect a'nd sculjjtor ; d. about l.')l.';t.
fVanrois married a dau>;iitcr of (inillaunic
Rcgnault, nephew of .Michi'l Colonilie (see
Colonibe, M.). In 1500 he became sujiervisinK
arehitect of the eatlicdral of Toui-s in u.ssoeialion
witli his brother Martin Franeois.
Giraudet, Les Artistes Tourangeaux.
150
FRANCOIS
FRANCOIS, OATIEN ; architect.
A sell <it' Hastycn Francois (see Francois,
B. ). He Wiis employed first on the chateau of
Chcnoneeaux. May 16, 1521, he was made
matt re d'oeuvre of the king in Touraine
(France).
Giraudet, Lfs Artistes Tourangeaux.
FRANK, (v. t.). To frame together, as
stiles and rails having moulded edges, by miter-
ing only to the depth of the moulding, the rest
of the end of the abutting piece being cut square
or tenoned and joined to the other in the usual
manner ; said especially of sash bars.
FRATER; FRATER HOUSE. Same aa
Refectory in a nioiiiu-itic establishment. (Some-
times fraterj' and fratrv.)
FRATERNITY HOUSE. In the United
State.*, a building erected for the use of some
association of college students called a fraternity.
Such societies are generally more or less secret ;
and some of them have a federal constitution
with several (sometimes twenty or thirty)
branches, called chapters, each in a separate
college. The fraternity house is then, often,
the home of one of these chapters ; and may
have, besides meeting rooms, a number of lodg-
intr rooms for the members, and even a common
dining hall.
FRAZEE, JOHN; sculptor; b. July 18,
1790; d. Feb. 24, 1852.
Frazee was first employed as a stonecutter
in Haverstraw, New York. He afterward,
with Launitz, opened a marble yard on Broad-
way, IS'ew York City. His mantelpieces,
monuments, and the like were remarkable for
beauty of workmanship, especially in the let-
tering. His name is cut on the architrave of a
window in the northern front of the old Custom-
hou.se, now the Subtreasury Building, in New
York. He did not design the building, how-
ever, but superintended its construction.
Tuckerman, Book of American Artists ; Ameri-
can Arrh it fct. Vol. X.XXVIII., p. 80.
FREDERICKSBORG. A royal castle of
thekin->r.l D.niiiark ; on the island of Sjaelland
and north of ('o|jeiihagen. It is a very large
building of considerable architectural merit,
built in the early years of the seventeenth
centuiy.
FREDERIK VAN AMSTERDAM ; glass
painter.
Frederik van Amsterdam was a well-known
gla.ss painter of the sixteenth century in Holland.
He designed the fine windows of the abbey of
Tongcrloo.
Immerzeel, HoUandsrhe en Vlaamsche Kunst-
schiltlfrs. etc.
FREEMAN. EDWARD AUGUSTUS ;
historian and writer on architecture.
Professor Freeman, the historiiwi, first became
known as a writer on architecture through a
hook of travels in Dalmatia. This was followed
151
FRESCO PAINTING
by a History of Architecture (1849, 8vo), An
Essay on the Development of Window Tracery
in i'/fy/a/K/ (1850-1851, 8vo), Jiemarks on the
Architecture of Llandaff Cathedral (1850,
8vo), History of the Cathedral Church of
Wells (1870, 8vo), Historical and Arcfiitec-
tural Sketches, chiefly Italian (1876, 8vo),
CaJfiedral Churches', Ely and Xorwich (1883.
folio).
Stephens. Life ami Letters of E. A. Freeman;
Obituary in Jnunutl I!. I. li. A.. .March 'li, 18t>2.
FREEMASONS. (See Guild.)
FREESTONE. Any limestone or sandstone
of very homogeneous structure that can be
worked freely in any direction. — G. P. M.
FRENCH CURVE. An instnunent used
in mathematical drawing. (See Curve.)
FRESCO PATNTINQ (from lulian fresco,
fresh).
Painting on fresh, wet plaster. All sorts of
mural paintings, from encaustic to distemper,
are indiscriminately and wrongly called frescoes.
The process of true fresco painting is as follows :
Pure limestone consists of carbonic acid and
lime, and is therefore a carbonate of lime. The
limestone is subjected to heat, the ciirlwnic acid
is expelled, and there remains lime. If to this
lime, water be added, the residt will Ix; hydrate
of lime. Only a certain amount of water com-
bines chemically with the lime. Wiien hydrate
of lime is exposed to the air, the water i^ ex-
pelled by carbonic acid and the result is again
carbonate of lime, the original limestone chemi-
cally speaking, for mechanically the cohesion of
limestone is never regained. Sand is usually
mi.xed with the liquid lime to augment its
cohesiveness. The pigments are applied while
the wet plaster is drjing and hardening, that
is, while the carbonic acid is expelling the water.
The painting luust be finished before its exi)ul-
sion is complete. A thin crust of carbonate of
lime will then be formed over the painting and
the particles of colour liecome encased in carbon-
ate of lime, thus protecting it from water and
moderate friction. If the painting Ik? continued
after the plaster has lost the greater part of its
water, no crust will be formed and the jiigments
will ha deprived of their natural protection.
.Moreover, when dry, they will exhibit chalky
s|)()ts. Brick walls are the best. Those of
stone are not objertionable. Both should have
sufficient " key " to hold the plaster. Lathing
is inferior to brick or stone for perpendicular
surfaces, but under all circumstjuices, the wall
nuist lie dry and exempt from saline efflorescence.
X limestone free from foreign ingre<iients yields
Jx>st lime for fresco. After the lime has been
well mixed with water it is poured into earthen
pits and kept there for at least a year, — the
longer the better. If t(K) fre.sli, it will blister
and flake off". When Uiken out of the pit the
lime is again mixed with water until it is aliout
FRESCO PAINTING
as thick as milk, well strained, and the super-
fluous water poured off. It has then the
consistency of cream cheese, and is ready to be
mixed with the sand. No hair is to be used.
Two plasterings are necessary for fresco :
(1) The arriccio, or rough cast.
(2) The iiUonaco, or sciulbo, or finishing
, coat.
The pni]i(irtiim of sand to lime varies accord-
ing to the riiliiicss I if the lime. GeneraUy, the
rule is two jiarts of sand to one of lime. The
arriccio shuuld bu a httle less than half an inch
in thickness, and applied in two or three quickly
succeeding coats. Its surface should be rough-
ened to give a key to the intonaco. When it
is thoroughly dry, it is ready for the intonaco
on which the fresco is to be painted. After the
arriccio is saturated with water, the intonaco
is spread in two thin coats, the whole bi-ing
about one tenth of an inch thick. Sunutinus
marble dust is mixed with the jilastrr lor the
intonaco, and, occasionally, colour, to icihue its
whiteness to a middle tint. Supiiositii,', now,
that the arriccio is ready to receive the iufdiKirn,
the painter indicates to the plasterer the i)ortii)n
to be painted in one day, which the plasterer
proceeds to cover with the intonaco. The cor-
responding portion of his cartoon is cut off and
transferred to the wet intonaco, either Ijy
pouncing, or by passing over the outline with a
style, which leaves a depression in the plaster.
For delicate works pouncing is preferable. The
palette for fresco is a quiet one, which, in a
measure, accounts for its harmonious tones.
Chalk — not lead — is used for white. The
colours, when dry, appear liijlitei- and warmer
than when first applinl to tlir rn,,! ltimn' plaster
which ultimately ilm-s wliite. 'I'o jii.l-'' of their
final effect, the painter tries tlie rolours on a
piece of dry umber, whieh ininir(hati'ly alisoiKs
their moisture. It is well to ]ireparc tlic whole
of a needed tone at once, it being dittiiult to
match tones in fresco.
There are two schools of fresco, the one char-
acterized by its comparatively tliin, transparent
qualities, and the inodmitc nsr of impasto ; the
other, by a more -vihioih n-t- of it. To thr
former school iielon.,' all Ihc laih painlirs fiom
Cimabue to Rai^hael and Mi.lul.in-elo inclu.sive.
The other sciiool came later, but in Ijoth schools
the medium is only water. When the day's
task is completed, the workman cuts away the
unpainted plaster with a sharp instrument and
bevels the edge. While painting a figure, it is
well to paint a portion of the background
at the same time to avoid iiaidn( ss of eontour
and preserve the integrit\ of th. onilme. On
the following day, the pla-i-o r j ihe fresh
intonaco to that of tiie |>re((diii>; <la>, and so
on, until the picture is coni|)lctcd. All retouches
must be made with colour tempered with si/c,
that is, a necco, or dry, or when the plaster is
FRIARY
no longer wet. Secco is opaque, and perishable
if exposed to moisture, and the less of it the
better. When a considerable part of the work
is unsatisfactory, it must be destroyed and
repainted.
Fresco has the advantage of being cheap,
lasting, and decorative in tone. It has a dead
surface which is the sine (jna non of mural
painting; it may be either transparent or
opaque. Vasari characteiizcs it as the most
virile and durable of all pro,-, ss.s. It was used
by both Greeks and Romans, and it was the
process of the early Italian and Kenaissance
painters. It is used in Italy to-day.
— Frederic ( 'kownixshiei.d.
FRESCO-SECCO. This is a poor substi-
tute for fresco. When the plaster is perfectly
dry, the surface is rubbed with j)umice stone,
and late on the day previous to that on which
the painting is to be couimenied, the i)laster
must be carefully washed with watei into which
a small portion of lime has been iufu.sed. The
following morning the wall must be again
washed. Afterward, the cartoon is fastened
up, the outline pounced, and the artist com-
mences his work-. The colours used in this
method arc >i!inlar to tiiose employed in true
fresco. Till- linieuatei- necessarily yields a veiy
feeble ]iroti vt i n'.:' mist of earlionate of lime, too
frelile, arconliiiu- to the antlmr's rxp.'riineut.s, to
protei-r the pi-nirnts. r.nt there are those who
say that they have praetised this method with
success. (See Freseo Painting.)
FkKOKIMi ( 'noWNIXSHIELD.
FRET. .1. Same as Meander.
B. A similar ornammtatio,, l,y means of
right lines tonnin.L: an-les with one another but
carried over a laru'<T -nrtaee. Thns, certain Ori-
d by
■ lin
al
dec-
t ha
nders.
Diamond Fret. A fret or meander in which
the lines form obtuse and acute angles with one
another. The term is extended to mean a sim-
ilar ])attern in wliieli the lines, though forming
ri-ht angles with one anolhi'r, are set diagonally
to the main lioiindinc- linesof the border or other
limited .surface to whieh the fret is applied.
Dovetail Fret. A fret or meander with
trapezoidal instead of rei;tangular repeats, form-
ing a series of interlocking or countcrchanged
dovetails.
FRETWORK. In general, any decoration
of Frets or l\Lean(hrs. Hence more parlieu-
larly, in modern times, interlaced openwork of
wood, metal, or stone ; reticulated openwork,
especially such aw is intricate and composed of
small units like tiie Arabic Mcshrebeeyeh.
FRIARY. A mouiustcry for the occupancy
of a cla.ss of moidcs known as friars. (See
Monaatic Architecture.)
164
FRIEZE
FRIEZE. Any long and narrow, nearly
horizontal, architectural member, esi)ccially one
which has a chiefly (lecorative purpose. Esfx'-
cially, in Ga'cian, Gn'co-Roman, and neo-
classie architecture, that horizontal band which
fonns the central and usually the most impor-
tant part of the entablature. In the Doric
order this band is cut across by the triglyplis
and is thus divided into metopes, the triglyjjhs
having always strongly marked vertical lines, the
metopes being commoidy adorned with sculjtture
in relief or with painting. In the other orders,
and in all otlier varieties, the frieze is a contin-
uous band which is that part of the entablature
most usually ornamented, or most richly orna-
mented when all receive decoration. Thus, in
a Roman temple, such as the JMaison-Cctrree
at Nimes, of the Corinthian order, the frieze is
filled with a richly worked scroll, rather mean-
ingless when forming the principal feature of
the entablature, but contrasting with the much
smaller and less complex sculpture of the archi-
trave and cornice.
The use of the general term frieze for the
chief part of the entablature indicates its strong
relation to ornamental horizontal bands gener-
ally. It is, in fact, such a band, placed above
the columns from which it is separated by the
simpler and more obviously con.structional archi-
trave, while it i> M |,.ir.iti,l alxi from the begin-
nings of the lo^r l'\ lii I :■ |. -ting cornice witii
its drip and tli. i. ;iltiij_' i.. |, shadow. In the
Parthenon, a h;uul nl tin rnhcst and most ex-
quisite sculpture in low relief terminates at top
the plain wall of the naos, and tiiis mu.'st have
seemed to the builders the natural terniinatif)n
of such a wall, for it w.us placed so high luider
the roof of the pteroma that the question of its
proper lighting has greatly intcrestod modem
students. Tlic .mfcr fii.v.r nf tlir l*;irtlir,n.n,
namely, that tni-iiiiii_' |i:irt ..itiir riitjlil.iiuiv. i^
divided by tri;,'l\ pii- mt" iii.-tii|"> ~.i,l|,iii.f.| m
very high rclici, tin' .lilliivucc in ihc wlwi uf
the sculpture being obviously suggested by the
difference in the direction and quantity of light
received. At A.ssos, the Doric temple had an
architrave sculptured with figures in relief, while
the metopes between the triglyplis were not so
adorned ; it would, therefore, be not incorrect to
say that the architnive of tlie temple of Assos
by exception Wius turned into a sculptured frieze,
while the arciiitectural frieze above was not
sculptured. The celebrated Mausoleum at Ha-
lic^rnassus must have had several friezes at dif-
ferent heights ; the enclosure of the Heraion at
Gjolbaschi has one frieze on the exterior of the
bounding wall near the top. The sthcallcd
Harpy Tomb from Xanthus, now in the Britisli
Museum, has a frieze at the top of the slightly
sloping shaft and beneath the overhanging pro-
jection of the stone roof, which frieze is about
half as high or broad as it is long on either side ;
FRONTAL
but it runs all around the small monument and
seems to tie it together and give it unity and
artistic purp»jse. The Choragic Monument of
Lysicrates lias a frieze of delicate sculptures
of figures in action, and leaving an unusual
amount of background plain, and this distribu-
tion reminds the student of the frieze of the
Erechtheion, which must have been somewhat
similar in effect, probably liecause of the plan
followed of attaching to a Iwckground of one
colour the figures worked in a ditferent mate-
rial.
In media'val architecture the frieze is not a
common nr an iniiicntant feature, except in the
painted licrc.rati f interiors. — R. S.
FRIEZE PANEL. .1. Same as Metope.
B. In carpentrj- and joinery, one of the up-
per panels of a door or piece of wainscoting, or
the hke, when forming a crowning member, —
generally horizontal, — above a higher panel-
work or other siuface ; this upper row, with
the framing which contains it, being considered
as a frieze.
FRIGIDARIUM. In a Roman bathing
establislinicnt (.•*ce Therma") the cold room ;
that is to say, usually the large room in which
was the bath of unheated water. This, in a
great establishment, like those in Rome, was
frequontlv a large swimming tank.
FRISONE (FRIXONO). MARCO (DA
CAMPIONE) ; .1. .Julv 10, 1 .S9U.
Maivo.'anic to tli.' works of tlio .•athe.lral of
Milan on March 5, l;J87, the year after its
commencement. Calvi (oji. cit.) supposes that
he designed the building. This honour seems
rather to belong to Simone da Orsenigo (see
Simonc da Orsenigo).
Boito, Dtiomo di Milano ; Annali del Duomo ;
Calvi, \otizie.
FRIXONO. (See Frisone.)
FRONT. One face of a building, or of a
larjrc inenibcr of a buihiing, as a jiavilion or
the like, e.s])ccially the most important face con-
sidered from the point of view of its architec-
tural character or its visibility from without.
When used in any less specific sense, the term
is usually qualified. Thus, if a house stands
at the comer of two streets, the side in which
the entrance door is placed is commonly spoken
of iis the front, and the face on the other street
as tlie end or side wall ; but tliis side may
again be called the front on such a street.
(Compare Facade.)
FRONTAL. A. Formerly, a small pedi-
ment or like decoration over a door, window, or
niciie (in this sense, now ob-solete ; see Fronton).
B. A decorative covering for the front of an
altar below the table ; commonly of cloth, like
a lambrequin or valence, embroidered and cov-
ering only part of the front ; sometimes of wood
carved and painted, sometimes of gold or silver
set with gems. — A. D. F. H.
156
FRONT DOOR
PRONT DOOR. The principal door of
entrance, especially of a private liouse, apart-
ment house, or other building of residence, as
distinguished from the door leading to the
kitchen and other domestic offices, and also
from all other doors of entrance in the rear or
side wall.
PRONTINUS, SEXTtrS JULIUS; engi-
neer; d. about lOG a.d.
He first appears about 70 a.d. as prcetor
urbanus under the Emperor Vespasian ; 75 a.d.
he was appointed governor of Britain, and was
superseded in that office by Agricola iu 78. In
97 he was appointed curator aquarum, or super-
intendent of the aqueducts. He was succeeded
about 106 A.D. by the Younger Pliny. (See
Plinius Caecilius Secundus, Caius.) Two of his
works are extant : Strategeynaticon, Libri I V. ;
and De Aqumductibus Urbis Romm, Libri II.
Ilerschel, Frontinus and the Water Supply of
Rome.
FRONTISPIECE. The principal fa^de, or
part of a facade, of a building, especially wlien
this is much more decorative than the rest, and
is in a sense separated from it in design ; more
especially, a subordinate feature as a porch, a
doorway treated more elaborately than the rest
of the facade, and more or less as a separate
composition applied to the front.
PRONTON. In French, a pediment ; and
by extension, any member occupying nearly the
same position, either fronting a roof, or sur-
mounting a window opening, or the like. In
English usage, rare and generally confined to a
pediment-shaped member crowning the arclii-
traveof;ui openiii,-. (See Oon.nct.)
PROWCESTER (FROUCESTER),
WALTER ; aM"it ; d. U12.
About IIUU Walter Frowccster, abbot of
Gloucester, built, i.r ciiiscl to be built, the
great cloisters of his mnuastrrv.
Britten, Arrliit<rtiir<i/ .intiijiiitips.
PRUSTUM. A. In geometry, a tnm-
cated cone or pyramid ; or, more accurately,
that portion of any solid left between its base
and a plane which cuts off the apex or upper
portion parallel to its base ; hence, —
B. A drum of a column, or of a pier when
the section of the pier comprises one jiicce.
PUPITIUS (PUPIDIUS) ; anhitict.
According to Vitruvius (\'II., |iiaf,) Fufitius
was the first Roman writer on architecture (de
his rebus /rriinus inslituil edere voliimen).
Vitruvius, cd .Mariiii.
PUGA, FERDINANDO ; architect ; b. 1699
(Florence); d. ah^ut 17s|.
Fuga was called {,, i;,,inc ]<y CHement XII.
(Pope 1730-17 10) t,, ,nriiplcic the works begim
by Alessandro Sjiccclii (sec Spec(;iii, A.) at the
Palazzo Quirinale. His earliest independent
work is the Palazzo delia Consulta near the
Quirinal, and his most important undertaking
167
the Palazzo Corsini in Rome (1732). His last
years were spent in Naples. In 1781 he began
tlie reconstruction of the cathedral of Palermo.
Gurlitt, Geschichte des Barockstiles in Italien.
PULBERT ; bishop and architect ; d. April
10, 1029.
The cathedral of Chartres, probably the fourth
church erected ou the site of the present build-
ing, was burned Sept. 7, 1020, during the
reign of Robert le Diable, duke of Normandy.
The bishop Fulbert devoted himself to the
immediate reconstruction of the church. The
crypt of the church was completed about two
years after the conflagration. The cathedral
was completed during the administration of his
successor, the bishop Thierry, and dedicated
Oct. 17, 1037. The towers were added after
1115. This church, with the exception of the
towers which still stand, was destroyed by fire
in 1 1 94. The present cathedral was built on
its ruins.
Bulteau, Monographie, de la cathedrale de
Chartres; Bulteau, Description de la cathedrale
de Chartres.
PULL-CENTRED. Semicircular; said of
an arch. Obviously a translation (partially
erroneous) of the French term plein cintre.
PULLER, THOMAS; architect; b. 1822
(in England); d. Sept. 28, 1898 (at Ottawa,
Canada).
Fuller was articled to an architect in London,
and assisted J. R. Brandon (see Brandon, J. R.)
in the preparation of his works on Gothic archi-
tecture. He practised in the "West Indies and
in Canada, and in 1863 took charge of all gov-
ernment buildings at Ottawa. In 1868 Fuller
and Laver were chosen (by competition) archi-
tects of the capitol at Albany, New York, and
held that position until they were superseded
by H. H. Richardson (see Richardson, H. H.),
Eidlitz, and Olmsted. In 1 881 he was appointed
chief architect of the Dominion Government, and
held that office until 1897.
American Architect, Vol. LXII., p. .^7.
PUMOIR. In French, a smoking room ;
especially, one in a public building or place of
public resort, or the like.
PUR. To apply Fumng; generally with
up, down, or out. Thus, a ceiling which is
suspended some distance below the joists, by
means of furring, is said to be furred down;
a roof which is carried on furring some distance
above the roof beams is .said to be furred up.
FURNACE. An apparatus by means of
whicii a fire may be brought to a great heat,
which heat may then be utilized in any way
desired. Ordinarily, sudi a structure u.sed for
the heiiting of the interior of any building ; in
this sense, divisible into hot air fiirnace, hot
water funuice, and steam furnaite ; altliough
more conmionly limited to the liot air furnace
alone. Such a furnace is distinguished from a
FURRING
stove in that the liot air, collet-ted in a large
chamber, passes to different jiarts of the bnlKI-
ing by means of pipes and Hues, whereas a stove
generally heats the room in whicli it stands by
direct nuliation , although some part of the licit
of tlic st<ne may be di\erted, and the <i>\e
become, in a sense, a furnace. (See Warming.)
FURRING. A light framework, or simply
strips, — generally of w(X)d, but sometimes of
metal, — apjilied to walls, beams, or similar
surfaces to supjjort sheathing, plaster, or other
form of finish. Its pur])ose is either to give a
more uniform and even structure for the appli-
cation of such a finish ; or to form an air space
behind such a finish ; or to give a semblance
of a constructive form, as the imitation <<{
a vault, by means of some plastic mati
rial carried on a frame of the necessary
shape. By extension, in recent times,
hollow brick or tile used for such
purposes.
FURRING STRIP.
strip, generally of
for furring. Specifically, iu
the United States, a strip
of spmce, 1 inch by 2
inches in size, used
chiefly in furring
the inner face of ai
outside wall to
form an air
space.
FUSAROLE.
A mouldin- ..f
coiive.K round-
ed section,
commonly
car\-ed into
beads or the
like; asunder
an ovolo or
echinus, in a
classic cajiitnl,
orformingpart
of an archi-
trave.
FUST. A.
The Kliaft of a column or pilaster, equivalent to
the Fnmdif&t. (Obsolete.)
B. Locally, in Devonshire, the ridge of a
roof. — (A. P. S.)
The corrugated surface tu
GABLE. A more or less triangular-sliajied
piece ot wall closing the end of a double
pitched or ga])le roof. The toj) of the wall may
be bounded by the two slopes of the roof
when this overhangs ; or it may form a para-
[ii t following, more or less, the slopes cf
tlic roof behind. Hence, any piece of
wall of the same general shape, having
purely oniameiital purpose.
French make a distinction lie-
■en the jnijiton, which is jirop-
ily the enclosure of the roof
at either end, and the gable,
which is more commonly
oniameiital ; but in Eng-
lish no separate term hius
been introduced. It is
often imi)<>ssible to
fi.\ the lower boun-
dary of a ga-
ble ; but also
very often a
horizontal
band, either of
projecting
mouldings or
of merely orna-
iiieiital inlay,
is carried
across, usually
for the artistic
purpose of
holding the
j)arts firmly to-
gether in aj)-
pejirance. The
only use of g!i-
bles in classical architecture is in the pediments,
and even this is rare in other than temjile
architecture. In the mediaeval styles, however,
the gable, both constnictive and ornamental,
100
nKCORATPVK: HOUSK AT BKAI'VAIS (OiSK), FkANCK.
. M fl^.i,V''/:f;A:
v^ >v
<^ ^'L.
I^U A \ 1
t
GAIJLKS OVLU DOOKWAVS OK I'UKCH, KKKUUT CATIIKDRAL.
GABLE BOARD
GABLE WALL
large and small, is a
very important item
in the general decora-
tive system. In the
earlier post - Gotliic
styles, esjjecially in
the north of Europe,
such as the German
Renaissance and the
Elizabethan in Eng-
land, the gable,
whether forming a
part of the
structure, or sending
as tlie front of the
dormer, is the chief
decorative feature.
(For tiie elaborate
Elizabethan gables, see
Fractable.)
Stepped Gable.
One who.«e si
more or less the form
of a continuous scries
of steps following the
slope of the roof be-
hind. — R. S.
GABLE BOARD.
Same as Large
Boanl.
GABLE BNH. In
a building having a
double pitch roof, one
of tiic end walls which
terminates at top in a
gable.
GABLE POLE. A
pole or bar of wood
laid along the edge of
a roof at one side of
the gable to secure the
^■.
tliatch or shingles (
rdgo.
roof boarding at that cxjaised
GABLE ROOF. (See under Roof.)
GABLET. A miniature gable, usually employe<l a.s
a decoration, especially in Gotliic building, where it is
u.sed chiefly as a decorative form of coping, as on a but-
tress, ])innacle, or the like; to decorate and emplia.xize
in arcli, as in a decorative arcade, or in a church facade.
(Cut, col. IG.'j.)
GABLE -WALL. A. Same as Gable End.
B. By extension, in the United States, any side
wall of a city house of the usual type ; becau.>*e such
houses had formerly, most often, gable roofs ))it('lied
to the front and rear, the side walls being then
gables.
GABRIEL
GABRIEL, JACQUES (I.); architect.
An architect of Argeiitan (Orne, France).
In 1605 he contracted to build the vaults of
the church of S. Germain at Argentan. He
designed the Hotel de Ville of Rouen, begun
1607, which was never finished.
De la Qu6ri6re, Hotel de Ville de Rouen.
Gablet East Dfri i
GABRIEL, JACQUES (II.); architect ; d.
1686.
Jacques (II.) was a nephew by marriage of
Jules Hardouin-Mansart (see Hardouin-Man-
sart, J.) He was the principal constnictor
employed at the chateau of Versailles, where
he built the canal, reservoir, etc. In 1667 he
built the establishment of the Gobelins. In
1675 Gabriel undertook the construction of tlie
new buildings of the chateau of Claguy. In
1685 he began the construction of the Pont
Royal.
Bouriat, V Architecte Gabriel in Nouvelles Ar-
chives, 1876; Guiffrey, Comptes de Louis XIV.
GABRIEL, JACQUES ANGE ; architect ;
b. Oct. 24, 1698; d. Jan. 2, 1782.
Jacques was the son of Jacques Jules Gabriel
(see Gabriel, Jacques Jules), and assisted his
father in many undertakings. At the deatii of
his father in 1742 lie succeeded iiim as premier
architectp. of Louis XV., and continued and
COmplctrd liKHIV ..f tlir l.uil,!i.l-s 1,,-ull 1 .>
him. In 17i:. Im'U.t-, ma. lrM,.sy», ■/,„,■ <,/„/,■„/
des h(1H,H< His rn,i,ni.r. In 17.M !:.■ nia.lr ll,r
plans lor the Inuldin-s of tin: lOrolc MiliUiiv,
Paris, which was Iniilt mainly by Alexandre
Brongniart (see Brongniart, A.) between 1752
and 1787. In 1752 he took part in the
famous c.oncours for the creation of the Place
Louis XV., now Place de la Concorde, Paris.
His plans were accepted in 175.'J. Work was
begun in 1754 and the Place was oi)encd in
1763. The Colonnades in the Rue Royah;
were not completed until 1772. Between 175.'$
and 1774 Gabriel rebuilt the central pavilion.
GAGINI
the right wing and Salle de Spectacle, of the
Palace of Versailles. Between 1762 and 1768
he built the Petit Trianon in the gardens of
Versailles. In 1755 he was intrusted with the
restoration of the Lou^Te, principally the east-
ern portion with the colonnade designed by
Claude Perrault (see Perrault, Claude). This
part of the palace had never been roofed over
and was mucli injured. About the same time
he rebuilt the chateau of Compifegne.
Dezallier d'Argenville, Vies des fameux archi-
tecte.'' et scnlptoirs : Herluison, Actcs de Vetat
civil; Kaguenet, Pclits riUfiri'rs historiqiies.
GABRIEL. JACQUES JULES ; architect ;
b. April 6, 16(37; d. Ajnil 2:^, 1742.
Jacques Jules was a son of Jacques Gabriel
(II.) (see Gabriel, Jacques, II.). In 1709 he
was created controleur des bdtiments at Ver-
sailles and architecte ordinaire du roi. Be-
tween 1728 and 1733 he built the Hotel Dieu
at Orleans (Loire, France), and in 1727 made
plans for the reconstruction of the public
buildings of the city of Rennes which had been
biuned in 1720. In 1730 he made plans for
the Palais Royal at Bordeaux (Gironde, France),
which was completed in 1 749. He began also
the exchange and customhouse in that city,
which were finished by his sou Jacques Ange
(see Gabriel, J. A.). In 1738 Gabriel com-
menced the restoration of the Hotel des
Comptes, Paris. This building, remodelled by
Louis Joseph Due (see Due, L. J.) for the pre-
fecture of police, was destroyed by the com-
mune in 1871.
Lance, Dictionnaire ; Tingeron, Vie des archi-
tectes franrais.
GABRIELIS. GABRIEL DE ; architect.
Gabrielis built the palace (Schloss) at Ans-
bach, Bavaria, which was begun in 1713. In
1735 he was city architec-t of Augsburg, Bava-
ria, and built a chapel in the cathedral of that
city.
Lcssinsi, Schloss Ansbach ; Gurlitt, Barockstil
in Deutschland.
GADDI. AGNOLO DI TADDEO ; painter
and architect.
In 1 383 Agnolo made drawings for the seven
figures of Virtues on the Loggia dei Lanzi
at Florrn.v, whirl, wrrc oxccutc.l by others.
,\rr,,nlin- to ^•asari, tlir rl,uivl, ..f S. Romolo,
Kl.iivnrr, «as Imih In.ni his ,l,.M,-ns in 1356.
lie painted frescoes at S. Crorc, S. Sjiirito, and
other Florentine churcho-s.
Karl Frey, Loqgia dei Lanzi; Vasaii, Milaiiesi
ed.
GAGE (and its coinpoiunls), (S,r Gauge.)
GAGINI, ANTONIO (ANTONELLO);
sculptor and anlntr.t ; I.. Mlumt I l7S;d. 1536.
A son of Doniciiico (iagini (sec (Jiigini, D.),
and the most important member of this family.
.\n interesting work of his is the monument of
(Jeronimo Rosso, maile for the church of the
G AGIN I
abandoned convent of the Frati Minori Osscr-
vanti di San Francesco at Ciistroreale, near
Messina (about 150G). The contract for the
splendid decorations of the ai)se of the catiie-
dral of Palermo was made in 1510. This work
was destroyed by Ferdinando Fuga (see F\iga,
F.) in his restorations in 1781. Only fragments
remain. About 1515 he was commissioned to
decorate in msirble the tribuna of the church of
S. Cita at Palermo, his most important exist-
ing work. Autonello was succeede<l by his sons
Giandomenico, Antonio, and Giacomo.
1)1 Miuzo, IGayini.
GAGINI (GAZINI or GASINI). DO-
MENICO; .sculjitor and architect ; d. 14'J2.
Donicnico came from Bissone, near the lake
of Lugamo in Lombardy, to Palermo, Sicily,
wliere he founded a large and important family
of .sculptors. He is first mentioned in a con-
tract, dated Nov. 22, 1463, for a monument
erected in tlie church of the convent of S. Fran-
cesco, Palermo, for Pietro Speciale {Mafjnifim).
He iiKide tlie beautifiU sarcophagus of Antonio
(Iiijriiano in the church of the Carmine at
.Marsala, Sicily, the sumjjtuous decoration of
the capella of Christina in the cathedral of Pa-
lermo, and other works.
Di Marzo. / Gnriini.
GAGINI. GIACOMO (Sec Gagini, An-
GAGINI.
GIANDOMENICO.
Gagini, Aiitoni.,.)
QAI. ANTONIO DI FRANCESCO ;
sculptor.
^lay 16, 1733, Gai wa.s cunuuissioned to
iiiak.'the bronze gates of the loggietta of the
(■am|ianile in the Piazza di San Marco, Venice.
He made also two monuments in the chapel of
the Sagred" family in the church of S. Fran-
cesco (U'lla Vigiia.
QAILHABAUD, JULES ; archieologist
and historian of architecture ; b. Aug. 29, 1810 ;
d. April 15, 1888.
Gailiiabaud was at first engiiged in commerce,
but after 1839 devoted himself to archieology.
He formed an important collection of engrav-
ings, which was destroyed with the Hotel tie
Ville, Paris, in May, 1871. Gailhabaud
founded the Revue arcMolofjifjite in 1844, and
|i\dilisiicd Len Motiniueitts (iiirieim et mo-
(lenies, Paris, 1840-1850, 4 vuls. 4to, and
IJ Architecture (III V an XVII' siMe, 1850-
1858, 4 vols. 4to.
La ffrnndf Eunjrlnppdip.
GAIN. A. The l)evelled shoulder fonned
above a tenon on the end of a Wmn or similar
piece, in framing. In the United State-s, niore
commonly Tvisk.
B. A groove in a niemWr or j)iece to receive
the end of another, as by dailoing.
167
OAINACO. PONS DE ; builder {opera-
riiis).
In 12G5 I'uns de Gainaco assisted Guillaume
Artaudus in the con.struction of the Pont Saint
Esjmt over the Rhone. (See Artaud.)
De Girardot, Fonts au XIII* siecle.
OAINE. Anything having the sha|>e of a
sheath ; hence, the lower i)art of a terminal or
hermes where a shaft of rectangular section
tapers toward the base on which it stands.
The term is also, in common usage, extended
to i)ilasters of like outline having a capital in
l.lacc "f a liiimaii head.
GAINSBOROUGH (GAYNISBURGH),
RICHARD DE
He \va.-~ ciii]>lnyc(l on the cathedral of Lin-
coln, England, in the fourteenth centurj'. His
tomb in the cathedral bears the incomplete date
June, MCCC . . .
Brilton, Architectural Antiquities, Vol. V.
GAIiBE. In French, the general outline,
the exterior proportions and character, e.spe-
cially and primarily, of an architectural or deco-
rative composition. Used in the same sense in
English, and expressing an idea covered by no
one English word.
GALILEE. In English churches, a subor-
dinate and accessory room, usually near the
entrance. The original use of the term and its
derivation is uncertain.
It is generally held that there are only three
galilees left in England ; namely, at the cathe-
drals of Durham, Ely, and Lincohi ; these are
situated as follows : —
At Durham, across the west end ; a room
whose roof is supjjorted by twelve piers carry-
ing on round arches four walls which supjmrt
the roof, which room is accessible from the
north and south aisle through the square towers,
which are commonly called North Galilee Tower
and Sovith Galilee Tower to distinguish them
from the central tower and those smaller ones
at the end of the transept.
At Ely, a jwrch of motlerate size projecting
from the tower which filb the middle of the
west end.
At Lincoln, a somewhat larger porch open-
ing into the southwest tran.sept (that is. the
southern arm of the principal or western tran-
sept) fn.ni the w.'stcrn side.
GALILEE PORCH. Same as Galilee, in the
restricted sense ^nvcii above. The term origi-
nated in the ohl habit of calling many halls,
such as .sacristies, outside chapels, rooms in the
trifi>ri\un, etc., by the name of "galilee," which
called for the further discrimination conveyeil
by tiic conipom.d term.
GALILEI, ALESSANDRO ; arcliitcet ;
b. Klill ; d. 1737.
Altlioiigh a Florentine, nmch of Galilei's cjirly
life was s])ent in England, where Sir Christo-
pher Wren and Sir John Vanbrugh were then
108
PLATE VI 11
ilti, ealUMl Lou-if (ii IJiifl.ul..;
•j.k' (if the Vatican. Tliis wiile
-s of thirteen vaultod squares,
each vault having fuur priucipal paintings of bibli-
cmI siil)jeola. The in.s|>ir.ili..ii fur the iinaiiKeiiunt
of llie paintings came hugely from the discovery in
Kapliael's time of ancient Koniaii ciecoration, aa in
chambers of the Thermoi of Titus.
GALLAND
practising. He appears in Rome during the
reign of Clement XII. (Pope 1730-1 740). His
most important work is the main facade of the
church of S. Giovanni in Laterano (1734).
Galilei designed also the facade of the church
of S. Giovanni de' Fiorentini, planned by Giacomo
Sansovino (see Sansovino, G.) and built by
Antonio (II.) da San Gallo(sce San Gallo, A., II.).
His Capella Corsini at the Lateran is especially
characteristic.
Gurlitt, Geschichte, des Barockstile.s in Italien ;
Ebe, Spat-Renaissaiice ; Milizia, Mcmorie.
GALLAND, PIERRE VICTOR ; decora-
tive painter; b. July 15, 18l'l' ; d. Dec. 1,
1892.
Galland was bom in Geneva, Switzerland,
of French parents. He first entered the atelier
of the architect Henri Labrouste (see Labrouste,
H.), and afterward studied with the decorator
Pierre Ciceri. In 1851 he went to Constanti-
nople to decorate a private palace. Returning
to Paris, he entered upon a long period of great
activity. Among his most important works
in Paris are the "Preaching of S. Denis," a
large picture at the Panth(;on, the ceiling of
the great amijliitlicatre of the Sorbonne, twenty-
six siiltjcrts ri'ini sciiting the "Glorification of
Labor " at tlic Hntcl de Ville, Paris, and other
works. Galland designed the diploma of the
universal exposition of 1889.
Henri Havard, VCEuvre de P. V. GaUnnd.
GALLERIA. In Italian, a gallery ; in most
of the English senses of the word, especially a
covered and lighted way for foot passengers,
with booths and shops. The Galleria Vittore
Emmanuele, in Milan, is an important struc-
ture of this sort, spacious and very lofty, open-
ing on two iui])ortniit streets and upon the
Piazza del Dumuo, ami sliiltcring the entrance
and show winclnw-s of sliops of good character.
(Compare Arcade, II. ; Passage, II.)
GALLERY. A. A room or hall much
longer than its breadth. In old Engli.sh prac-
tice the term seems to have conveyed two mean-
ings : (1 ) that of a place of amusement (compare
the probable derivation from " gala " or another
terra implying sport and gayety), and (!') that
of a passage from room to room. It is to l)e
noted that in old English and ('(uiiiin ntal Ikhiscs
corridors and passages were imi usually pni-
vided, and that rooms opened into each cither;
if, then, a gallery served as an unobstructed
means of communication between a staircase
and a telroom, or the like, the term woidd
acquire that additional meaning. Galleries in
English manor houses are often very simple in
architectural detsign ; low, plainly panelled
in oak, and with flat ccilingH ; but one side
would be, in and aft(!r the JOIizabcthan era, a
continuous row of windows l)roken by one or
more projecting bay windows, and the other
side would have two or more ornamental chim-
ney pieces. A very few richer ones exist.
As these galleries were the common place of
deposit and exhibition of family portraits, suits
of armour, banners, trophies of the chase, carved
and inlaid cabinets, together with chairs, settles,
and tables, of greater or less richness, the tran-
sition of meaning to that given in definition C
below was natural.
B. A balcony or loggia used in connection
with a much larger hall or room, as for the
musicians who might be employed on an occa-
sion of a festival or for divine service, or for the
use of persons looking down upon the gathering
in the large room. Singing gallery is used as
the English equivalent for the Italian cantoria,
as in the case of those which were formerly in
the cathedral at Florence and are now in the
National Museum of that city, and of that
fonnerly in S. Maria Novella, Florence, and
now in the South Kensington Museum. The
stern gallery, poop gallery, and quarter gallery
of a ship, as in the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries, were of this nature except that these
projecting balconies, as they were in reality,
were enclosed and housed over. They received
a highly decorative treatment in the case of
certain men-of-war, and artists of first-rate
standing were employed to design them and
the whole after end of the ship. The gallery
of a church is a means of seating more persons
within a tolerably short distance from the read-
ing desk or pulpit than could be accommodated
on the floor. It is usually supported on iron
or wooden posts, but, with proper construction,
elaborate cantilevers or brackets can be used to
do this work and thus leave the floor of the
church unobstructed. Such appliances are
capable of being made very (Icccirative. The
gallery of a theatre is similar in imriMisc to that
of a church, but assumes ^'eiierally the form of
a long horizontal curve mure nr less bdrsoshne-
shaped, and is often set out of liMri/nntal line,
even in its front, in order to allow the umr,"
easily of grouping the seats so that every persdn
in the audience can see the stage. (See Theatre.)
Such galleries are often divided into private
boxes. In some very recent theatres the fronts
have been treated like series of bowed small
balconies, one to each box. In galleries of
theatres and churches the question of fireproof-
ing or of protection against fire becomes, in
recent times, of extreme importance. The
problem of such protection is a very difficult
one in these cases. (See Fircproofing ; also
Slow-burning Construction.)
C. A large room used for the exhibition of
works of fine art or, less often, of scientific col-
lections, instniments of ))rccision, and the like.
Such a room is spoken of generally as a picture
gallery, or one used for other jHirposes, as a
sculpture gallery, or the like. It is generally
GALLERY
admitted that pictures in uil colour, especially
large oues, should be lighted l>y top light.
(For the admission and disposition of such
light, the sectious through the gallerj-, the rela-
tive height of walls, size of oj^euiiigs, etc., see
Skylight.) It is to be observed tliat in a long
and narrow room the arrangement of tlie side
wall with the skylight above is the unit, and
that evenlhing nuist give way to tlie proper
distribution of these parts.
It is, tlierefore, an error
to try to iuing pictures on
the end walls. It is the
side walls oidy whidi
should receive the paint-
ings for which the gallery
is intended, excejit that
the space left at the ends,
after doors, etc., have been
provided, may be used ex-
perimentally to place cabi-
nets or to put up screens,
as it is found expedient.
The practice in the gal-
leries of the Louvre is
good in this respect. The
architectural disposition
should be such that tlie
section through the gal-
lery shows ui)on the end
wall, so that the cove or
slope or coniice at the
top of the side wall should
not be returned across the
end walls, but should
abut s(|uarely against
them. There is, of comsc,
no difficulty in arruiiu'ing
this with the anhitcr-
tural treatment of the
gallery.
A sculpture gallery is
generally better if liglited
from tlie highest j)art ui'
the side wall. Perlia])s
the best lighting of sculp-
ture galleries in Europe
is that of the National
Museum at Naples, where Galleuy : that at i
the light comes through smTor'No^uTrT
the lunettes under the
vaulting ; but as it comes from one side only,
the system is not perfect. The halls of the
Central Mu.seum at Athens are much simpler,
and these are lighted l)y windows arranged as
high as practicable aViovf tlic floor and near
the ceiling. Tlir (;i\pt -Ik at Munidi is
lighted mainly fn ill, ' ■ I martlicirtop,
but with various .1 1 1 i ; ti.ms according
to the varying anlnu. tiii, .,i Uic rooms of this
elaborate building.
In this sense the tenn is used loosely for the
GALLERY
buildings in wliidi such galleries are included :
see the sulvtitles.
D. A narrow passage connected in some
intimate way with the architectural design of
the building. The triforimn gallery of a large
Gothic church is an instance ; the exterior gal-
leries of many CJothic churches belong to the
same class. They are sometimes, as at Stras-
burg, mere balconies, verj- narrow and protected
by lofty ornamental parapets. In other cases
they are arranged like triforium galleries, but
narrow in proportion to their height and
splendour.
E. An arcade or colonnade or other architec-
tural feature, long and high but not wide or
deep. Tiiis is an extension of dclinition I>,
and the structure is practically a i)assa;,'cway
which has been obstructed by skitues or tlie
like ; in other words, a possible passageway not
used for that purpose but made a decorative
172
GALLETING
feature. Of this nature is the Royal Gallery,
or Galerie des Jiois, at the cathedral of Amieus,
or that of Paris, or that of Reims. The use of
the term in Tennyson's PaZace of Art, "Round
the roofs a gilded gallery that lent broad verge
to distant lands," is inaccurate because all that
the description implies is a parapet. In a simi-
lar sense to this the word is applied to a very
small railing of wood or iiu'tal canifil along the
edge of a table top, or nf the slidf .if a cabinet
or 6tagfere. (See Whispcriu,!;- (lalltiy.)
F. A passage outside of a building, as one
which leads from one building to another;
especially if somewhat architectural in treat-
ment. The side porticoes of the colonnaded
streets of Syria (see Street; Syria) were gal-
leries, and so is the ambulatory of a cloister.
The term is used, in the absence of a special
one, for such structures as the covered porticoes
enclosing the Piazza di S. Pietro at Rome, and
for the covered way which leads from one of the
gates of Bologna to the church of the Madonna
di S. Luca, three miles distant and placed upon a
high hill ; it is also applied to the unarchitectural
but long and important passages which lead
from the Pitti Palace to the Palazzo Vecchio in
Florence, and from the Vatican to the Castel
S. Angelo in Rome. (See Corridor.)
G. Same as Galleria. — R. S.
National Gallery. In London ; started
1824 and occupying the building which was
begun in 1832 on the north side of Trafalgar
Square. The building has been much ridiculed,
but is not without a certain simple dignity
in spite of its feeble cupolas. The Royal
Academy occupied the castcni lialf nf the build-
ing until 1870, when that instituiiun was re-
moved to Piccadilly, and the wlmlc Imilding was
given up to the National Gallery.
National Portrait Gallery. In London ;
started 18.56 ; has been recently moved to the
building erected for the purpose on the north-
ea.st side of the National Gallery toward S.
Martin's Lane.
Orosvenor Gallery. In London, New Bond
Street ; a building erected at tlie expense of Sir
Coutts Lindsay for the exhibition of pictures ;
opened about 1880, biit now abandoned.
Uffizi Gallery. In Floiciicc, fS(^c Uffizi.)
GALLETING. Tlic um' nt diiiis of stone
I iiiIpMc masonry by
•icrtiiii
, the
while
material so u.-^cd. Called also (iarrctiiig.
GALT.I DA BIBIENA, FERDINANDO ;
painter and architect; b. lOf)? (at IJologna) ; d.
174:3.
Ferdinando was the son of Giovanni Maria
Galli, a painter. The family took tlic name
Bibiena from a little town in Tuscany. Ferdi-
nando entered the service of Ranuci-io Farnese
II., at Parma. He was called to Spain by
King Carlos III. At the coronation of the
173
GAMBARBLLI
Emperor Charles VI. in 1711 he went to
Venice where he remained until 1716. Return-
ing to Parma, he built the church of S. Antonio
Abate. The extraordinary decorations of the
double ceiling of this church were painted by
him also. One of his last works was the
Teatro Recde in Mantua. Like the other
members of his family he was especially inter-
ested in the construction and decoration of
theatres and in scene painting. His Archi-
tettura Civile was pubbshed in 1711.
Gurlitt. (jeschichte des Barockstiles in Italicn;
Milizia, Memorie.
GALLI DA BIBIENA, FRANCESCO ,
architect; b. 1659; d. 1739.
Francesco was a brother of Ferdinando Galli
da Bibiena (see GaUi da B., Ferd.), and like him
especially interested in the development of thea-
tre construction and scene painting. He worked
at Mantua, Genoa, and Naples. In this last
city he arranged the triumphal entry of Philip
v., king of Spain. Francesco went to Vienna
where he built a great theatre. He was se-
lected by the Marchese Scipione Maffei to build
the theatre of the Accademia de' Filarmonici at
Verona.
Milizia, Memorie; Gurlitt, Geschichto dis Bn-
rockstiles in Ualien.
GALLI DA BIBIENA, GIUSEPPE;
architect; b. 1696; d. 1757 (at Berlin).
Giuseppe was the son of Ferdinando Galli da
Bibiena (see Galli da B., Ferd.). He went to
Vienna with his father and spent his life in the
service of the various ({mnau courts. He was
especially intorest.d in theatre construction,
scene ]iaiiitiii,fc, the ilr.-(.i:ition of processions,
and the like. In 17l':i he ananjiedan imperial
fete at I'r.eiue. lie huilt a theatre at Bay-
reuth, Davaria, in 17 17, and ill 1750 rebuilt
an opera hou-e at iMesden, now destroyed.
Gurliii, (^1 !<i-liiiiiii <h s Barockstiles in Ilalien.
GALLIFA, G. DE ; architect.
He directed the construction of the Capella
Real de S. Agueda at Barcelona, in 1315.
Viilaza, Adiciones.
GALVANIZED IRON. Inm coated with
zinc. The iiurpose of so proteeting iron is to
jjrevcnt lustinL; Kv keeping; the moisture from
its surt'aee. it is, how c via', common to paint
thor(iiiu'hl.\ all aiiielis of galvanized iron as soon
as tlicy a IV put into place.
yl. l'iop(rly, iron which has been covered
first with tin by galvanic action, and subse-
i|U(iitly with zinc by immersion in a bath.
li. In common usage, but impro])erly, iron
wliicii has been so coated by a non-galvanic
j)roce8s ; having been immersed hot in a bath
of zinc and otiier chemicals which form an alloy
on the Hurfnce of the iron.
GAMBARBLLI, ANTONIO DI MATTBO
fROSSELLINO) ; .Hculptor and arcliitcet ; b.
1427; d. 1179.
174
GAMBARELLI
Antonio wius the youngest of five brothers
Gambarelli who had a shop (botega) on the
comer of the Via del Proconsolo in Florence.
The others were Domeuico (b. 1407), Bernardo
(see Gambarelli, B.), Giovanni (b. 1417, d.
1496), and Tonimaso (b. I4l>l>). His principal
work, the monument of the Cardinal Jacopo of
Portugal, in S. Miniato near Florence, was
ordered in 1461. According to Vasari he built
also the chapel in which it is placed. Antonio
designed the tomb of the Duchess of Amalfi in
the church of Jlonte Oliveto at Naples. He
was assisted by Antonio Barocci da Milano on
the tomb of Roverella in the church of S.
Giorgio at Ferrara (finished 1475) and by Mino
da Fiesole (see Mino da Fiesole) at Pistoia,
which was begun by his brother Bernardo before
his death.
Von Geymuller-Stefrmann, Die Arch, der Ren.
in Toscana; Miiiiiz, Renaissance; Vasari, Blash-
field-Ilopkins ed. ; Va.sari, Milanesi ed. ; C. C.
Perkins, Tuscan Sculptors; C. C. Ferkins, Hatid-
hook.
GAMBARELLI. BERNARDO DI MAT-
TEO (ROSSELLINO ; .■iivliit.'ct and sculptor:
b. 14U;i (at Flonnr.) ; ,[. KG;} (buried Sci)t.
23).
The surname RosscUino belonged originally
only to his brother Antonio (see Gambarelli, A.).
The Gambarelli were a family of stonecutters
of Settignano. Bernardo first appears in 1434
in the records of tlie Palazzo della Frateniit<\
dci Laici at Arezzo, of which he built the upper
part; the campanile is later. In September,
1439, he acquired a house on the corner of the
Via Proconsolo, Florence, and with his four
brothers established there a botega. His most
interesting creation, and a very important Re-
naissance work of its kind, is the monument of
Leonardo Bmni in the church of S. Croce in
Florence, which was ordered by the consiglio of
Arezzo between 1444 and 1448. The tomb of
Beata Villana at S. Maria Novella in Flor-
ence was ordered in 1451. He was probably
associated with Alberti (see Alberti) in the
construction of the Rucellai palace, Florence,
about 1450, and in Rome from that time until
the death of Nicholas V. in 1455. The grefit
apse of S. Peter's church (removed by Bramante)
and extensive changes at the Vatican are credited
to their cooperation. (See Von Geymiiller, op.
cit.) Bernardo wjis employed by Pius If.
(iEneas Sylvius Piccolomini, Pojjc 1458-1464)
in his transformation of the village of Corsignano
into the city of Pienza. He l)cgan tlie churcii
and palace in 1460, and finished them about
1462. The municipal building and bishop's
palace were finished about 1463. The Pic-
colomini palace in Siena is attributed to Bernardo,
finished after 1498.
Dr. Hans von Stepmann in 7>iV Arrhitektur der
Rennisnaure in Tnscaiia ; Mtinlz, Rrnaissnnre ;
Mliulz, Les arts it la courdes papes ; Dr. Ileinrich
176
Holtainger. Piema; Vasari. Milanesi ed. ; Vasari,
Blashlield-Hopkius ed. ; Von Gevuiuller. article
Rramante in Transactions R. I. B. A.. lSi>0.
OAMBELLO, ANTONIO DI MARCO ;
arciiitect ; d. Feli. 20, 1 181.
Jlay 8, 1458, Gamlxdio was appointed jjto-
tomaestro at the church of S. Zaccaria in Venice.
He superintended the e.xtensive reconstruction
undertaken at this time, for which he is supposed
by Paoletti to have nuide the designs and models.
July 8, 1473, he was ordered by the Venetian
Senate to fortify S. Servolo.
Paoletti. Rinascimenlo in I'enezia.
OAMODIO (HEINRICH VON GMUND) ;
arciiitect.
Heinrich came from Germany to Milan in
1391 and superintended the constniction of the
cathedral for five months. It Wivs formerly
suppo.sed that he designed the cathedral.
Boito, Duomn di MiUmo.
GANDON. JAMES ; architect ; b. Feb. 29,
1742 (Lnncloii); .1. Dec. 24, 1823.
A pupil of Sir William Chambers (see
Chaml>ers). With John Woolfe of the board
of works he published two volumes in continua-
tion of the Vitruvius Britaunicus of Colin
Campbell (see Camplwll, C). In 1780 he de-
signed the customhouse, and in 1786 the House
of Commons in Dublin, and Aug. 1, 1795,
laid the first stone of the Inns of Court in Hen-
rietta Street, Dul)lin.
Mulvany, Lif<- of Cnndnn.
QANDY-DEERINO, JOHN PETER ; ar-
chitect ; b. 1787 ; d. 1850.
His name was originally Gandy. He changetl
it to Deering in 1827 on the acquisition of an
estate. He was a younger brother of Joseph
Gandy (see Gandy, J.). In 1811 he went to
Greece under the patronage of the Dilettanti
Society, and associated himself with Lord Elgin,
whose seat at UnMuii Hall, Scotland, he afterward
built. His principal works in London were Exe-
ter Hall, Strand; S. Mark's chapel. North Audley
Street; part of Inivcrsity College, and others.
Red-raw. DirH.oi.ir;, nf Artists.
GANDY, JOSEPH M. ; architect; b. 1771 ;
d. December, 1843.
A brother of John Peter Gandy-Deering (see
Gandy-Deering, J. P.). He was a pupil of
James Wyatt (see Wyatt, James). In 1794
he went to Rome and in 1795 won the Pope's
first-class medal in architecture. He was em-
ployed by Sir John Soaiie (see Soane, J.) and
assisted John Hrittoii (.-;ee Britton, J.) in his
architectural jxiMi.Mtions. His brother, Michael
Gandy, published An/iilcrtural Illustrations of
IF/nf/.s'orwith text liv John Britton (folio, 1842).
Kedijravo. /)irti,„i„r>i of Artists.
GANDY. MICHAEL. (See Gandy, Joseph
M.)
GAN6sOTE. The smaller bark house of
the Iroquois. ConstructcHl like the Hod^nosote
176
GANTREB
or Long House. It contained along the side
walls one berth above another, as in a ship.
Eight persons could be accommodated. Dimen-
sions were about fifteen feet by twenty on tlie
ground and fifteen feet in height. (See Com-
munal Dwelling. ) — F. 8. D.
GANTREE: GANTRY. In building, a
framework, jilatform, or the like to support a
GAOL. (^See Prison.)
GARDEN. A tract of ground usually but
not always open to the sky, in which plants are
grown under the special care of man; distin-
guished from a field under cultivation by the
more constant and minute care which it receives.
(See the subtitles ; also Landscape Architecture.)
Botanic ; -al Garden. One prepared for the
bringing together of plants with a view to scien-
tific inquiry. The most celebrated in Europe
is the Jardin des Plantes, in Paris. That of
Kew near London is far more decorative, and
partakes of the nature of a park; it has an
enormous greenhouse. In some towns botanic
gardens are made the ornamental adjuncts to a
palace, or the like ; especially in the tropical
colonies of European powers where attempts
have been made to naturalize the plants of
another part of the tropical world, as when the
mango and the breadfruit are brought to the
West Indies.
Formal Garden. One laid out with straight
paths, and regularly balanced and symmetrically
planned, as distinguished from one which, to a
certain degree, follows the irregularity of wild
nature. Usually, and when the garden is laid
out on a considerable scale of cost and display,
there are terraces, perrons, or flights of steps
leading from one level to another, walls with
piers supporting vases, statues, and similar
adornments, and sometimes the trees, hedges,
etc., are clipped and brouglit into wholly arti-
ficial sliapes. (See Landscape Arciiitecture.)
Hanging Garden (Jforto Pensilis). (A
term taken from Pliny's Natural History.)
One supj)orted on vaults or arches and carried
high above the streets of a town. Those of
Babylon, described by Strabo and otiiers, were
of very great size, but nothing is known of their
construction nor of the way in which the soil
Wiis maintained in proper condition.
Roof Garden. A covered or sheltered, but
otherwise ojjen, room or series of rooms on
a city roof, enabling persons to enjoy the air.
In many houses of the south of France these
exist ; stnall, usually occupying part of a story,
the rest of wliicli is wholly enclosed. In some
Italian palazzi arc very extensive loggie, at the
top, with columns carrying the general roof, but
otherwise open at the sides. In American I'ities
some attempt has been made in this direction,
both by jjlaccH of resort, as restaurants, and in
connection with clubs.
177
GARGOYLE
"Winter Garden. A conservatory, especially
a large one and of some pretensions ; used as
a place of resort during the inclement season,
and sometimes so arranged that it is agreeable
in the summer as well, when the glass roof, etc.,
is open. Such gardens are attached to palaces
and large dwellings in Europe and America, and
the term is extended to places of pubhc resort,
usually on the tops of city buildings, or in courts
and yards covered in with glass.
GARDEN ARCHITECTURE. The design
and arrangement of buildings used in gardens ;
all architectural structures forming parts of
gardens, such as teiTaces, perrons, parapets,
fountains, orangeries, greenhouses, and the gar-
den fronts of large and principal buildings, such
as chateaux and other coimtry houses. This is,
therefore, an important part of the general sub-
ject. Landscape Architecture. The term is in
common use in German WTiting, and while there
is a lack of logic in using this as a subdivision
of the larger term, it seems better to employ it
literally translated than to try to coin another.
GARDEN HOUSE. A. A house situated
in a garden ; usually a summer house, a more
or less open place of shelter for temporary use.
(Compare Casino; Summer House.) (Cut, cols.
179, 180.)
B. A dwelling house having a garden attached
to it, especially, such a dwelling in or close to a
city. Thus, Milton is said to have removed in
1652 to " a pretty garden house in Petty France,
Westminster."
GARDENING. The care of gardens and the
cultivation of plants therein ; especially, when
used without qualification, the care of ornamental
plants, flowers, flowering shrubs, and the like.
By extension, and because a garden in the orna-
mental sense applies naturally to decorative
grountls of whatever extent, the designing, lay-
ing out, planting, and arranging of large and
small parks, whether in coimection with public
or private buildings, or separately prepared for
the benefit of the community. In this latter
sense, the terms Landscape Gardening and Land-
scape Architecture are commonly employed.
GARDEROBE. Originally, a place for the
safe kcrjiinf,' of ^'aiiiionts, etc. By extension, in
French, a latrine : used in English in niediasval
archu'ology as garderobe tower, that in which
the latrines were placed.
GARGOVIiE. A water spout, especially
one projecting from a gutter and intended to
throw the water away from the walls and
foundations. In mediu'val architecture, the
gargoyles, wl)i<'h liad to be very numerous
because of the miny untti is which were carried
on the tops of il\ in,' Kmii. ,sis, and higher and
lower walls, wcic oiim m rv ilfcorative, consist-
ing, as they did, of stone images of grotesiiuo
animals, and the like, or, in smidler buildings,
of iron or lead.
178
GARNACHE
OARNACHE. JEHANCON ; architect ;
d. ■dt\i-T ir)L>y.
Alxiut 1 4^") Garnache was nuvde supervising
architect of tlie cathe<lral of Troyes (Aube,
France). Under the direction of Martin Chani-
Ijiges (see Chainbiges, M.) he worked ou the
towers and portal of the fat^ade.
Assier, Les Arts H les artistes dam Vancienne
capitdle de la Champagne.
OARNET. (See Ganiet Hinge, under Hinge.)
GARNIER. JEAN LOUIS CHARLES ;
architect; b. Nov. 6, 1825; d. Aug. 3, 1898.
GARNIER
n^ral des bdtimeiUs cicils. He was also archi-
tect of the city of Paris for the fifth and sixth
arrondis-seuients. In the competition for the new
opera house, Paris, in 1860, instituted by the
government of Napoleon III., Garnier's design
won fifth place in the first trial, and first place
in the second. He finished the facade of the
building in 1867 and the interior in 1875 (see
Baudry, Paul). In 1875 he was made insjjec-
teur general, and in 1887 and 1895 vice-presi-
dent of tiie Conseil yi'ueral des bdtimenis
cirils. Next to the opera house, Garnier's most
Gamier was a pupil of Levcil II. Lcba^ (.sec
Leba.s) and the Ecolc des Beaux Arts. In 1 848
he won the Premier Grand Prix de Rome in
. architecture. His PHVo/f/e 7?wHie of the fourth
year was a splendid restoration of the Doric
Temple of ^igina, which was published by the
French govcnimcnt in its scries of Jtp.ttanrar
tions des inmitniieuts antifjues in 1884. Gar-
nier visited Greece, Turkey, Magna Grccia, and
other Meditcrrancjui countries, and in 1855
returned to Paris. In 1855-1856, and again in
1W59-1860, he was au.litor of the Conseil gi-
striking work is the ciusiiio at Monte Carlo,
Italy. He built also in Paris the Cerde de la
librairie, the Panorama.s \'alentino and Marigny,
the tombs of Hizct, Vict.)r Masse, and Offenbach
at the Clmi'tii^re dii Xord. Gamier designed
the ()b.scrvatory at Nice and many important
villius in France and in the Kivicra. He pub-
lished lie.ttauration ilcs (omheaux des rois
Afigevins en Italic (54 jjIs. in folio) ; Le Theatre
(Paris, 1876, 8vo); Le Xoiivel Opera (Paris,
1875-1881. text 2 vols. 4to, plates 3 vols, folio) ;
Monoijraphie deVObservatoire de Nice (Paris,
180
GARNIER D'ISLB
1892, folio) ; Histoire de Vhahitation lunnaine
(Paris, 1894, 4to). Garnier contributed a
famous article on 3Iicliel-Anye, (itrhitecte, to
the series which was published in the Gazette
des Beaux Arts in 1876.
Charlrs I.uras, in r„us/rnrt,;,„ M,.J, ,■„., Au-iist
tn'mt li,'rHn;'mm.
GARNIER D'lSLE, CHARLES HIF-
POLYTE. (See Garnier d'lsle, Jean Charies.)
GARNIER D'ISLE, JEAN CHARLES;
architect and landscape architect; b. 1697;
d. Dec. 12, 1755.
Dec. 3, 1730, he succeeded Desgots as des-
sinateur des plantes et parterres des jar-
dins dii roi. As one of the architects of
Madame de Pompadour he was employed with
L' Assurance (see Cailleteau) to build the chateau
of Bellevue. He designed the gardens of Cr^cy
(Eure-et-Loir, France). At the time of his
death he held the office of contrdleur general
des hdtiments du roi. His son, Charles Hip-
polyte Garnier d'lsle, succeeded him in that office.
Leroy. Depe.nses de Madame de Pompadour;
Lan
. Die,
GARRET. A. Originally, and expressing
it.s tirobable derivation from the French guerite,
a watchtowcr, a place for a watchman, a cor-
belled turret, or the like ; in this sense obsolete.
B. The open space in any building beneath
the roof and above the uppermost story of fin-
ished rooms. Thus, in a house with a double
pitch roof, the garret is usually high in the
middle ; but as the beams which form the ceil-
ing of the topmost story are made to serve as
tie beams for the roof, the height of the garret
diminishes to nothing at the eaves. It is com-
mon to restrict the term to so much of this roof
story as is left unfinished, excluding any rooms
which may be brought into shape within this
general sjiace.
GARRETINO. Same as Galleting.
GARTH. A planted enclosure ; a term con-
nected with garden in derivation as in meaning.
Especially, in modern usage, the open space of
a cloister; that piece of ground which is enclosed
by tiie anibulatories or covered ways.
GARTNER. FRIEDRICH VON; architect;
h. Ihr. 10, IT'.i:!; a. April L' 1 , 1847.
In \si)'.> (Iiirtiici- iiilcrnl the academy in
Munich, and in 1812 wmt L. I';ni^, where he
studied under Percier (mv 1',ivi,i,. He later
travelled in Italy and ShNs In |s_'() he was
appointed professor of aidiilc rtmc in the acad-
emy at Munich, and was at the same time
director of the porcelain manufactory. In
Munidi he built most of the large builiiings of
the Lndiuiiixtrasse, i.e. tlu; FeUlhcrni- Halle
(IKII), tll.-"/v<'</''/7.s/im;//«(finislird IH45), the
Library (1831-lHi2), the University (1835-
GAS FITTING
1840), the Siegesthor (1844), and the Blinden
Institut. He built also in Munich the Wittels-
bacher palace (1843), the arcades of the New
Cemetery, and other works. In 1836 he visited
Athen.s, where he built the royal palace. In
,^40 he built thcPn
Ka.
tisLun),.
M.nhrn
■ AschafiFen-
Iralsof Bam-
iH'iiT (Spires).
Allemagne ;
GAS FITTING (also Gas Piping). The
art, practiic, ni trailc nf cutting, fitting, and
putting together the pipes in buildings used for
the conveyance of gas for lighting, heating, and
cooking purposes.
Gas fitters form a distinct trade, though often
gas piping is included in plumbers' work. In
j)iping a house for gas, the number of gas
lights and the number of gas ranges, gas logs,
and gas water-heaters are ascertained first, as
tlie estimated gas consumption governs the size
of service pipe. This is put in by gas compa-
nies, and its size is 1 inch for small dwellings,
while larger buildings require l^, 2-, 3-, and
4-inch pipes. A shut-off is placed on the service
pipe to control, from the outside, the supply of
gas. Gas service and distiilmtiii;;- pi]ir.-. in Ijuihl-
ings are made of wrought inm, wliitli, in the
best class of work, is galvanized, to pivvtiit rust-
ing. The pipes are cut to measure, the ends
threaded, and put together with screw joints.
Sockets, elbows, bends, tees, crosses, and reduc-
ing fittings are used for branches or changes in
direction. The fittings shoidd be of malleable
iron, with beads, and galvanized. Joints should
be tightened without gas fitters' cement, and the
practice of applying cemeut to sand holes or
leaky joints is reprehensible. It is equally bad
to fill pipes with water to tighten up joints, as
this usually leads to future trouble by reason
of the pipes rusting on the inside. Gas piping
should l)e tested liy means of a mercury gauge
and force piiin|i, ami with '^ 1 material and com-
petent woikinan^liip pipes r.'a. lily stand a press-
ure test ul' is inclies nf nieieiiiy. Leaks are
found by iiitruilueiiig .suli»huric ether, or by
applying soapsuds to the joints and fittings.
Branches for side lights are made | indi,
branches for chandeliers ^ inch ; in the best
practice no pipe smaller than -\ inch is used.
The Table is usefid in proportioning the size of
risers, distributing lines, and branches : —
TABLE.
DlAMKTKK
Lknoth ok Pipb m Yahoh
,N IN...K*
20
30
«
20
•18
M
128
40
no
20
00
70
i;
2i
42
80
Irt
2(1
7B
90
25
100
11
7
17
82
62
150
8
7
U
28
GAS FIXTURES
In gas heating and cooking : —
a }-inch pipe supplies one gas log or cooking range,
consuming 35 cubic feel per hour ;
a J-inch pipe supplies two gas logs or cookin"
range burners ;
a 1-inch pipe supplies four gas logs or cooking
range burners ;
a l}-iueh piix- supplies seven gas logs or cooking
r:ini.'e burners, using :J5 cubic feet of gas,
or :i iiidporiionately smaller number of larger
PilJes are run with continuous fall toward
the gas meter, to keep the system free from con-
densed vapour. Branches are taken up from
side or top of running lines, and brackets are
run up from below. Outlets must be securely
fastened, and drop lights made plumb. Nip-
ples for side and drop lights must be of exact
length for the fixtures.
The gas meter, furnished by the gas company,
is set in a cool place in the cellar. Where gas-
eous fuel is used, companies sometimes furnisii
a separate meter, and it is better to run special
lines to outlets for gas heating or cooking. Gas
fixtures are usually hung by the manufacturer,
though it is Ijetter to have gas fitters do it.
Chandeliers shoiUd have large supply tubes and
heiivy gas keys, witli strongly made soldered pin-
stops, and all fixtures should be tested. Glass
globes surrounding gas flames should have bot-
tom openings 4 or 5 inches in diameter. Col-
oured and opal glass globes absorb much ligiit.
Tlie hissing or singing of flames, caused by ex-
cessive pressure, is remedied by pressure regu-
lators on the service pipe, or governor burners
at the fixtures. These control the pressure, or
flow, of gas, retiuce the gas bills, and secure a
better illumination. The use of gas for cooking
purposes is increasing every year, and prejudice
against its expense gradually disappears. Prop-
erly mann-r-d. ,-o.,kin,u' hy ^m, is a> .-ronomical
as by .-:,!, an. 1 I,;,, ur.an .i,.'!.],.,,!..! a.lvantages.
Heiltlli- 1;\ •_':,-. at |av.,,,t 1 al,- , |,a. -r,l by gns
comi.anirs, is ..,|,u:wliai c-xjKii.,ivc ^^l,cn burn-
ers are kept lighted for jnany liours ; but the
method is convenient and reasonably cheap
where heat is only occasionally wanted.
Gas Lighting and Gas Fitting, in Van Nostrand's
Science Series.
— W. P. Gerhard.
GAS FIXTURE. An appliance for the
burning of illuminating giis in .such a way as
to give out light freely and sjifely. The term
is generally applied to the brackets, pendants,
lustres, and the like u.se<l indoors, rather than
to the lamp-posts or tlic larger brackets used in
streets or squares. The term "gasolier," modi-
fied from " chandelier," has Wn used for pendant
fixtures of three or more lights, and the term
" bracket " is commonly used for fixtures pro-
jecting from walls, whether they are of one or
of many burners. (See Gas Lighting.)
GATE HOUSE
GAS LIGHTING. The artificial illumina-
tion ol interiors an.l of streets and public squai-es
by means of gas flames or jets. In houses, gas
lighting is accomjilishetl by means of more or
less ornamental wall brackets and chandeliers
adapted for burning iUuminating gas in burners
or tips, arranged singly or in clusters. The gas
IS conducted through the fixtures in tubes, and
the flow is controlled below the burner by a gas
key. (See Gas Fitting ; Gas Fixture.)
— W. P. G.
GAS PIPING. The art and the process of
fitting a house, or the like, with pijKis for gas
supply. (See Giis Fitting.)
GATCH. Plaster as used in Persia for deco-
rative purposes. (See Chunam ; Persia, Archi-
tecture of ; Plaster; Stucco.)
GATE. A. A movable barrier, hung or
shdmg, which closes a gateway. The distinc-
tion between door and gate is not obsened ;
the term "gate" carries ^^^th it (1) the idea of
closing an opening in a barrier, as a fence, wall,
grating, or the like, rather than an opening into
a covered building ; (l>) the idea of a grating of
iron or a framing of timber, rather than a solid
and unpierced valve or valves ; but this distinc-
tion is not always obser^•e<l, as when a large and
important pair of doors are called gates, as city
gates. Where there are solid doors closing a
doorway into a public building, and outside of
these are doors of iron grating meant to shut at
nigiit, the latter are often, and properly, called
gates. (Cut, cols. 185, 186.)
B. A gateway; hardly accurate in this
sense, although common, especially in composi-
tion and in proper names. (Compare Door •
Doorway.) '
Balance Gate. A gate hung at each side
by an axis or jjivot on which it turns in a ver-
tical arc, allowing, when open, passage under-
neath.
Water Gate. A. A gate in a dam or
canal to stop or otherwise control the flow of
water.
B. A gate by which access is obtained to an
enclosed or separated Ixnly of water.
GATE CHAMBER. J. A nxnu of any
kind in a gate building, :us a Gate Tower or
Gate House.
B. A sunken panel, box, or recess into which
one fold of a gate may be receive<l when it is
opened widely, and is not to be allowed to block
the jjassage.
GATE HOOK. That part of a gate hinge
which IS .secured to the immovable jamb, post, or
I.illar, having the form of a hook to which the
gate is hung by means of a ring or staple.
GATE HOUSE. A. A building enclosing
or a.coinpaiiyiiig a gateway of an important
building ; often in ancient buildings made de-
fensible and always containing rooms in which
the gate keeper and others might be lodged.
184
#.
iiiliiiiiifiitiiiiiii
ATK Of WlCUL'Uiri' IKUN, AVKNUli Dli VlLl.IllUS, TAHIS.
GATEPOST
(See Gate Tower, which is another form of the
same thing.)
B. A gate keeper's lodge, if forming a house
by itself.
C. In hydraulic engineering, a building within
which the water giites of a resen'oir are situated,
or in which the regidation and management of
those gates i.s carrietl on.
OATZiPOST. A post, usually one of two,
between which a gate swings or slides. Tlie
term is extended to cover large and massive
structures of masonry as of cut stone, or even
very large monf)liths of arciiitectural character.
GATE TCWER. A gate house of consid-
eral)le height and size, and either fortified, or
of architectural pretension. The entrances of
fortified citie.s, media-val strong castles, and
the like, have been commoidy arranged in gate
towers, by means of an archway aH'ording en-
trance to the ground floor of tlie tower, and
another one lea<ling into the tower from tlie
court. Each of these arcliways allows of defen-
sible appliances, as strong gates, a j)ortcidli8,
loopholes or embrasures for archers, musketeers,
187
GAU
or military engines; and some gate towers are
arranged so that the assailant on forcing one
gateway finds himself in a court open to the
missiles from above, and from which he cannot
emerge without forcing another gateway or re-
treating.
GATEWAY. An entrance such as is in-
tended to be fht.sed by a gate ; hence, commonly,
a passageway through a barrier, ciidasing wall,
fence, or tlie like, and in this differing from a
doorway. (Cut, cols. 1S7. 189, 190.)
Brandenburg Gateway (Brandenburger
Thor). At Berlin, a screen of columns form-
ing a two-faced hexastyle triumjjhal or memo-
rial portico, in a inotlified Grecian Doric style,
with a bronze quadriga by Schatlow on the top,
through which the city is entered from the park
called the Thieigarten. It was built at the
close of the eigliteenth centurj-, the architect
being ('. C. Langhaus.
Golden Gateway (I.). That at Jerusalem ;
a (joulijc gateway in the outer (casteni) wall
of the fortified citadel, called Harem-es-Sherif,
undoubtedly a restoration in late Roman times
of an earlier gateway. It is a large build-
ing, with inner and outer passagewavs, now
closed.
Golden Gateway (II.). The Porta Anrea
at S]ialato ; tliat which formed the gate on tlie
lam! side in the outer wall of the great Palace
"\ l)iu,-lctian.
Lieu Gateway ; or Gate of the Lions. At
M\oii;c, in Greece. The ancient gateway to
til. ritadel or acropolis at the northwest angle
it the triangle which it encloses. A long pas-
^.i_'c between walls of dresse<l stone leads to a
tlc.uiway ten feet wide, which is closed at the top
by a very large stone fonning a lintel. This
stone, sixteen feet long and eight feet high, is
of a generally triangular sliape, and upon it are
cut the two lions of very archaic type, resting
their forepaws on the top of a short ct)lumn, so
that they rear up, each toward tlie other, their
backs following the sloping line of tlie lintel.
Tlie hcnds are entirely missing, and may have
lieen of bronze. Tlie work is of unknown date.
(See Myccn;ciin Architecture.)
GATHERING. That jiortion of a channel,
duct, or similar narrow enclo.sure which is con-
structed with approaching sides, by which the
pas-sage is contracted, a-s over a fireplace at tlie
beginning of tlic tine.
GAU, FRANZ CHRISTIAN : arcliitect ; b.
June 15, 1790, (Cologne, Germany) : d. 18r)4.
Gau Wiis naturalized jus a Frencii citizen and
1>ecame a pupil of Debrct (see IXbret) and
Lebas (see Lcbiis). He undertook tiic comjile-
tion of the great work concerning Najioleon's
e.xj)edition to Egj'pt, and also fini8he<l the third
and fourth volumes of Francois Mazois's lxM)k
oil the ruins of Pompeii (see Mazois, F.). From
1831 to 1844 (Sau was architect of the prisons
\^ IN iiii: f iiY \v\i I, PI KU(.i\ II \n
II iiii|N II il niirk, fi)llo\\iiiK LtruHcuii tradiluiiis
GAUDINET
and hospitals of Paris. He ijublished Antiqui-
tes (h la Niibie (Paris, 1820, 1 vol. folio).
Bauilial, Dirtioniutirr.
GAUDINET or GODINTE, NICOLAS;
ar.-luUHt.
Ill 1532 he replaced Gia-rard Cardin lus super-
vising arehiteet of the i-athetlral of Sens. In
1535 he built the laut^rn of the stone tower and
in 1537 the vaults near tlie Cha|>elle S. Croix.
Quantiii, Xotke historique de v£gUst de .Sens ;
Lance. Dirtionnaire.
GAUGE (n.). A. In plastering, a certain
definite quantity of phuster of Paris added to
other plaster or mortar to facilitate setting.
B. In roofing, the exposed jjortion of a slate,
tile, or the like, when laid in place.
GAUGE (v.). ^1. To bring to a given size
or a given dimension, as tiiickne.ss, or the like.
Tiie term properly signifias to test or measure
(see Gauge, n.), but it is in common use as
implying the rubbing, cutting, or other process
whidi brings the object into shape. Thus, the
bricks require<l for the voussoirs of an arcli
which is to be ornamental in character, es])e-
cially if small in proportion to the size of the
material, are commonly specified to be gauged
and rubbed ; that is, brought to the exact size
and shape ; rublied smooth.
B. In plastering, to prepare or mix with
plaster of Paris ; the term meaning originally
to measure tiie quantities, then to mix such
measured quantities, finally, to mix especially
those ingredients which are submitted to care-
ftd mejusurement. (See Gauge, n.)
Straight-gauged. Set straight by the use
of the gauge, or ;us if by use of the gauge ; said
especially of a row of tiles, slates or the like in
roofing.
GAUGED ARCH. An ardi of which the vous-
soirs iiavc been treated iis dcscnl)ed under Gauge
(v.), A. Specifically, ..ne Iniilt ..f g-augod brick.
GAUGED STUFF (GAUGE STUFF).
Same a.s Gauge (n.), ,1.
GAUGED WORK (GAUGE WORK).
Plastering, such as rcpairimcaml the ai)](licati..ii
of mouldings or ornauicnts, whi<'h is done witii
gauged mortar.
GAUNTRY. Same as (Jantrce.
GAUTHIER, MARTIN PIERRE; archi-
tect; I.. Jan. 'J, 17yO (at Troycs, France): d
May 19, 1855.
Gauthier was a pupil of Charles Percier (see
Perci 'r), and in ISIO won the Grand Prixile
Rami' in architecture. Returning to Paris, he
was niiule architect of the hospitals in associa-
tion with Huv^ (sec Huv^) in 1823, and alone
in 1833. He is best known l)y his work. Lea
plus beaux Mificea de la ville de Gfines et de
SCI niviro7i.i, Paris, 1818-1831, 2 vok folio.
LiUicc, Dirlionntiire ; llalfvy. Xotirp nirrolo-
{/i'jiii- in Uevue (fimrole de rArrhiteclure, Vol.
XIII., 1865.
GEOMETRICAL DECORATED
GAUZE. (See Wire Gauze.)
GAVEL. Same as Gable. (Obs.)
GAWNTRY. Same as Gantree.
GAZINI. (See Gagini.)
GEISON. In Greek and Greco-Roman
architecture, the projection from the face of a
wall of the coping or eaves ; especially the
broad shelf in front of the tympanum of a i)edi-
ment and formed by the top of the cornice of
the entablature below. The triangular panel
may be fiiLsh with the face of the architrave of
this lower entablature, or may l)e set farther in,
making the recess for the stjituary or the like
so much deeper and increasing the width of the
geison. In the Parthenon at Athens this pro-
jection, or the width of the geison, is nearly
three feet. The term is often extended so as
to imply the mass of cut stone itself which
projects and forms the cornice of the horizontal
entablature. — R. S.
OEMEL; GEMELLED. Coupled, espe-
cially in medi;eval architecture, as gemelled
arches, etc.
GEMINATE; -ED. Coupled: especially
in columnar architecture, said of coupled
columns in a colonnade. (Compare Accouple-
meiit.)
GENDROT. JEAN, architect.
April 24, HO.-i, i)y letters patent of Rene?
d'Anjou, titular king of Xaple-s, then residing
in France, Gendrot was created master of , the
works for Anjou and Maine.
Lecoy de la .Marclie ; Lis comptes da roi Rene.
GENERATOR, (.-^cc Ihiinnio.)
GENOA, BARTOLOMMEO ; architect ; b.
1518; <1. 15.VS.
A son of Girolamo Gcnga (see Genga, G.).
In 1538 he came to Florence and was asso-
ciated with Vasari (.see Vasari) and Ammanati
(see Ammanati). He wjw employed by the
Duke of Urbino at Pcsaro and Urbino.
Seubert, KiinxtU'r-hricon.
GENGA, GIROLAMO; painter, sculptor,
and architect ; b. 1476; d. 1551.
The painter Girolamo Genga was employed
iis architect by the Cardinal of Mantua and the
Duke of Urbino. He built the Villa of Monte
Imperiale near Pesaro, and the church of S.
Maria delle Grazic at Sinigaglia.
Miinlz, Eenaisxancf.
GENTZ, JOHANN HEINRICH ; archi-
tect; b. Feb. 4, 17GG; d. Oct. 3, IS 11.
Nov. 10, 1798, he bi-gan the old mint
in Berlin which Wiis destroyed in 1H86. In
1809 he built the first aullience hall of the
University of Berlin.
Drnkmiih-r r«n J!, rlin.
GEOMETRICAL DECORATED. In Eng-
lish architecture, belonging to tlu- Decorated
style characteristic of the thirteenth centur)',
and having much geometrical tracery. The
192
GEOMETRICAL PROPORTION
term is one of many attempts at a minute and
classified uomenclature which it is probably im-
possible to secure.
GEOMETRICAL PROPORTION. That
theory of proportion in architecture which
assumes the existence of a geometrical basis or
system by which proportions may be deter-
mined and upon which the parts of the build-
ing may be put in the right place for producing
the best i-tfcrt. (Sre Proportion.)
GEORGIAN ARCHITECTURE. That of
the reigns of the four Georges in England,
namely from 1714 to 1830. The term is more
usually employed for the architecture of the
earlier reigns. Thus, Buckingham Palace, built
under George IV., would not so often be called a
building of the Georgian style as a piece of
modern or nineteenth century architecture. On
the other hand, the churches of S. Maiy Wool-
worth, S. Martin's in the Fields, and Somerset
House are specimens of the earliest and latest
buildings which are more usually designated by
the term we are considering.
Architecture of the same epoch in America
has been called, generally, " Colonial," or •' Old
Colonial " ; but some recent writers have applied
the term Georgian to this also, as an expletive
more accurate and more descriptive. (See
Colonial ; England, Architecture of; United
States, Architecture of.) — R. S.
GERARD VON RILE (or VON KETT-
■WIG).
The second architect of the cathedral of
Cologne. In 1254 he succeeded Heinrich Soy-
nere (see Soynere, Heinrich).
Fahnc, Bmuneisler des IColner Doms.
GERLACH, PHILIPP ; architect ; b. 1 G79 ;
d. 1748.
A pupil of J. B. Broebes (see Broebes). His
chief buildings are the church of the Friedrichs
ho.spital in Berlin and the Garnisonkirche at
Potsdam, near Berlin.
Hoimiaiui. Dnikni'Vcr von Bfrlin.
GERMANY, ARCHITECTURE OF.
That of tiic states constituting tlic present Ger-
man Empire. If in the various lands which
we call by the collective name Germany we
include the eastern provinces, and also the
Austro-Hungarian dominions, we shall find
that it is inhabited by people of such vari-
ous races, languages, manners, and religions
that we might reasonably expect great con-
trasts in architecture ; but if we except the
Italian provinces of Istria and South Tyrol,
nir.-uK the ra<,.. Ofroursp, here
desigllir^ f \llliill re
a rule, whatever is
originates within is
able German ibnn.
liner
ihty of
GERMANY
The early inhabitants appear to have com-
menced their architectural operations by scoop-
ing out caves in the rocks or hillsides ; laut it is
very difficult in these works to distinguish be-
tween what has been done by nature and what
by man in an uncivilized condition.
The great cave at Ettershausen, near Ratis-
bon, is undoubtedly a natural object, but con-
verted into a primitive stronghold ; high up, in
lorrowed from without or
welded into an unmistak-
Germany. Part I. (thic Rhineland) : Capitals
FROM Work of the ICarlv lliTH Century;
Church at Nkoweilkr, Elsass.
the great rock, it overlooks for many miles the
valley of the Naab and its junction with the
Danube.
There is a primitive class of structure, of
which the rock-cut church of S. Salvator at
Swjibisch-Gmiind, in Wiirtemberg, is a very
interesting example. Here we see a precipi-
tous rock jtierccd with deejvset windows at
irregular intervals, and if wo enter this curious
structure, we find ourselves in a rock cut cham-
ber, its rudely arched ceiling 8u|)porti'd upon
piers, devoid of architectural arrangenuuit, and
GERMANY
almost ilark but for the lamps glimmering be-
fore the altars. Over this is another c-lmrch,
or chapel, also cut out of the rock, which has
been altered during the fifteenth century ; it is
impossible to ascertain the date of the lower
cliurch, but tradition ascribes it to a period
previous to the Christian era.
Tiiere was a somewhat similar rock-cut crypt
beneath the ancient church at Dietkirclien on the
Lahu, but it was filled up when the church was
rcstoral a few years back.
There are in Germany prehistoric remains of
quite a different character, such as the Ilaupt-
tempeUt Stettin, though they are not numerous.
Fragments of Roman buildings e.xist all over
Germany. To the student of German architec-
ture, the works to be seen at Treves (Trier) are
the most instructive. Of these the Porta Nigra
is perhaps the most valuable, because it rettiins
the whole of its original surftice work. Tlie
order is Doric and the effect striking, though it
is not a work of the best period ; its date is not
clearly ascertainable, some authorities ascribing
it to the time of Augustus, and others to a pe-
riod as late as that of Constantine. A certain
want of refinement in detail seems to militate
against tlic tn>t th.niv, ami thruse of the Doric
order aiuu. -, >ir..iiil,v ...mih-i the latter.
The .atiir.lial lii-t nvrtr,! by S. Helena
decidedly 1)w.-,.m'.s.-m.vs Kuniau i\iiiains, notably in
the large Corinthian cajjitaLs embedded in the
walla. The basilica, the niins of the baths,
amphitheatre, and bridges are also Roman, as
is also the elegant sculptured monument of
Igel. Roman works are also to be seen at
Cologne, OnblnTitz, Xanten, Cleves, Gmiind,
Baml" 1 ■ ■ ' ^r^. The nunninients left
by th. niiaiiy were suttiiicnt to
estalili ' I y rciiiarkahle are the
early m ..i n works. There is, how-
ever, one element in German architecture which
is far more difficult to trace to its original
source, and that is the Eiistern influence, which
is so conspicuous in the Romanesque buildings,
and which chiefly exhibits itself in churches,
planned and constnicted in culx's, polygons, and
circles covered with domical vaults, somidomes,
and lunette vaulting. The iilca would seem to
suggest itself tliat tiiese features must liave found
their way up the Danube from Constantinople,
or through Russia ; but when we come to con-
sider Hungary and Poland we fail to find any
decided proof of this. Of course, this may l)e
owing to the scanty remains of mediicval archi-
tecture at present existing in the southeastern
states of Germany. We do certainly find round
iind polygonal churches in the Austrian domin-
ions, but ius buildings of a similar chanwter are
to be seen in Norway and Sweden, they cannot
be regarded us proving mucii. It hius lieen ad-
vanced by some writers tliat these Eastern
characteristics were introduced from North Italy
106
GERMANY
either by way of Istria or the Tyrol, but in both
of these provinces we search in vain for the re-
quired link between the Romanesque of Lom-
bardy and that of Germany. The catlie<lral of
Trent appears at first sight to sujjply that link,
but unfortunately the date inscribed upon the
builtling is 1240, so that, althougli it is entirely
in the round-arched style, it is later than the
perfected Gotiiic church of Our Lady at Treves
(Trier), commenced in 1227.
A suggestion has reached us that the Han-
seatic League may have intro<luced Eastern fea-
tures, but if tliis were the case we should
probably find their influence more marked in
secular than in ecclesiastical works ; but this is
certainly not the case. It has also Iwen stated
that one of the German orders of knights who
joined the crusades may have intrwluced these
Eiustcm pecuharities. Now, altliougii there
may be something in this idea, it is hardly
sufficient to account for the establishment of
a style of architecture. Some writers are of
opinion that the Irish monks who converted
several districts of Gennany to Christianity
may have introduced a kind of Eastern-looking
architecture from Ireland ; it does seem proba-
ble tliat tliey may have influence<l certain forms
of ornamentation, and there is a feature in tlie
cathedral of Freising, in Bavaria, whicli seems
to point to this. S. Columbanus and his com-
panions are buried in the crypt where tlieir great
stone sarcophagi are still to be seen, and tnree
or four of the columns which sujiport the vaidt
above them are rudely carved with snakes and
lizards coiling round the shafts, which look
like early Irish work. The crj-pt itself was
built in 1160, but a carefid examination of
tliese columns convinced us that they formed
portions of an earlier building.
When Charles the Great erected the minster
at Aachen, 796-804, he introduced architects
and workmen who erected churclies in many
parts of German}', though with the exception
of Aachen and a small portion of the church at
Lorsch, near Worms, there are no buildings now
existing in Gormaiiy wliich can be classed as
undoulit..! I'.v;i- r-iii works, tliough the apse
of tlic I) I ' II (in-the-Rhine and the
western i - ■ < - I aid at Worms may pos-
sibly l.el.o,^ 1,. Ihil ,linol.
During the ^liddlc Ages the Germans l>or-
rowed ideas from the French, and it is possible
tliey may have cojned these Eastern charac-
teristics from buildings in Auvergne or the
south of France, just as, in the thirteenth cen-
tury, they took their Gothic ideas from the
north of France. Now, from wliat we have
already stated, it is evident that several influ-
ences were at work which became factors in the
formation of the German style of architecture,
though no single influence was stifliciently pow-
erful to account for all its characteristics.
196
GERMANY
GERMANY, ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part
I. ; The Rhine and the Rhinelands. If we
enter Germany from Holland by the Rhine, one
of the first objects which
attracts attention is the
beautiful wood-clad hill
of Cleves, crowned by
its ancient castle some
two miles off, but con-
spicuous far and wide
over the great flat plain
through which the
Rhine flows. Here we
are indeed in the land
of legend and romance,
for that great brick
tower is the celebrated
Swan Tower of Lohengi
has Roman fragments and inscriptions built
into its walls. The neighbourhood of Cleves
abounds in objects of interest ; some six miles
off" is the very ancient town of Xanton, said to
be the site of the castle of the Nibeliiii<,'s. Ro-
man objects are constantly found liert", as it was
one of the most important settlements on the
GERMANY
Rhine. The place is now reduced to a mere
village justly celebrated for its extremely mag-
nificent church, which both internally and ex-
Germant, Part II. (:
, and the old castle
Rhki
ternally is rich i
ires),
? and sculpture, and a
pert.rt stni-clu.uM- ol mrdi.rval works of art,
staiiird u'lit-;, iiiituiv,-, wnml cai'viiigs, and an-
cient luriiiturr. The \v(>t tiniit and towers are
Romane.s.juf, but the beautitul church attached
to them was commenced in the year 1263 and
completed about a century later. The choir
fallows the plan of the church of Our Lady at
Treves (which will be described later on), but the
building itself belongs to the richly developed
Tho cittreincly
It iH toel), th<^ Italian InHii-
1(1 arnuigeuivat of tbu ribs
iWK the lilifhont rcnoh of
school of We«tplialia. It consists of a lofty
navo and four aisles, supported by double flying
198
GERMANY
buttresses, very like those of Cologne cathedral.
The stately choir tenuiuate.s in five apses. The
cloister and chapter house are simpler, and built
into their walls are Roman monuments and in-
scriptions. Few churches in (jcrmany have
so thoroughly escaped modeniization. The t'jwn
retains its medi;eval walls and gates, which arc
worthy of inspection, and a museum of Roman
antiquities found on the spot.
Some five miles from Xanten is another inter-
esting old towni, Calcar. The church is a plain
brick building, partaking more of the Dutch
than the Westphalian style ; it is, however, as
rich in beautifid furniture as Xanten. This
remarkable characteristic is accounted for by the
fact that a noble school of painters and wood
carvers existed at Calcar in the fifteenth and
si.vteenth centuries. There is a pretty old to\Mi
hall which p^cser^'es some memorials of this
school of which so little is known.
The next building which claims our attention
is the minster of S. Quirinus at Neuss, a noble
example of the latest Romanesque style, consist-
ing of a nave and four aisles with western tran-
sejtts and a grand western tower. Tiie choir
consists of three semicircular apses radiating
from a lantern. Round and pointed arches
u.sed in juxtaposition. The
church is one of those very
striking ones which makes
one regret that the Germans
abandoTiPfl this style for
GERMANY
chiefly arises from the curious manner in which
the church is planned. The nave consists of a
lolly polygon of unetpial sides arranged so as to
be longer from e;ist to west than from north to
south. The vaulting is very much dometl up
toward the centre, and there is a long aisleless
choir built over a very ancient crjjit, with gen-
uine Roman mosaic pavements. The beautiful
nave of this church was completed as late as
the year 121*7. The noble church of S. Kuui-
ud
, Ihi.-
I near
the ground, no doubt
it records the com-
mencement of the
building.
We will now pass
on to what may be
regarded as the
hejuhiuarters of Ger-
man medi;eval archi-
tecture, the city of
Cologne.
The church of S.
Maria-im-Capitol is
an example of verj' early Romanesque, conse-
crated in the year 1049 and stnicturally little
altered since ; it has apsiilal choir and transepts
all j)lanneil in a similar way with aisles going
round. S. Mary's is a very severe plain build-
ing, with square piers, unmoulded arches, and
simple cross vaulting, but it has a decided
Eastern character about it, which is al.so to be
noted in the slightly later churches of the Apos-
tles and S. Martin ; but that which exhibits
this characteristic in the most marked degree is
the church of S. Gereou. Here no doubt it
109
bert, an example of the latest Romanesque, was
erected hetweeii t lie years 1230-1218, the lat-
ter t • - • • ■■ !' Ttant epoch in the history
of '. lire, for in that year was
c.i: i; oatlicdral of Cologne.
( ^ .1 is s»ip])().scd to have Wen
designed by Ucrhanl (Von Rile).* It apjiears
most remarkable that the completion of S.
Kunibert's ami the commencement of the cathe-
dral should have taken place in the same year,
' There is scarcely sufficient evidence to estab-
lish the surname.
200
GERMANY
as one might have thought that at loast a cen-
tury had elapsed between the two events ; but
it is now an acknowledged fact that the cathe-
dral is French as to its general arrangement,
and the earliest portion of it a direct copy from
the cathedral of Amiens. In fact the chevet
and radiating chapels are almost identical in the
two buildings, and as Amiens was commenced
in 1220 and Cologne in 1248, to Robert de
Lnzarches must be given the credit for the idea.
Amiens was far advanced in 1269, because that
date occurs in the stained glass of the clearstory
windows, and (according to VioUet-le-Duc) the
exterior was ([uite completed in 1 288 ; at Co-
logne, on the other hand, the choir alone was
not finished until 1322.
Cologne cathedral had such an important
influence on German architecture that we must
attempt to realize exactly how far it was a copy
of Amiens, and in what particulars the German
architects departed from their
French original. Kugler and
other wTiters teU us that Ger-
hard erected the whole of the
lower portions of the apse, but
GERMANY
after a very careful study of the building we
cannot help arriving at a diff"erent conclusion.
The following are our reasons for differing from
such eminent authorities.
At Amiens the piers,
which support the
great apse, are of a
very early form and
look archaic for their
date (1220) as they
follow a twelfth cen-
tury, rather than a
thirteenth century,
treatment. Whereas,
on the otiier hand, the
rhevet and its .-haiu'ls
tlie dicvel and chap-
els. Yet, when we
come to examine the
main apse itself, we
tihall find marked de
GERMANY
most important is in the great jjiers, which at
Cologne are far more comi)lex in plan, with
capitals and bases set out upon an octagonal
outline ; whereas at Amiens the square is strictly
maintained and the foliage of the capital is stiff-
leaved, at Cologne it is quite naturalistic ;
whereas at Amiens the piers and arches round
the apse look like twelfth century work, at
Cologne they possess every clmractoristic of the
fourteenth cciitur>. ^\'ll^ll \\c ronie to the
triforium all attimpt tn ImIIiiw the Amiens de-
sign is completely aKuiidniied. It Wduld appear,
in fact, that the apsidal chapels at Cologne were
copied from Amiens and were probably built
roimd the apse of the old Romanesque cathedral,
and that at a later period, some time liefme
1322, the Romanesque apse ami ehoir wrvc
taken down and rebuilt as we imw see tliem.
This work was probably couimcueed by the
architect called Meister Arnold, who died in
the year 1301, and was completed by his son,
Meister Johann. The choir was consecrated
1332. There can be no doubt, we think, that
these later architects, while retaining the ground
plan of Gerhard, abandoned the Amiens design
and carried out the work with a more original
and national spirit.
About fourteen miles from Cologne, in a deep
glen surrounded by most lovely scenery, is the
sequestrated Cistercian abbey of Altenberg. This
noble church should be carefully examined and
compared with both Amiens and Cologne, in
order that we may thoroughly understand the
architectural development of the latter church.
Although Altenberg was not commenced until
1235, i.e. seven years later than the groat ca-
thedral, yet it may be regarded as tin; earlier
church of the two, as it was carried on stead-
ily and without interruption. The building is
about 400 feet long, much plainer than Co-
logne, mutilated and whitewashed all over, with
a painful look of desolation about it, yet in some
respects it is a nobler design than Cologne. Tlu^
details of Altenberg are inspired by the local
Westphalian school, hence we find cylindiieal
columns used in the place of piers; notwith-
standing this, however, the choir and ajise of
Cologne were certainly influenced by those of
Altenberg and were not improbably works of the
same architects. Our space will not permit us
to enter into a detailed account of this most
beautiful church, but we must call attention to
its glas-s, which, though it is simple grisaille and
of one uniform treatment and colour scheme
throughout, is so magnificent in effect iw to
have itnj)resscd us more than any ghuss we
Altenberg is a difficult place to get at, as
th(Tc is no direct coinnuuii(;atioii ex(«i)t l)y tak-
ing a carriage from Cologne, but no one should
omit seeing it.
The new west front of Cologne cathedral is
206
GERMANY
somewhat disappointing, but probably the mod-
ern architect found himself bound to adhere to
the old design, and no doubt he was right in
doing so, for although it is certain that the
mediaeval architects would have modified it as
it was being carried out, yet the new flfeche, over
the crossing, is a wainiiii,' to nineteenth century
architects not to metlille with ancient designs.
According to ancient plans the church was to
have had an open stone lantern in the centre,
instead of the ugly cast-iron pinnacle which so
greatly disfigures it.
"Who, by the way, made the design for the
west front, which now hangs up in the cathe-
11
p
J: life
AT KliKIliUKli, I5AI)EN; Uookway of THK Sai'-
dral 1 It was discovered in three parts, and it
is said that Zwirner found one portion beneath
a beehive in a village. The name of the
draftsman i.s, however, unknown. Perhaps it
may have been Johann Von Kiiln, whom the
S])aniards call Juan di Colonia, and who
designed the western spires of Hurgos cathedral
for Bishop Alfonso dc Cartagena between
1435-1 loG.' There is certainly much resem-
blance between the liurgos ami Cologne si)irc8.
Cologne catiiedral is rich in ancient glass ;
the fifteen clearstory windows of the choir are
> Street's Spain, p. 20.
GERMANY
superb fourteenth century examples, and that
over the shrine of the three kings in the extreme
eastern chaj>el of the apse is i)eculiarly inter-
esting, because it is Romanesque in design .and
belonged to the earlier cathedral. The five
windows in the north aisle of the nave were
executed between the years 1507-1509. Their
design has been attributed to Aldegraver. The
modem windows in the south aisle, though good
in drawing, are totally unsuite<l to stained ghiss.
There is much interesting furniture in the ca-
thedral, especially the choir stalls, and the so-
calletl Agilolphus Altar, a sumptuous combination
of woodwork and painting executed in the year
1521. The celebrated Dotubild, tlic most
magnificent German picture of the fifteenth
centurj', is by a painter named Stephen Lochner.
The new work at Cologne is on the whole satis-
factory, for when admiring the interior of this
grand church one does not realize the fact that
half of it is modern.
There are several other churclies in Cologne
which must be noticed. S. Scveriii is a large
and excellent example of a fourteenth century
Rhenish type ; S. Andreas, a ciiarming Roman-
esque building with fourteenth century choir
and a singularly beautiful narthex. The great
Jesuit church is a remarkable work, for tliough
dating 1G21-1629, it is Gothic, and may !«
regarded as the latest successful attempt at the
erection in Germany of a great church in that
style. The vaulting is very ably constructed.
The soffits are very concave and rest ujjon a net-
work of ribs so well poised, that although the
span is dose upon 40 feet, the dcarstorj' has
no buttresses. Tiie tower, though Romanesque
in style, is of the same date and is a curious
example of a common attempt at the revival
of the Romanesque style in the seventeenth
centur)'.'
The Eathhaiis at Cologne has a striking
Gothic tower and a double portico which is one
of the earliest examples of the chtssical revival
in Germany, dating 1569-1571. The Giir-
zeuich is a good example of an old Gothic
municipal building.
The ancient domestic architecture of Cologne,
which a few years back wa-s so singularly inter-
esting, has now almost entirely disappe^ired to-
gether with tiic ancient city walls. Fortunately,
however, some of the gates have been preserved
with the Clurenthurm, which may possibly be
Roman work.
Tlie Museum, a poor Gothic building, is said
to be in the English style, though why we are
at a loss to understand.
Between Cologne an<l Bonn is Bruhl, where
there is a very griicefnl chateau erected by the
Archbishop-Elector Clement Augustus lietween
1725 and 1740. It is a charming example of the
' Examples are to be seen at the abbey churches
of S. .Maltliias. Trfevj's, and S. Knimeran, Ratisbon.
GERMANY
rococo style sumptuously decorated by Anducci
and Caniioli. The sUiircase is magnificent and
probably the hest example of late Renaissance
work in north Germany.
The Rhine south of Cologne is extremely rich
in ecclesiastical architecture, and as uo other
portion of Germany presents so many interesting
examples, and such magnificent ones, we shall
chiefly confine our obser\-ations upon this ueigli-
bourhootl to the churches. Moreover, the
domestic work, though highly picturesque, is
less remarkable than that of several other
districts.
The minster church of Bonn is a beautiful
Romanesque stmcture of the Cologne school ;
choir dated 1175, nave, 1270, though it looks
quite half a ccnturj' earlier, as the arches are
nearly all round ; it has three lofty sjjires, one
in tlie centre and two flanking the apse.
At Schwartz-Rheindorf is a singular Roman-
esque church in two stories, of very elaborate
architecture ; and at Heisterbach the exquisite
ruined apse of a Cistercian abbey 1210-1333.
The churches of Sinzig, Salzig, Andeniach,
and Laach are examples of perfected Rhenish
Romanesque.
Vallendar is an early basilica with a flat
ceiling.
The numerous castles which a<ld so much to
the picturesqueness of the neighbourliood are
not of great architectural value, for although
striking in outline, they have been rediu-ed to
mere ma.sses of masonrj'. Rheinfelds and
Ileidienberg are exceptions. De Lassaulx,
quoting an olil chronicle, says that the latter is
in the "Asiatic style."
At Coblentz is an ancient bridge over the
Moselle, close to the jimction with the Rhine,
which is said to be partly of Roman work, and
three remarkable churches; that of S. Castor
is very early Romanesque and was built evi-
dently for a flat ceiling. Tlie present handsome
vaulting dates from the year 1498; it has four
towers and possesses interesting screens and
monuments. S. Flarian, also Romanesque, but of
a later type, contains curious staineil glass. The
Liebfrauen Kirche is a lofty and very graceful
stmcture; nave, 1529, choir, 1404-14:H. It
contains an interesting monument to its archi-
tect with the inscription Anno IJ^iiO obiit
Joannes de Sf/r;/ lopicida inceptor Inijus
chori. The word "lapicida" is often used to
signify an architect, though cejnentarius or
iiiiijisti /■ <'/}iriiii, ;[]■(■ iiimc coiiiinon in ancient
cIm, uiiiriit>. Tlii> . Inn, li li.i- a feature not un-
(■■iiiiiiioii HI (lriiii.ui\. Tlir tiirnrimn isso large
aiul iiu]H,itaiit that 11 i> us,,! as a galierj- called
in Germany Miimnrrhor (men's clioir).
At Boppard the fine large Koniancsqiic church
has singidar vaidting : the ribs do not spring \i])
from the capitals, but descend from a centre ring,
like those of an umbrella.
GERMANY
Oberwesel possesses a beautiful church com-
pleted in 1321, with an exquisite rood screen
and high altar. Another fine fourteenth century
church with a still grander high altar is to he
seen at Lorsch, and S. Werner's chaprl at
GERMANY
shadowed which were developed in later churches.
Strange to say, no cathedral in the country has
suffered so frequently from fire. Six times it
has been wholly or partially destroyed. The
eastern chnir dates between 10:'7-1 l.'^T ; the
U1-, 1397-1412.
\ great fire de-
-tioyed all the
icMifs in 1756, and
CMC in 1793 con-
sumed "every-
thing tliat A\as
. nnil.u.tible."
'11h i.i^t tile took
I'Liic uuiy in the
jiu'.^ent centuiy.
For some time the
church was used
a^ a powder mag-
.i/iiie, and was
■■ilterward con-
be
UkKMA.VV, I'AIIT I. (TIIK RllINKI.ANI.) : S. CATHKI
IIkssk; South Flank, c. ]
Bacharach, 1293 (now in niiuH), \h one of the
moHt graceful works produced in (lormaiiy in the
Middle Ages. It was probably dcHigned by one
of the architects of Cologne cathedral.
The (-athedral of Mayencc is to (Jerman Ro-
manesque what (!r)lognc catheilral is to (fotliic,
and in it wc shall fimi most uf tiie ideas furc-
id it re-
it.^ orig-
Aitcr all
• MClf-situdcS
it mi<;ht ^\cil be
.'supposed tliat
there was little
Morth seeing in
tins great church,
Imt, on the con-
tiary, it is still one
I if the most inter-
(■■~ting buildings in
Kuiope.
iMaycnce is one
iif tliose double
( hurchcs which are
|M'i-uliar to Ger-
_ iii.iny, that is to
, ,, ,, say, it is like two
.KS ClILKCH AT OlTENUKlM, 1, , , ...
A.D. catliedrals with
their west fronts
removed, and the two eastern portions joined
together. Thus it has apses at either end, two
choirs, two \niiT of transepts, two crossings
crowned by lantern towers, and four other
towers flanking tiie angles. This j)lan of church
probably originated in the ecclesiastical states,
as we usually find it in the cathedrals and abbey
210
GERMANY
churches of the tlioct-ses ot the prince-bishops.
It is :ihnost coiitinetl to central Germany, rarely
met with in the north, and we know of no
examples in Austria or Hungary.
A little way beyond Mayence is Oppenheim,
where there is one of these double churches,
erected for the most part in the Gothic
period; choir, 1362; nave, fourteenth
century. A few miles further on is
Worms, with a beautiful Romanesque
cathedral, all carried out in the Kime style,
with six t4)wers and two choirs; 1181.
Worms is a most interesting ancient
city. The church of S. Paul is one of
the oldest buildings in Germany,
jjortions of which are
the ninth centuiy. The Gothic
church of Our Ljuly can only
be examined inteniallj', as
the wiiole of its e.xterior is
enclosed by the vineyard
which produces the cele-
brated Liebfraumilch.
The ruins of the
bishop's palace
in which was held j
the celebrated
Diet of Worms
were pulled down
a few yeare since
to make room
for an infants'
school. A most
interesting build-
ing is the twelfth
century synar
gogue, the oldest
now existing in
Europe.
Mannheim is
by no means an
interesting place,
as none of its
buildings date
back more than
a century. Tiie
Rathhaus, how-
ever, is dignified, \
and the plan-
ning of the town
may offer a lii '
to our survey'
how tfj arraiiL
perfectly straight
streets, and yi't <.ii'.v)an\. im i i iimk \:m\
avoid those acute
angles which are sucli awkwaid, iiicdiivonicnt,
and unsightly fcitures in oiu- motleni towns.
A HJiort way from the Rhine is Heidellwrg, on
the banks of the Necker, with its celebrated
castle in a magnificent situation. The Otto
Heinrich's buildings are among the earliest
GERMANY
Renaissance works in Germany, 1556-1559. It
may, however, be doubtetl whether they are quite
worthy of the enthusiasm bestowed upon them,
though there is a picturesque charm about the
whole place, which may well account for the un-
bounded admiration which it so frequently elicits.
1
1 10 " ®i
li© - o'
'
7
u^l^^^^H^
!^^T
y
j;
^^^f
^'ii
«BH#
JH[IJ
m
t
•■-;;^y^ LM
^
31
To return to the Rhine, on its western bank
we shall find the ancient city of Si>eier or Spires.
The catliedral, 10:30-1061 (but comjjleted in
the twelfth century), is a miv.>*teri)iecc of the
early li<imanc.squc style, ]ilain but excec<UngIy
dignified and erected on a vast scale, 474 feet
GERMANY
long and 90 feet to the vaulting. It is the
largest pure Romanesque church in Europe, and,
according to De Lassaubc, the second largest
church in Germany. Eight emperors are buried
in the crypt behind the high altar. Spires at
present belongs to Bavaria.
Strasburg is a grand old city, with picturesque
ancient streets and lofty churches. The superb
cathedral is the most elaborate building erected
in Germany during the Middle Ages ; and it is
most instructive to compare it with that of
Spires, as they are fairly close together, and
nearly the same size. The cathedral of Spires
overawes one with its stern dignity, severe sim-
plicity, and vast soUdity. Strasburg enchants
by the lightness of its construction, elegance «i'
detail, and marvellous workmanship. That st ylf
of ornamentation which consists in concealing the
walls nf a building behind openwork screens of
traitiy is ]jri]i;i|is carried to an excess. This is
certainly tlir > a-e with the tower, which assumes
the apjiearanre nf a building enveloped in scaf-
folding, perhaps intentionally so ; but undoubt-
edly the celebrated spire is the least satisfactory
portion of the wliole building. The west front,
...I.
Synagogue is much the more lovely statue of
the two.
The nave looks very French in design, as the
clearstory windows occupy tlie whnlc wall s]ia(e,
and the triforium is glazcil ; all are lilleil uiili
the richest old gla.ss. The wails aiv uf a .jeep
red stone, almost purple, and they liave e.seajjtcl
painting or whitewash. The effect is mag-
nificent.
The transepts and choir are much lower than
tlie nave, and date from the thirteenth century.
They are, however, of a pure and beautiful style ;
and one of the columns in the south transept,
adorned with niches and called the Angels' Col-
umn, is a most elegant example of thirteenth
century carving and sculjjture. The magnificent
font, jnilpit, oriraii case, anil clock are among the
nin-t cl.iljMiatr i'\aiii|iles . .f late ( ierinaii Gothic.
Siiasl.iii- i~ lull of intcivsini- rlmrches. The
IHiiiripal i'nitestant eliinvli ol S. Thomas, which
is e,,nteniporary with the tiatiscptH of the cathe-
dral, is a singularly elegant example of thirteenth
century Gothic.
At Alt Breisach is a noble church with a rich
rofid screen and high altar, the latter inscribed
"H. L. 1520."
Some twelve miles from the Khinc is the
cathedral of Frciburg-iHi-Breisgau, a niHgnificent
church, with the most thoroughly Ixyuitiful Hjiire
in all Germany. Tlie nave and western porch
213
GERMANY
are inscribed with the date 1270. The spire,
which is of open tracery work, grows out of a
lofty octagonal lantern, superimposed upon a
square tower. The whole is broached together
with pinnacled buttresses ; and the composition
is a perfect combination of all that is graceful
and elegant, united with strength and stability.
It is built of a rich rose-coloured stone. Two
other small spires flank the choir. The mterior
is rich in stained glass and has some remarkal)ly
fine furniture, as well as a very graceful fountain,
a strange object in a church, but a verj' j)lea.sing
one. Tlie trade hall, opposite the cathedral, is
an inteie-tiiiu- example of seciUar Gothic work.
The I'ldt^'stant eliureh, a large Romanesque
liuildiiiu'. is curious from the fact that it was
reniii\ed tii'iu another place and rebuilt here a
i\■^v years back.
GERMANY. ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part
n. ; 'Westphalia. Hanover, Saxony. We
must niiw lea\'i' the KliMie tn notice certain
buildings which, though situated in the Rhine
provinces, are at some distance from the great
river itself. We will commence with West-
phalia. The city of Miinster, the capital of
the former powerfid prince-bishopric, like all
oTJ;, r ( . rlisiastical cities in Germany, is full of
iiitei(-t, both as to its churchas and secular
l.uildiims. The great street, called }'ri>n-ij,nl
Marl./, is .me of the most <li-iiitir,l in the.'oun-
trv. The loftv u-al.lrd houses, f,,rthe most part
built of stone', have richly ,-arv,'d -al.les and
are supported upon Gothic arcades, beneath
which is the pavement {as in many of the
Italian cities). The stately Rathhaus is treated
in tlie same manner, its lofty gable adorned
with open tracery and its front ornamented
with elaborate niches filled with statues. The
catiicdral stands in a kind of close, and is for
the most part thirteenth century work, consist-
ing of a nave nearly 50 feet in span arranged
in cubiform bays ; it has double transepts and,
as originally erected, iuid two choirs, but the
western one has disappeared to make way for a
late Gothic facade ; the lower portions of tlie
western towers date from 1174--r_'03, the rest
of the building 1220-12G0. The south porch
is a magnificent example of the transition from
Romanesque to early Gothic, adorned with a
profusion of carving and excellent sculpture.
The gable of the great south transept, Sah'Or
tor's Giebel, 1508-1552, is a rich example of
the latest German Gothic.
The churches of Miinster are remarkable and
with few e.\ce])tions are of that form called by
the German Halloihini. That is to say, the
nave and aisles are of the .s.une heigiit without
clearstory or transejits. The Liihfrinifii Kinhf
is an elegant example of l.'MO -l.'UC), with an
exquisite tower, which together with its open
lantern is 180 feet in height, and was coniiiletcd
in the year i;J7l.
-J 14
GERMANY
The Lamberti Kirche, in the Principal
Markt, is a large and very elaborate Ilulleubuu,
commenced in the year 1374 ; ita lofty doorways
and open staircase in the chancel are excellent
examples of Gothic detail
The Ludijeri Kirche is cruciform, with an
octa<,'onal central tower crowned by a most
graceful open lantern.
Paderbom, tlie capital of another prince-
bishopric, h;w a remarkable cathedral with a
huge Romanesque western tower, dated 1058-
10G8. The church consists of a nave, aisles,
and transeptH, the south one wiuarc-ended,
and the north apsidal. The choir, which is
raised upon a high crypt, is square-cmU'd. Tlic
nave is internally very striking. It is tlic
215
GERMANY
earliest example of a Halle uhau nave in any
German cathedral. The detail is thirteenth
century, more like French than German work.
Almost touching the cathedral is the singidar
little cluirch of S. Bartholomew, which dates
from the close of the tenth centurj-, and is a
perfect Ilalh'uhan on a diminutive scale. The
vaults are domical, saucer-shajied, but oval in
plan over the aisles. They are suppxrtcil by
slender columns of an imitation Corinthian
order, with curious capitals and entablature.
In view of
these facts and
much other e^^-
dence for which
we have not suf-
ficient space
here, we are con-
vinced that the
Hallcnhau
church ori^ri-
natetl in "\Ve.-t-
p h a 1 i a and
pn.bablvinl'a.l-
B erborn itself,
and we cannot
ajrree with Mr.
Fergii.<son in re-
ganlingthe//.//-
lenlxui church
a.s tyjiical of
soutiicru Ger-
many, iis it is
common all over
the north, ex-
cept on the
banks of the
Rhine, where are verj' few examples.
The cathedral of Miinden is perhnjis the
most thoroughly sati.sfactory example of a
IlnUcnbau church, of large dimensions and
dating from the commencement of the four-
teenth century. It is a most noble building,
]>oth as to i)roportion and detail. All these
Westi)lialian examples are better in eftect than
the later ones, especially those in southeni
(Jerniany, because tlie aisles are kept iij) to the
exact level of the nave vaulting. AVhereas
in tiie later and soutiiem exami)les the vault-
ings of the ai.slcs are somewhat lower, which
leaves an ugly dark si>ace above the main
arches, often imparting a gloomy asjwct to
the whole interior of the building.
There is a very interesting and little known
town in Westphalia calletl ScK-st. It jios-
sesses a Ronninesque cathedral not unlike tiie
earlier portions of P.-ulerlKirn, witli its huge
tower built over a singidar porch now ti.scd ns an
armoury. The churcli contains very early exani-
j)lc8 of wall jiainting and some twelfth century
stained glass. All tlie ten or twelve churches
in iSoest are interesting examples of Westpha-
210
GERMANY
lian architecture, from the earliest Romanesque
down to the latest Gothic. The Wiesenkircke
has an interior so rich in altars, carvings,
stained glass, and ancient furniture that it is
scarcely to be equalled in all Germany. The
People's Altar, which, in defiance to all ecclesi-
astical precedent, the Lutheran j)ossessors of
the building have barbarously converted into a
pulpit, stands beneath an exquisite baldacchino
of stone some thirty feet high, and is flanked
on either side by tall stone candelabra. Soest
was formerly a Free T'ity of the Empire, and
one of the scats nf the Hiuiscatic League, but
its trade and iirospcrity have l.ini,'- deserted it,
and left it the very dcui'lest of all dead cities.
GERMANY
a twelfth century building, cruciform in plan,
with two original towers like a little minster.
In this busy and pnisi.cnius pniviuce a good
deal of new building has litm u^ing on, mostly
very uninteresting and cunniiniiplace. There is,
however, one very notable exception, and that
is the work of Herr Guldenpfennig of Pader-
bom. This gentleman's work deserves notice ;
it is conceived in a purely local spirit, his idea
being to revive the beautiful old Westphalian
architecture, adapting the four-
teenth century style for churches
an'd the sixteenth century style for
secular buildings : his churches at
Hoerde, Paderborn, and elsewhere
r
Ac
r£
r .1
f
•'r^\
I;
i^t^iii
One great drawback in studying German
archit(!cture is the absence of ancient villages
and their churches. This is not to V>c wondered
at, b(;iauHo during the Thirty Years' War the
commaiidcrH on eitlicr side made a clean sweep
of all villages for strategical purposes, or nitii-
les-sly handed them over to their ill-paid and
undisciplined followers to be pillaged ; and then
burnt.
Westphalia, however, possesses a few village
churches, though in every case the houses are
tnodern. One of these is Wissel, near Calcur,
217
are more satisfactory than most modern Ger-
man ones. A college and schools which he has
erected at Paderborn seem remarkably well
suited to an old city. His domestic work is
quite what one rccpiirea in additions made to
those old towns, but what strikes one as being
most charming are tiir iniinrinus lai inii.uix's
and buildings in the ii(i.;lil'"inii I, wlm-li,
witliout being in the lia>t cMravagaMl nr ccicn-
tric, ]>ossess much of tiiat i)ictur<'.s(jucnc.s.s whicii
delights us in such structures of the ])iust.
Fortunately the cathedral of Paderborn has
218
GERMANY
been placed in his hands, and has undergone a
far more judicious and scrupulous repair than
any old church in Germany.
The Moselle, which falls into the Rhine at
Coblentz, bisects a pro\ince the greater por-
tion of which, in former times, belonged to
archbishop-electors of Treves (Trier).
We have previously described the valuable
Roman remains at Treves, and its mediieval
architecture is equally striking; its cathedral,
a vast double-choir church witii four towers,
with an interior of twelfth and tliirteeuth een-
tiu^' architecture, is particularly striking, and
presents that large and undivided space which
would be so u.seful for congregational purposes
in modem places of worshij). Close to the
cathedral, with a cloister common to both, is
the church of Our Lady, certainly the earliest
example of thoroughly develoj)ed Gothic in Ger-
many. Althougli tlie first impression is that
of great intricacy, closer obsen'ation will dis-
cover that the j)lan is really simple, consisting
of a Greek cross with a square enclosing the
intersection in such a way as to form four
smaller squares, each of which hits two apses.
To a certain e.xtent, the idea is borrowed from
the French church at Braine, near Soissons ;
and as that building was completed in 1216,
and Trfeves commenced in 1224, the Treves
architect probably borrowed a hint, though his
idea of inverting the plan to form the western
portion of the building and liis treatment of
tlie superstructure were thoroughly original,
and he succeeded in creating one of the most
beautiful works in Europe. The interior is ex-
quisitely graceful; unfortunately, the succeed-
ing architect returned to the Romaiie.'^quc style,
and crowned the graceful buiMiiifr with a heavy
square tower. Tlie cloisters sliow a eiuinus at-
tempt to convert the Gothic into a round arched
style, for although the windows have fully de-
veloped tracery, yet every light is round-heatled.
The domestic architecture of Trfeves is highly
interesting, many of the houses dating from the
fourteenth century. The treatment of their
gables is peculiar and original, the chinmey
breiists being brouglit to the front, bisecting the
gable, and suj)ported u])on an elaborate arched
bracket. In one or two instances tiie front of
the house is adorned by a conventional imita-
tion of a vine in low relief e.xecutetl in plaster,
a style of decoration of which we know of no
other examples.
In the northern portion of this Rhine prov-
ince is Aix-la-Chapelle, with its catiie<Jra], the
most ancient in Germany, undoubtedly Byzan-
tine work. The octagonal work is crowned by
a gabled ridge-and-furrow dome, and internally
vestiges of mosaic decoration may 1>e traced.
There is an e^irly puljiit of silver and other curi-
ous works of art, and very ancient metal screens
that arc said to date from the time of Constan-
210
GERMANY
tine. The town hall is built up out of the re-
mains of Constantine's palace.
The lovely river Lahn falls into the Rhine at
Lahnstein, and is rich in castles ; the most in-
teresting ones are Hohenstem, Nassau, Stein,
and Laurenberg, in niins ; Dietz and Runkel
still entire and very picturesque. Weilburg is
an immense stnicture, superbly situated, partly
ancient, the more modem portions forming one
of those palaces common in this part of Ger-
many, and of which Gotlia, Weimar, Ansliach,
the vast unfinished palace at C'jissel, and Pom-
mersfelden, are among the best examples.
These late German Neoclassic buihlings are
not very impressive, and are somewhat tame
imitations of the French chateaux of Louis
XIV.'s and Louis XV.'s times. Intemally
they are decorated in that poor style of rococo
which prevailed in uortiiem and central Ger-
many, which, while possessing all the unconstruc-
tive appearance of the French ornamentation, is
wanting in its refine<l luxuiy. The Germans
themselves, in ridicule of its afi"ectation and ar-
tificiality, describe it as the Pigtail and Peri-
wig style ; then, of course, in Germany, it is not
combined with the graceftd painting of Watteau
and Le Bmn or Grcuze, which, of course, would
redeem anything from looking commonplace.
Tlie German ilecorative painters of this period
went to work with a heavy hand, and their
" heavens " were not ethereal, but simply masses
of paint. One turns with jileasure from the con-
sideration of such works to that magnificent group
which crowns the great rock almost surrounded
by the waters of the Lahn at Limburg. Noth-
ing could be more striking than the picture
]ireseiited by Limburg cathedral and its environ-
iiicnt. StaiKliiig on a great ])latform, inacccs-
sitile fniiii tlie riverside, and crowned with seven
spires, it is one of the most graceful thirteenth
century churches in all Germany. The building
is no less beautiftd intemally than externally.
Very lofty, cmciform in plan, it has a large ojien
triforium forming an upj^er aisle all round the
building, in which the male portion of the con-
gregation sit, the floor of the ciiurch being given
over to the women. A picturesque old castle
which iH'longed to the Knights of S. George
almost touches tiie apse of the cathedral, while
at the foot of the rock, cxccjit where it rises
sheer out of the water, cluster the quaint gables
and churches of the U)\vn.
Wetzlar also jtossesses a magnificent church
which has the i)eculiarity of two west fronts.
That which actually ends the building is of
early Romanesque work, with two curious tow-
ers. Some TiO feet in front of this rises a rich
unfinished fourteenth centurj- fa<;ade, connected
with the existing church by an unfinishtnl wall
on one side and a very noble tower on the other,
the sjjacie between the two west fronts forming
an oi)en court. The nave is a Hallenbau.
I. <li»tiiiK fr..iii KiiiKH, Uk- rijtlit, (li.oi-wii.v, uiid niiiiiy dilTcrfiii
I into the tyiii- paHHiiKi'H of liililiual and lcK<'nilnry liiHtory an
iiMi-kalily early arranged in the tivu tium under the great arcli.
M f. 'Ihe Cm-
\
S\hklilkl'lVll\Ml III
7^ \/ \;V v \;;
^:a ' /
"i P ' EF EE CI ~U, ^— ^ li It
r
^MfTrr-ii'Til
T/"!
^i^^'^^S?:??^^*'"^ -^^r:^ ^ ^^
GERMANY f\Kl II IIMIU K IKU si IN MAKKLl PI V(I IIII Dl Sill IM II\NO\FK
GERMANY
There arc deep trausepte and a large ehoir \inth
aisles and clearstorj'. luternally there is a tine
rood screen.
Still following the Lahn, we come to Marburg
with its justly celel)ratcd church ; it is a huge
Uallenhau of early Gothic, erectetl between the
years 1235-1*283, greiitly resembling the Lieb-
frauen KireJie at Treves.
The windows are in two
tiers, a somewhat imcom-
luon treatment in a Ilal-
lenbau, and the tnuerj' is
all imcusped. It is full of
magnificent fiiniiture, al-
tars, screens, and stained
glass. There is a very im-
portant ca-stle here, chieHy
Komanesque, with a vaulted
hall supported by slender
columns, and a curious
chapel. There is also a
picturesque sixteenth cen-
"^^s;
r II.: Rathhaus at Maodbburo, Saxony; c. IGfiO.
tury liiUhhuis and some excellent e.\ami)les of
half-tini1x?red domestic architecture in the town.
The ardiitecturc of Hanover is of some im-
portance, tiiough the caii)ital itself does not jios-
HCHS any remarkable e.vami)le8 of mediieval work;
its nKMlcrn buildings, however, are instnu-tive
as exhibiting in a very distinct manner the rest-
lessness of architectural thought in Germany
GERMANY
during the present century. A very fine theatre
erected some half a century back is in tlie severe
Itahan Renaissance style, but most of the other
modem buildings in the town are in the German
Eclectic style, which we shall consider more iully
when we describe Munich. A remarkable re-
action, however, seems to have set in, if we may
judge from tlie new Catholic cjithedral erected
in memory of Von Windliorst, the last prime
minister of Hanover. This building is a scrupu-
lous revival of a fourteenth century church, and
is one of the most successfiil and elaborately
carrieil out attempts of the kind in Germany.
Osnabnjck has a noble
transition Romanes<iue ca-
thctlral with three massive
towers, rather English-look-
ing, a square east end, and
Latly Chapel not unlike
Chester. The interior,
though verj' severe, is ex-
tremely striking and con-
tai ns many objects of i nterest.
Brunswick also possesses
a fine Romanesque cathe-
dral, completed alxiut the
year 1227, full of objects
of interest. The churches
of S. Giles, S. Catherine,
and S. Andrew are all valu-
able examples of Gothic
architecture of an early
character, and well worthy
of study. The secular build-
ings are of more than ordi-
uar)' value. The liathhaitu,
in a very jiure Gothic style,
is one of the most elaborate
secular buildings in Ger-
many. The Gvwaudhans,
with its stately gable, is a
satisfactory example of Re-
naissance, and siiows tliat
it is tpiite possible to ])ierce
neurly the whole front of a
building with windows witii-
out in any way depriving it
of dignity and solidity.
Hildcsheim is, without
doubt, one of the mast in-
teresting citiea in Europe.
Every kind of architecture
which is to be found in the
German Emiiireis licre illus-
tratetl. Whether we regard tlie remarkable
antiquity of its churches, tlicir invaluable curi-
ositic."!, nr its cxtnonliiiary wealth of donu'stic
arcliitcrtinf. it i^ iiiiii|ui'. Although its churchej*
(111 not )iiis-i--^ tlic s|.liTiil(iur of those of Cologne,
tlicy illustr.it.' :.n .Mili.r ci.ocii. The cathedral,
S. Miduicl, and S. Gothard are all examples of
the tenth and eleventh centuries, in which the
224
GERMANY
Roman basilica type has been strictly adhered
to, and the imitation of Roman work is obvious.
The fiat ceiling, with its ancient decoration, still
remains at S. Michael's. Though restored, this
remarkable church, erected between the years
993-1022, is fairly perfect, with the exception
of its western apse, for it was a double-choir
church. A singular feature is to be observed :
the sculiitiire is expcnted in artificial stone, and
is (if u xrry liiuh onlir .if merit; on the screens
between the wi'.vt i-lhiii' and its aisles the figures
are aliimst ( rreek in tlieir refinement. The
celebrated Bishop Bernward, who introduced
this style of work into Germany, has left many
examples of his art both here and in the cathe-
dral. His folluwers, Bisliiip Azelin, win, .lied in
1054, an.l V.i.hny Hazil-, IU7'.i, liav,. also
of early art. The euthe.lnil has uuiurtuuately
been modernized internally, but its bronze doors,
dated 1015, are covered with bas-reliefs which
are the most valuable works of this period ex-
isting iu Germany. The curious bronze col-
umn, in imitation of that of Diocletian in
Rome, ornamented with small subjects in relief,
the great chandelier, 22 feet in diameter, in the
nave, and numerous objects in the sacristy,
illustrate Bernward's artistic ability, or that of
the sculjitors whom he introduced from Italy.
Althiiiiili the i-athedral is, in its present con-
ditiun, mith.r a very dignified nor magnificent
biiihlin.;-, it w.inld be difficvdt to discover one
richer in works of art of every period. The
font, a noble bronze casting of the thirteenth
century, the fourteenth century choir stalls, and
the sixteenth century rood screens are most in-
teresting examples of their various periods. It
is greatly to be regretted that a Hanoverian
architect of the Eclectic school, some forty years
back, rebuilt the west front, destroying the
ancient forehall of this church.'
The third early church, S. Gothard, which
from an architectural point of view is the finest,
dates from 1133. It is perhaps the most
beautiful church of that date in (Germany, but
has suffered extremely from a vecont restoration.
The upper portions of the clmir, whirh w. re fine
fourteenth century work, lia\.' lie.-n |iiill.:l down
and rebuilt in imitation of ];.inianes.|ui' work.
The stalls, which were most beautiful, with the
exception of two or three, have been destroyed,
and the whole ancient ritual arrangement of the
buil.lin^' has 1i,vn .oniiihl.lv ii|i.. (. A small
an.l U-lv llllle .-hui.!, .I.JhMh.l l- ,^ Ala,.:,.,!,
th.Hl-h .,f V.a-V htllr ml. Ml II rlr, |H, ,. r. a
collccti.m of ni..st. inLelc.lin- ehmeli |.I.U.e of
very early date, Bcarcely wurpa«sed anywiiere in
Germany.
The domestic work of Hildesheim iu unrivalled
in its way. The houses arc for the most |)art
built entirely of woo<l, and in8tca<l of the Hpaces
" It resenibled the one Htill exiuting in Minden.
226
GERMANY
between the beams being filled in with plaster
or brickwork, as is most commonly the case,
here they consist of elaborately carved wooden
panels. The building called the Knockenhauer
Ampthaus is extraordinarily elaborate, and iu
the older streets of the to^vn every house is a
study. They date mostly from the latter part
of the sixteenth and earlier years of the seven-
teenth centuries.
Ducal Saxony possesses several very interest-
ing to-\vns, especiaUy Erfurt with its cathedral,
fourteen churches, and interesting civil and
domestic buildings. The cathedral and church
of S. Severin stand side by side, upon a platform
some 50 feet high, and are approached by stone
staircases. Each has a JIallenbau nave, that
of the cathedral poorly designed, as the aisles
are much wider than the nave. At S. Severin,
however, there are four aisles to the nave, the
whole under one great external roof. Inter-
nally, the effect is decidedly fine and very nuich
resembles the cathedral at Zaragossa in Spain.
Both of the Erfurt churches have three towers,
all close together between the nave and choir,
but at the cathedral a bay of the old Roman-
esque nave is left beneath them ; there are
transepts. The ett'ect is not altogether pleas-
ing. There are, however, two noble features
about the cathedral : the loftv aisleless-ch.iir,
1349-1353, is lighted by fift.M'n .x.^iisit.' win-
dows full of stained glass, ami th.i.' is an ex.. c.l-
ingly rich triangular porch at th.' en.l .if the
north transept. Both of these may rank among
the most splendid mediaeval works in Germany.
The cloisters of the cathedral and the lofty stone
canopy ovei the font at S. Severin are well
Halli.isia.lt ]i.isses.ses a remarkably elegant
cathe.lral, evi.lently a work of the Cologne
school. It is full of interesting works of art,
and has the advantage of having nearly all been
built at the commencement of the fourteenth
century. The plan is far more like a small
French cathedral than a German one. It re-
tains the whole of its ancient fittings and furni-
ture, among these bein'.: a very majrnifieeiit rooil
screen. Altli.iui;!. th.' .hui.h is laith.Tan, yet
nowhere in (Jermany .1.. «.■ lin.l a nmri' siini|itii
ous collection of eliureh jilat.', ]irii'sts' rolies, altar
cloths, etc., showing how very conservative Ger-
man Protestants are. There are some fine
churches at Mag<leburg, osjieeially the catiiedral.
edia
lithe
.irth.
Banilxn-g iu Bavaria, of wlii.h il is .•\i.l.nlly a
copy. It possesses two most ini.i.siin,' i.i.mI
screens, one liaving tiic rooil li.l.iu Ih.' L,Mllery
instead of above it, — the only example we have
ever seen. The cathedral of Meissen has been
much praised for its ojMJiiwork spire, which
GERMANY
is, after all, a poor imiution of Freiburg-ira-
Brcisgau.
Although Saxony contains a great number of
ancient churches, niedla;val buildings, castles,
etc., yet they cannot be said to be remarkable
for originality, and are less instructive as objects
of study than those of most other parts of
Germany.
Dresden is decidedly a very handsome city,
but it contains no ancient buildings of any im-
GERMANY
■will enable one to draw distinctions between
the Franoonian school in the north, the Rhenish
in tlie Palatinate, the Danubian in the centre
and eiist, the Swabian in tlie south and west.
The river Main falls into the Rhine opposite
Mainz, and presents nothing worthy of notice
portance. There are only two churches that are
particularly worthy of notice, the Fraueu Kirche
and the Catholic church. Both are in tlie rococo
style. The Frauen Kirche is, however, an
original-looking building, with a lofty stone
dome. The royal palace is a not un])i(ture.sque
Neodassic stnicture, with a striking-looking
tower. The Zivintjer, a viist structure of various
dates, a portion of wliioh forms a magnificent
picture gallery, and the very noble opera iiouse
opposite to it, are works of Semper. The latter
is one of the most beimtiful buildings of its class
in Europe. The architect has retained the old
Roman external form, with its arcades, which
liavc ail oxtrcmcly iiitcrostiiii,' rtfcct.
GERMANY, ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part
m. ; Bavaria, 'Wurtemberg. The jiicsciit
of small states tacked on to tlie (jld dukedom
wliich gives the name. Some of these were
ecclasia-stical, — such, for instjince, as the prince-
bishoprics of Wiirzburg, Freising, Eichstatlt,
Passau, and Spires. Others were secvdar states,
— such as the Rhine Palatinate, Ansbach, Ot-
tingrn, Bayrouth. Others imperial cities, — such
as Nuremberg, Augsburg, Ratislxin, Rothenburg,
S< liwciiifiirtli, etc. This will naturally account
for a certain amount of variety in the archi-
tectural schools, though they are not very
strongly marked ; but a careful examination
until the city of Frankfort is reachal. The old
part of Frankfort is picturesque, and was far
more so before the fire whicli a few years ago
destroyed the pictiu-esque old Kraut Market and
greatly injured the cathedral. The latter, with
tlie exception of its beautiful tower, is not a very
inipiirtant mediieval work. It is a small four-
teenth century cliurcli, to which a huge jiair of
transepts have licen added, about the fifteenth
^4^
century, to make space for the coronation cere-
monials of the Holy R<iman Eniiwrors. Tlie
only other mcdiieval buihling in the town of any
importance is the Liehfraiien Kirche, a good
example of Rlienisli Romanesque. Altliough the
modern parts of Frankfort are hand.'^ome, well
built, and ably planned, yet tiiere is notliing
])arti(iilarly remarkable from an architectural
228
-m.
OERMA.NY, I'AKl 111.: (IILKCII Oh' S. .SEBAUJUS, NUKEMliEKG, liAVAKIA; WEST END.
GERMANY
point of view. The only objects of special
interest in this neighbourhood are the abbey of
Seligenstadt, on the Main, a large Roinauesque
fhurdi, internally modernized, and the superb
thirteenth century church of Gclnhausen, upon
a little river called Kinzing, which runs into the
Main at Hannau. It is a very pure example of
the latest phase of Rhenish Roniane.s(iue when
it began to assume Gothic tracer}' forms. The
church has lieen thoroughly restored .since the
writer saw it, wlien it was in a most dilapidated
condition, and one of its spires was twisted into
GERMANY
Pompeian house, and it is said trial to live in it.
At Wertlieim are the ruins of the grand castle of
Liiwenstein and an interesting fifteentli centurj'
church, witli a singular nxxl screen and a very
remarkable sculpture<l monument rejiresenting a
knight in full armour holding the hands of two
ladie.s, one of wliom has rather an Eastern tyjjc
of face. The storj' is told of a kniglit lieing
taken pri.souer by the Turks, and, althougli he
iiad a wife at home, he " was force«l to marry
the Sultan's daughter." Tliere does not ai»j)car
to be a word of truth about the story, nor can
a corkscrew sliape, like the celebrated one at
Chesterfield, in Derbyshire (England). Tiie
Main enters the Bavarian teiTitories close to
the interesting old city of Aschaftenburg, wiiere
there is a striking old palace 1605-1618, in a
style resembling English Jacoljean, with five very
lofty towers crowned by bulbous spires, and an
ejirly Romanes(iue church of the basilica ty])e,
with western tran.septs and cloisters surrotuiding
that j)ortion of the building, like the laiifyniKj of
a Nonvegian church. There are two fine ba.s-
reliefs in bronze, by Johann and Peter Vischer.
Ludwig I. erected a villa here in imitation of a
231
it Ikj asccrtainetl who are represented on this
l)pautiful monument, or whether in fact it is a
monument at all.
The pleasiint old prineo-bishoii's city of Wiirz-
burg, charmingly situate<l on botii banks of the
Main, comiected by a mcditeval bridge adorned
by colossal statues, contains a cathetlral and
twenty-(me churches. The distant views remiiitl
one of Florence. The cathedral, a vast Roman
e.s(|ue building with four spires, consecrated in
1 1 S9, was modeniized intenially in the year
1700 and covered with rococo plaster work. It
must be acknowlalgeil that this is remarkably
232
GERMANY
good of its kind, and the correct anatomy of the
vast figures supporting the vaulting leaves no
doubt of its Italian origin. Against the piers
are statues of the long line of prince-bishops who
have ruled this see, the earliest dating from the
eleventh century. The must remarkable, how-
ever, are those of Bishop Shiiiiiliiii:, 141)'), and
Von Bibra, 1521, by the cmimut h.ral sculptor
Tilman Rhiemenschneider, and there is a mag-
nificent thirteenth century bronze font. At the
NeumwLster Kirclie, which adjoins the cathedral,
some remarkable cloisters were discovered some
years back. They were adorned with sculpture
of a Byzantine character. The graceful Marien
Kirche, on the market place, is a Hallerihau of
rich Gothic work, 1377-1469, its columns and
doorways adorned with statues by Tilman Rhie-
menschneider. The great Italian church, called
the Stifthaiuj, 1679, has a finely designed
dome by Petrini. The church of S. Burkard
(Biirchardikirche) has a Romanesque ba.silica-
like nave of the tenth centurj', and a late Gothic
choir which is built over the road.
There is some interesting sixteenth century
domestic architecture and a very curious town
hall, portions of which are KoinaneMiue. TJie
great palace built by the aieliitect llalta/.ai
Neuman is one of tlie tinest mnnd Imililinus in
Germany. The staircase and entrance hall are
magnificent. The great castle of Marienberg,
which overlooks the town from a lofty rock,
contains a very remarkable ancient church, cir-
cular in plan, and said to be the earliest building
in this part uf (lerinany.
A few miles tidin Wurzburg are two very in-
teresting village churches at Griinsfeldhausen
and Oberwittighausen. The first naiincl has an
octagonal nave united by a i<inii nt necking to a
small octagonal choir, with a very elegant oc-
tagonal tower rising up between the two ; it is
rich Romanesque work. The second church has
an octagonal nave with a square tower in the
centre supported internally upon four solid
arches, and a small apsidal chancel. As noth-
ing of the kind is to Ik; found in the neighbonr-
hood, it would be interesting to trace out the
hi.story of these two buildings.
The Main between Wiirzburg and Bamberg
is almost as rich in mediiuval antiquities as the
Rhine. Heidingsfeld has a church partly Ro-
mane.squc and partly Gothic, with a beautiful
atone pulpit and tabernack
remarkably jiictures.nie t.iui
Gothic //a/^/,//<(,/ clnnvli uM
attached to its column-, n,a.
about GO fe<;t higli, and a vei
font. In the churchyanl is
teenth century chajjcl with
adorned with sculpture. The Jialliliavi
scribcfl with the dates 1498-1499, is a most
perfectly preserved Gothic structure, full of
ancient furniture of the same date as its erec-
233
sciifurth,
Inirate bronze
xquisite four-
ri<-hly
GERMANY
tion. Dettelbach has a very curious church
with two towers, one circular and the other
square, connected by a bridge close to the top.
It has a charming Rathhaus built across the
street and a little river.
About fourteen miles off" is the delightful
medieval towm of Rothenburg, on the Tauber,
with towers, walls, and gates all perfect, most
interesting domestic architecture, and an ex-
tremely fine church with two cm-ious openwork
stone spires and some magnificent altarpieces
carved by Tilman Rhiemenschneider. The
other clnnvliis in tin tnwn, though small, are
full of ancient unrksolart.
To return t.. tlic Main. At Hasfurth are
twn verv intercom- chnrclu^s ; nnc, called the
/,'iltrrs-h;null,. ,> nnc ,.1' the ricii,.>l and nmst
e<i
and
armorial bearings.
Hamlwrg, another j)rince-bishop's city, hii-s a
singularly Ijeautiful cathedral, which is certainly
GERMANY
the noblest example of early Gothic work in Ba-
varia. It has a double choir and tour lofty
spires; the eastern choir is elaborate Roman-
esque work, 1237; the western, elegant first
pointed ; the towers flanking the western choir
greatly resemble those of Laon, in France,
though they were completed in 1274, nearly
a centurj' later than those of the French cathe-
dral. The interior, which is very striking, is
rich in caning and sculpture ; the bas-reliefs
uix)n the screens of the eastern choir (thirteenth
centur}') are probably tlie finest in the whole of
Germany ; no building in the whole land is so
rich in monuments. One of the earliest is that
of S. Stephen, king of Hungary, an equestrian
statue. In the centre of the church is the mag-
nificent tomb of the Emperor Henry II. and
Queen Cunigunda, the work of Tilman Rhie-
raenschneider, 1513. It is adorned with excel-
lent sculpture executed in Salzburg marble.
The western choir stalls are l)e<vutiful examples
of fourteenth century woodwork. A cliapel,
which leads out of the south transept, has its
walls literally covered with bronze bas-reliefs,
the monuments of former bishojjs and canons
of the church. The town of Bamberg is full
of ancient churches, but the most beautiful of
them, the Marien Kirche, with a very rich
Gothic choir, has been atrociously modernized
intenially.
For domestic and military architecture Ger-
many possesses no city equal to Nuremberg;
nowhere are there such magnificent streets,
such noble houses, such walls, gates, and tow-
ers, or such a striking mediaeval castle. Not
the least interesting objects in this beautiful
city are the vast warehouses and granaries
with their stupendous roofs, often jjierced by
as many iis six ranges of dormer windows. The
liDUscs have a peculiarity of arrangement : their
(laiiks, and not their gables, are turned toward
tlic street, but the roofs are adonied with mag-
nificent dormers crowied by dwarf spires. The
Na.ssau House, fourteenth century, luus an elabo-
rate parapet, and boldly corljelletl turrets at the
angles. The house called Chorlein, near S. Se-
bald, po8ses.ses the most beautiful oriel window
in Nuremburg, 1513. The fountains are justly
celebrated. The Schone-Brunnen, 1 385-1 39G,
is a lofty Gothic spire some 60 feet high, adorned
with a profusion of sculpture, and is certainly
the most beautiful structure of the kind in
Europe.
The churches are rather of the Swabian type.
S. Lawrence, begun 1275, has a fine west front,
nave with aisles, and clearstory ; and large
Jlalleribau choir, 1439-1471. It is a fine
example of Gothic architecture, though that
ugly Swabian feature, the substitution of a
blank wall in jjlace of the triforium, mars what
would otherwise have been a singularly beauti-
ful interior. All criticism, however, vanishes
GERMANY
when we come to examine the magnificent de-
tails, sculpture, car^-ing, stained glass, and fur-
niture of ever)- description. Adam Krafts
exquisite sjicranient house and Veilstross's grand
sculpture of the " Annunciation " are amongst
the most magnificent of the very numerous
works of art in this splendid church.
The Sebaldus Kirche ha-s a very fine early
nave with double aisles and a Hullenbau choir,
in the centre ( if wliidi stands the noblest produc-
tion of the eail_\ K't ii.ii-~aip <• sciiool in Germany,
the shrine of s" S, i,aM. Ky 1 'eter Vischer, 1508-
1519. A niaj:iiiiir<iit trijile canopy of bronze
forms a baldacchiuo over the shrine, adorned
with statues of the twelve apostles and innu-
merable statuettes. All the churches of Nu-
remberg contain objects of great interest.
Ratisbon, or, as the Grermans call it, Regens-
burg, perhaps the most ancient city in Germany,
is situated at the junction of the Danul>e and
the Regen, exactly at that point where the Dan-
ube reaches its most northern limit. Perhajjs
Ritisbon may be regarded architecturally as the
second most important town in Germany, and
is to Danubian architecture what Cologne is to
the Rhine. In this most interesting town, con-
taining a cathedral and twenty churches, we
find examples of almost everj' kind of European
architecture, both ecclesiastical and secular.
The cathedral is regarded by Fcrgusson and
other writers as the most perfect Gothiq church
in Germany, and, though it is of moderate size,
only about 300 feet long, it would be difficult
to find a more imix)sing and thoroughly satisfy-
ing building. The plan is one of extreme sim-
plicity. As it rises from the ground, it consists
of a nave and ai>lrs. terminating in three apses ;
at till . li ai-t ii\ level, however, it becomes cru-
cifiiiHi \'} t;ai!se|it> ]irojecting to the aisle walls,
so thai uu iil.ui ihero arc neither lateral chapels
nor transepts. It is of great height, 126 feet
to the vaulting, and about 100 feet wide, meas-
uring over nave and aisles. Evidently, the
problem which the architect of this church had
to solve was one which is of the greatest in-
terest to the modern American and English
architects. It was this : how to erect ujx)n a
comparatively small site in the heart of a city
filled with unusually lofty buildings a verj- dig-
nified cathedral. It is said that the celebrated
Albertus Magnus was the man who overcame
this difficulty, and gave the scheme for the
present cathedral. He was certainly Bishoji of
Ratisbon when the cathedral waa commenced
in 1278, and was prior of the fine Dominican
church when the latter was commenced in 1274.
Now, although the cathedral is a vciy elaborate
building, and the Dominican church a very i>laiu
one, the same masterly treatment and the siiKtle
knowledge of proportion are characteristic of
both buildings. The interior of the cathedral ia
most impressive, and the grand west front, part
2:}6
GERMANY
of which only dates from 1404—1486, is certainly
the most magnificent in Gennany. The two
great towers, the spires of which have only been
just recently completed, are nobly planned, and
the triangular porch between them is one of the
most exquisite works of medireval times. Most
of the windows are of beautifiil old stained glass,
and as the altars stand beneath canopies coeval
with the building, there is a harmony which is
not frequently met with in old churches. The
cloisters, which are very extensive, do not join
GERMANY
that beautiful thirteenth century style of pointetl
Gothic which is peculiar to the Danube and its
immediate neighbourhood. This style is re-
markable, from the fact that, unlike all other
early thirteenth century work in Germany, it
has no Romanesque characteristics about it.
The churches of tlie Neider-Miinster, the Oher-
Miinster, and the abbey of S. Emmeran, also
in Ratisbon, are early Romanesque works of the
basiUca type, unfortunately much modernized
internally. The last named has a curious crypt
Germany, Paut III. : St. Michael's Church, Munich, Bavakia ; Interior of Nave ; c. 1585.
the cathedral, and are thus more like the cam-
pondnto of an Italian cathedral ; they are bi-
sected by a large vaulted hall full of ancient
monuments, from which two ancient chapels are
entered. The larger, that of S. Stephen, is said
to have been the original cathedral, and dates
from the ninth or tenth century. The other
one looks like a baptistery, and is tliirteenth cen-
tury work ; Vjoth contain tlieir original altars.
Close to the cathedral is a very remarkable
thirteenth century Gothic church called the
Alte-I'furr. Two thirds of the area is covered
by vaulted galleries, and its architecture is of
237
at the west end, above ground, sujjporting a
choir and altar. There is also a very beautiful
thirteenth century cloister of the (•liaractcri.sti<'
Dannl.i.-m s.'Ii.m.I, oxm.iii.Ics „f vlii.'h .■nv to he
f.nn.l in .\^l^tlia. ll is .sn,nruli.,l ,l,tlirult to
(Irlninin,' u lirtl.rr tins M \ Ir ,.,,■, mat, .1 in l!at-
isl.on, a uuw\ its way ,ln,r„ ||„. Lanul,.', or
whether it had its rise in the Austrian abbeys,
and found its way vp the Danube. (See Aus-
trian States, Architticturo of.) The Scotcii
ablxjy church of S. James is a very valuable
cxan^plo of a late Romancsipie basilica, and Iwis
escaped alterations or modoruizatiun.
GERMANY
The domestic buililiiiji^s are as remarkable as
tlie et-clesiastical, many of them dating from the
twelfth and thirteenth centuries. They are so
lofty as to be absolute towers, and there is a
remarkable feature about them wliich may be
worthy of consideration by American and Eng-
lish architcc'ts who have to erect very tall build-
ings in cities. They are comi)letely free from
horizontal lines or features of any description ;
all details, whether structural or ornamental,
are vertical. There is a very interesting Rath-
haus, chiefly fourteenth centurj', which retains
some of the earliest tapestry we have ever seen.
Municli does not contain many valuable ex-
amj)le.s of mediieval architecture. The cathe-
dral, which, by the way, wa.s only made the sec
of a bishop at the commencement of the pre.sent
century, is a vast brick Ilallenbau more re-
markable for its size and magnificent stained
glass than for stnictural beauty. The court
church of S. Michael is the most interesting
Renais-sance ecclesiastical building in Germany,
erected between the years 1585-1591 ; it is a
vast single span church wth chapels between
the buttresses. The great stone barrel vaidt
of the nave is over sixty feet in span. There is
some uncertainty as to the architect ; by some
writers it is attributed to De Witt, called by the
Italians Candido, and by others to Frederic
Sustris. Munich, however, chiefly attracts at-
tention on account of its modem buildings.
German architects have here had an opportunity
of distiiiguishini; themselves such as has lieen
granted nduln'i .1-. d nini.' the present cen-
t\iry. KiiiL.' I. ■ _ • incd to make Mu-
nich the nil-! I i: til in Europe, and
with great wi-liu 1j, '-I'vived tiie idea, not
of rebuilding the ijuaint old city, but of erecting
a new towni adjoining it, a kind of "glorified
sub\irb." Space and expense were of little or no
importance, material and skilled workmen were
at hand, and a school of decorative painters was
established who were rcjuly to adorn the build-
ings when erected with wall ]iicturcs of great
excellence. Given all these favourable condi-
tions, did the German architects rise to the
occiusion and is modern Mimich tiie architectu-
ral Eldonulo one has a right to exjjcct ? Two
schools of thought were at work from tlie first,
one led by Klenze, whose idea was to adapt
cliiKsical styles of architecture to motlern re-
quirements, and tiie other by Gartner, who
attempted to invent a new style by tiie combi-
nation of diussical, mediieval, and lieiiaissancc.
The works of the first school are exiiibited in
the old Pinakotiiek, 1826-1836, by Klenze,
tiie Giypt.thek, also by Klenze, 1816-1830,
and the Propyhea, 1862, by Klenze, all very
nolile buildings, though especially in the case
of the Propyhea almost too distinctly cojiies of
ancient work. The other school, called the
Eclectic School, produce<l the Ludwiga Kirche,
GERMANY
1829-1842, by Gartner, the Librarj', the new
Pinakothek by Voit, 1846-1853, the Mjiximil-
iaueum, and the great street leading up to it.
Now there is certainly no reason why a motleni
architect shoidd not mix together any number
of styles, pro\nded he makes a liarinonious com-
bination of tliein and is master of the various
elements he is dealing witli, and we must ask
the question. Did these German arciiitects create
harmonious combinations, and were tiiey masters
of the Romanesque and Gothic styles which they
combined with the classical ? Is there anything
to be Ibund in the Aiier Kirche by Ohlmiiller
1830-1839, to lead one to tlie conclu.sion that
tiie German architects of the jMjriod iuid a very
deep knowledge of Gothic ? or in the exterior of
the Allerheiligen Kapelle that tliey understood
Byzantine work? and can any one find any
hopeful signs for the future of a style whose
most recent developments have prmlucetl the
Maxiinilianeum and the great street leading to
it? Of course tlie Liulnigs Kirche and the
Allerheiligen Capelle have splendid features
about them, but iiow much of this is owing to
their magnificent decorations liy Cornelius and
Hess and to their sumptuous internal material ?
And even the basilica by Liebland, 1850, a
great church 270 feet long, 83 feet wide, sup-
ported upon 66 columns of gray Tyrolese mar-
ble, its walls eucnisted with costly marbles and
fr&scoes by Hess and Schraudolph, could scarcely
fail to be striking ; but what of the exterior
where all these adventitious aids to its archi-
tecture were wanting? Can it be said to be
either striking or interesting ? Of course if the
Eclectic School had 8tarte<l some forty years
later, and numbered amongst its designers such
Gothic architects as Professor Schmidt of Vienna,
Jlichael Stadtz of Cologne, Guldenpfennig of
Paderbom, combined with the knowleilge of
classical styles of such men as Klenze or
Schinkel, the result might have indeed been
a triumph for modern arciiitectiire, and we
might have possessed a ~t\l. ul I !; w nld equal,
if not surpass, the glci' i -
Augsburg, the ancii ii i ■ ^A.ihia, is a
noble city, and is to (iriii an l;< . u— luce what
Ratisbon is to the early German Gothic, and
Nuremberg to later. The lofty Renaissance
houses turn tiieir great gables towards the
Majfimiliau Stranse, the glory of the town, and
possibly the noblest street in Eiiro])e, in the
centre of which stands the great Jtathhaim,
built by Eliiis Roll, 1616-1020. The eleva-
tion consists of a colossal gable 147 feet broatl
and 175 feet iiigii, flanked i)y octagonal towers
crowned by ogee domes. The building is of
brick, but enriched here and tiiere by bronze
work. In this same street are three very lofty
towers. The Fire Tower, called the Perlach,
close to the Itathhnu.t, was commenced 989,
but rebuilt from alxmt 40 feet to the ground by
GERMANY
Elias HoU in 1615; it is 226 feet high and
crowned by a lantern. The church of S. Moritz
on the other side of the street has a very simi-
lar tower, and that of S. Afra at the extreme
end of the street has a tower 300 feet high.
These towers are very Easttm in typr, crowned
by pear-shaped domes. They aic ciiumKin all
over the south of Germany, iJu-sm, and Turkey.
We have been unable to di.s((i\er any of an ear-
lier date than the sixteenth century. The church
of S. Afra is a fine late Gothic building, 1476-
1500, commenced by Hans Luitpol and com-
pleted by Burkart Engleberger. Like everything
in Augsburg it is on a grand scale, 316 feet long,
94 wide, and 100 to the vaulting. There are
three magnificent f.uintains in this street adorned
with colossal HlCUIVs, sra Ik uses, rtc, ill lironze,
dating fmni the cldsc i.f the sixtivntli rcntury.
What strikes one so much abuut thcui is the
GERMANY
upon very slender columns. It is a very grace-
ful building, and its five porches are adorned
with rich sculpture. The architect was Meister
Hans Steinmetz, but the upper portion of tlie
steeple was not completed until the middle of
the sixteenth century. It is, however, entirely
Gothic work and the continuation of the same
design. The domestic architecture of Landshut
is excellent, the houses for the most part having
narrow fronts and very lofty pinnacled gables.
There is an elegant httle Italian palace with a
pretty courtyard and rooms adorned with charm-
ing panelling and parquetry. Overlooking the
town from the top of a lofty hill is the castle
of Trausnitz, one of the most interesting in
Germany, Part III.: Villa
great size of their basins and the plentiful sup-
ply of water which splashes about amongst the
great bronze figures, creating quite a sea in the
large pools, which are full of fish, and giving an
air of freshness to this wide and very long
street. The cathedral at Augsburg is a very
curious church with two choirs, the eastern dat-
ing from the fourteenth century and the west-
em, together witli the nave, from the tenth
century. There arc ■.'rand liniiizc- doors covered
with baa-reliefs and the (ailn -t stained glass in
Europe. The older Kisliup,, thidne in the west
choir, a marble seat HU[)i)<)rled on lions, is said
to be Roman work. There are fine stalls, inter-
esting furniture, and perhaps the best collection
of pictures in any German cliurch.
Landshut, another grand old city, has the
houses of its principal street built over arcades.
The great church of S. Martin possesses the
loftiest brick tower in the world, 454 feet high.
The church itself is a vast Ildllculxiu, 315 feet
long and 100 feet to the vaulting, supported
241
Bavaria. It possesses a curious thirteenth cen-
tury chapel with some interesting sculpture.
The aiiartments on the ground floor are all
vaulted in the .style ..f the liftcciith century,
but tho.se on the ui)]icr stories were decorated
and fitted up by De Witt (Caudido) at the dose
of the sixteenth century. The stoves are beau-
tiful examples of earthenware work and tiles.
The cathedral of Ulm is, according to De
Lassaube, the third largest church in (urinany,
but since the completion of its steejilc smnc few
years back, it is, if measured in bulk, the scccind.
Its great dimensions and magnificent lumiture
entitle it to consideration, but wiion the oppor-
tiuiity of erecting one of the largest churches in
Christendom was ottered to its arciiitccts, sec-
onded by the assistance of workmen, seulptor.s,
and stained glass painters of unsurpassed excel-
lence, it is indeed strange that they should have
produced so unsatisfactory a building. It is in
every way the reverse of Ratisbon ; an enormous
site was available, — a town of uulimitol arwi,
GERMANY
by no means cIdsoIv Imilt, — ami a magnificent
opiKirtunity, yet although it is double the size,
the smaller church is dignitietl and most impres-
sive, wliereas no large ciiurch in Euroi)e is so ill
designed as that of Ulni. It hiis been siiid that
it is a village church magnifie<l to tlie size of a
cathedral. Of course the Swabian architects
delighted in simplicity of plan, but here the idea
is greatly exiiggerated. A grejit ciithe<lral nearly
500 feet long and 144 feet to the vaulting, con-
sisting of a nave and aisles, a western tower,
and a low single-aisled choir, is an affectation
of simplicity. That ugly feature, a huge blank
wall in place of a triforium, is disagreeably
apparent, and is all the more objectionable
from the j)overty of detail in tiie arches and the
vaulting. The tower is the only portion of the
building which is striking or magnificent. Its
lower portion consists of an open hall, which is
undoubtetlly striking. The church is, however,
like many of the German cliurches, a perfect
museum of beautiful works of art. The Sacra-
ments' house, 90 feet high, is a masterpiece of
tabernacle work. The stalls, altarpieces, and
stjiined glass are not to be surpassed in Eurojte.
The great tower has recently Iwen completed,
but its outline is not quite siitisfactory.
St\ittgart is a handsome city, chiefly remarka-
ble for its modern architecture. The Scliloss is
a pictures<iue Renai.ssance building, 15.53-1570.
The new palace, 1746-1807, is not specially
interesting. The tlieatre, which almost joins
it, and the KonhjHbau are not undignified, yet,
although the town is handsome, it caimot be
said to contain any work of great excellence.
The picturesque little town of Schwiibisch-
Gmiind is celebrated as the birtliplace of two
of the greatest architects of tlie Middle Ages,
Henry and Peter Arler ; of the elder brother's,
Henry's, work the Tleiligeiikreulz Kirche, 1357,
is a brilliant example. Henry Arlei- is bclieveil
to be that Enrico Di Gamodio who commenced
Milan cathedral, and there is a certain similarity
between the details of the church at Gmiind
and the great cathedral, especially about tiie
disposition of the niches over tlie doorways and
tlie large windows round the aisles of the apse.
Tliat Henry Arler designed tlie celebrated Cer-
tosa at Pavia is far l&ss likely, as we trace no
re.semblance to his style in that building. Tlie
younger brother, Peter, was scarcely less cele-
brated, and we have given notice of his works
in Bohemia ; he also erected the fine church at
Nordlingen.
Wiirtciiibcrg possesses a fair number of inter-
esting churches, but our space will not .allow of
Mir dc.s
: tlicni
GERMANY, ARCHITECTURE OF ; Part
IV the Baltic Province Brandenburg, Sile-
sia, and German Poland. I'lic i)r(i\ iiicc,-; (if the
Gcrnian Kini)irc on the bonlers of the Haltic,
that is to say Schleswig-Holstein, Mecklenburg,
243
GERMANY
Pomerania, Danzig, Enneland, and Kdnigslierg,
have an architecture which is jieculiar to them-
selves, but which partakes of the characteris-
tics of all the Baltic countries. Thus, there is
no great distinction to be noticed l)etween those
of Pomerania and Sweden, Fricsland and Gott-
land ; though the details are somewhat varied,
yet the general resemblance is so remarkable as
to point to a common origin. The material
used is usually brick, but bears no resemblance
to the brick constniction in any other parts
of Europe. In Holstein, however, Flemish in-
fluence is conspicuous, notably at Lubeck, a
magnificent old town, rich in churches and
domestic architecture. Tiie Frauen Kirche is
a most remarkable building of grand dimensions,
with lofty clearstorj- and spire-crowned western
towers. It is extremely plain e.xtenially, but
the interior, though whitewashed all over, is
particularly striking. The cathedral, the church
of S. Catherine, and S. Jakob are also noble
works, and all possess elaborate mediieval fur-
niture and fitting. Schwerin, Wismar, Rostock
in Mecklenburg, Stralsund, Aiiklam, Stettin,
Stargard, Koslin, in Pomerania, all possess
magnificent churches of this brick arciiitecture,
one peculiarity about which is that brickwork
is treated almost precisely like stone. Now
althougii it is to be admired for intricacy of
detail, elegance of form , and variety in colour,
it must be acknowledged that it is not equal to
the treatment of brickwork in the buildings of
Italy and the south of France, and for this rea-
son there is always sonicfliiiiL' niisntisfactorj- in
art when one kind of iii,,i. nil .1, ii\.- its treat-
ment from another. N.iwii). 1)1 kuoik of the
countries we have just nn iiti..ii, ,1 i- cs.scntially
brick in construction, and the dcUiil is evolved
fi-om the special peculiarities of the materials ;
but in the case of the Baltic buildings they
would be more complete and fitting if the
design had been carried out in stone. Whether
this singular treatment of brickwork originated
in Sweden, Pomerania, the extreme eastern dis-
tricts of Enneland, Kbnigslterg, and Marien-
weider, or in Brandenburg, it is impossible
to determine ; it certainly appears, however, to
have received its iiighest develojiment in Dan-
zig, which was geographically a portion of
Poland.
A few miles from Danzig is the aiuicnt town
of Marienhurg, with its magiiiticcnt ca.stlc,
which was erected in the thirteenth century liy
the Teutonic branch of the Knights of S. .Joliii
of Jenisalem who settled here in the year 1281.
This vast castle covers an imniense area, and is
divide*! into three distinct buihlings all within
one enclosure ; the earliest portion was com-
pleted in 1309. The noble central building,
resembling the keep in an English castle,
and containing the knights' hall, chaj)ter house,
and chapel, was erected between 1351-138'_'.
GERMANY
This castle, the grandest in all Germany and
noblest example of bric-kwork, was commenced
while the neighbourhood was for the most part
pagan. Under the auspices of the Knights of
S. John rose the fine towns of Danzig, Marien-
burg, Elbing. Ermeland, adjoining this terri-
tory, was the see of a prince-bishop, and is
still the most northern Catholic bishopric in
Europe. Its capital, Frauenburg, possesses a
cathedral which is a most characteristic example
of this Baltic style. It is a very lofty Hallen-
baa, with four very slender gabled towers.
The choir was completed in 1342. Danzig is a
splendid old town, with im-
mense gabled houses and
churches. The Marien Kirche
is a colossal building, com-
menced in 1343 and completed
in the sixteenth century. In-
ternally it is a vast Hallenhau,
but externally, owing to the
aisles being gabled at right
angles to the nave, and there
being six slender towers pla(;ed
between the gables in addition
to the huge tower at the west
end, it presents a very impos-
ing appearance, though, like
many of the other churches in
this di.strirt, it looks more like
an immense t(nvn hall than
a church. This secular look
about the churches of north-
east Prussia is very strange to
the eyes accustomed to English
or French churches. It prol>
ably arises from the fact that
in this part of Europe alone
the secular and domestic build-
ings were cotemporary in their
inception with the ecclesiastical.
In point of fact, the Kniglits of
S. John, who were the posses-
sors of the province, commenced
their works by erecting vast
residential castles, as we see
at Marienburg, so that, instead
of architectural development taking its initiative
from churches, secular buildings originated it.
GERMANY
building. The town halls in Pomerania and
Mecklenburg have these curious masking walls
carried up several stories high, pierced with
quasi windows opened to the sky. Although
no doubt these buildings are very picturesque,
the style of architecture which produces such
eccentric shams cannot be regarded as grand
art. This curious kind of work is also found
at Posen and Silesia, though it does not hold
undivided sway, as is seen from such buildings
as the choir of the cathedral and the churches
of S. Elizabeth and Holy Cross at Breslau,
which belong to a far more dignified school.
Germany, Part IV. : Zeughaus
Eastern Prussia;
This semi-secular chi
also exhibits itself i
S. Catherine's, at Bi
ampin, the cxtriiur i
ConCCidrd licliiiKl {ji(
terminatcjl in inum
glazed ijrickwork of
cter about the churches
Brandenburg and Silesia.
ti(l(Mil)urg, is a curious ex-
thc cliiiiM'li being almost
■rd scicriis of brickwork,
ariouH colours. At I'renz-
lau the eastern portion of the great church is
hidden from view by a va.st gabled end whicli is
simply a masking wall, as the absolute eastern
termination of the building consists of three
apses, so that the plan and elevation can
scarcely be recognized as lielongiug to the same
'245
Although Berlin is for the most part a modem
city, there are some interesting exiuiiy)les of
mediteval work upon tlie island ; es|irri,illy, the
old Kloster Kirclic, tliiitecnth ccntuiy, and
S. Mary's, a very jileasint; Iniirteenth century
building. Before the time, iiowcver, of Fred-
eric 1., Berlin was an unimportant country town
in an uninteresting locality and upon a most
undesirable site, surrounded by a dead level
flat — a eDMihiiiatic f marsh and desert, with
a stagnant, muddy <liteli. What could have
induced Pru.ssian kings to select it as their
capital surpasses com])rehension, as there are
no natural beauties about the i)lacc. The water
supply is uncertain and iusufficieut, and the
240
GERMANY
drainage absolutely iiupossihle; however, not-
withstanding these tlitlicultie.s and drawbacks,
it must be acknowleilged that modern Berlin is
one of the handsomest and most <ligiiitied cities
in Eurojie ; most ett"ectively j)lanned with great
leading thoroughfares at right angles, the ijublic
buildings finely grou|X'd together and brought
strongly into evidence, eitiier in or near to a
noble street with a greiit double avenue of lime
trees along its centre called Cuter den Linden,
which enters the to\m at the Brandenburg
Gate, erected 1789-1792, crowned by a victory
in a (juadriga. The general ettect of this monu-
ment is not unpleasing, altiiough it is only of
brick plastered over. The first imjiortant i)ub-
lic building in Berlin was the arsenal, com-
menced by Xehering in 1685 and finished by
Schliiter. It is in the rococo style, and im-
posing from its vast size. The royal palace, by
the same architects, is a not unpleasant build-
ing, but Berlin owes its chief architectural
merit to Schinkel, who erected the grand mu-
seum, 18.30, M'ith its ma^nififoitt folomiado, in
the I.^i::- ^1^1... -.., ::"<' i; • ■. \ ■' ] -,
Sclin,
clasM^
revive the Gotliic for ecclesiastical. L'liloitu-
nately, like most architects of his time, his
Gothic was wanting in study from ancient work,
and, consequently, unsatisfactory, as may be
seen from a large church which he built at
Berlin,
Tli. X •■ ' c ,]l,iv, 1843-1855, by Halm-
hul ■ king and beautiful build-
in;: . style. The Jiathhau.%
1801 .- -, . ..itily and imposing structure
with liomauesquc detail, which somehow or
other does not seem to adapt itself well to the
requirements of a modern ])iiblic building.
The Reichs.srl„,i:.a,„i, 1X8.5-1887, is in a
somewhat scvn, l> ii,;iii.| Italian Renaissance
style, very di^inih .1 uni -pli mlidly carried out.
A consideral)lc iiumhcr nl large churches have
been recently erected in Berlin. The most im-
portant is the King William Memorial church
in Augusta Victoria Platz. It is in the Rhenish
Romanesque style, with five spires, and is cer-
tainly striking, though the interior hius rather
more the effect of a great hall than a cinirch.
This seems to lie the general idea of a modern
church in Berlin, and strangely enough has been
even taken up by the Catholics, who, in the
S. Sebastian church and the S. Pius church,
1 89.3- 1 89f), have ado]>U'd this idea. No doubt
it may lend itself well to Protestant form of
worship, but wc cjinnot help thinking that the
chunh of S. Michael, with its lofty Gothic nave
and aisl&s and apsidal choir, is much more suited
to ('atholic ritual.
The <lomestic architecture of Berlin seems to
be developing itself far more in the mediajval
GESSO DURO
and Niiremberg lines than in the severe Renais-
siince or classic ones. Some of the cafVs re-
cently erected are extremely elegjint buildings.
Berlin has always been celebrated for its statues
and monuments. Riuch's monumental grouj)
and eijuestrian statue to Frederick the Great
is etjualled by few modem works and suii)a.<.<e<l
by none. The new national monument to
William I., erc<ted in 1890, is a verj' well-
designed and striking combination of architec-
ture and sculpture.
Kugler, Ilandbuch der Kumtt/tgrhichte, 1866 ;
Kugler, Klfinschri/ten (a numerous series) ;
Otte, Ilandbuch der JurcM. /< unst-AtThaolti(jie
dfs deutschen Mittelalters ; MUller, Dinkmdifr
detilscheii Battkunst ; MUller, Beitrage zur
deutschen Kunst, etc.; Orijan fur ChristUche
Kunst. (publication still proceeding) ; Chapuy,
AUemafine monumentale ; Whewell, Architectural
Xiiles on Herman Churches; K'mg, iSludy-book- of
Mediaval Architecture and Art, London, 1S58 ;
Kugler, Pommetsche Kunstgeschichte ; ruttrich,
Denkmale der Baukuust des Mittelalters in
Sachsen; Boisser^e, Dmkmale der Bauk. ron 7
bis zum 13 Jahrhundert am Xiederrhein ; Quasi,
Deukmiiler der linuLinixi i,, Hrntland ; Schmidt,
Btiudenkmah - / / s.iuer i'mgebung ;
LUbke, Die M.ir /, 1 1 , ..ifalen .BrewJ-r,
Some CViuicA. ~ \ ■urhood of Clevcs
(paper read bn- i. ;i . l;. 1 I; A.. London. 1891) ;
Grier und Gorz, Doiktiiah nmxiiiischer Baukunst
am Bhein ; Ileideloff und MUller, Die Kunst des
Mittelalters in Schieaben ; W. \\. Brewer, Papers
upon the Media^al Architecture of Central Ger-
mani/, Bavaria, and Bohemia (published in The
Builder. London, 18C6 to 181)0) ; Popp and Bulan,
Architektur des Mittelalters in Regensburg ; Sig-
liart, Die Mittelalterl. Kunst in der Erzdiocese
Milnchen-Freising ; Haupt, Backstein Bauten der
Benaissance, 189St, Frankfort a/M ; Wasmuih,
Architektur der Gegemcart, Berlin (publication
still proceeding) ; Licht, Architektur Deutsch-
lands; Forster, Denkmale deutscher Baukunst,
Bildnere.i und Malerei vom Einfuhrung des Chris-
tenthums bis auf die neueste Zeit, Leipzig, 1866-
18G'J ; Hugo Licht, Architektur Berlins.
U. W. Bkewkk.
GEKVASE OF CANTERBURY; chroni-
cler.
The chronicler Gerviise gives an account of
Canterbury during the years of his own expe-
rience, first describing the church as he knew it
before the conflagration of 1174, then the events
of the fire, and histly the progr&ss of the recon-
struction. His account is printed in Willis
(01). cit.).
Stephen, Dictionary of National Biography;
Willis, Canterbury Cathedral.
OESSO. In Italian art, hard plaster such
as is u.>;cd for exists from works of art, and also
as a ground for minal jiainting. (See Encaus-
tic : Frc.-Jco Painting ; Fresco Secco.)
OESSO DURO. In Itidian art, gesso of
suiK'rior (piality, taking a hard finish and used
for casts from works of sculpture. Bas-reliefs
made of this material and usually painted for
the further protection of the surface were made
248
GHAT
in considerable numbers during the sixteenth
and seventeenth centuries ; some of these are
of very high rank as works of art, and are rec-
ognized and catalogued as such. They are
often mounted in highly decorated and quasi-
architectural frames, and the culour witli which
the plaster is i)aintcd very nt'trii imitates the
ordinary colour of tciru ciitta. — 11. S.
GHAT; GHAUT. In India, a landing
place with steps and a bi-oail ipiay, a.s on the
bank of one of the great navii^aMe ri\ers.
There is often on the land sid.' uf tlie (juay a
piece of architectural wallini: with a gateway
carried through it, much resiinliliii'^ tiie gates
in the outward wall of a tiiitili<'d city. (See
India, Architecture of.)
GHBERYS, ADAM ; architect ; d. Dec.
10, 1394.
Architect of the dukes of Brabant. He
directed in 1363, at the ducal palace in Brus-
sels, the construction of a chapel now destroyed,
and in 1376 built the chateau of Vilvorde.
Bioyraphie Nationale de la Be.lgique.
GHETTO. In ancient cities of Europe, espe-
cially in Italy, the Jewish quarter; a district
to which the Jews were confined. As the re-
striction lasted until veiy recent times, the old
ghetto is often found to be full of unaltered
ancient buildings, and in some cities that quar-
ter is peculiarly interesting to students. The
Ghetto of Rome, undisturbed until 1887, sur-
rounded the so-called Porticus Octavise — the
building named after Octavia, the sister of
Augustus, and partly rebuilt under Septimus
Severus. The Ghetto was therefore close to
the Tiber, and lay betweni the theatre of Mar-
cellus (Palazzo Orsini Savelli) im the southeast,
and the church of S. Maria in .MonticelH on the
northwest ; lying therefore ihie we.st from the
Campidoglio and hardly more tlian one quarter
of a mile distant.
GHIBERTI, LORENZO DE' ; goldsmith,
sculptor, and architect ; b. 1378 ; d. December,
1455.
The earliest of the three pairs of bronze
doors of the baptistery of P'loroiieo was made
by Andrea da Pisu (s,'e .\ii,hv.i da Pisa). In
UOl a competition w.a. opmrd for another.
According to Vasari the eonipetit(JTs were (ihi-
berti and Bmnellesco (see Brunellesco) of Flor-
ence, Giacomo della Querela and Fran(;esco
Valdambrini of Siena, Nicolo Spinelli and Nicolo
Lambcrti of Arez/o (see (!iaroni,i della Querela
and Lambert!, X.), and Smione of ( 'olle in Val
d' Elsa. The conjiietiiiw pandsuf the "Sacri-
fice of Abraham," e.xeeuled hy Prunelle.sco and
Ghiberti, are both in the Museo Nazionale, Flor-
ence. Gliiberti was successful, and began the
work ill December, 1403. It was finished
in April, 1424. In a document of April 16,
1420, he is mentioned as associated on ecpuil
terms with Brunellesco in building the cupola
GIACOMO DELLA PORTA
of the cathedral of Florence. He api)ears occa-
sionally in the records, but had little to do with
the actual construction (see Brunellesco). Jan.
2, 1424 (before the completion of his first
doors), Ghiberti received a commission for an-
other pair for tlie Florentine bajitistery. This,
the most eeh'lirated work of its kind in exist-
ence, was tinishi'd in 14")L'. It is composed of
ten panels in rehef rejiresentiny subjects from
the Old Testament. In the framework are
Inists and ti-ures in liiuh relief, (Jhil.erti mod-
elled also the beautiful framew(,rk of Ijirds and
foliage. The cartoons for many of the painted
glass windows in the Florentine cathedral were
drawn by Ghiberti. He was succeeded by his
son Vittorio ; and there were sculptors of the
Ghiberti family in the sixteenth century. Much
of our infoiinatinn aliout Ghiberti is taken
from his Commentaries, extracts from which
are published liy Perkins in his ninnoi,naiih.
Perkins, (,'hil:;-ti <t s..„ , ■,■,./,■ : i;evni..i„l. ,sVj(7p-
ture Jiorcitiiie : lii'vni.ai.l, /.-.,■,„.:,, (Uuhcrti;
Muntz, Les prh-iirseurs <h' la /;ri,,iiss,(„rr ; Va-
sari, Milanesi ed. ; Vasari, Blaslitield-IIoiikius ed.
GHINI, GIOVANNI DI LAPO ; architect.
Ghini first appears in the records of the
cathedral of Florence in 1355 as a member of
the commission appointed to consider the model
of Francesco Talenti (see Talenti, F.). In 1357
he was em|ilove(l to lav the foundations of the
first four ].iers ,,f the' nave. In 1358 he was
associated with Franet^seo Talenti, and in 1364
superseded him as chief architect of the cathe-
dral. About 1360, Ghini appears to have
made a model (called chicxa jnccola in the
records) which called for five hays in the nave,
and five chapels aliout the rotunda. Aug. 13,
1366, this model w.is sui.,Ts,Mled l.y that of the
commission of architects .md jiainters {niKcstri e
pittori) according to whi.h the church was
built essentially as it st.an.ls. (Sc.- Ilrunellesco.)
August, 1371, (Hiini's name ajipcars in the
records for the last time.
Nardini, Giovnimi ,ii I.,,,.,. Cliini ed il Dik.iw,
del 1630; Pietro \iun. 1/ ArrhUHtn (liovnnni di
Lapo; Guasti, S<nit„ M.n-iu .1,1 Finn.
GIACOMO. Roman architect. (See Cos-
mati.)
GIACOMO DA PIETRASANTA. (See
Pietra.saiita, (Jiacomo da.)
GIACOMO DELLA PORTA ; architect ;
b. 1541 at Milan ; d. KU)! at Konie.
The most im|.oitanl of the pupils of Vignola
(see Bar.>/./io, C). |;,iucen l.-.(il and 1573 he
was ocen pied at (Icno,,, his |iiiiici pal work there
being the ,-,.n,|.lclion of ihe church of S. Au-
nunziata. Alt.T the dc.ith of Vignola in 1573,
he returned lo l.'ome and limshed the church
called // (li'sii, l»gun l.y that architect. Before
his death in 1564, Michelangelo and his iussis-
tants had made a model for the cuj)ola of
S. Peter's church (Rome), and had completed
260
GIACOMO BELLA QUERCIA
the construction a« far as the cornice of the
drum. The cupola itself was built by Giaconio
della Porta. He also built the Palii/zo Paluzzi,
the Palazzo Chigi in the Piazza Colonna, the
Palazzo Serlupi, the Palazzo d' Este, the fa(jade
of the church of S. Maria in Monte (1579), the
fa<;atle of the church of S. Luigi de' Frances!
(loSy), all in R»jme. He was very successful
in designing decorative architectural accessories.
He made several tine fountains in Rome, the
most imi>ortiint of which is the Fontana delle
Tartanighe (of the Turtles), the figures of which
were modelled by the sculjitor Taddeo Landini.
Della Porta's Villa Aldobrandini near Frascati,
his last work (1598-1603), with its fine garden
and casino, is especially characteristic.
Redtenbacher, Die Arrhitektur der Italienischen
Benaissance ; Miintz. Renaissance; Charles Gar-
nier, Mirhel-Ange, Archilecte.
GIACOMO (JACOPO) DELLA QUERCIA
(or Guercia) ; sculptor; b. about 1374; d.
1438.
Giacomo probably derived his name from the
village of Querela Grossa, near Siena, Italy.
In 1401 he competed for the bronze doors of
the baptistery in Florence (.see Gliiberti). One
of his most rli.iiniili.,' \\Mik- i^ thr iv.iiilil.i'lit
statue on tlir ni-iiiiinrht t.. ILn n. wiir iii I'.imI.i
Guinigi, in tin- .ailH.li.il -I ].'■■< ']''■■ iii~t
contract for the limiiiaiii t '' A<\
Campo, the so-called Font. i,
dates from Jan. 22, 1409. I 1
in 1419. The rctable of tla 1 . m
the church of S. Frediano at Lucca wita tiu-
ished in 1422. About 1430 he made one of
the bas-reliefs in the font of the baptistery at
Siena. Another is by Donatello (see Dona-
tello). March 28, 1425, Giacomo made a con-
tract to decorate the great portal of the church
of S. Petronio in Bologiui. The bas-reliefs,
representing scenes from the Creation, which he
made for this door are auKjng the finest works
of the early Italian Renaissance.
Cornelius, Jacopo delta Querria ; Sidney Col-
vin, Jacopo delta Querela; CJuizzardi-Davia, Le
SruHure delle. Porte delta Basilica di San Pe-
GIACOPO. (.^cp Giacomo.)
GIALLO ANTICO. (See Giallo Antico
Marl.le, un.ler .Marble.)
GIAMBERTI. (See San Gallo.)
GIB. In wood framing or iron work, a metal
meiiilKT, usually one of a pair, for retaining two
or more jtarts which are to Ix; keyed together.
Its form is that of a cramj), a metal strap hav-
ing its ends bent at right angles to the main
part. Two of them are inserted on ojipositc
sides of the aperture or mortise prejiared for
the keys (we<lge8), so that the returned ends
will fit closely to the outer faces of the con-
nected members, which are thus prevented from
261
GIBBS
slipping or spreading when the keys are driven
between the gibs.
GIBBONS. GRINLING ; sculptor ; b. April
4, 1648; d. Aug. .3, 1720.
The greatest of English wood carvers. Gib-
bons was bom at Rotterdam, Holland, and
probably came to England in 1667, the year
after the Great Fire in Loudon. He attracted
the attention of John EveljTi in 1671, who
presented him to King Charles II. and Sir
Christopher Wren (see Wren). He was em-
ployed by Wren to carve the superb choir stalls
and bishop's throne in S. Paul's cathedral,
London. He decorate<l also the library and
chapel of Trinity College, Cambridge. He was
employed by the king at Windsor, Whitehall,
and Kensington. There is a superb room by
Gibbons at Petworth, extensive decorations at
Chatsworth, and a throne at Canterbury cathe-
dral. His delicate birds and flowers are to be
found in very many of the great houses biult in
England in his time. In marble he executed
the fine tomb of Viscount Campdeu at Exton,
the font of S. Margaret's, Lothbury, and other
works, all in England.
Walpole, Anecdotes; Cunningham, Lives;
Kvelvn, Diary; W. G. Rofiers, Pemarks on
(rriuli„i/ <lihl,„ns.
GIBBS, JAMES ; architect ; b. Dec. 26,
1682 (at Aberdeen, Scotland) : d. Aug. 5, 1754.
He was the son of Peter Gibbs, a ,Roman
Catholic merchant of Al>erdeen, and took his
M. A. degree at Marischal College, Aberdeen.
After the deiith of his i)arents he entered the
service of a builder in Holland. He was dis-
covered by John Erskine, eleventh Earl of Mar,
who sent him to Rome, where he entered the
school of Carlo Fontana (see Fontana, C),
surveyor general to Pope Clement XI. Return-
ing to London in 1709, he won the friendship
of Sir Christopher Wren (see Wren). The
church of S. Mary le Strand was l>egun by
Gibbs Feb. 15, 1714. August, 1721, he l>egan
for Hariey, Eari of Oxford, the churcli of S.
Peter, Vere Street, London, and a little later
the tomb of Matthew Prior, in the .sotith
transept of Westmijistcr Abl>ey. March 19,
1722, the first stone was laid for his famous
church of S. Martin's in the Fields, and June 22,
1722, he liegan the "Senate Hou.se" in Cam-
bridge. In 172.3-1725 he built the church of
Allhallows in Der])y (exeejit the tower). Gibbs
prepared a scheme for rebuilding the (juadrangle
of King's College, Cambridge. Only the west-
ern side was carried otit. Tiie (jua<lrangle of
5. Bartholomew's hos])ital was Ivgim bv him
June 9, 1730. The first stone of the Ra.ldiffe
Library at Oxford, his liest building, was laid
June 16, 1737. It wjus built from a finul of
£40,000, left by John Railcliffe, M.D. Gibbs's
books and drawings are prescrvc<l at Oxfonl.
He published A Book of Architecture contain-
GIBLBT CHECK
ing designs by James Gibbs, 1 vol. folio, 1728 ;
The Bides for Drawinrj the Several Parts of
Architecture, 1732; Bibliotheca Radcliffi.ana,
1747.
Herbert P. Home in the Century Guild Hohhy
Horse for January and July, 1889 ; Stephen, Dic-
tionary of National Biography.
GIBLET CHECK ; CHEEK. In some
I'.ritiHl, .lialccts ;i l;ir-c nl.utc in the jamb and
lintel of a doorway niailc to rccoive the door
when Khut, ho that it nhall be fluHh with the
face of the wall, the door In-itiK arranged to
open outward. (Spelled also Jiblet.)
GILI
GIGLIO. A flower-.shaped ornament recog-
nized as the special bearing or badge of the city
of Florence. It strongly resembles the fleur-de-
lis, but has on either side of the central spike
a slender flower stalk. Its forms, also, are in a
sense fixed and definite, whereas the fleur-de-lis
has been used for many purposes, and in many
ages and countries, and has no one form which
can be positively called the correct one. It has
been called in modern heraldic books Fleur-de-lis
Florence ; but this is probably a recently coined
GILD (v.t.). To apply gilding.
GrLDING. A. The art or practice of apply-
ing gold leaf or gold powder to the surface of
anything, so as to give it, to some extent, the
appearance of gold. By extension, the applica-
tion of some other substance which more or less
nearly approaches the appearance of gold, in this
sense more properly described by another term
(see Bronzing).
B. The surface and metallic appearance given
by any of the processes referred to under A, as
in the phrase, there is too much gilding in the
decoration.
Much the best and most permanent method
of gilding is to apply a very thin layer of pure
gold, usually called gold leaf. It is, however,
easy to give to a moulding or raised ornament
the appearance of being solidly gilded without
much use of the leaf; for the production of this
eifect a peculiar shade of yellowish colour is
ciiililiiycd under the general name gold colour,
ami only those parts receive the actual metal
w iiich will receive and reflect the light the most
stroii^^ly. flililing is not usually a means of
^Miiily display or of what is called "barbaric"
niaiciiifiiciicc. To the decorator gilding is rather
thf uiiiv.isa! harmonizcr. If, as often hai)i)cns
n,|r,
, Ww
n,l,
lillic
ISC ,>t strong
till- (lcsii,'ner
<:oli| icniaiiis at iiis iiand the most sure remedy
loi tiiis lark of harmony. Moreover, the greatest
aitisis in tiir use of pure and strong colour use
L'oM with niuili freedom. Thus, in some of the
lincst ( 'hinrsc enamels, it is evident that the gold
line sr|iaiatiiiLC llie small patches of colour is re-
licil upon foi- a background or relief to keep the
whole in place.
In gilding for decorative effect it is not the
metal which is very (lostly (see Gold leaf) ; it is
the necessity of going over the work at least
twice, first with gold size, and afterward witli the
gold leaf, which has to be very carcfidly handled,
applied, allowed to dry, and then rubbal, that
tli(^ loose fragments may lie removed. — R. S.
GILI, JEHAN; architect.
(iili was cliosen consul of the corporation of
nia-sons of Montj)ellier twenty-four times before
1396. The contract which he made for the
portal of the monaBtery of S. Firmin is one of
264
GILLY
the most interesting ilmuiuent.s in existence on
the military arehitocture of the Middle Ages.
Reniiuvieret Kicanl. Mallres ile pierre de llont-
l.rllirr.
GILLY, FRIEDRICH ; aicliitcct ; b. Feb.
10, 1771 : .1. Am- :}, ISOO.
A .sonuf David Gilly,0/>e/-6a((n(//< in Berlin.
Gilly was one of the mo.st talented German
architects of his time. His early death, how-
ever, preventeil the accomplishment of any verj'
imjjortant results. There are a few buildings in
the vicinity of Berlin which are ascriljed to him,
but he is liest known by his sketches and designs,
of which there ure three jwrtfolios in the Tech-
iiische Ilorhschiilc at Charlottenburg, near Ber-
lin. He had great intluenceupon thedevelopment
of the architect Schinkel. (See Schinkel.)
Bnrrmaim, KunstdeiikmSler von Berlin.
GIN. An apparatus answering the purpose
of a Crane or Derrick, consisting of three legs
united at their tops, thus forming a tripod. A
windlass is usually secured between two of the
Icg.-^.
GINAIN PAUL REN± l60N; architect;
i. .:.,.'. •.'. I iiinlnt' Lcbas (.see Lebas), and
^v.,u^u. /'/.,„„, (,<<u.<lJ'rixde Rome hi 1852.
He built in Paris the church of Notre Dame des
( 'liaiups. tiic library of the Facultil de M(?decine,
till' ilusi-e Brignole-Galiera, and other works.
He wa.s professor of architecture in the Ecole
des Beaux Arts, member of the Iii.stiliit, and
archilecte honoraire of the French government
and the city of Paris.
Necrnhiqie in Construction Moderne, March 12,
1898 ; I'enanruni, Les Architectes eleves de V Ecole
des B,nux Arts.
GINNELL. In local British usage, a pa.ssage
betuv.n tun buildings ..r the Hke.— (A. P. S.)
GIOCONDO (JOCUNDUS), FRA GIO-
VANNI; architect, engineer, and epigra])hist
of Verona, Italy; d. lietween 1515 and 1519.
Fra Giocondo was a Franciscan monk and
one of the most learned men of his time. He
made a collection (Iwgini 1477) of two thousand
Latin inscriptions, which wjis dedicated to Lo-
renzo de' Medici (Corpnn Iiiscriptiotnati Lati-
vonim. Vol. IIL, p. xxvii.). He published a
celebrated critical edition of Vitruvius, in 1511,
.Ic.lirut.d tn Pope Julius IL The charming
L.._'L , I. 1 I h i.'li,. at Verona (1476-1492) is
HI uithnut documentary evidence.
Ill 1 ; ' I. I . rutcred the service of Ferdi-
nand I., Mii;; III Naple.s. After the capture of
Naples by Gharles VIIL in 1495, he followed
the French king to Paris, and in 1497 wjis
established at AndMiise. jehaii Jncmubis, dc-
rlsf'iir de Ba.stimeiix is mentioned twice in
Archives de VArt Fraurnis, (Vol. L, pp. 108,
I If)). The chateau of Gaillon, the Pont Notre
Dame, the old Chambre des Comi)t<-s, and other
works in France have l)een ascribed to him. In
•J55
GIOVANNI DALMATA
fact, however, his name is not found on the
records of any imj)ortant stnicture of the time,
e.xcej)t the Pont Notre Dame at Paris (1499-
1512) (Leroux de Lincy, op. cit.). In 151.3
Giocondo was associated with Rjiphael and
Giuliano da San Gallo in the construction of S.
Peter. A design for that building, attribute<l
to him by Antonio da San Gallo (II.), is in the
Uffizi (Von Geymiiller, Les Projets primitifs,
p. 263).
Orti-Manara, Dei Larori Architettoniri di Fra
Giocondo ; Tipaldo, Eluyio ; \'on Oeyuiuller, Lrs
Projets primiti/s ; N'asari, Milanesi ed. ; I'alustre,
La Renaissance en France, Vols. I. and II ; Ar-
rhires de V.lrt Franriiis ; Leroux de Lincy.
Rechirches historii/ins sur le Pont Xotre Dame.
GIORGIO DA SEBENICO. (See Orsini,
Giorgio.)
GIOTTO DI BONDONE : painter, architect,
sculptor; b. about 12ii7 ; d. Jan. 8, 1337 (at
Milan).
One of the greatest of jiainters, begiiuier of a
great movement, author of important wall paint-
ings in the Arena chapel, Padua, in the church
of S. Francesco at Assisi, in the Bargello at
Florence, and elsewhere. See his life in ihc-
tionaries of painters. After the death of
Arnolfo di Cambio (see Arnolfo di Cambio) the
construction of S. Maria del Fiore (cathedral,
Florence) advanced little until 1331, when work
was resumed under the care of the Arte della
Lana (Wool Merchants' Guild). Ai)ril, 1334,
Giotto was chosen architect of the cathedral, of
the new city walls, and other ])ublic works.
July 18, 1334, he laid the foundations of the
campanile of the cathedral, of which, at his
death, he had completed the first story. The
intciT tin/ rr-r- ..f T\vr-;iv iii)(> bas-rclicfs which
iXvr.- - -ii.'d by Giotto, and
l,r..lM'\ , .,, , ... .. I xMth tin- assistance
of AiJm., ,1, 1',-., ,-,. Al.I.v,-, da Pi.sji). The
remaining li\c arc by Luca della Robbia (see
Robbia, Luca della).
Karl Prey, Stndien zu Giotto ; Selvatico, Sulla
capellina de(ili Scrovegni ; John Ituskin, Giotto
and his Works in Padiia ; Harrj' Quiiier, Giotto;
(iuasti, Santa Maria del Fiore ; Heyniond, Sculp-
ture Florentine ; Va.sari, iMilanesi ed.
GIOTTOS CAMPANILE. The liell tower
of the catiiiMhal of Floniicc, admittedly fnun
the designs of (Jiotto, who did not live to see it
completed. It is the most imjiortant j)iece of
that late manifestation of Italian Gothic which
carried with it much external decoration in
coloured marbles combined with sculpture.
GIOVANNI : l.'miian architect, sculptor,
and ii,..>air,.t. ,Sr.. C.sniati.)
GIOVANNI DA FIRENZE. (See Baccio
da Fircnzc.)
GIOVANNI DALMATA. (Jiovanni Dal-
mata is known only as a.ssoiiated with .Mino da
Ficsole (see Mino .la Fie.soU) in his Bonian
work. Tschudi (op. cit.) ascril>e.s to him the
250
GIOVANNI D'AMBROGIO
Koverella monument in the church of S. Cle-
men te in Rome, about 1476.
Tscliudi, Giovanni Dalmata.
GIOVANNI D'AMBROGIO ; sculptor and
architect.
In 1383 he was employed to carve some of
the figures designed by Agnolo Gaddi (see Gaddi,
A.) for the Loggia dei Lanzi in Florence. The
small northern portal of the Florentine cathedral
with the Madonna and adoring augels, formerly
ascribed to Giovanni Pisano, was made by him.
Frey, Loggia dei Lanzi; Reymond, Sculpture
Florentine.
GIOVANNI DA MONTORSOLI. (See
Montonsoli, Fra Giovanni da.)
GIOVANNI DA PISA; sculptor and archi-
tect ; b. about 1240 ; d. about 1320.
Son of Niccolo Pisano (see Niccolo da Pisa).
In 1274 he went to Perugia to superintend the
construction of the fountain of the great piazza
from his father's designs. The bas-reliefs of
the lower story are especially ascribed to him.
Between 1278 and 1283 he built the cloister
which surrounds the Campo Santo at Pisa.
The church of S. Maria della Spina, Pisa,
ascribed to him by Vasari, was not built before
1323. Between 1302 and 1311 he made a
pulpit for the cathedral of Pisa which was ruined
by the conflagration of 1596. Fragments of
this pulpit are now in the museum of the city
of Pisa. In 1289 he began the facade of the
cathedral of Siena. His design was modified
by the architects of the next century. The pul-
pit of S. Andrea at Pistoia is one of his most
important works (1303). He commenced the
enlargement of the cathedral of Prato in 1317.
Supine, II Pergamo di Giovanni Pisano nel
Duomo di Pisa, in Archivio Storico delV Arte, "Vol.
v., p. 65.
GIOVANNI DA PONTE ; architect; b.
1512; d. 1597.
Giovanni was a pupil of Scarpagnino (see
Abbondi, Antonio). In 1 558 he was appointed
proto of the reconstruction of the buildings on
the island of the Rialto, Venice. In 1589 he
began the construction of the bridge of the
Rialto. Giovanni restored the Doge's palace
after the fire of 1577, and about 1589 built the
prison opposite that building.
Temanza, Vite degli arehitetti e scultori Vene-
ziani; Miintz, Renaixmnce; Ebe, Spdt-Renais-
sance ; Milizia, Memorie.
GIOVANNI DA SIENA; architect and
military engineer.
One of the leading military architects of
the fourteenth century in Italy. Dec. 17,
1386, he superseded Antonio di Vicenzo (see
Antonio di Vicenzo) as constructor of the bastion
of S. Procolo, Bologna. In 1391 he restored
the tower at Rastellino near Bologna. In 1392
he superseded Lorenzo da Bagnomarino as archi-
tect of the Castel Bolognese. About 1422
267
GIRANDOLE
Giovanni entered the service of Niccolo d'Este
at Ferrara, and in 1424 rebuilt the fortress at
Finale near that city.
Corrado Ricci, Giovanni da Siena ; Guidicini,
Cose MirahiU.
GIOVANNI DA UDINE. (See Ricamatori,
Giovanni de'.)
GIOVANNI DI BONINO D' ASSISI;
glass painter.
Son of Bonino d' Assisi, one of the earliest
glass painters in Italy. After 1325 he made
many of the windows of the cathedral of Orvieto
under the supervision of the architect Lorenzo
Maitani (see Maitani). He was assisted by
Andrea di Mino da Siena, Vitaluccio Luti, Tino
d' Angelo d' Assisi and Tino di Biagio. Trans-
lucent alabaster was used with the glass in the
windows at Orvieto. They have been much
restored.
Fumi, Duomo d' Orvieto.
GIOVANNI DI STEFANO DA SIENA ;
architect.
The old basilica of the Lateran was ruined
by fire Aug. 21, 1361. There is a letter by
Petrarch to Urban V. (Pope 1362-1370) at
Avignon, describing the condition of the build-
ing and urging its restoration. The reconstnic-
tion was begim at once. The architect employed
was Giovanni di Stefano da Siena. From 1372
to 1389 he was supervising architect of the
cathedral of Orvieto.
Fumi, Duomo di Orvieto; Rohault de Fleury,
Le Latran au Moyen Age ; Milanesi, Documenti.
GIRALDA. The tower of the cathedral in
Seville, Spain ; the name being apparently from
the vane at the top, which is large and deco-
rative (Sp. girar, to turn). The tower is
Moorish, and 50 feet square, and was originally
much less lofty than at present ; the present
belfry, with several rows of arcades, having been
added toward the close of the sixteenth century.
Tlie figure which adorns the shaft of the vane
is of broiizo, nnd an Italian work of the same
date as the bclIVy, about 1568.
GIRANDOLE. A candlestick with several
s(»cl<i't.s tor candles, usually made into a deco-
rative object and sometimes large and very
elaborate. This method of lighting apartments
was introduced in the seventeenth century. It
is to be noted that there are three chief forms
in which candlesticks intended for gi'ouping
many candles together are made : Lustres, or
chaiHleli.Ts in the usual sense, which ban- from
lain;
II. Id
I sol I, I
lid
called also by an extension of uuotlicr tciin,
either Appliques, or Sconces. Of these, i,'ir.iii
doles are capable of the most splendid elicit, .iihI
they sometimes are so permanent and massive
as to form jmrt of the anihitectural decoration
of a large apartment. — R. S.
GIRARDINI
GIRARDINI (GIRARDIN) ; architect.
K.)r the (lu\va;;or Diulii-ss t.f Bourbon, mother
of Louis llinri, I'riiui- ol (.'oiuli-, Girardini began,
in \722, the old Palais Bourbon, Paris, which
was reiuotlelled into the present Chanibre des
Deputies. (See Cailleteau and Joly.)
Joly, Jicstauraliou de la Chambre des Deputes.
6IRARDON. FRAN9OIS; sculptor and
architect ; h. March 17, \&2S, at Troyes (Aube),
France; d. 1715.
Girardon was a pupil of Franijois Anguier
(see Anguier, F.). He studied in Rome, and
on his return became the favourite sculptor of
Charles Lebnm (see Lebrun). His earliest
known work is the tomb of the Duke d'Epernon
and his wife in a chapel of the church of Ca<lil-
lac (Gironde, France). In 1690 Girardon con-
tracted to build the great altar of the church of
S. Jean-au-Marche in Troyes, which still exists.
About 1699 he began the equestrian statue of
Louis XIV. which stood in the Place Louis le
Grand (now Place Vendome), and was melted
down for cannon in the Revolution. Perhaps
his most famous work is the monument of the
Cardinal Richelieu in the church of Sorbonne,
Paris. Many of his works are in the Garden of
Versailles.
Gonse, Sculpture franf;aise ; Mariette, Abece-
dario; Genevay, Style Louis XIV.
GIRDER. Any, generally horizontal, mem-
Irt fiillilliiij; the functions of a beam; differing
ffdin a Lrain inily us being larger or of more
coMipli.airil -tincture, or sis being used for the
(S,-,. 1:. 1 |; ■ . I: ., |;nilt, Com-
p.M.n.l, Latti.v, I'lat... an.l Trussed Girder, see
those terms under Bc.im.)
Open "Web Girder. Any girder of which
the web is pieiced, or composed of parts having
open spaces between them. Usually, a small
truss.
GIRDING BEAM. Originally, a beam
which girds, i.e. holds together the walls or
piers ; obsolete ; apparently the original form
of girder (which .see).
GIRDLE A band, usually horizontal ; espe-
ciallv (iiic rin^'iiij,' thr shaft of a column. (Com-
iiaiv .\unulatcd; V.-.uuU;] Column.)
GIROLAMO TEDESCO : arcliitcct.
Ill 1. ■)().-) hv ina.lc the Ir] (nr tlic Fondaco
del Tc<hs,-lii in \'ciurc, xvlurl, was cxcMitcd by
Giorgio Spavciito (.sec Sitavcnto, G.) and Antonio
Scarpagnino (see Abbondi).
I'aolctti, Jiinascimento.
GIRT. A. A small girder or the like. More
specifically, in brace-frame building, the hori-
zontal mcmlwrs which are framed into the posts,
and Hfime of which support the floor iH'ams.
(Compare Ribbon, and see Framing ; Wood,
Construction in.)
GLASS
B. Same :us Fillet, B (rare or local).
C. The dimension of any more or less cylin-
drical member or piece lueiisuretl around its
jjerimeter. Slore specifically, the dimension of
a cunt'd or broken surface, as of a group of
mouldiiiirs, iiica.surcd by following its jirofile.
GIXnilANO DA MAIANO ; w oodworkcr
(intarsiatore), architect and engineer ; b. 1432 ;
d. Oct. 17, 1490.
A brother of Benedetto da Maiano (see
Benedetto da Maiano). In ascribing the Palazzo
di S. Marco and other important buildings in
Rome at tiiis jjeriod to Giuliano da Maiano,
Vasari probably confuses him with Giuliano da
San Gallo. (See San Gallo, Giuliano da.) His
name does not appear in the Roman records.
In 1468 he designed the Capella di S. Fina at
Saint Gemignauo near Florence. In 1472 he
designed the Palazzo del Capitano at Sarzana
near Spezia, Italy. May 26, 1474, he began
the cathedral of Facnza, and at about this time
built the palace of the Cardinal Concha at
Recanati. April 1, 1477, he was elected capo-
maestro of the catheilral of Florence. Between
1475 and 1480, with Francione (see Francione),
he made the wooden doors of the Sala d'Udienza
at the Palazzo della Signoria, Florence. He
also assi-sted Baccio Pontelli (see Pontelli) at
the ducal palace of Urbino. In July, 1487,
Giuliano was paid through the bank of the
Gondi in Florence two hundred ducats for the
models of the palaces of Poggio Reale and of
the Duche-sca near Naples. Feb. 17, 1488,
he entered the ser\'ice of Alfonzo, Duke of Cala-
bria, afterward King Alfonzo II., and con-
structed for him these two palaces. Of the
Poggio Reale, Giidiano's most important work,
nothing remains except a drawing by Serlio
(see Serlio).
C. von Fabriczy, Giulinnoda Maiano architrtto
del Du.nnodi /■Vir;,c„ ; Vasari, .Milane.si ed.. Vol.
II., p. 407; .Miintz, li, naissanrv. Vol. II.. p. WM.
GIULIANO DA SAN GALLO. (See San
Gallo. Ciuiiano ,]a.)
GIULIANO DI BACCIO D' AGNOLO.
(See r.au'li-ni, Ciuliano.)
GIULIO ROMANO. (See Pijipi. Giulio.)
GIUSTO. (See .Juste.)
GIVRY. (See Colard de Givry.)
GLASS. A mixture of silica and some
alkali resulting in a substance hard, >isually
brittle, a bad conductor of heat, and ])o.sse,s.scd
of a singular lustre which, as it resembles the
brilliancy of no other common substance, is
known by the name of vitreous or glassy
lustre. The most common kinds of gljiss are
made by fusing together some ordinary form of
silica, such as santl, with a sodium salt or some
compound of potiussium replacing the sodium
either wholly or in jiait, and sometimes with
lead. There is no formula of universjd apjdica-
tion ; moreover, some varieties of glass contain
GLASS
ingredients which are kept secret by the maker,
or are compounded in a way which is kept
secret.
The different kinds of glass in use in archi-
tectural practice are : —
1. Clear glass in sheets more or less per-
fectly transparent and including ordinary win-
dow glass, plate glass, and several imitations
of the latter, sometimes sold under the name
of plate glass. Under this head come the vari-
ous modern varieties of glass whose surface is
deliberately roughened or ridged or furrowed or
pressed in patterns with the purpose of reduc-
ing its transparency and allowing it to trans-
mit light while shutting oif the view of what
may be beyond. (See below. Corrugated; Pris-
matic ; Ribbed ; Rough Plate Glass.)
2. Glass in small tesserae or in tiles of
moderate size, usually opaque and very commonly
coloured. These are used for mosaic of the
ordinary fashion, as in flooring and in the
adornment of walls and vaults. The tiles are
usually cast in one piece, in this resembling
plate glass ; and it is easy to produce very inter-
esting bas-reliefs and also inlaid patterns of great
beauty, which may be complete in each tile or
may require many tiles to complete the design.
Such work was common among the Romans,
who lined rooms with glass as freely as with
marble. The tesserte, however, are more com-
monly cut from large sheets by steel tools. The
tesserae are sometimes gilded, and so prepared
to give to a mosaic picture a background or
partial decoration in gold, by making the glass
tessera in two parts, laying a piece of gold leaf
between the two, and uniting the whole by heat.
(See Mosaic.)
3. Glass in sheets coloured throughout its
mass and used chiefly for decorative windows.
(See Pot Metal.)
4. Glass in sheets, flashed, as it is called ;
that is to say, coloured by means of a finer coat-
ing of deep coloured glass on one or on both
sides. This device is used for colours which
would be sombre if the whole substance were
coloured a-s in pot metal. The deep reds are the
colours usually so treated. This also is used
for decorative windows.
Hoth the third and the fourth kinds of glass
arc tiioditicd in many ways, especially in modem
times, by the addition of an opaline tinge by the
u.sc of arsenic or other chemicals. The opalescent
quality, when applied to otherwise uncoloured
glafw, may be described as clouded with a whitish
gray opacity, which, however, sliows by trans-
mitte<l light a ruddy spark. In the manufacture
of glass for windows of great cost and splendour,
it him been found that such opalescent gl.'iss,
when it has rectcived strong and rich colour in
addition tf) the opaline quality, is capable of
rnon; perfect harmony, tint with tint, or of a more
hanrionioiiH contract, colour with colour, tiian if
•Ml
GLASS
the opaline character had not been given to it.
(For glass used in decorative windows, see
Windows.)
5. Glass cast in solid prisms, and in pris-
matic and pyramidal shapes, for the purpose of
being set in metal frames and used for vault
lights. (See Vault Light.)
6. Glass in the b.Hly ,,r wliich some foreign
substance is iiitindm-cil. Tliis may lir dciiif with
purely decoratiw rtt'ect, as liy the artists of tlie
Roman imperial epoch in vcs.scLs of eunsiduruble
thickness and mass, and this has been imitated
by the modern Venetian glassworkers. Wire
glass (which see below) is made on a similar
plan for purposes of safety from fire.
7. Soluble glass, for which see the sub-title.
— R. S.
Corrugated Glass. That of which at least
one face is ridged ; but the term is usually con-
fined to glass which is ridged on each face, the
whole substance of the glass being bent into
wavelike corrugations exactly as in the case of
corrugated metal, — the valley on one side form-
ing the ridge on the other.
Crown Glass. That which is made by the
blowing tube, which produces a bulb-shaped
mass which, transferred to the pontil, is re-
volved rapidly until it suddenly opens out into a
circular plate. The glass so produced is often
streaky and of unequal thickness. This peculi-
arity, which has caused the abandonment of
crown glass for ordinary window glass, has
caused its use in producing partly opaque and
richly coloured glass for modern windows ; but
the sheets made in this way are usually of small
Flint Glass. A composition of white sand,
potasli, nitre, and a large amount of red lead, —
in fact, half as much red lead as all the other
above-named ingredients together, — to which
mass is added "cullet," as in the case of plate
glass. This glass is not usal in strictly archi-
tectural work. It is very soft, and scratches
easily. It has, however, extraordinary refrac-
tive power, and on this account is used liir
imitation jewelry of all sorts. In tiiis way it
enters into architectural decoration, not <inly in
windows, but in the "jewelled " liauirs of altar-
pieces and similar decorative ajiplianccs. Klint
glass with a still greater amount nf red liail is
called strass, and is the substance (•(iiuuniidy
used under the name of "paste" for mock
diamonds.
Ground Glass. Glass of which the surface
has been roughened, properly by grinding, or
more usually by acid, by tlie sand blast, or in
some similar way, the purpose of the operation
being to make it nntransparent.
Iridescent Glass. A common translucent
glass nl' siunc kind, the surface of which has re-
ceived, by aitilicial niean.s, an iridescence like
that of a .soai. i.uht.lc. Tlie ancient Roman and
QLASS
Greek and other ghuss, especially that found
buried in the earth, has an iridescence which
comes from a slow process of dcconijKJsition.
The sheet of glass gradually resolves itself into
thin films, and the iridescence is thus a natural
result like that in a metallic ore. Tlie irides-
cent gliuss is supposed to l)e made in imitation of
this, but it does not resemble it very strongly.
Jealous Glass. (Jlass depolished or otlier-
wisc linislicd m) its to let light pass while it has
lost its transparency.
Marbleized Glass. One of which the sur-
face is marked by small irregular veins, indicating
the places where the glass has been deliberately
shattered by plunging into water while hot and
then rcnicltcd.
Painted Glass. (See Window.)
Plate Glass. A compoiuid of white sand,
sodium carbonate, lime, and either alumina or
manganese peroxide, together with a quantity —
almost equal to the mass of the above materials
— of "cullet," or old window glass broken up
for remelting. The plate glass is then a solid
casting made by pouring the melted "mCtal"
upon a flat table of oust iron upon which a cast-
iron roller of the same length as the table's width
moves from end to end. The movement of the ■
roller, wliich rests upon ridges at the sides of the
t:\]>\o. fivi'-; the thickness of the plate, and bubbles
.ii .<\],rv tl.iw- are snatched from the semiliquid
nil ~ \'\ |i iM . IS. The perfect evenness of the
.-iiir.Mi .111,1 the high polish, upon which, after
the purity uf the piece, the unequalled trans-
parency and brilliancy of plate glass depend, are
obtained by careful grinding and polishing on
both sides.
Rough plate glass, used for parts of floors, is
cast very thick, and its upi)er surface is left as it
cools, — neither \':f'- L.i'iT ,„,iwii...i
iivntly
Glass of ver\
made by a total!
polished so as t i l
plate glass ; and I
■ - - ■ i' I ■- til real
mictiiMrs M.l,! under
that name, and deceptively, and sometimes uniler
the name of patent plate gla<;s, or of one com-
pounded of "plate" and a .jii il:'\;ii_ l. im. T'.r
great strength of real ])lai< I i ■ | 1
by these imitations. Ti m 1 ; i
plate glass, the plate gla.^. uni i -i ii..;i..i.- aii.l
large windows is most conmiouly spoken ot as
" polished plate " ; sometimes also by other and
temporary local names.
Prismatic Glass. A glass of which one sur-
face is smooth, while the other is marked by
ridges of prismatic section ; distinguished from
ribbed and corrugated glass by the sharp-edged
character of the ridges. This glass may be so
made and so fi.ved in windows tliat dayliglit
passing through it may 1m; refracted liorizontally,
or nearly so, and may in this way illuminate a
very large internal sj)Mce. Its use in mills in the
United States has added greatly to the conven-
ience of the large r
work.
where many oi)eratives
Ribbed Glass. That which hjis at least one
surface ridgetl i.r ribbed. The term is usually
confined to that which has only one surface so
markeil, to distinguish it from corrugated glass.
Sheet Glass. That produced by blowing
into a cylinder which is constantly increased in
size, and which is then spUt lengtiiwise by a
cutter. Being then heated afresh, it falls open
by its own weight, the sheet so produced being
generally about 3 feet by 4 in size. It is rubbed
smooth with some soft material, formerly by a
piece of partially charred wood. When sheet
glass is highly polished, it is sometimes called
jjicture glass, and sometimes, when it is decep-
tively clear and smooth, patent plate glass.
(See Plate Gla.ss, above.)
Soluble Glass. A mixture of potash or of
soda with common silica. It retains its liquid
form, and is iLsed to fix mural paintings. (See
Water Glass, Ijelow.)
Stained Glass. That which is coloured either
in its whole mass (pot metal) or by means of
fla.siiing, or by means of an applie<l stain. The
only perfectly successful stain is that which gives
a yellow, which, coming into use toward the close
of the fifteenth century, caused a sudden change
in decorative windows throughout the north of
Europe. The crimson of fljish glass, is produced
by certain oxides of copper, and by a mixture of
gold with oxide of tin. Blue in many different
shades, green, purjde, etc., are produced by the
use of cobalt, though other chemicals are some-
times combined with it. Manganese gives a
dark purple glass, ajiproaching black, which can
be brought to almost complete opacity by means
of the depth of colour alone, thus giving to the
worker in coloured glass great results in the way
of grailation. (See Silver Stain, under Stain ;
Window.)
"Water Glass. A mixture of a soluble sili-
cate with an oxide ; therefore a liquid or liqui-
fiable glass. It is not mixed with the pigments
in painting:, oxcrpt orcnsionally for retouching,
sprinkler, to the
. l.ei
inte.1 with
' , I , ualer. In fa.t, it is a
■ ii-..u.\i , ..i.il ;in i/i.Hr.s.> corresponds in princi-
])le to tiiat of fixing a charcoal drawing. It has
lieen much and successfully employe<l in Germany
on interior walls. There seems to be more doubt
jis to its durability on exterior walls. For a full
exposition of the process the reader is referrtHl
to the early pamphlet by Dr. J. N. Von Fuchs
(18l>.")) ami tlie later work by Adolph Keim, of
Municli. - F. ('.
Window Glass. That which is used for
ordinary wiiidow.s, as in dwellings. This usetl
to l)e connnonly Crown (Jlass (which see above) ;
but this nnmufacturc has nearly ceased. It is
now more commonly Sheet Glass ; (which see).
GLAZE
■Wire Glass. That which has a continuous
network of wire enclosed in the solid mass ; a
plate of this glass may bear a very great heat,
as of a contlagration, without losing its consis-
tency altogether, although its translucency may
be destroyed, and it may be much cracked.
— R. S. (except for Water Glass).
GLAZE. A. To furnish with glass, as a
window sash or a door. The past participle
glazed is used more especially to describe the
presence or use of glass in a place where it is
not uniformly put, as a glazed door, the more
common phrase for which in the trade is a sash
door. On the other hand, the phrase "glazed
sash " means commonly machine-made window
sash with the glass in place ready for delivery,
the common way of supplying both sash and
glass to a new building. It is only the large
lights of plate glass, as for show windows, which
of late years are brought to the building without
being first fitted to their sash.
B. To give (to anything) a polish or glassy
surface ; in this sense rare in the building trades,
excefit in keramics ; thus, glazed tile is com-
monly used in contradistinction to unglazed
(i.e. mat or rough surface) tile. — R. S.
GLEBE. The piece of land considered as
belonging for the time to the holder of an eccle-
siastical benefice in connection with the Cluuch
of England. It is sometimes treated as includ-
ing buildings, the house provided for the in-
cumbent, and its appurtenances.
GLEBE HOUSE. A house provided for the
occupancy of the incumbent of an ecclesiastical
living.
GLEBE LAND. Same as Glebe.
GLORIETTE, THE. A casino in the gar-
dens of the palace of SchiJnbrunn, near Vienna,
set high on a ridge, and consisting of an en-
closed central pavilion and two open arcaded
wings, the whole being about 1 40 feet long. It
was built by Jo.seph II. and Maria Theresa, in
1775.
GLORY. In religious art, an appearance
as of light emanating from the person, which is
indicated in a way often very conventional and
abstract, in painting, sculpture, and decoration
of different sorts. The use of this attribute
seems to be of Eastern origin, and the Buddhist
and other parts of .\sia, sini-c the tcntli century,
offer many instances of tins metliml u[ disiin
guishing the important ami nmst saried person
age in a composition. Tliis Uuiu may be lakitn
as the general one including all the special forms
known Vty the terms Aureola, or Aureole, which
surrounds the whole person ; Halo, which sur-
rounds the head only ; Nimbu.s, which, in its
original signification of a cloud, should be as
general as glory, but is most commonly used as
synonymouH with halo ; and Vesica Piscis, which
is the aureole, only of a special pointed, oval
shape. In mediieval architectural sculpture,
265
GODOWN
the glory of any kind was often treated simply
as a frame in relief, often carved with leafage,
and as completely an architectiu-al moulding
or group of mouldings as the archivolt of a
window ; its position surrounding a sacred per-
sonage explaining its especial significance, while
its presence called attention to the figure which
it surrounded. — R. S.
GLYPH. Literally, a cutting of any sort ;
in its more usual sense as an architectural term,
any one of many grooves, channels, flutes, or
the like, usually vertical or nearly vertical.
(See Di^lypb ; Strigil Ornament ; Triglypli.)
GLYPTOTHECA. A building for the pres-
ervation anil exhibitinn of seuljituie. The term
Glyjitothek may be taken as a modern German
modification of it.
GLYPTOTHEK. A building for the exhi-
bition of sculpture; the term being introduced
as the name of the building erected by the care
of Ludwig I. of Bavaria, 1825-1848, while still
crown prince. The immediate purpose was to
provide a home for the sculptures brought from
the Temple of JEghm.
GMUND, HEINRICH VON. (See Gamo-
dio.)
GMUND, PETER VON. (See Parler,
Peter.)
GNEISS. A rock of the same composition
as Granite, but with a more or less banded or
foliated strueture.—G. P. M.
GOBBO (Humpback) H.. (See San Gallo,
Battista; S.ilari, Cristoforo.)
GODDE, ETIENNE HIPPOLYTB ; archi-
tect ; b. Dec. 26, 1781 ; d. Dee. 7, 1869.
Goilde was a pupil of Lagardette. In 1805
he was made inspector of the public works of
the city of Paris. From 1832 to 1848 he liad
charge of the first section, which included the
Hotel de Ville, the churches, temples, ceme-
teries, etc. In this capacity he commenced
with Lesueur (see Lesueur) the enlargement of
the Hotel de Ville and between 1838 and 1848
restored th,' eliureb of S. Germain I'Au.xerrois.
GODEBCEUF. ANTOINE ISIDORE EU-
GENE ; architect; b. July 31, 1809; d. May
1.5, 1879.
Godobreuf was a pupil of Blouet (see Blouet)
■ .\elli
e Led
■rVvl
.1/7
111 IS
of the
.' he \
• /■;<■
of the
, I 'a
Ecola dc.s J'oids d. Cha.
1859 with the construction of the Kmlc dn
Ohiie Maritime. From 1867 to 187.3 he was
architect of the commission des luoniiviods
historiques.
Narjoux, Paris; Monuments Mcvl's par la Vdlc;
Bauchal, nirtionnaire.
GODINET. (See Gaudinet.)
GODOAVN. In Eastern countries, frequenteil
by European travellers, a storehouse of any kind.
260
GODROON
The term seems to be of ludiau origiu, and is
generally stated to be derive<l from the Malay,
although other derivations are suggested. It is
in use throughout India, and in the Chinese
and Japanese ports, and is applied loosely by
Europeans in the East to any plate of deposit.
Tlius, the Japanese Kura is called a godown,
though improperly, for the general term, origi-
nating in ordinary farm buildings and the like,
should not be ai)plied to those much specialized
fireproof storeliouses.
GODROON. A conve.x rounded oniament,
differing from a unit of Reeding in not having
parallel sides and uniform section throughout.
Commonly it has one end rounded and the other
tafKiriug to a point. The term is more properly
usefl for silverware or the like than in architec-
GOETGHEBUER. FRANCOIS JOSEPH.
(Srr (;..rt.'l„K,l,r, 1 ',1 1 US .1 .irol iU>. )
GOETGHEBUER, PETRUS JACOBUS;
architect and engraver; b. Feb. 28, 1788.
He wa-s a pupil of P. J. de Broe and at the
Royal Academy of Ghent. Goetghebuer pub-
lished Clioix des vionuments, Mifices et mai-
sons les plus remarquables du royaume des
Pays-Bas. He built the Hotel des Postes in
the Wapenplaats in Ghent and other important
buildings. His brother Fran(jois Joseph was
also an architect of note.
I Vlaamsche Kunst-
60INO. In British usage :
A. Of a step, the horizontal distance between
two successive ri.sers. (See Tread.)
B. Of a stair or flight, the horizontal distance
bptwi'cn till' first and last risers.
GOLDEN HOUSE. (Latin, domus aurea.)
\ Lir.it |i:il,i. r ill Rome, with park, larger and
siiialhr liiki s, dlil trees brought to the spot and
great numbers of buildings ; built and arranged
by Nero after the burning of Rome in A.D. 64.
Its remains lie on the southern slope of the Es-
quiiine Hill, and northeast of tlie Coliseum.
(See account in Lanciani's Ruins and Excava-
tions, Book IV, XI.)
GOLD LEAF. Gold beaten veiy thin. It
is customary to discriminate Ijetween gold foil,
which is in sheets as thick as some kinds of
paper, and gold leaf, of which it may be said,
following the encyclopiedias, that an ounce of
gold (worth about SI 6) may be beaten out to
cover 300 or 400 square f(vt. The cost of
gilding is tlicivfrnv n..t lar-dv in Uie value
of the liirtal u>r,|. (S,T (ill. ill,-.)
GOLDSTONE; . . , ir.Ki-t n- and architect.
AlM)ut 1 \M I'rioi (Jol.i.siuiic, liist of tiie name,
built tlie southwest tower and porch and the
Virgin cliapel (Neville's chapel) at Canter-
bury cathe<lral. AlK)ut IT)!.') Prior Goldstone,
second of the name, i)uilt the central tower.
GORGONEION
Their names are iuscriljed in .symbols on their
work.
Britlon, Cathedral Antiquities, Canterbury.
OONDOUrN, JACQUES: architect; b.
Oct. 1, 1737; d. Dec. L>9, 1S18.
Gondouin was a pupil of Jacques Franc^ois
Blondel (.see Bloudel, J. F.). He dcsignetl and
built the Ecole de Medecine, Paris, which was
begun in 1709 and finished in 1786. In as.so-
ciatiou with Le])ere he built between 1806 and
1810 the Colonne of the Place Vendome, for-
merly Colonue de la Grande Armee.
Benoit. L'Art franrais sous la Revolution et
sous r Empire ; Quatreni^re de Quincy, Xotice de
M. Cromtouin.
GONTARD. KARL VON; architect; b.
1738; d. Sept. 2.3, 1791.
Gontard received his training in Paris, and
travelled in Italy, Sicily, and Greece. In 1764
he entered the service of Friedrich II. (Frederick
the Great). He built at Potsdam, near Berlin,
the ottices of the Xeues F<dast, the Freund-
schajlstempel and Marble Palace. He built in
Berlin the KiJnigsbrucke with its colonnade, the
two towers of the Gensdarmen Markt and other
important buildings.
Borrmann, Kunstdenkmaler von Berlin ; Meyer,
Konversationslerikim.
GONZALEZ- VELASQUEZ.
DRO ; painter and a
(at Mmlrid).
At tlie age of nineteen he painted the decora-
tion of the theatre of the Buenretiro, Madrid.
In 17.52 he was made director in architecture at
the Academy of S. Ferdinando at Madrid.
OOPURA. In Indian architecture, a gate-
way, as of a town or temjjle enclosure ; esj)e-
cially, in the wTitings of European students of
Eastern art, a gateway tower, i.e. one built
above the main entrance to a temple, as if to
call attention to its position. (See India, Archi-
tecture of.)
GORGE. In some orders of columnar archi-
tecture, a band around the .shaft near the top,
or forming part of the capital near the bottom ;
a fillet or narrow member which .seems to divide
the capital from tlic shaft. In those onlers,
such as Roman Doric, in which tiie capital
proper is a small, thin moulding, tlie gorge is
used to give to the capital a certain height and
mass, and it may then be a band of some inches
in width between two groups of mouldings, the
whole forming a necking which is larger than
the cipit.d itsrlf.
GORGERIN. Same as Necking.
GORGON. In architectural sculpture, the
reincstiitatioii of a monster somewhat resembling
a Woman witli iiuge mouth and teeth and glar-
ing ryes. (See ( iorgoneion.)
GORGONEION. The representation of a
gorgon's head. In earlier work it Wiis without
ALEXAN-
; b. Feb. 27, 1719
GOSPEL SIDE
serpents ; in later work, with many and much
involved and convoluted serpentine botlies sur-
rounding the face. It is represented as borne
upon the segis carried by Pallas Athene, and
occurs in Grecian architectural sculpture, es-
jjccially of the earlier work.
GOSPEL SIDE. (See Ambo.)
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE. A. That
of the Goths properly so called. This is not
now traceable nor to be identified except in Spain,
where a very early Romanesque may be ascribed
to the Visigothic kingdom, before the Moorish
conquest. Even of this, no complete buildings
can be named, but separate caijitals an<l some
larger members are built intn Mumisli an. I dtlicr
buildings. (See Bibliograpliy uimIci- S|iaiii.)
B. That of populations "alna.ly skilled in
building, but brought under Gothic ndo. Of
this, the most imj)ortant instance remaining is
that of Ravenna : the buildings erected under
the rule of Thcodoric (King of the Ostrogoths
from 475 a.d.. King of Italy from 493), and
which show a peculiar modification of Latiti Ar-
chitecture (which see ; see also Italy, Part V.).
C That which originated in nortiiern central
France about the middle of the twelfth century,
and which at the close of that century had spread
GOTHIC AECHITBOTURB
over what is now northern France ; while de-
tached buildings in England, in northern Spain,
and on the Rhine were beginning to show its
influence. In this sense, the term is an inven-
tion of the classical Renaissance, and expresses
contempt. The thirteenth century was the time
of complete development of the original style as
described below; but in spite of veiy serious
modifications which are often spoken of as cor-
ruptions or signs of decay, the style which may
be properly called Gothic continued to prevail
in France until 1500, in Germany and in Spain
nearly as long, and in England until even a later
(late. France was always its chief centre, the
architecture of no other country equalling it in
dignity or beauty, in perfectly rational and
Idgical workiiij,' out of its principles, or in l)eauty
of sculptured detail.
In Spain, however, there is architecture, prob-
alily the work of French architects, of extraor-
dinary' dignity and splendour ; and in England
the style was developed in a peculiar way with
strong national characteristics, on a smaller
scale, without the great expense of money and
labour which tlie French buildings must have
required, and yet in a peculiar way attractive.
(See England, Architecture of ; Gothic Architect-
ure in England.) In Germany no general princi-
ple of growth can be found, for the architecture of
the Rhineland was constantly receiving new in-
spiration from France, and that of the more
eastern provinces varies greatly from one district
to another. In Italy a style was introduced
from eastern France and the liliineland at tho
very close of the twelfth century. It retained
tliere its true northern chaiacter nnly in the
liands of its original intniilncers, wlm seem to
have been the Cister.'ian nmnks ; elsewhere it
was modified almost out of recognitinii, while
yet it prevailed until the introduction of classical
(h'tails about U20. (See Architecture; Neo-
classic ; Renaissance Architecture.)
The esseni-e nf (luthic areliitecture is in its
vaulting. 'i'liKai-hout the earlier Middle Ages
there was a cdnstant attempt tu rodf tlie aisles
nf the
I.) Tlu"
nd I
iiisii|jrialil(' were in the curved aisle which was
carried muiid the apselike end of many Roman-
esque churches. When, however, the idea wiis
suggested of a rib of sinne tlmiwn in an inde-
pendent arch from impnst tn ilnpu^l, and carry
ing the weight of a vauli which should rise from
it, a solution was otfcnd wiiich was found to lie
sufficient for all the problems which miglit arise.
Take, for instance, a i)lan as in Fig. 1. If a
simple vault is sprung across from A to C, this
will go on diminishing like a funnel us far as
HI), and if another vault intersects it at riglit
angles this will be a vault spiimg across from
270
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
CtoD aud from .1 to B. This will be groinwl
vaulting ; but the result will lie extremely ugly
and very unsafe. To take a single instance, the
point O where the
vaults meet would
be no longer tlie
highest point of
the vault, and the
most ungainly ef-
fect woidd
be pro-
duced by
theri
gof
the groins
AD and BC above
the point of intersec-
tion. If, however, the
point 0', is taken as
the highest point of
the vault, and inde-
pendent ribs are sprung
the four imposts
A B C D' to a boss
or plate of stone at
the point 0', then
those four ribs divide
„. ,,..,,, the vault into four tri-
Diagram of Tttultlng of circular ,
Jcanibuiflior}'. angles very easy to
build so long as they
are built directly upon the ribs, throwing their
whole weight and thrust upon their ribbed
arches.
If, now, the space
to ho vnultc
1 is of tlic
usual square or i '
■ ' 1
Mich as is
given by oiieot tli.
vc or aisle.
the.sanic system i>l
I plan gen-
eraliy hke Fig. 1'.
it appears
that two of the 1
It the ccn-
tral boss ma\ '
will 1)0, in
the same vertical y.
oforc, fo
B
^
■
Gothic Archfthcturk : Fio. 2.
Ian of nno comnart
half nil, Aoh n
r A nothlc vault, A O h
illaeonnl rib; A OH. ro
tlio bens or clff; J,
traoBvorso arclicn ; A C,BD, wall
a single arch with a continucms or a broken
curve. The two ribs AO and OIJ, for instance,
in Fig. •>, form a round or jwinted arch the side
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
view of wliich woidil be nearly like that in Fig.
3. This arch, however, is not absolutely complete
becau.se the two ribs meet at a boss which will
be place<l at 0, Fig. 3. If, however, we take
the arch at BD or the arch at CD, Fig. 3, we
have a pointed arch which has no boss, or in
other wonls, an onlinary pointed arch. This
arch will have no keystone, but a joint at the
apex, and in that respect the true Gothic arch
diflers from the pointed arch often used in Italy,
and in nuxlern times.
We have still, however, to provide against
the thrust or outward horizontal or diagonal
pressure of this cluster of arches. If the vault-
ing square which we have considered hitherto
should occupy the whole width of tlie church,
or other building to be roofed, it will \x sufficient
to put he^a\'y piers of masonrj- at the points
where the riljs of the vault have their inijjosts,
or at or near the points A, B, C, aud D, Fig. 2.
This will give a result nearly like Fig. 4, the
famous Sainte-Chapelle at Paris. The great
piers, seen projecting from the side walls, which
take up the thrust of the inside vaults by their
mere passive resistance, are called buttresses.
Gothic Architecture: Fio. 3.
Diagram of riba corresponding with Fig. 2.
In all vaulted buildings something of this kind
luis to be provided, but in the case of Ronian
buildings (see Roman Imperial Architecture),
those great masses of material are generally
within the building somewhere, and form divi-
sion walls, or in some other way encumber the
floor. If, however, the more usual type of
church is under consideration, and the nave has
aisles on either side of it, it will be necessaiy to
take up the thrust of the higli vaults of the nave
by some other device ; because tlie a|)pcarance
of such grcjit i)iei-s in the very heart of the aisle
on cither side would be to defeat the very object
of such a building, by encumlx'ring the internal
space which is intended to be free and open.
If, in a church of simple idan, as in Fig. 4, the
buttresses are jnit outside the building ; so also
they nee<lcd to be in the more complicate<i plan,
if the scheme of the Gothic builders was to Ik-
carrie<l out. The result was a system like that
shown in the right-hand half of Fig. T) : an ar-
rangement overhejid, by which the thrust oC the
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
great vaults over the nave was carried through
the air across the width of the aisles and thrown
upon the buttresses, which are seen outside of
the aisle walls. This system of caiTying the
thrust horizontally, or nearly so, and far over-
head, was adopted almost at the begin-
ning of the Gothic period ; for, indeed,
the chief characteristic of the Gothic ar-
chitecture is its extraordinary logic and
deliberate reasoning out of point after
point, the needs being always met
new devices, and those devices treated as
decorative features. The fly-
ing buttress, which resulted
from this necessity and this
resolute way of meeting
it, is shown in its general
scheme in Fig. 5. It will be
seen from these diagrams
that all that is really essential
is the carrying ot the bar of
stone along a cert im hue
which repicsents the thnist
of the vault , or, at all e\ ents,
the providmg of the ni I'^s of
stone in that place and along
that line, although, ot ( our-e,
a larger and he i\ u r m iss
might be used which would
disguise the true nituie of
the construe tion Thi-^, how
ever, the Gothic buildiis
never did. Thtir flying hut
tress is a sloping bai or stiy
of stone put where it is most
needed, and he Id in jilui In
the simple dev K c of m n li
underneath it ("sm 1 Imii^
Buttress, under ])\itti ss )
The full Gothu pi m
shown in Fig 6 is in
development of the di i^i i
given abovi th i \ i tl
ai.sleat tlic i i>
bulatory) 1 til
nearly as m 1 i„ I II
plan is, indeed, c ipibh t
considerable viricty, fhii>-
it is not esstntiil tint ill
the vaulting squares oi dl
the piers should be of the
same size. The d,.igr..ihs.
Figs. 2 and 3, show what is
called quadripartite vaulting,
and, in Fig. 6, the similar
lines of the nave and iiisles show the same kind
of vaulting, but the system called sexpartite
vaulting might also be used.
It has been said above that the arch nt AC
in Fig. 2 and in Fig. ."$ would l)c a plain pointed
arch without a boss. This kind of arch be-
came, then, the natural form for an opening
273
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
toward the outer air, such as a window, or an
opening from bay to bay within the church.
The exterior aspect, then, of the Gothic church
soon became notably a long row of such pointed
arches alternating with large buttresses project-
ing boldly between the
characteristic jjointed arch became a beloved
feature of the de(U)rative designer, as well us a
necessary part of the construction, and many
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
arclies wore built in this way ti) .sjtaii (PiH-niiip*
which (lid not need so strong a closure. Thus,
in the interior view of a large church there is
no necessity for the jjointed arches over the
small openings of the triforiuni, but the jwint^d
• arch very soon became a matter of course and
was used everywhere, as in arcades or the like.
Another i)eculiarity of the matured Gothic is
the complete disapjjearance of the wall in all
imj)()rtant places ; for, as the roof of stone is
entirely carried on pilasters and jiiers sujiported
vertically, and the thrust of the vault is taken
up by the buttresses (with or without flying
liuttresses to carry the thmst to the buttress),
so there remains no longer any duty for the wall
to fulfil. The gla-ss of the windows, therefore,
with the slender stone tracery which held it iu
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
Gothic Architecture: Fig. 5.
A, Imlf section of earlv baMllra wlUi tic-boain roofs; B. Iialf
sertlon of (iothic church with raultinc and (lying buttrrs ■.-».
Both buildings on the same ground plan.
place, was allowed to fill the whole space he-
neath the jwinted arch, except tiiat a low, very
thin wall was built l)eneath the sill of the win-
dow, having no utility excejjt to attord a less
fragile means of enclosure at the lower level
wlicre injury was to be feared. Hence arose
tiic familiar saying, which is not wholly incor-
rect, that a Gothic church wiia a roof of stone
with a wall of glass. Although a Gothic church
is much more than that, it is that also ; and its
builders (Mijoyc^d the novelty that they had in
their hands so imich that every ett'ort wjus made
tliniugh long lapses of time to diminish the size
of the stone u])riglits and to increase the general
appcar.mcc of lightness, o]>enness, and a])])ar-
ently impossible piling of weight and miws upon
sK-lider uprights. This is a prilici])ic of design-
ing exactly as admissible svs the putting of light-
ness ujxm weight ; grandeur, gnic^, and diversity
of projwrtion can be obtained in either way.
The Gothic builders, having chosen their princi-
ple of design, followed it out with a boldness
never before seen in the historj' of architecture,
and produced a style which, more than any
other style, or j)erhaps more than all combine<l,
gives a seemingly infinite variety, with a uni-
form and unvarj'ing principle of coustniction
and design.
The love of the pointed arch brought with it
a love for the stee]) upward sloping line, and a
strong verticality of design. Thus, the wwHlen
roof which Wfis put as a mere shell or mask
above the stone vault in order to keep the rain
from it, was made unneeessjirily steep because
the style had grown in that direction, while the
steep roof was of course, no worse, or even a
little bettor for it'j i)uri)o.se, ha^^ng no real fault
except it- Livat r,.,t. and the surface exposetl to
the aciMii ,,( tl„ wind. It i.s, however, a mis-
take til .sii]i]iiise that the great relative height
of the Continental Gothic churches was merely
matter of verticality of design. Fig. 5 shows
the aisle with its sloping r(M)f above its vault,
and the nave rising high alx)ve the aisle roof
so as to have a large clearetory window. This
clearstory window determine.s the height of the
nave roof: and if the architects wanted a great
Miluiiie nf liirlit iinuicd ill .it tlu'sc large win-
.inws. tliry hail til make th.> height of the clear-
stcii y very great. Tiie matter of proportion also
was to be considered, and the side view of this
double row of arches ojien below and fille«l with
windows above was an imi)ortant consideration.
If, for instance, the width of the aisle were 12
feet, the nave would 1h> nearly twice as wide ;
and the j)iers which separate the aisle from the
nave would need t.. be at leiist 16 feet high to the
tojis I I til 11 . i]i I lis, for even this would make
the II. . k,ii_~ -I t!i. -e capitals only 13 feet from
the 111". I. lull tinu this height everything else
results, and it will be found that, with the width
of aisle we have supposed, the height of the
nave vault from the floor to its crown would
be 61 feet, and the height to the ridge of the
roof would be 82 feet. If, now, the church is
doubled in its horizontjd dimensions, and the
nave is made 50 feet wide, we have a height of
127 feet to the crown of the vault and 171 fei't
of total height to the ridge of the nnjf, which is
very nearly that of the great French cathedrals
of the thirteenth century. In other words, it
was no four de force which the Gothic archi-
tects were engaged in, but the carrying out of
their simple and obvious principles of Jcsign,
which they fearlessly followed wherever thoy
might lead.
The decoration of the Gothic structure is
chiefly derived from" skilful and elal)oratc stone
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
cutting, including sculpture, and this stone cut-
ting is of two kinds : first, the repetition in a
decorative way of forms which were once purely
constructional; and, secondly, of forms sug-
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE
for the solidity and dignity of the building.
Less of such ornamentation as this, with even
more of sculpture of natural form, would be
welcome to such critics. It is noticeable, how-
GOTHIC Architec
Transept peculiar in having
ire: Fig. 6. Cathedral of Noyon (Oisk), France.
> rounded ends. Elaborate vaulting of deambulatory and apsldal chapels.
gested by visible nature, of plants and animals.
The second kind of decoration was a direct in-
heritance from the Romanesque work out of
which the Gothic architecture had grown. But
the first kind came of that intense love for the
style which they had invented, peculiar to the
Gothic builders. Thus, in the sculpture which
is put upon the outside of a gable, like that of
the transept of Notre Dame, there are little
arcades and tracery suggested in the stonework,
and there are also pieces of very rich sculpture
of natural form in great variety and abundance.
It seems to many persons that the first of these
two styles of decoration was carried too far, and
ever, that no other system of architecture had
ever included much attention paid to external
sculijture except in the reliefs of the Egyptian
pyluns, and this was hardly architectural sculp-
ture, but rather carving put upon a wall as
a convenient place for its exhibition. Greek
decorative sculpture was very limited in the
number of its parts and in its application, the
sculptures which now excite our wonder having
been almost free from architectural character.
The Gothic builders were, therefore, without
examples before them of a sculptural decoration
applietl freely to the exteriors as well as to the
interiors of buildings, and their feeling may well
the constant succession of bliml and open tra-
ceries, arcades, moulded bands and (-ornices,
pinnacles resting upon open cages of light stone-
work, too numerous, too varied, and too fanciful
277
have been tliat the building would better carry
ott' the abundant wealth of representative sculp-
ture which was put upon it, if this sculpture
had an elaborate and highly wrought framo-
278
GKDTHIC ARCHITECTURE IN
work of sc-ul|)tiire without siguiticauco or refcr-
euce to nature.
Gothic architecture was originally ecclesias-
tical almost altogether. Few buildings except
churches required the vaulted roof upon light
Bupjjorts. The interiors of the great castles of
the time were, indeed, vaulted in imitation
of the churches, but in these cases the Viiults
were supported by such ponderous masses of
wall that the (Jothic priucijde disappeared alto-
gether. Dwelling houses, in the cities espe-
cially, in the later times, were often beautifully
adorned with tlie external features of Gothic
architecture, but their Hoors would generally be
made of wood, and each room was tlien covered
by the flat under side of the floor above. Large
houses of assembly, such as the Synodal Hall
of Sens, were, indeed, vaulted much as the
churches were.
The discovei-j of the Gothic principle of con-
struction was contemporaneous with an unprec-
edented growth in the art and practice of archi-
tecture, and buildings were multiplieil all over
tlie land in every prosperous country of Europe.
The number of churches built between 117.5
and 12.50 is something incredible. The build-
ing of the great cathedrals is a chapter in Euro-
pean history which is entirely unique (see
Church Building). For the structures them-
selves which still remain in Europe and can still
be studied, reference must be made to tlie arti-
cles on the arcliitecture of the diff'erent coun-
tries in which Gothic architecture prevailed, —
England, France, etc.
Gonse, L'Arl gothique ; C. H. Moore, Develop-
ment and Character of Gothic Architecture ; Unge-
witter, Lehrhuch der Gotischen Kanstruktionen ;
Thomas II. Kiiii:. Thi- Stmbi Book of Median- al
Arrhitecturr " ' .1 ', \ ii Essenwein, Die
romanixche n . • ■ liaiikunst (forms
part of the 1 1 // '.nrh, 2d PL, Vol.
IV., 1st and J I : : .1 with military and
domestic architecture : :ill ]>iil)lished) ; VioUeUle-
Duc, Dictionnaire Raisonne de V Architecture
Fran<^aise, 10 vols. ; Edward S. Prior, A History
of Gothic Art in England; G. E. Street, Some
Account of Gothic Architecture in Spain, and
Brick and Marble in the Middle Agci ; and in the
general bibliopraphy the works by Schnaa.se, Ku-
,;,'ler, I.ubke. (iailliabuud, G. T. Scott. (See also
Ijihljoji ,|,i,i. - n;i !■ I I"ii<,'land, France, etc.)
Ill •• ,:■ • iiiMiiographs and treatises on
till I. i! lure of separate towns and
priiviiH , . ;ii - i \ . I \ iiwiny volumes of plates with-
out text, i>r Willi Imi little text, such as Hicliard
Norman Shaw's Architectural Skelchen from the
Continent; Nesfield's Specimenx of Media'val
Architecture chiefly selected from Examples of the
12th and ISth Centuries; H, J. Johnson. Speci-
mens of Early French Architecture; \V. Gals-
worthy Davie, Architectural Studies in France.
— R. S.
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE IN ENG-
LAND, ill speakiiit,' of Kii^riisii (iothie it ii:us
hivii ciisfoiiiMry in KiiKland to divide it into four
more or less arbitrary divisions.
GOTHIC ARCHITECTURE IN
First, tiie traditional, covering the period
between the Norman Romanesque, and that
marked by the general adoption of the pointed
arch, from 11 40 to 1200.
Second, the early English, the first true
Gothic period, covering roughly the time from
1200 to 1300.
Third, the decorated, from 1300 to 1400.
Fourth, the perpendicular, from 1400 to 1550.
The names are not altogether fortunate, nor
is it possible to fix the dates which bound any
one of the above styles. It seems best, there-
fore, to speak of centuries rather than styles.
All the phases of Gothic up to 1350 began
and had their mast perfect fulfilment in France.
There Gothic was solely concerned with the
problem of the vault and its suj)ports. Inci-
dentally the wall was obliterated, and they
studietl the filling of the space. In discussing
English Gothic it will be unnecessary to touch
upon those features whose history belongs to the
general development of Gothic, and attention
will be concentrated on the points which are
essentially English.
The English were never attracted by the
vault problem, and, although there is abundant
evidence that the principles of the vault were
understood, they were not kwked ujion as essen-
tials. Therefore the sense of a building enclo.sed
by walls was never lost, and wood frequently
took the place of a stone vaidt. Both were
probably due to the long duration of the early
types, Saxon and Norman, which made so much
of wall surface, to the lack of ambition or the
abundance of wood, and to the wide influence
of Cistercian simplicity. The thirteenth cen-
tury showed, as essentially Englisii features, the
great length, tlie transepts and double tran-
septs, and the square east end with ita group of
lancets. The west fronts were not logical end
walls of a great building, but screens, used as
at Wells to form a frame for sculpture. The
isolation of England and its comparative peace
enabled domestic work and the .semidomestic
buildings of the monastery almost to keep pace
with the ecclesiastical work. Thus an clement
of simplicity, almost of domesticity, was intro-
duced. As the thirteenth century saw the cid-
mination of the logical Gotiiic of the lie de
France, so did it see the best English work.
The English level wiis not so liigli, but both
earlier work and also much of the later work
vie with that of the most perfect time in beauty
and interest.
The early fourteenth century marked the
abandonment of the sim])licity of the tiiirteenth,
and the adoption of jirofusc ornament. ]Slore
especially Wiis it marked in England by the
multiidication of ribs in the vault, and divi-
sions in tlie window which formed tracery of
great iK'auty. The cleric character of English
1 work iis coiitTiisted with the laic Continental
GOTHIC REVIVAL
work, produced many beautiful buildings, in
the chapter houses, dormitories, halls, and refec-
tories of the great abbeys. All of these show
a knowledge of Gothic principles and a purely
English treatment, modified in various localities
by mason craft, or Icjral materiul.
With the eml nf the fourtnntli century Eng-
land had advaniid tar awuy from Continental
lines, and the movcnu'Ut wliich began about
1350 developed rapidly into a purely English
style. Towers and spires, which, owing to the
long low lines of the buildings were always
favourite features in England, were brought to
great perfection in the fifteenth century. Do-
mestic work, which was now becoming more
prominent, was influenced by this last phase of
Gothic well into the seventeenth century.
The only constructional feature of this period
was a logical development of mason craft.
As soon as the rib became a fixed feature in
the vault, the English began to plan a means
by which to simplify the many curves which
the varying length of the ribs seemed to de-
mand. The outcome was the system generally
adopted and which led eventually to the fan
vault. The diagonal rib, being the longest,
was taken as the basis, and this was composed
of two curves, the one the curve of the wall
rib, tlie second a curve of greater radius, the
two together producing the four-centred arcli.
AU the other ribs were portions of this fixed
curve.
Then a still further step was taken in the
direction of mechanical production. Taking a
square compartment, the ribs were made not
only of the same curve but of the same li>iii,^tli,
so that all the ribs stopped at a fixed h(ii,4it
and at a fixed distance from the springing;.
This resulted in a fan-sha])ed vault. The wall
rib and the transverse rib alone reached the
central lines, and a space was thus left which
was filled with flat blot^ks, as in the vault of
Gloucester cloisters, or with great pendants, as
in Henry the Seventh's chapel. Moreover, the
filling between the ribs was no longer a vault, but
was a slab of stone reaching from rib to rib.
However wonderful, and in a way beautiful,
this work appears, it must ever remain a me-
chanical tour de force, in no way to be com-
pared with the best French vaults, which speak
in every line and stone of the intelligent hand
of the artist.
The four-centred arch, first devised to meet
the exigencies of the diagonal ril), became,
when the arches were all identical, tlie curve of
the wall rib, and then of thi^ window opening.
Tims it grew to be th(; keynote of the later
perpi-n(li>-uhii- work. — U. (Ji.iF-sroN Sruucas.
GOTHIC REVIVAL. The attenijit during
the nineteentli century to restore Gothic archi-
tecture to the position it held in the thirteenth
and fourteenth centuries, as being the only style
GOTHIC REVIVAL
in use, and lending itself alike to buildings of
all classes. In the absence of general accept-
ance, the movement became more exclusively a
matter of church building, in which it had,
indeed, originated. It was understood by the
earliest revivahsts that the architecture of the
Middle Ages was primarily that of churches ;
but it was also understood by them that the
style created as an ecclesiastical style was ex-
tended into buUdings of all kinds, even into
fortresses, just so far as the conditions, site,
plan, and structure allowed. Thus, a small
house could not be Gothic in the strictest sense,
as having none of its rooms vaulted ; and a for-
tress could not be Gothic in the strictest sense,
because even the riblied vaults of the halls and
corridors were retained by enormously thick
walls, instead of by buttress and flying but-
tress without the aid of walls, which were re-
placed by great spaces of glass. The revivalists,
therefore, were of different minds, some being
strongly led tow9,rd ecclesiological conclusions,
and trying to re-create what they esteemed to
be the only proper architecture for Christian
churches ; while others were minded to restore
the conditions of the thirteenth century in all
those things which were compatible with mod-
em improvements.
The revival took shape in France, Germany,
Belgium, and the Netherlands, as well as in
Great Britain ; and at a later time its doctrines
were accepted by architects in the United States.
The brick church in the Au suburb of Munich (see
Ohlmiiller) was built about 1837, and about the
same time S. Clothikle (which see, under Church)
was built ill Paris from the designs of F. C. Gau
anil Theodore liaUu (see those names). These
wcie ty]iical of oii,i,'iiial work on the Continent;
luit there was little of this compared with the
{.neat amount of work done in the way of resto-
ration and conseiinent addition to the great cathe-
dral establishments. Thus, when Notre Dame
of Paris was in the way of being restored, a
large building, intended for vestries, chapter
house, and the like, was built on the south side
of the ehnn-li, and earefnlly planne.l in the style
of tlie rlnnvh itsi'lf, this l.einix, t lieivtmv, just SO
fully .studied in detail from the -real example
before it, while its plan, and even its general
outline and mass, were entirely modern. This
building, however, designed by Viollet-le-Duc, is
one of tiie most perfect specimens in existence
of the revival of an ancient style. The resto-
ration, often ruinous, of great buildings carried
witii it also a great deal of study of mediaeval
sculjiturc, and the |iriMei|ples and ])ractice ac-
cording to which it was carried on. It was
soon discovered that tiie jjroduetion of the enor-
mous amount of excellent 8culi)ture, still exist-
ing or already destroyed, of France and the
neighbouring countries, had been possible only
GOTHIC REVIVAL
under a state of sotiety and a condition of the
working mason and stonecutter such as was no
longer in existence, or even witliin reasonable
possibility of revival. Still, other serious at-
tempts were made to educate, at legist, a ccrtiiin
number of stonecutters in the line of Gotliic
decorative can-ing. (See Gothic Architecture ;
Sculpture.)
In England, however, the enthusiasm excited
was much greiiter than elsewhere, the number
of iulvocates and practitioners was also greater,
and the results were, for a time at least, prom-
ising. In 18;56, when the Houses of Parlia-
ment (see Westminster Palace) were undertaken,
the terms of competition required tliat the build-
ing should be designed in the Gothic or Eliza-
bethan style. All over England parish churches
were repaired, restored, or rebuilt in what wiis
intended to l)e pure Gothic arcliitecture ; but
here again ditlerence of opinion and of practice
was seen, and while some were busily engaged
in studying, moulding, and reproducing, as closely
as possible, forms and details of a given epoch,
in the style of which their church or town hall
was to be erected, others were studying Italian
Gothic, with its effects of polychromy, and
French Gothic, wtli its freer treatment and
richer sculj)ture, and were engrafting these for-
eign elements of ardiitectural eftect upon the
English stock. What was called at one time
Victorian Gothic was, indeed, characterized es-
sentially by the introduction of many Italian
features, such as the alternate colouring of the
V()us.soirs of arches, the introduction of bands
and patterns of brickwork into external and
internal wall surfaces, and a general simplicity
of mass, relieved bv such <-nlour cttccts as these
n.l 1
.mIui
lif.l Stutrs, tlic bml.ling of the
chunh ..f tlic Holy Trinity in Br.H.klyn, about
1845, and of Trinity church in New York,
about 1847, marks the earlier introduction of
the movement. Churches of certjiin Christian
sects were from that time on commonly Gothic
in their general character, while other religious
bo<lies chose, rather, a round-ardi mediieval
style. The most carefully studied ])iece of
Gothic church building in America is, perhaps.
Trinity ciiapcl, on West Twenty-fifth Street,
New York City, the work of Riciiard Upjohn,
who was also the architect of Trinity church.
In civic buildings, the most remarkable stnic-
ture was certainly the National Academy of
Design, in New York City ; in which an attempt
not matched for thoroughness, except in one or
two Englisli buildings, was made to revive
Gothic siiiljiturc according to its supposed medi-
icviil methods and i)r()ces8C8.
The n-ult iif the (iothic revival has lieen this :
that in (Ircat j'.ritain and in the British coIo
nie.s ciiurclics are still commonly built in some
form of the Gothic style. Some of these build-
GOUJON
ings are admirable in design, and William But-
terfield, one of the earliest masters of revived
Gothic (see church of All Saints, under Church),
has built two important churches in Austraha ;
while Pearson's design for the cathedral, though
not wholly carried out, is a remarkable achieve-
ment. Also, there still appears, at intervals,
a domestic or civic building etiuall}' media-val
in character. The larger public buildings of
tiie last thirty years have been, however, almost
exclusively neoclassic in character, and the ma-
jority of private houses more nearly classical
than Gothic in their design. In the United
States a strong influence of French academic
teaching has been felt, and tiiere arc but a few
architects who still retain a preference in their
work for nietlia-val forms. This fact of the
strongly ncochussical influences of France car-
ries witli it the statement that the study of
Gothic architecture has almost ceased in that
countr}', in spite of tiie influence of Viollet-le-
Duc and his powerfiU contemporaries. Still,
the buildings of certain ecclesiastical and monas-
tical establishments are bnilt in some form of
Gothic ; and the much more common practice
of vaulting in France makes the French modem
Gothic much more nearly me<li:eval in character
than any except tlie very few monuments in
England. The architects who i)rod\icetl these
buildings are, however, a small class apart.
(See Architect, The, in France ; France, 'Archi-
tecture of.) In Germany, although tiie great
majority of tlie buildings are neoclassical in
character, Gotliic architecture in some form is
still used for si)ecial ecclesiastical undertakings
and for some important ci\ic buiklings. The
votive church in Vienna, by H. von Verstel,
finished in 1879, is ranked a.s one of the two or
three most i)erfect reproductions of mediieval
art; but the new liatlihaus, in the same city,
built by F. Schmidt a few years earlier, is an
unsuccessftil attempt to adapt the style to a
building for public business. — R. S.
GOTTJON, JEAN ; sculptor and architect.
As Goujoii a])i)ears first in Normandy, it is
supposed that lie wjus Iwni there. It is not
known that he ever studied in Italy. He is
first mentioned in a contract dated Aug. 9,
1541, for two columns .snjiporting tiie organ
h)ft of the church of S. Maclou at Rouen (see
Castille, Colin). The two sculptured wooden
doors in the porch of this cliurch arc always
ascribed to Goiyon witliout evidence, except
such as is derived from their style, — in this case
very convincing. A third door on the side of
the church is later, and may be by another
hand. From alwut 1542 until 1544 he was
associated witii tlie arcliitect Pierre Lescot (sec
Lescot) and the sculptors Laurent Rcgnauldin
and Simon Leroy in the construction and deco-
ration of the choir screen (jub(^) of the church
of S. Germain I'Auxerrois, Paris. The juW
GOURLIER
was destroyed in 1745. The records of this
work have been preserved, and two of its bas-
reliefs by Goujon are now in the Louvre. About
1544 he became architect to the Constable
Anne de Montmorency, and was associated
with Jean Bullant (see BuIIant) in the decora-
tion of the ch.iteau of Ecouen. The chimney-
piece by Goujon at Ecouen is extremely fine.
In the dedication of Jean Martin's translation
of Vitruvius, published in 1547, for which
Goujon drew many plates, he is mentioned as
architect to the king, Henri II. After this
time, and probably until his death, he was oc-
cupied in association with Pierre Lescot in mak-
ing the splendid sculpture on the facade of the
Louvre at the southwest angle of the old court.
The pairs of figures about the oeils-cJe-boevf
over the doors are especially fine. The con-
tract for the music gallery, supported by four
caryatides in the lower hall of this building, one
of his most famous productions, was made in
1550.
The so-called Fountain of the Innocents, in
Paris, was originally a loggia built at an angle
of the old cemetery of the Innocents (see Foun-
tain of the Innocents) on the corner of the Rue
Saint-Denis and the Rue aux Fers, Paris.
June 10, 1786, the cemetery was suppressed.
The fountain, with Goujon's bas-reliefs, was
rearranged in the square which replaced the
cemetery.
Goujon's decorations of the chateau of Anet
date from about 1553 (see De I'Orme, P.). Of
these, the most important is the group of Diana
with a stag, which is now in the Louvre. The
sculptured decoration of the Hotel Carnavalet,
Paris, is attributed to Goujon by Sauval. After
1 562, Goujon's name disappears from the meagre
records of the works at the Louvre. He was
probably a Protestant, and it has been supposed,
without proof, that he was killed in the massa-
cre of S. Bartholomew (Aug. 24, 1572). A
"Giovanni Goggeon francese, intagliotore di
rilieve," who died in Bologna, Italy, between
1564 and 1568, is supposed by Montaiglon (op.
cit.) to have been the great French sculptor.
Oailhabaud, Jean Goujon, architecte et sc.ulp-
ti'ur ; Montaiglon. Jean Goujon; Reveil, (Envre
do GoKjon, text by Pottier ; Berty, Les Grands
Architectes.
aOURLIER, CHARLES PIERRE ; archi-
tect ; b. May ITj, 178G; d. Feb. IC), lH,-,7.
A pupil of Alavoine (see Alavoinc) and Hiiyot
(.see Huyot). In association wit li llict. (Irilldii,
and Tardieu he published <'li<,:.i- iTrdij!, ■,'.-<
jtroji'l/'K et. cnns/riiilx I'li Fnnirc diijiuis li;
romn,<;u;u,H'„f <h, Xl\ xirrlr /I'aris, 1825-
1H.")0, :', \i,ls. Inli.,) .iimI Ihx mil's pilfjli</>ieS
,'/ ,1,-s hahilaf,ons pari H;,/n'n's, Paris, 1852,
(lu Sci^
in I'larial'.s Knnjrto-
GRABL
GOUST, L. ; architect.
Goust was appointed inspector of the works
at the Arc de Triomphe de I'Etdilc, Paris, under
Chalgrin (see Chalgrin), whom he su.-.v,-,l,.(l as
architect of the building after his death in ISll.
From 1813 to 1823 work on this monument
was interrupted. From 1823 to 1830 it was
continued by Goust in association with Huyot
(see Huyot).
Lance, Dictionnaire.
GOVERNMENT ARCHITECT. A. (In
French, Architecte du Gouvernement.) One
who has been employed on public work. Ap-
parently, the term is retained after the work is
done, and is employed as an honorary appella-
tion, if not by the bearer of it, then Ijy his
publishers or those who may write of him, and
serves as a means of giving professional rank.
B. In America, the supervising architect of
the treasury department, in whose hands is the
designing and supervising of the greater part of
the buildings erected by the government of the
United States, except in cases where, by general
or special law, local architects are employed to
carry out special buildings.
GRADIENT. The slope or divergence from
the horizontal of a street, path, or the like,
usually described as 1 in 10, I in 17, etc.,
the " one " signifying the vertical rise ; but
also described as so many in the hundred or
thousand, the round numbers applying to the
horizontal measurement. A moderate gradient
of a carefully laid out street or of the approach
to a bridge is 1 in 25 to I in 35 ; of a railroad,
85 feet in 1000.
GRADINE. In Itahan, a step ; hence, in
English writing on Italian art, the superalter,
a raised shelf set above the altar and at its
back, usually as, long as the mensa, one third
or one fourth as wide, and having the front
clo.sed in. This front is, then, frequently
[>d with painting,'
I this
'■ !"■'
GR^COSTASIS. In the Hn
ambassadors from the states i.f (In
of other foreign poweis) ucic supi"
there during certain eeivni.mies
Forum, in wllieli tliel-e \\:is speal^
the Knipir.'.
GRAEL, JOHANN FRIEDRICH ;
(Jracl built the Soplticnkii
Uorrniann, D<nkin
GRAFFITO
GRAFFITO. In Italian, a scratching or
incisiug upon rough material, as a phistered
wall ; the term is applied especially to the
ancient scratciieil insciiptions which have been
of value to modern ardueologists. (See also
Sgrathto.)
GRAIN (n.). The fibres of wood taken
together ; the fibrous or strongly marked longi-
tudinal texture of wood in which the sheaves
of the siip vessels, all running one way, cause
a marked distinction between. the character of
wood if cut crosswise or lengthwise of the log.
Blocks for wood engraving are cut across the
grain, but in nearly all other careful workman-
ship the end grain is avoided, and a perhaps
excessive care is shown by mwlern carpenters
and joiners never to allow this end grain (that
is to say, the texture of tiie wood as shown when
cut across) to be seen. Even in wood when cut
in the direction of the grain, that is, lengthwise,
there is a ditterence in the adhesiveness of the
parts. According as a log is cut into parts in
the direction or nearly in the direction of the
radii of one section of the log considered as a
circle, the wood will be foimd tougher and less
liable to split. It is well known that a log
allowed to dry naturally will be found checked,
or divided deeply by checks. (See Check.) If,
then, parts are taken out of a log in such a way
that the broad surfaces of these parts go in the
direction of these checks, those parts will have
little or no tendency to split. Advantage is
taken of these circumstances to saw wood quar-
tcriiiir. ;is it is called (.see Quarter, v.), the wood
.-|i. .-Lilly tivcird in this way being oak, on
:i.-.i.nnt ..i t In- ,,iicn character of its grain. The
tcnri is u>r.l also to indicate the pattern or
veining caused by the irregularity of the
arrangement of the sap vessels and fibres.
This, in somo wnnds, is of inrat beauty, and
ii ■• ■ •■ ; ■ -Ml ..f tile root,
-I |.i-.i|,rting
li...,. ;,,. ;,.... .X ..; ,i „.,^, ,.,,i nvc, contains
W(X)d ot a very beautitui j)attern. The finest
and most precious pieces of this kind are com-
monly sawed into tliin veneers, which are then
used by gluing them to thicker pieces of inferior
wood. (For the imitation of grained wood, see
Grain, v.) — R. S.
GRAIN (v.). To produce, by means of
painting, an imitation, more or less close, of the
natural grain of wood. The process is chiefiy
one of wiping, with a cloth held firmly upon
the end of a stick, narrow bands in freshly laid
paint ; the.se bands sliowing light in contrast
with the darker and thi(;ker jjaint left on either
side. If, for instance, paint of the colour of
walnut is laid over a lighter priming, a skilled
grainer will use his wiping tool with greater or
less pressure, as he wishes to ])r<Klu('e broader
and paler or narrower and darker stripes.
2»7
GRAND STAND
These 8trii)e.s, ke]it close togetiicr and nearly
parallel, constitute graining of the sim])lest
kind. But the process in the more elalwratc
patterns is similar to this. Graining is not
now fiishionable, the tendency having been of
late yeiirs strongly toward painting of a more
purely decorative sort, so that graining is in a
sense despised, even by persons of not very
critical habits in decorative art. As late as
1860, however, it was very common both in
England and America, and there exist in our
libraries books on the art and practice of house
painting in which the art of graining is insisted
on as one of considerable importance. In the
decoration of Abbotsford, for instance, grained
imitation of ancient wood is used in clo.se juxta-
position to the ancient wood itself brought from
destroyed or mined buildings. — R. S.
GRAIN ELEVATOR. A building with
appliani'cs for receiving grain in large quan-
tities from railway cars or other carriers,
weighing, storing, and delivering to ears or
vessels. It contains a receiving hopix;r into
which the grain drops when discharged from
the railway car, an elevator formed of buckets,
or cups attached to an endless band, by which
it is raised to the top of the building and dis-
charged into a garner, from which it flows
through spouts to a weighing machine. Thence
it is transported to bins for storage by con-
veyor belts, or directly into railway or shijjping
spouts. The storage bins are deei> aiid narrow
pockets, constructed of timber and ])lank ll' or
14 feet square, and from 40 to 80 feet deej).
They are usually without ventilation, but
some have perforated tul)es running through
the centre. The elevatore are sup])lietl with
all the necessary machinery and appliances to
save time and labour. There is usually a
movable " marine " leg for unloading grain
arriving by water. This is a flexible box con-
taining elevator belts which raise the grain
from the vessel's hold. The capacity of tiie
modern grain elevator varies from half a million
to three or four million bushels. The floating
elevator is similar in principle to the one de-
scribed, but much smaller. It has a movable
leg for uidoading anil loading vessels, and is
fully equipped with all modern machinery. It
is used for tratisshipment, but not for storage.
The exterior of tlie grain elevators are plain,
but the arrangements for ligliting, et<"., often
produce a picturesque outline, and they rise
high above the houses of the city.
— W. R. HrTTON.
GRANARY. A place for the deposit of
grain in large qmmtities. In modern times
a purclv general term. (Compare Grain
Elevator.)
GRAND STAND. A jilatform arningcd
for sjjcctators at a race-c<Mirse, a gromul for
athletic exercises, and the like ; especially such
GRANDJBAN DB MONTIGNY
a stand when roofed and treated arcliitectu-
rallv.
GRANDJEAN DE MONTIGNT. AU-
GUSTE HENRI VICTOR ; architect ; b. July
15, 177t) ; d. l.'^yO, at Kio de Janeiro.
A pupil of Delannoy and Percier (see
Percier) at the i!cole des Beaux Arts. In
1799 he won the Premie)- Grand Prix
d' Architecture, with Gasse. About 1814 he
went to Brazil and erected at Hi" de .laiiriin tlie
Palace of the Fine Arts, the Exchuii-c, and ntiier
important buildings. Grandjraii df Mc)iiti;,'ny
published Recueil des plus beavx Tomheaux
executes en Italic pendant les XV' et XVI'
slides (Paris, 1813, folio), and Architecture de
la Toscane, in association with Auguste Faniin
(Paris, 1815, folio).
Benoit, L''Art franf^aise sous la Bevolution et
V Empire; Maurice Du Seigneur in Planat's
Encychipedie.
GRANGE. Originally, a granary ; hence,
a farmstead ; the buildings of a farm taken
together. The term was used at first in a
special significance of a group of buildings con-
nected with the agricultural department of a
monastery, a large manor house, or the like, t)ut
it does not appear that the tiain was Icui^
limited to this signification. With Sliakt'spcaic
and other writers of the reigii nf Elizabeth the
term is common in the sense of a farming place
of any kind.
GRANITE. A massive igneous rock con-
sisting essentially of quartz and orthoclase
feldspar, but usually carrying mica, hornblende,
or other minerals in addition. Hence, known
as mica granite, hornblende granite, etc.
— G. P. M.
GRANJA, LA. A country palace of the
kings of Spain, situated in the mountains about
fifty miles from Madrid and 4000 feet above
the sea. The palace was built by Philip V.
in the first half of the eighteenth century.
GRAPERY. A greenhouse especially
adapted to the cultivation of grapes, either
with or without artificial heat ; in the latter
case the house i.s called a cold grapery. (See
Greenhouse.)
GRAPPIN, JEHAN (1.) ; architect and
sculjjtor.
A son of Robert Grappin. He worked with
his father on the church of S. Gervais et S.
Protais at Gisors (Oise, France) until his death.
His name disappears from the accounts of the
buililing in 1547, and was replaced by Pierre
Monteroult.
(For hil)liof,Taphy, see Orappin, Koberl. )
GRAPPIN, JEHAN (II.); architect and
Bciiiptor.
Son of Jehan Grappin (I.). He worked at
firnt under Pierre de Monteroult at the church
of S. GervaiB et S. Protais at Gisors (Oisc,
GRATING
France). In 1562 he became himself super-
vising architect.
(P'or bibliography, see Grappin, Robert.)
GRAPPIN, ROBERT; architect and
sculptor; d. about 1537.
In 1521 Robert appears as supervising
architect {mattre de Vaiuvre) of the church of
S. Gervais et S. Protais at Gisors (Oise,
France). After 1537 his name disappears
from the accounts of the church. (See
Grappin, J., I.)
GRASS HOUSE. The permanent dwelling
of the Wichita American Indians and of others
of the same stock, the Caddoan. It is a
dome-shaped structure of poles thatched with
grass and banked with earth at the bottom.
A square framework of 8-inch logs is built
within the area formed by a circular trench.
Poles are then planted in the trench and
brought together across the top of the log
frame and firmly boiuid in place by elm bark.
Smaller poles are then attached horizontally
from ground to top, and upon the structure
thus foimed a thatch of grass is laid, over-
lap] lini,^ in courses, shingle fashion, from below
up, tlie r(jd.s fixing each layer of grass to the
frame being covered by the succeeding layer.
A smoke hole near the top is left as usual in
redskin houses of this class, while at opposite
sides are doorways, with doors made of a frame
of rods covered with grass. This is the " straw
house" of Coronado's Quivira. (See Earth
Lodge; Tipi ; Wickyup; also p. 131, American
Anthrnpologist, N. S. 1, 1899.) — F. S. D.
ORATE. Originally and properly, a grat-
ing; in ordinary usage, that form of grating
which is used to retain fuel in place while the
air which supplies combustion passes freely up-
ward from below between the bars. In this
sense, especially, (1) a basket-like receptacle of
bars such as is used in an ordinary fireplace ;
sometimes hung by rings or sockets upon hooks
built into the jambs, sometimes supported on
feet, and in this latter case often call.d ha^krt,
or basket grate. Soft or liituiniiiMiis .Mai is
more commonly burned in gnitrs .if tliis last-
named form. (2) The bottom, or Hoor, of a
fire room or fire box in a furnace or stove of any
sort. In this sense, usually and normally fiat
and placed horizontally, but often .aiianucd to
revolve, to drop at mic si.lr wlnlr ivmainini,'
supported on a pivot, onvm tn ti.M upon itself;
these devices being for greater CDiiviiucnce in
dunipint,' the fuel when it is desired to clean
the giate and start a fresh fire. — R. S.
GRATING. A structure of bars held to-
g(!ther by cross pieces of any sort, or .similar
bars crossing one another in at least two direc-
tions, or, finally, of bars arranged in some more
200
GRATZ
elaborate pattern. In this sense the term is
equally ajjplicable to a frame luiule of thick bars
or Ix'unis of wood, and to a lighter and slender
stnicture, as of mettil. This is the generic term,
and grate, grille, grillage are usetl in special
senses. Gratings of wood are use<l to admit air
and light, or to allow of vision through an
obstacle, while at the same time ingre.ss or egress
is prohibitc<l, or, when jilaced horizontiiUy, an
opening is made safe iigainst persons or things
falling into it accidentally. This is its most com-
mon use in building. The o{)enwork partition
across the parlour of a convent or the visitor's
room in a prison is called by tliis name, although
frequently the bars are wide apart and may even
reach from floor to ceiling without cross pieces.
In this sense the term approaches in signification
the terms Piilisa.le : Stc.-kade. — R. S.
GRATZ. HANS VON. (See Niesenberger,
Hans.)
GRAVE MONUMENT. The structure
raised upon or near a grave to mark its place,
and usually to record tlie name, etc., of the de-
cejused. The simplest form is the heaped-up
mound of ejirth covered with soil. This was
often, in old English graveyards, held in place
by a light net or lattice of osiers which were
allowed to decay before l)eing removed. The
addition of a gravestone of any sort seems to
have been in Christendom the more usual step
to take in the way of a more permanent memorial ;
but in many parts of Euroi)e it has been for
centuries customary to erect small crosslike
memorials of wood or of wrought iron, and
upon these is often placed some tablet or frame
within which perishable memorials, such as
an inscription on pa])er, (;an be preserved for a
time. On some of these tablets are placed
usually very small paintings of souls in purga-
tory; and it may l)e added that a similar
memorial acting Jis a cenotajih is often placed
as near as possible to the spot where the person
has been drowned, killed by robbers, or by acci-
dent ; the purpose in each ca.se l^eing to request
the prayers of the passer-by. Grave monuments
in the open air were seldom more elalwrate than
this, previous to our own time of elaborate and
extensive cemeteries ; at present it is not un-
common to set up a monument of considerable
height and elaboration and frequently of many
thousand dollars' cost at, or near, the grave in
such a cemetery. The ol)elisk, column, or other
shaft, or the still more elaborate tombal structure
80 put up sometimes serves jus a memorial of
the graves of a numl)er of persons, as those
belonging to the same family. — R. S.
GRAVE MOUND. Same as Barrow.
GRAVESTONE. A stone marking a place
of Imiial ; the simj)lest form of tondi ; often
cjillcd tonihstoni-. It is but seldom tliat a
memorial slab (the simplest form of ccnotajdi)
is called by this name.
291
GRAVESTONE
Among the Greeks, graves in the open air
were marked by ujjright stones carveil sometimes
into the shajjc of pillars of circular section,
sometimes into fiat slabs decorated on one side,
or on both, and often adorned by an oniamental
cTowa (compare Stele), and sometimes by a piece
of sculpture, a statue, group, figure of a beast,
or an imaginary monster, or an imitation of a
funeral va.se, sometimes of great size. At the
cemeteiy on the western side of the ancient city
of Athens, gravestones have been found of ex-
traordinary beauty. One is a sphinx and
another is a siren, each of these being symbol-
ical of death (on the Xanthiau tomb in the
British Museum harpies are carrj-ing away
spirits of the dead) ; another is carved with a
low relief of a lion, and with rosettes of great
beauty ; another bears three vases in low relief,
and it is understotnl that this means that the
persons commemorated died unmarried ; another
is the sculptured semblance of such a vase " in
the round," and mlorned with exquisite sculp-
tures in very low relief; several have a portrait
of the deceased with certain attendants, the
function of which last personages is not well
understood. Under Stele tiie two most mag-
nificent of these gravestones are described.
Similar monuments exist in different museums
of Europe. It is not quite settled how far these
stehe are strictly gravestones, anil how far they
are set up in convenient places, as we put up
slabs in churches without the supjjosition that
the grave is near. (See Cenotaph.)
Graves not within any building are commonly
marked either by one very large stone, covering
practically the whole grave, and inscribed with
names, etc., on the upper surface, or they have
a larger headstone and a snuiUer footstone.
In the first ciise, the -slab is not unfrequently
mounted upon a low substructure of brickwork,
or the like. A variant of this form is when the
stone is not merely a slab having the two large
faces parallel, but is cut with an upward slope,
forming a ridged roof-like cap or cover for tiie
grave. This form may l>e further modified by
l)eing cut to the semblance of a cruciform roof, —
two ridges crossing one another at right angles,
ejich ending either in two gables or in two back-
ward slopes, as in a hipped roof. This last-
named form is capable of decorative treatment,
for the ridge may lx^ adorned by the semblance of
a cross as long and as wide as the whole stone,
and this may again receive floriated and otiier
ornamentation.
In the second case, the headstone nearly always
receives the greater part of the inscription and
the oniamcnt, and the side turned toward tlie
grave is apt to receive more than the reverse sitle.
(For otiier forms of memorial put up at the
grave, see Grave Monument.)
Among Mohammedans, the nde of their
religion limits grave monuments to simple
202
GRAVBZANDE
brickwork ; but this is interpreted with some
liberality, and the tarkibeh is an oblong, rec-
tangular structure not unlike an altar tomb, but
very simple, and having an upright stone called
a shahid at the head and another at the foot.
That at the head has commonly a curious knob
or finial at the top, which is carved into some
semblance of a turban or other headdress. In
the crowded cemeteries near Constantinople, the
tarkibeh seems to be omitted or reduced to a
very small size and sunk deeply in the earth.
— R. S.
GRAVEZANDE, ARENT ADRIANS-
ZOON VAN ; architect.
He was city architect of Leyden, HollaTid, and
built the Mare Kerke in that city in 1639, the
oldest domical church in Holland.
Galland, Hnllandische Bmikunst.
GREAT-HEAD. (See Gro.sseteste.)
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE. That of
the Grecian people in the mainland of
Greece, the islands, and the colonies
previous to the complete establishment
of Roman dominion, about 100 B.C.
The architecture of ancient Greece
in its Prehistoric Period (3000-
1500 B.C.) reflects the nomadic char-
acter of its wandering tribes. The
use of perishable materials, the absence
of organic construction and of a fixed
style, characterize these early efforts ;
and yet the one example which best
illustrates the building art of this
period, the second of the nine successive
settlements which occupied the site of
ancient Troy, exhibits many features
which linger throughout the entire
history of Grecian architecture. The
typical form of a rectangular building
preceded by a porch was now estali-
lished, and the specifically Grecian
love of symmetry shown in the repeti-
tion of the porch at the rear of the
building. Similarly the gateway of this Trojan
city and that of the courtyard of the palace
••onsisted of two porches set back to ba(;k, a
form which was subsequently elaborated iiitd
the imposing Propyhiea of the Acr()i)()lis at
Athens. Various arcliitcctnntl .Ictnils — sucli
as antie or terminal i.ihot.T. ami mhmc dr,-,,-
were already in use in this pm-Ml, Imt ,-nl,uniis
and the gable roof seem to have been absent.
The period which followed \\a» been called the
Mycen^an Age, because the Acropolis and
tombs of Myc(-n:e hav(' furnisli.d the nir.st
representative examples of tlic civilization uliicli
followed the prehistoric a-.^. The liinils ,,rthc
period, tliough still in dispute, are i.y tiie lic.st
authorities placed at 1500 u.c. to 1000 M.c,
though in Home quarters this civilization may
have Imen begun earlier than 1500 B.C., and it
293
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
was too strongly and widely established to have
ended everywhere at as early a date as 1000 B.C.
The centre of this civilization, judging from the
magnificent remains at Tiryns, Mycense, and
Argos, was apparently in Argolis, but it left sub-
stantial traces to the north as far as Thessaly,
to the east as far as Troy, to the south in Egypt,
Cyprus, Crete, and many of the Greek islands,
and to the west in Sicily and Italy. Its
strongly fortified palaces indicate established cen-
tres of monarchical government, with types of
architecture so strongly marked as to become
fixed for centuries. These types follow along
the lines of Grecian architecture of the previous
period, but show more advanced construction,
with decorative forms of more pronounced Ori-
ental character. The building sites were more
carefully levelled, the strongholds surrounded by
compactly constructed walls of massive quad-
rangular or polygonal blocks. The palaces
still to have had flat clay roofs, although
the conical false vaults of the beehive tombs
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
inilicate the possibility that domical coiistructiou
may liave been used in the building cf houses.
The column was now employed as a supiwrting
member in the palace porches and in tlic arcades
of the courtyards ; but it was not yet a charac-
teristic and distinguishing feature. A peripteral
Mycena^n building did not exist. At Troy,
where the sixth city corresponded in date to the
settlements at Mycenic and Tirj-ns, the non-
cohininar type of architecture still survived,
notwithstanding the great advances wiiich ha<l
been made in stone constniction. Even in
Argolis, stone columns seem not to have been
used. The columns were of wood, and, judging
from the stone copies of columns upon Mycena;an
tomb-facades, were decorated with channellings
or sheathed with ornamental plates of bronze.
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
complex character, seems to indicate that My-
ccniBan architects, no less than those of Egjpt,
Ribylonia, and As.sjTia, utilized all the resources
of colour and decorative design to adoni tiie
facades of their buildings. This decoration had
little or no relation to the ardiitectural con-
stniction. The aliundant use of sjarals and
rosettes show it belongs to the same family or
oniament representeil at Troy in the i)receding
periotl. The painted and sculptural walls of
the palaces and lieeiiive tombs show an enlarged
acquaintance with Egj'jjtian ornamental motives,
while in some cases, like the painting of the bull
and its trainer at Tirjnis, there is an indepen-
dence of treatment indicating that in painting as
in arcliitecture the Myceuajaus were no mere
copyists of Oriental art.
Grecian Arcritkcturk: Pkufilbs o
d^6, early capiuls found on the Acropolis at A
ind 6, early capitals found on the A
Propylala. Nos. 4 and 5, Athens;
benou. No. 7, Corl (Southern Italy) ;
The tomb-facjailes and some small objects of in-
dustrial art .suggest tliat Mycena;an columns
diminished in diameter from summit to base,
but this impractical feature could not have
exi8te<l long, even if it were attempted by My-
cenaean architects. The capitals of columns
consisted of one or more cushion or torus
mouldings, a species which may have served
as a prototype for the early Doric capital. Upon
the columns rested the entablature of wood,
decorated with a frieze which, in some cases at
least, foreshadowed the triglyphs and metopes
of the Doric order. The palace walls, usually
constructed of sun-<lried l)rick, were covered
with stucco and painted ; the cement floors
were also omamcnte<l with incised and i)ainte<l
designs. The fa(jade of the tomb of Atreus near
Myceuas, which is a veritable marble mosaic of
200
The Dorians and Ionians brought to an end
the Mycenaian civilization and established grad
ually new forms of art, following in great me;»sure
the traditions alrejidy ft-^tablished on the soil of
Greece. The new civilization was democratic
in character, and buildings representative of the
interests of the people, such as the temple, the
theatre, the gymnasium, made the strongest
demands upon the architects; fortified palaces
ofthekiiitrs «.iv nou ..l.J.Mtsof the pa.st. Even
private n.-il' n., ~ \w i. t..r a long peritKl unini-
portiint. ri ■ II' u ' i\ ili/atioii was at once more
religious ami iii.jn iiiti llictual. The tem]ile
Ijecame eminently the ataiulard and tyi)e from
which other buildings drew their inspiration,
and religious sculpture dominated all other
forms. The intellectual character of Dorian
and Ionian art is exhibited not only in its
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
subjei-t-niatter, but also in its technical per-
fection. Architecture became now as never
before a field in which artists sought to arouse
intellectual emotion through refinements of form
and harmonious proportions.
In the construction of the walls of buildings,
stone and marble largely replaced the sun-dried
brick of the Mycenoean period, but reminiscences
of brick construction survive even in these walls
of stone. Thus the small blocks of which the
walls are composed are unnecessarily set upon
a high surbase which now serves a pui'ely orna-
mental purpose. The regularity of brick con-
struction also survives in the use of blocks of
uniform size laid in parallel courses with joints
set in alternate Vjond. Flat wooden roofs covered
with clay seem to have been first employed,
their eaves being protected by cornices of terra
cotta. When roofing tiles were invented, per-
haps in the eighth century, the peaked or gable
roof made its appearance and became the typical
Grecian roof. So universal was its use that
a Grecian temple without a gable roof would
seem a solecism.
It may have been the introduction of the
gable roof which led to a second feature of the
religious arciiitecture of this period, that is,
the peripteral character of its temples. The
Grecian temple seems incomplete until sur-
rounded by columns. The cause which led the
Dorians and lonians to build peripteral temples
is still obscure, but certainly this feature of their
architecture became as marked a characteristic
as the gable roof. So small a portion of the
entire structure as the capital of the column has
been used from the time of Vitruvius to the
pre.sent day as the chief element in distinguish-
ing the so-called "orders." All tliis results
from the fact that the column, which in the
Mycenaean period was subordinate, was now the
predominant element in Grecian architecture.
(See Columnar Architecture ; Greco-Roman
Architecture.)
Besides the gable roof and surrounding col-
umns, there is a third characteristic feature of
Doric and Ionic temples : the stepped base upon
which the building reposed. Foundations above
the ground level were hardly necessary on the
hard soil of Greece ; hence, this base is appar-
ently of foreign origin. But neither Egyptian nor
Mesopotamian prototypes offer a ready explana-
tion. The normal temple base was a tribasmos ;
that is, the superposed rectangular platforms of
which it was composed were three in numlier.
Variations from this standard were, however, by
no means uncommon. A temple without a base
would have appeared to the Greeks of this period
like a statue without a pedestal.
The eminently sculptural sen.se of the Greeks
is evinced in their architecture still further by
their use of painted and carved decorations, and
by very delicate refinements in the use of curved
207
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
surfaces. The earlier temples, made of rough
stone or brick, with cornices overlaid with terra
cotta, were uniformly covered with a tliiii luyer
of stucco, and painted. Prehistnii.- ( Jiniaii and
Mycenaean, as well as Oriental, rxami.le estab-
lished this i,racti.-e as traditinnal, and it was
too visi-ful ill ,iri\iii;:- unitMririity to cnuie material
or faulty coiistrihtliili t.. l.i- easily set aside. But
l)arallel with tlie development ot sculpture, arch-
itectural painting was confined more and more
to tiie imitation or emphasizing of sculptural
deiuration. As compared with a Myceniean
fai-ade, such as that of the tomb of Atreus, a
Dcirii- (ir Iiinii- facade depended less upon the
kaleidiisccipie eH'ects of colour and more upon the
clear presentation of its structural and sculptiu-al
parts. Thus the capitals of columns, the tri-
glyphs, the cornices, and mouldings were empha-
sized by colour ; more important still were the
masses of red or blue, which formed the back-
ground for the gable sculptures, the sculptured
metopes, and continuous friezes. In its fully
developed form the Grecian temple was not
merely a shrine for the statue of the divinity
within, it was also a framework for its external
scidptures.
The external sculptures of the temple con-
sisted of groups, usually of free standing figures,
in the triangular gables ; of compositions in high
relief for the Doric, and in low relief for the
Ionic, frieze. Capitals and mouldings made also
demands upon the sculptor's chisel. The sub-
ject of the external sculptures was not always
directly related to the divinity of the temple.
The principal or eastern gable was frequently
filled with a tranquil group, while the western
presented a more active or violent scene. The
metopes required a series of simple compositions,
like the labours of Herakles, while the unbroken
Ionic frieze demanded a procession or a combat
involving many figures.
The substitution of curved for horizontal and
vertical lines and surfaces was a refinement of
building in special accord with the plastic sen.se
of the Greeks of the best period. The temjile
base, the architrave, and the upper and lower
lines of the metopes were not perfectly horizon-
tal, but slightly convex, and the columns were
not constructed with a rectilinear but a curved
profile. This refinement was so delicate that
these curved lines and surfaces long escaped
observation, but since attention has been called
to them, similar phenomena have been discov-
ered in Egyptian obelisks, columns, and archi-
traves, and it has been shown that the practice
Wius carried into Christian architecture by Byzan-
tine Greeks and Italian architects long before
the Renaissance. The motive which guided tiie
Greeks in their u.se of curved lines or surfaces is
not altogether obvious. It is ditticult to \nm-Q.
that this wa« done either to correct an ()])tical
illusion, a« waa held by Vitruvius, or for the sake
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
of prtxJuciug a perspective illusion, as suggested
by Professor Goodyear ; it seems more likely
that the Greeks found in this device a means
of avoiding the mechanical impression likely to
be produced by straight lines and surfaces, and
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
divinity and for the deposit of votive offerings,
hence the sunlight which streamed through the
entrance doorway was sutficient for the purpose.
Windows therefore were unnecessary. There is
no eudence that clearstory windows, which seem
Grecian AacHiTKCTnHK; Anolk or an Ionic Buildino; One Cou.m.u Caimal
C0M.M0N Ionic Capitals.
Tbo bro&d band In eicb capital would bo decorated by anthcmlona In a rich building.
of giving to their buildings a more pla.«itic exter-
nal form. (See Refinements in Design.)
Grecian temples were generally of moderate
proportions. They were not halls of worsiiip,
but shrines for the protection of the statue of a
299
to have l^een employed in the Mycensran palace,
occurred in the Grecian temple ; and it is most
improlmble that l)yj){ethral <leviccs of any i*ort
were emjiloycd in the normal temple. A tlat-
roofed building, especially a large hall of roluinns
300
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
like the Telesterion at Eleusis, may have been
lighted by an opaion in the roof, and possibly
some of the Greek colonies in the Alexandrian
period may have had domical temples with an
hypaethral opening like that of the Pantheon in
Rome. But such cases have little or no bear-
ing on the case of the rectangular, gable-roofed
temple of classic times.
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
In the arrangement of the temple plan, the
Dorians developed the rear to resemble the
front of the temple, producing thus a bifacial
type, whereas the lonians generally adhered to
the unifacial plan. In the erection of temple
walls and columns the Dorians gave to both a
slight inward slant, whereas the lonians made
them vertical. In their columns the Dorians at
N Ionic Building; Nohth Doorway
In reference to style, Grecian architecture of
tlie classic period may be most conveniently
considered an either Doric or Ionic. It is not
yet possible to establish an yEolic type of
architecture, and the traditional Corinthian was
no more than a slight variation of the Ionic.
The Doric and Ionic iiad many elements in (;om-
mon. They are branches of the same stock.
Hut tlicy (lifter also in many particulars besides
the capital of the column.
301
an early date discarded the base, which the
lonians retained and developed. The typical
Doric shaft tapered toward the top, liad a
relatively strong entasis or curved profile, was
])rovided with twenty cllijjtical (•hanii('lliinrss('|)a-
rated by sharp aiTises, and in iicight ranged
from four and a lialf to six and a half tiiiifs its
lower diameter. The Ionic shaft tajjcred less,
had a slighter entiwis, was enriched by twenty-
four semicircular channellings separated by Hat
302
GRECIAN ARCHITECTURE
fillets, and in height ranged from eight and a
half to ten lower diameters. A more marked
distinction occurs in the capital. The Doric
capital seems to have been moulded upon Myce-
naean prototypes, its jjrincipal mcmlx'r, the
ecliinus, being originally ratlier flat and hav-
ing a rounded profile. In the sixth century the
echinus became proiwrtionately higher and h:ul
a strong profile with a curve resembling a
paralx)la, while in the late fifth century the
profile of the echinus was almost rectilinear.
Its decoration consisted of can'ed amiuli or flat
bands at the base of the echinus, occasionally
of carved floral or geometrical design at the
neck (if the capifcd, and sometimes of painted
ornament on the echinus itself The crowning
meml)cr of the capital was the abacus, usually
a cubiwil block, tlie value of which was to break
the abnipt transition from echinus to architrave.
The less monumental examples of Doric capitals
exhibit many variations of the normal type. The
Ionic capital consisted of three parts, the neck,
the volute or scrolls, and the abacus. The neck
was occasionally distinctly marked by carved
ornament, but usually appears as a thin echinus
moulding, omamentetl in part with carved or
painted eggs and darts, and in part concealed
from view by the scrolls. The volutes form the
characteristic member of the Ionic capital. In
the archaic examples the volutes on the face
of the capital seem to spring from the shaft like
the petals of an Egyptian lotus and between
them is figured a .somewhat Hattcned palmette.
By the fifth centuiy the palmette has disap-
peared, the volutes no longer rise from the
shaft, but are united by waving lines. In the
Alexandrian period the lines which unite the vo-
lutes are more nearly horizontal and straight.
Tiie abacus in all periods was relatively thinner
tlian in Doric examples, and its faces were fre-
quently covered with an egg and dart or leaf
ornament. While the front of an Ionic capital
appears a-s a conventionalized lotus flower, the
side view h.i- littlr ripjiM'-'iit connection with the
front, ati'l i .piiearance of a scroll
of parcliiih ' I ! '■■:■ • r l)y a central ribbon.
Such a ca]!!!.!! \\ 1- lii'li alile to the temple in
aiitis, but was adapted with difficulty to the
peripteral temple. A special capital for the
comer liatl to he constructed with rather awk-
ward diagonal volutes.
Doric and Ionic buildings differed also in the
entablature. The Doric architrave presented in
part an unbroken surface, whereas the Ionic was
divided vertically into three parallel and hori-
zontal bands. Alwve the architrave tlie frieze
in the Doric order was divided into triglyphs
and metopes, the triglypiis being apparently a
reminiscence of the ends of the ceiling l)eam8,
and the metopes the 8pa<-es Iwtween the In-ams,
which were closed and decorated with painted
oniament or relief sculjitiirc. In the Ionic order
303
GRECO EL
the frieze was an \uibroken meml>cr, ornamented
by a continuous band of paintetl or sculptured
ornament. The ends of the ceiling beiinis are
not forgotten altogether in the Ionic order.
They appear above the frieze, structurally their
proi>er place, but they are diniinislied in size and
appear as a decorative moulding known as the
dentils. The other mouldings diflered in the
two orders. The Dorians hatl a preference for
mouldings of simple or strong profile, decorated
with severe oniament ; the lonians made their
mouldings of more delicate profile and with
more graceful ornament.
The Grecian orders of architecture were well
adapted to buildings of a single story and of
moderate size, especially when constructed
of white marble. Tlie attempt to apply tkm
to buildings of large dimensions usually ends in
failure, for columns cease to be pleasing when
magnified or multiplied beyond a certain normal
limit. White marble also lends itself best to
this style of architecture, the glory of which
lies in refinements of form and proportions and
in scidptured ornament. — Allan Marqi'.vxu.
Stuart and Revett, T7te Antiquities of Athens ;
Stuart and Kevett, Antif/uities of Athens and
other MnnxLinents of Greece; Chandler, Revett,
and Pars. Ionian Antiquities, published icith per-
mission of the Society of Dilettanti; Unedited
Antiquities of Attica, comprisiuff the architectural
remains of'Elensis, Jlhamnus, Sunium, and
Thoricus, by the Society of Dilettanti ; Cockenll,
Kinnard, Donald.son, Jenkins, and Rallton, The
Antiquities of Athens and other places in (ireece,
Sicily; Texier, Description de VAsie Mineure ;
K. Botticher, Die Tektonik d<r IMlenen ; F. C.
Penrose, An Investigation of the Principles of
Athenian Architecture; L. Lohde, Die Archi-
tektonik der Hellenen ; V. F. Krell, Oeschichte
des dorischen Styles; E. Blocht. Die Griechisch-
Dorische Architeklur ; A. Choisy, Etudes epi-
tjraphiques sur V architecture grecque ; V. Laloux,
V Architecture grecque ; The Journal of Hellenic
Studies.
GRECO-EL. (S.r TluMitocoj.uIi.)
GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE. An
arcliitecture of tlic \hxuu and column, tlic lintel
being used pure and unmi.\e<l by the Greeks,
but forced into union with the arch by the
Romans. Its elementary type is the Order,
a primary composition or unit of composition,
consisting of the column and its load, the
cntaljlature, and executed, as a rule, in stone.
When these two jiarts had been evolved and
shaped, as they were eariy by the Gnvks, into
definite and permanent forms, they constituted
the Order. They hardenetl into types, — at firet
into two, the Doric ami Ionic, — not immutable
indeed, but subject to small variations of pro-
portions and of adjustment of mouldings and
the like, yet distinct and fixed as 8|)ecies of
animals and plants. Of the two parts that
made the onier, the upjx-r (the entablature)
consisted of three members : the architrave,
the beam or lintel that spanned from column
304
GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
to coliunii ; the frieze, a low belt of wall, plain
or decorated, borue by the architrave : and the
cornice at the top, which (irdinarily crowned
the composition, uniting a wall with a roof,
and consisting of an overhan^^'iiiy slali su]ii)orted
by mouldings, or by brackets reenforced by
mouldings.
The columns had their prescribed capitals,
and except in the Greek Doric, their bases.
Their continuous support was in some buildings
a simple platform, as in the Greek temples, in
others a basement consisting of a strip of wall
with base and light cornice mouldings, which is
sometimes accounted as part of the order, and
which by the Romans was often cut into
detached pieces called pedestals, one under each
column. So shapiil, the nrders were the
direct embodiment of tlic simiilest idea of
building cnnstnictiou next to a )ilain wall — a
classical architcctur,' was in idea strictlv
trabcatrd, and even tlie arch ad.lcd by the
Romans did not change the artistic intention,
although it greatly changed the actual con-
struction, until in later hands it revolutionized
the forms. The characteristics of classical
architecture, by natural development from the
forms of the orders, are broad simple masses
and straight lines, horizontal and vertical, the
horizontal prcil(,iiiinati]i,i,', the vertical sul'nnli-
nated. It owed its smj^Milar cliarin as much in
the consistency with which tlicse cliaraiteristics
were preserved and to the breadth, harmony,
and rejiose which were gained by them, as to
the beauty of proportions and details that we
find in the Greek exanijiles, won by centuries
of persistent reliiiini,^ (if the same tnrnis.
The purest f.,rin (.t classic architecture was
the Greek. It was as strictly a trabcated
architecture as the Egyptian, and fixed the
types of classic building from the beginning,
and for all subsetjuent ages. It was small in
scale and its types were few and simple, as
were its refjuirements. The life of the Greeks
was out of doors ; towns were small and com-
pact, their houses were insignificant, in narrow
streets crowded abuut tljc central market place,
where were accunnilated tlieir ]iulili<- buildings,
and especially the temples, cotispicuous and
chief among the buildings as the churches
in mediicval towns. Their architecture was
essentially public architecture ; its central and
primal type the temi)le, a rectangular hall or
cella, faced at one end or both, or entirely sur-
roiindal by an order arranged in a colonnade,
and covered by a pitched roof with a pediment
at cfich end. The^' lew ,1c ntary forms,
inventcjl in the evuhitiun nf ilic temjde — the
order, the colonnade, the |iediment, and the
pitche<l roof — with the rectangular plan,
sufficed in all their buildings, from which
visible curves and obli(|uc angles were severely
;{06
banished, except for an occasional round build-
ing, tholus or exedra, and the curved seats of
the theatres and stadia, which, being sunk in
the ground and without walls or roofs, are
hardly to be called buildings.
The primitive life of the Greeks was a life of
religion and warfare, and their religion was inti-
mately concerned with their wars. Their archi-
tectural study was lavished on their tein[)les,
and the forms evolved fnr tlie,-c were .•.mse,-rated
by tra.litidu. Half a dn/.m diirereiit sdicmes
of plan were devised, to suit .liHVivut arrange-
ments of the colonnades (see Temple), and two
chstinct types of order, — the Doric, used first in
Hellas, the Ionic, first in the Asiatic colonies ;
these once determined, thiiush n(jt with all the
scheduled minuteness wliicli \'itruvius prescribes
for the Romans, yet l>y tixd tra,lirion, were held
to with a persistence tliat ])rcchi(led anv con-
siderable modilicati.iii ot tvpe in tiie form of
cntalJaturcorcoluuni, caint'al or niouMin- The
types once clioscn, tlu' (Jiet'ks never showed any
desire to change them ; generation after genera-
tion went on refining and readjusting their ele-
ments till they reached a delicacy and elegance
of line and proportion that no architecture has
equalled. No change of scale altered the rela-
tion of parts, or disturbed the simplicity of the
composition. A large temple was only a small
teiiijijc of the same class magnified; a small
ordei was, as it were, the photographic reduc-
tion of a large one. The order thus made in-
violable became the whole substance of their
architecture, standing alone and covering jjracti-
cally all the building to which it belonged, witli
nothiTig above it, and under it only a platform
or a ba.M'iueiit wall. It was too rigid to lend
itsi'lf I a>ily to coud)inations ; it was scarcely used
m more tl'uui one .story. The use of the lintel or
beam forbade wide spacing in stone architecture,
and so limited the size of the orders ; the habits
of the Greeks and the moderate size of their
communities did not call for large buildings ;
their great gatherings were in the open air ;
buildings for the shelter of the public were long
galleries, called stoas, or halls divided into com-
paratively narrow aisles. The only large build-
ings were the teini)les of a few of the great
colonial cities, and in the greatest of these the
chamber or cella, encompassed by colonnades,
hardly exceeded 40 feet in width. So the
single order sufficed for, or limited, all their
buildings, and hence the harmony and the ele-
gant simplicity of their architecture. Hence,
too, the absence of com])lcxity in the plans and
combinations of their buildings so far as we
know them by their remains.
Tile architecture of the beam is naturally also
that of tiie column, the column being only a
beam set on end, and Greek building was dis-
tinguished by the prevalence of colonnades : the
temples were girt with them ; they surrounded
300
GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
tlie agora- or markets ; tliey extended iu long
stoiis or portieiHJS again.st tlie hillsides, and from
one public building to another ; they divideil the
larger halls and the eellas of temples into aisles.
This led to a great multiplying of vertical and
horizon tid lines and right angles, — the horizontal
lines always terminating the comjwsition except-
ing in jjediments or gables, — and to a conspicu-
ous expression of repose and stability which was
increased by the habit of rigid symmetry in the
arrangement of parts. It also led to the subor-
dination of the wall surface, which in their im-
portant buildings, being in a great degree hidden
behind the colonnatles, bewime a secondary ele-
ment in the architectural effect ; so that there is
hardly any style except the developed Gothic
in which the architectural members are so
prominent and the wall surface so surbordinated
as in the Greek. The Greeks, linng in a
country of wooded hills and marble mountains,
built only in stone, roofing their buildings with
wood. Like the Egyptians, they knew the arch
and occasionally used it ; like them, they rejected
it fmni their important architecture. Imported
ti'iii Kiuliarous countries and built of brick, a
<lr^|ii~ril material, it was put to inferior uses,
liuililiiig of tlrains and the like, and hidden
under ground.
Tlie Romans were the natural inheritors of
the architecture of the Greeks, the architecture
of the lintel and the order, both through the
Etruscans, ami immediately from the Greeks.
Bring a hard-headed, practical people, apt for
wai ,(ihI iloiiiiiiidii, but not for culture, they
(■'■lit. lit. .Il\ a. vjited their art, first from the
(•.iii|ii. I. I l'.iru>ians and then from the con-
quiiiil (inik.>, wliose superiority in so subor-
dinate a matter they were ready to accept for
what it was worth. So they took their archi-
tecture unquestioningly, and with it the traili-
tion of the supremacy and inviolability of the
orders. For them the order was still the em-
bodiment of what wa^ most stately and sacred
in building. Th. \ • ' ■ ,, ;,,
preserving the an
Etru-scans and t i
them, using only i..i ...,.' ...... i , .;, .md
rejecting the arch, except that lu ooiue lew late
instances the interior was vaulted. They some-
times expanded the cella till it took in the width
of the colonmides, preser\-ing the order engaged
or embedded in the side walls of the cella, as
we still see in the temjjlc called the Mainon
Cdrree at Nimes, — .1 treatment for which the
Greeks had given them an example in the great
temple at Agrigentum. They liked to raise the
cohunns above the platform on a ba.sement,
while they kept the general outline of the
temi)le unchanged and retained the traditional
porticoe-s and pediments at the ends. To the
end, wherever they wantcil monumental archi-
tecture, the single order, magnified to the full
307
dimension that was called for, was the substance
of their design. But they were too practical,
inventive, and independent to confine themselves
to such simple use of the orders as sufficed for
the Greeks. As they grew powerful, their re-
quirements outran their traditions, strong in the
beginning. Not essentially a religious peojile
like the Egj'ptians and the early Greeks, after
the republic was ended, as they grew more
powerful and domineering, they made their an hi-
tecture, like their empire, worldly and secular.
Their temples ceased to be their mo.<t important
buildings. Palaces, baths, theatre-s, amphithea-
tres, far exceeded them in size and splendt)ur.
The two orders of the Greeks were not enough
for their need of variety, and they inventetl
three more. They piled them on each other in
their theatres and amphitheatres : in the Sei)ti-
zonium, the great biurack of Septimius Sevenis,
there were seven stories of them, we are told.
The Romans had no prejudice against the
arch. As architecture they had inherited it
from the Etniscans, who, building in stone,
had u^r.l it iii..imnientally, of which we may
still -. . . \.iMi|i|, > in the city gates of Volterra,
Fai.Tii. aii.l I'mmia. They must have u.-<cd it
early, i.cilia)..> independently, for ordinary build-
ing ; for Rome was built in an alluvial region,
and in the days of her jjoverty brick was prob-
ably her usual building material, as we infer
from its abunilant later use and from the well-
known boast of Augustus that he found her a
city of brick, and left her a city of marble. It is
difficult to build freely in brick without the arch.
We first find it in the ruins of Me^jopotamia,
an alluvial countrj' devoid of building stone, as
if it were the child of the bricklayer. It was
too serviceable to l)e set iiside ; and evidently its
nobility and dignity when used on a grand scale
impressed the Romans, for it wiis the form they
persistently chose for monuments of triumjjhal
arches with which the emperors, from Augustus
down, bcs]irinkled Italv. Indeed, a.* traWated
a;.i,;i.Muir, l„.r,i .■in,..ni: tlie >.a.vi-.l,.tal Kjryp-
,lu;i,;h.iliua, an.l w;u ahva\.s coii.seerated to
the building of temjiles, so the architecture of
the arch may be called syndwlic of civic and
warlike dominion, — an architecture of palaces
and of buildings for display. The Assyrians and
Rt)mans, warlike, aggressive, domineering, and
ostentitious, were its |)atrons. For the Romans,
as their emjjirc gained on the world, and under
their rule cities grew ])o|)ulous and wealthy,
and filled with such great public buildings a.s
were unknown In-fore, the arch was fouiul their
best servant. It gave so nmch flexibility to
their style, adapting itself to every increase of
scale, liearing any burden, and by the concur
rent introduction of cur\-ed lines brought so
1 nuu'h variety into the plans of buildings, so
308
GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
much splendour of ertect into the exteriors, that
a practical, sumptuous people like the Romans
could not but make the most of it. Accord-
ingly they made the arch the constructive basis
of most of their civic arcliiteeture ; but, working
always in deference to Greek art, they could not
give themselves up to a purely arched style, and
they set to work to use the order and the arch
together. With this combination they enor-
mously increased the magnificence of their build-
ings. They piled arcades on arcades, and orders
on orders, making their theatres and amphithea-
tres great monuments which have never been
equalled. Their palaces and baths were vast
complexes of courts, corridors, porticoes, halls
of every variety and contrast of shape and size.
Their streets and squares were lined with miles
of colonnades, arcades, temples, and lofty pal-
aces. Perhaps there never has been such an
accumulation of architectural magnificence as
there was in imperial Rome. The whole heart
of Rome was not a mass of streets, like any
modern city, but a great congeries of open
squares bordered by galleries colonnaded or
arcaded, and communicating freely with each
other, so that one might walk for half a mile
through forum after forum, among temples and
basilicas, exedras, porticoes, triumphal arches
and columns, and a whole population of stat-
ues. The Palatine Hill was covered close with
enormous palaces, whose intricate plans and
sumptuous decoration are the wonder of the
modern ex])lorer.
Tlie Itdiuans have been much blamed because,
having liurrowcd the architecture of the orders
from the Greeks, they did not maintain its
purity. It is true that they did not succeed
in combining the arch and the order without
prejudice to both ; that they used the orders in
ways that did not suit them, and made changes
in their proportion and decoration that robbed
them of the exquisite purity which the long
elaboration of the Greeks had wrought into
them, making them mechanical and common
in comparison. The Romans were not artists in
form, as the Greeks were ; but it is unfair, in
comparing, not to recognize that their architec-
ture is, after all, a much greater intellectual
achievement than the Greek. Its problems
were far more coiiiplcx and diltirult than those
of the (Jrcck, its <■ I'liih.n^ i,'iaiid('r, its com-
liinations more in\vnti\r ,i,hI inlnvsting. The
Romans were inrap;,l.|c .,f Givrk L'rair an-l re-
filiemcnt; l)iil their wmk slmu.^ Intility n\' in
verition and live c. lan^l ••{' rr^nnivr.. uliirh
are not .scimi in thcGivck. 'i'lic(;ivck types,
we have .seen, were few and simple, complete,
and ob<lurate to modification, inapt for combi-
nation. Two orders of different Hcales would
not acf'ommodate in any part. We see how in
tii(! Doric temples the ceilings of the i)tcroma8
are laid on without adaptation to the colonuadea.
In the Erechtheum at Athens, the only some-
what complex Greek building that remains to
us, the great parts, though put together with
care for harmony of masses, are absolutely with-
out interadjustment. Except for some conti-
nuity in the base mouldings, there is no sign of
thought in fitting the parts together beyond
chopping them ofi" and laying one against the
other as they come. The habit of cumulative
design seems to have been foreign to the Greeks ;
of Roman architecture, as would appear, this
was the strong side, and it is doubtful whether
anything has surpassed the nia.jesty of its great
combinations. The vault, wlirh the Koinans
inherited with the arch tVnm the Ijmseans, and
its natural counterpart, the dome, gave enor-
mous value to these combinations. They used
few forms of vault, — the barrel vaidt, plain
and annular, the groined vault of equal inter-
secting cylinders, the spherical dome and half
dome, — but these gave variety and dignity be-
fore imknown to their interiors. They covered
spaces which, so far as we know, the Greeks
had not dreamed of covering, and handled their
vaulting with a boldness and security that even
the Gothic builders hardly surpassed : the dome
of S. Peter'* has less span than that of the Pan-
theon, though it is hung higher ; its great nave
is but a yard wider than that of the basilica
of Constantine.
Abuse has been poured upon the Romans for
neglecting to design an architecture to siut the
arch, and for studying instead to ally it with
the order. But it is difficult to see why they
should have done otherwise. Having received
from their earliest days a consecrated type which
was to them the noblest of building forms, and
having in use also a subordinate form, — the arch,
— too serviceable to be neglected but of capacities
not yet developi'd, when they began to Imild on
a great scale ami I'or great etieets they nat\irally
did not discard the lirst and set I hem-elves to
deduce an architecture from the si'cond alone.
Tlie natural course was to use hoth togi'tjier
until in the end that one prexailed uhieh was
fittest to survive, ami this they did. Their
problem was, and they eoiiM hardly escape it,
to combine the arch ami the onlei-. If we ex-
amine their solution impartially we shall be more
inclined to confess their skill tiian to accu.se
them of dulness. Tlie Roman way of combin-
ing the two
1 idea to build the v,
:-iesofarehes with i)i(
heiglit and the preponderance of their entabla-
ture, but rather awkwardly increasing their
stride. They bound the parts together by
carrying the base mouldings of the pedestals
round the piers ; suiTctunded tlie arcli with an
archivolt which echoed the architrave of the
310
GRECO ROMAN ARCHITECTURE GRECO-ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
eiitaliLiture, iiiul wa-s the form previously used
to border stjuare openings ; tliey lulded an impost
moulding to receive the archivolt, which gave
the jjier an analogy to the <'olumns without
making it less a part of tiie wall. Finally they
set a keystone at the crown of the arch to re-
ceive the overhang of the entablature miilway
between the columns. This not only gave the
arch an apparent structural relation to the en-
tablature, but, what was artistically more
important, it bound the two parts of the compo-
sition together at the top, as the base mouldings
bound them at the bottom. This keystone,
which so used is perhaps the best detail contrib-
uted by tlie Romans, has been sorely misunder-
stoixl and misused by later biulders. That the
order and the arch, embodiments of opposing
principles of construction, should make a perfect
union was not to be expected ; but to the Romans
the combination was perhaps inevitable, and at
least their composition is artistically skilful and
effective, if it is irrational in that the order
aj)pears to be doing the supporting work of the
arch. Tlie problem, indeed, was probably solved
by Greek brains, for the Romans, we may
remember, did no work but that of administra-
tion ; their work was done for them by freedmen
and slaves, — that is, by conquered foreigners
and their children. The workshops of Rome
were full of imported workmen and artists,
mainly Greek. It was enough for the Romans
to prescribe and administer their architecture.
That part of the order which was really apt
for combination with the arch, the column. ha<l
been inimemorially joined with the entablature ;
to se|)arate them involved the dismption of the
ortler, and for three hundred years it was not
thought of. The pier was the natural support
of the arch, which was but a hole in a wall, and
two archways wlii.h ad.i'iined left a pier between
them. T.I I'-r by a column and
readjust ti. nutter of contrivance
and ditficul; never attempted to
detach the (•..iuinn iroiii liic entablature, or to
find any other support lor tiie arch than its
pier. The forced alliance between arch and
order lasted throughout the classical period.
But at the end of this period the vault showed
the way. The lunettes of the groinc»l vaulting
over a high clKirstory, as in the Baths of Dio-
cletian, or the Basilica of Constjintine, left
between them a narrow pend;int which c<Uled
for a special support. A vaulted roof could
not, like an archway, be set under an order ; it
must rest upon it. Here wa-s the natur.al posi-
tion for a single column, and the Romans were
used to single columns standing in front of their
triumphal arches and carrying each its block of
ental)Iature, broken forward over it. Column
and entablature were not to be 8eparate<l ; they
were tjiken together and set under the pendant
of the vaulting, as against the triumphal arch.
This arrangement, often copieil in modern imita-
tions of classic anhiteeture, still shows in the
tmn.sept of the church of S. Maria degli Angeli
at Rome, which was the grait hall of the Baths
of Diocletian. The lesson of this was obvious,
but it was reservetl for the jjrogre.ssive eastern
provinces to apply it. The i)ala(e built lor the
same Diocletian tti live in Jifter his alxlication,
now transformed into the town of Spalato in
Dalmatia, is the oldest building we know in
which the block of entablature is omitted and
arches bear directly on the columns, while else-
where in the same building we see the normal
coinl.; 1 it; :i r iV, Roman areatles; and in the
B:i~i: 1 I tine, built at about thesame
tiiin : . I of the Baths of Diocletian
is ii.|,ai 1. li..- kisiliea was the last great
building of imi>erial Rome, and there is no indi-
cation that in it the order was ever divided.
The change seen at Spalato was a beginning of
the growth of the mediicval styles. The union
of the column with the arch has never since been
set aside. Its survival when classic architecture
was revived in the Renaissance was the most
conspicuous difference between the new classic
and the old. Its history in the interim belongs
to Romanesque and Byzantine architecture.
If the arch was the ready servant of the
Romans in construction, they found the onler —
or made it — scarcely less serviceable in design.
Their genius for administration shows, itself as
clearly in their buildings as in their polity.
They rai.sed up a body of well-trained engineers,
who did an enormous amount of skilful build-
ing throughout the empire, as the remains of
their works witness, to our astonishment, at
this day. There are many indications that
their great buildings were in charge of engi-
neers more than of artists. The character of
the design as well as the constniction seems to
show that the chief concern was to develop
such a system for both that when the general
scheme of a great building hiul been devised by
the engineers or master builders, trained design-
ers could carry it out to a result which could be
prescribed in lulvance by rules and formuhu.
They dealt in masses of masonry, arches, walls,
and piers on an enormous scale, building so
solidly that they could build fast, and like the
Pharaohs, by armies of unskilled workmen.
The Greeks had been in their smaller way far
nicer constructors : their buildings were wrought
throughout of cut stone, fitteil together like
cabinet work. The buildings of the Romans
were piles of rough bricks and concrete ; they
overlaid them with an architectural envelope,
stately, elalwrate, and finely enough wrought to
satisfy their not very exacting taste. It was
l)ossible to do this on a grejit scale with an
architecture which had Ijeen disciplined into a
rigid system of proportions and decorations,
where every form was definitely prescribed, and
312
GRECQUB
the small details were repeated iu absolute uni-
formity by the hundred or by the rod. If we
may trust Vitruvius, this was the rule under
which Roman architecture was brought. None
could have submitted to it so easily as the
architecture of the order ; none coidd have fur-
nished so facile a basis for it as that of the
Greeks, in which the conditions of harmony,
effectiveness, and a minutely ordered system
were already secured. That the Greek forms
suffered under such unsympathetic handling,
that they were cheapened by meclianical itera-
tion, was inevitable ; but we must not refuse
the Romans the credit that is really theirs, of
having embodied in them many noble concep-
tions and grand combinations of which the
Greeks had not dreamed. — \V. P. P. Lonij-
Ch. Chipiez, Histoi
tioii) ; 1',.
represPHh
Pompfi ; I
let de
r.,n.
s.-i.f
Gebduden, Altertlii
chives de la commission dis niiiiiiiiiirnis liislnni/Ki-s
publiees par ordre di; son < j-n II, iiir M. .1. F,,,il,l ;
F. Reber, Geschichte di-r B<i.iil-ii usi ,„i All, r/lnone ;
H. Nissen, Pompcjanischc stixii, ii .-.m- SHi.iii/.iuide
des Allerthums ; J. Ucliard. ,ly. /,,/, ,7,,,, ,/, ]>,nn-
pei — ordre ionique — lievuc >jiii. d,- rurrh., 18(i0 ;
ordre Corinthien — Revue ijini. de Vnrch.,\W>2 ;
G. E. Perrot, G. and J. Delbet, Er.plortttion
archeologique de la Galatie et de la Bithynie (Rev.
gen. de Varch., 1874); Ch. Norinand, Essai mir
Vexisteuce d^une architecture metallique antique,
etc., Encyclopedie d'arch., 1883.
GRECQUIi. A meander ; especially one of
the simplest kind, the lin&s of which make
right angles with one another and are few, and
arranged in one sequonco.
GREECi:, ARCHITECTURE OF. That
of those lands which are now occupied by i)eo-
ple of Greek race and traditions, chiefly the
modern kingdom of the Hellenes.
The architectural history of Greece proper
and the adjacent islands may be divided into
periods coinciding with its political history as
follows :
I. Prehistoric Period to First Olympiad, 776
11.
III.
IV. I,;Uc I'l riod to Roman Conquest, 140 ii.c.
V. Uoinaii Tcriod to Coustantlne and Cliris-
tianity, 325 a.i..
VI. Byzantine Period to Kali of C'i)nslaiitinoi)le,
1463 A.u.
313
VII. Turkish Period to Independence Declared,
18.30 A. D.
VIII. Modern Period to 1898.
The beginning of Period I. is lost in the mists
of antiqiuty. The most remarkable ruins are
found in the Argolic district at Tiryns, Argos,
and Mycense, and in Bceotia at Orchomenos.
These elucidate and confirm many Homeric
descriptions, and bear witness to a vigorous
and artistic eivilizatinn. The massive fortifi-
cation walls indicate a state ofsuciety resem-
bling feudal Eurn],e 1,1 th.' .Mi. Idle Ages, while
the heantiful )iieee.s of jewellery, the swords
inlaid with i;uM and silver, the vessels of pre-
cious iiictals, and many other relics of skilled
wdikiiiaii-liip fo\uid by Dr. Schliemann at
]\Iy.cii;c m\c us glimpses of the life of an
avti>tiially tcliiied people. The surpassing
Idvcliiii ss i,t' the scenerj' and the facility of inter-
coiuse with Oriental countries luiturally served
to stimulate the early artistic (Icvclopuiciit of
the ] pie near the ArgivelJulf, and Hemd.itus
tells (if the commercial attractions ud'ered by
this section to the Phoenician traders. At
Tirviis there is a ruined palace with accesso-
ries, surrounded by massive fortification walls
referreil to in the Iliad, II., 559. Dr. Dorp-
feld's restoration enables us to picture all (the
propylaea, megaron, bath, colonnaded courts,
wcinien's apartments, etc.) which composed this
royal stronghold. Tiryns occupies a low rocky
hill rising from the Argive plain about one mile
distant from the gulf Its oblong shape of
nearly 1000 by 300 feet is enclosed by walls
which to Pausanias rivalled in W(jnder the
Egyjjtian Pyramids, and tradition asserted to
be the work of Cyclops. The original exterior
height of the walls was probably 65 feet ; their
thickness varied from 16 to 57 feet, iu parts
honeycombed with galleries, chambers, and stair-
ways. Two varieties of local limestone were
used in blocks, of which some measure 6 to 10
feet long by 3 feet wide and high. The stones
were laid up roughly in courses with beds more
or less dressed, and in a clay mortar which has
been partly removed by the action of lizards,
rats, and rain. The galleries and chambers,
honeycombing the tiiicker walls, have a note-
worthy roof construction, peculiar to this period
in Greece, which consists in ;i gradual conver-
gence of the horizontal la\crs ol' ^toncs, and
resembles a rough \auli in a|.|H;naiicc hut not
in principle. We find ihis constiuciion again
in the sanctuary of Hera Tcleia, ]\It. Odia,
Eubnea ; in tlie " beehive " tombs at Myceiuu
and elsewhere, aiul in the corbelling used to
relieve the door lintels of this period. The
gates and doorways had rebated stone jambs
with wooden doors, secured by lieavy wooden
Iwlts let into holes in tiie jambs ; at Mycena; is
a typical example, tlie " Lion Gate," which
derives its name from tlie two lionesses whose
314
GREECE
headless IxkIIcs are carved on the stone slab fill-
ing the triangular tympanum formed by the
lintel and sides of tlie relieving corl)els. This
piece of sculjjture is, architecturally, most ap-
propriate both iis to design and position.
The propyheum at Tirjns is a prototype of
the noble portal on the Athenian Acropolis ;
while the Megaron, or Great Hall, seems an
incipient temple with its jwrch (iistyle in antis
and its main roof supported on interior columns.
The general plan at TirJ^ls fiirthermore reveals
a picturesque irregularity combined with a skilful
disposition of the main parts typified in later
times by the Erechtheum. The architectural
transition, therefore, from the Mycenjean age to
that of Pericles is a natural sequence, although
several centuries intervened.
The columns supijorting the Megaron roof
were four wofxlen pillars on stone bases, sur-
rounding a circular hearth of nearly 11 feet
diameter. This arrangement of the hearth illus-
trates the passage in the Odyssey (VI., 304),
where Ulysses is directed by Nausicaa to the
queen. The smoke from the fire escaped through
an opening in the roof, which may have been
elevateil over the hearth like a clearstory sup-
ported on the four pillars. All of the Megaron
floor e.xcept this hearth is of lime and pebble
concrete, polished and decorated with rectangles
and squares forme<l by incised lines, and painted
alternately blue and red. The lower portion of
the house walls was built of rubble stonework
laid in clay mortar, and plastered ; the upper
portion of sun-<lried bricks. The plastering con-
sisted of a coat of clay and another of lime
smoothed and painted while still fresh. In
painting, tlie colours used were white, black,
blue, red, and yellow. The vestibule of the
Megaron was decorated with a beautiful frieze
of alabaster and blue glass and a wainscot of
wood. The axis of the Megaron coincides with
tiiat of its large forecourt, and is parallel and
adjacent to that of a smaller court and hall
belonging to the women's apartments. Similar
arrangements for the men's and women's apart-
ments of this period are found at Mycenae and
Troy.
Anotiier interesting feature at Tiryns is the
bathroom, which iiad a monolithic floor 10 feet
by l;} feet by 2\ feet thick, and weighing twenty
tons. This gi^rantic limestone block is polished
and sloped io dniiii the water. A painted frag-
ment of a terra eotta batli-tub wiis found with
thick rim and two iiandles.
About eigiit miles north of Tiryns is a foot-
hill of Mt. Euboea commanding the Argive plain,
and once sacred to Hera. A Cyelopican wall of
large boulders, more ancient in appearance even
than the Tirj'nthian walls, supports a terrace
partially paved with irregular flat stones, and
upon which once stood the Hcneiim, proltably
the oldest peripteral temple in Greece of wiiicii
316
GREECE
there are any remains. It was built chiefly of
wood, and it« destruction by fire is mentione<l
by Pausanias, II., 17.
Alwut two miles farther north lies Mycena%
whose walls show stones tt>ole<l and fitted in
ashlar courses and jwlygonal masonrj*. But of
chief architectural intt-rest here are the bwhive
tombs, whose counterparts are also found in
Attica and Boeotia. The largest of the eight at
Mycenie is the so-called Tholos of Atreus, or
Tomb of Agamemnon, excavated by Dr. Sehlie-
maun. An approach or dromon 115 feet long
and 50 feet wide leads horizontally to a great
circular subterranejin chamber built in the hill-
side. The walls of the dromos are built of
large stjiiared blocks. The doorway to the
chamber is 17 feet 9 inches high and 8 feet 1
inch wide at top and 8 feet 9 inches wide at
bottom. Each doorpost was decorate<l with a
half column of dark gray alabaster. The shafts
tapered downward, and were ornamented in
relief with spirals in zigzag bands. Over
the lintel a triangular space was left similar to
tiiat over the Lion Gate. This triangular s|)ace,
measuring about 10 feet on the sides, was filleil
up with slabs of red jwrphyry laid horizontally
and adorned with rows of spirals. Tlie passage
leading from the doorway into the great chamber
is 18 feet long, and is roofol by two enormous
slabs beautifully cut and polishetl, of which the
inner one is 3 feet 9 inches thick, 271 feet long,
17 feet broad, and weighs ajiproxima'tely 130
tons. The great beehive-shaped chamlx'r meas-
ures 50 feet in diameter at the floor and 50 feet
high. It is built of tooled breccia blocks
smoothed and well fitted on the inside, and
laid in horizontal courses, gradually converging
until the apex is covered by a single stone,
which, however, is not a keystone, since the
dome is not constnictal on the arch principle.
Hea\y stones are placed on the outside to keep
the horizontiil courses in position. Bronze nails
and nailholes in the wall indicate that bronze
rosettes or similar oniaments were used for
decoration. On the north side of the l)eehive
chamber a doorway ojjens into a smaller dark
chamber 27 feet square and 19 feet high, entirely
cut out of the rock.
Our Period II. directs the attention more to
religious architecture. The separate states and
colonies formed bv earlier migrations an> uiiifie<l
bv the Olvmiiie t'estiv.ils and D.^lphie on.eles. so
that we lind tlie same type use.! lor the old He-
neum at Olympia, the IleeatompiMlon at Athens,
and for the temples at Corinth, yEgina, and
Delphi. It is the ancient megaron developed,
with the principal addition of an enclosing col-
onnade, or peristyle, and built of finer material
and with greater artistic skill ; the statue of
the deity, the oracular fire, or tripod, occupies
the position of the old hearth. Forms formerly
executed in wood are now built of st(me or mar-
GREECE
ble. Architectural terra cotta (mouldings, roof
tiles, antefixie, etc.) are found at various sites,
but of similar patterns, as though having ema-
nated from one central manufactory. At Olym-
pia, the treasury of Gela had a stone cornice
encased with terra cotta. The institution of
religious festivals and games concentrated a
wealth of architecture in certain favoured cities.
Each city of importance built a treasury at
Olympia, Delphi, or elsewhere, in which to de-
posit reconnaissant gifts and trophies. The
games required the gymnasium, stadion, palaes-
tra, and bouleuterinn ; the accompanying sacri-
fices iieces.sitated the temples, altars, porticoes,
and stoa, while to the heroes of the hour were
erected statues and tripods until the sacred
grounds became fairly crowded with the various
ornaments.
Our " classic " period (III.) is the culminating
era. The successful repulse of the Persians had
sent a wave of exhilaration throughout Greece
which stimulated eftbrt and inspired thought.
With true artistic instinct the architects limited
their ettbrts to developing and refining the old
forms. Atiiens had been chief in repelling the
Persian invader, and also stood foremost in the
activity which ensued, with Argos second. Ar-
tists had developed apace with the rapid growth
of wealth and refinement, and, as in the times
of all good art, the architects, sculptors, and
painters interlocked arms or were embodied in
the same individuals.
The octastylc Parthenon on the Athenian
Afinpi.lis rc|iiiscnt> thr perfect Greek temple.
Pfiiiosc iTriK' /'riiiri/ili'.s uf Athenian Archi-
tcrtiiri') (liscuvcrccl by larcful measurement that
its design embodied the most subtle curves.
(Sec Refinements in Design.) The general
type of temple, however, continued to be hexa-
style ; the Zeus temple at Olympia and the
H(;ra temple at Argos both contained ehrysele--
phantine statues of the deity similar to the
Athena figure in the Parthenon ; the statues
in the Parthenon and Zeus temple were both
executed by Pheidias ; the Hera statue by his
bnitiicr sculptor, Polycleitos. Everywhere we
find great activity ; Ionian influences arc bearing
fruit, as shown by the Nike temple, the Erech-
theum, and the interior columns of tlie Propy-
lannn at Athens and nf the Apdln tcini.le at
Bassa;. We find 1 )nnr tnuplrs at .Nh'-alMpoli-s,
Tegea, Kpi.laurus, Ai1h„,, KIr.i.is, Itliamnus,
Siinion, Dclo.s, and Dclj-hi, whose ruins tell
their history niore or less clearly. The polyg-
onal Tiiasonry at Rhamnus is a spiritual link
witli tlie early work of Mycenic.
Other buildings besides temples ha<l been
perfected. Next in beauty, and at times rival-
ling them, were the stoa.s, — colonnaded buildings
devoted to various uses. The Poikile, or painted
stoa, of Athens's market phuic, was painted by
I'olygnotus ; the stoa Biisilcus, where the archon
317
GREECE
sat in judgment, was a prototype of the Roman
basilica. The Lesche at Delphi was a loung-
ing or club room famous for its frescoes by Polyg-
notus. The stoa of the Athenians at Delphi,
the Echo Colonnade of Olympia, and the stoas
at the Argive Heraeum, at Epidauros, Thoricos,
and Oropos repay careful study.
Religion and athletics were associated in
Greece. Gymnasia and stadia at Athens, Meg-
alopolis, Delos, Olympia, Delphi, Isthmia, and
Nemea equalled the temples in importance.
The gymnasium type consisted of a peristylar
court, from which opened rooms for baths and
exercises, both physical and intellectual. Un-
der Roman influences the scope of the gymna-
sium was extended. The stadion was an oval
race track 600 feet long, with seats for spec-
tators.
The theatre, originally only a circular space
like the modern Greek threshing floor, had de-
veloped with the drama, and its design may be
traced at Man tinea, Argos, Epidauros, Sicyon,
Athens, Thoricos, Delos, Eretria, Megalopolis,
and Delphi. Dr. Dorpfeld has lately published
his views controverting Vitruvius and other au-
thorities regarding the arrangements of the
Greek stage.
Gateways and propylaea, resembling the early
one at Tiryns, are found at Athens, Eleusis,
Olympia, and Delos.
In oiu- "late" period (IV.), the artists, in-
capable of advancing farther, began to copy.
AVc SCO the cause in the political conditions.
Tiic Miutlitiii decks were conquered by the less
rcfiiicil .Maccildiiiaiis. Athens was no longer the
cliicl' centre, tlic successors to Alexander had
made their capitals at Alexandria and Antioch.
The Hellenic spirit which leavened the world
became diluted. From giving, Athens began to
receive. She was adorned, still, by buildings,
but only through the munificence of Philohellcnic
princes and nobles from foreign parts. Arclii-
tcctuvc Imcainc thinner, both in s(>ntinient and
<h-siuii, a< slinui, l,v the Zeus Icmnle at N.'liiea,
lid the
I tiM
v.l ;
it is tlie donor. Attains II. dt' rei-,L;aiuiiii built
a stoa in Athens, ami that iire|iaii's us gradually
for the final domination of the K.mians. The
ciioragic ludnuuienl of l.\sieiaies iiitriHluees a
new and bcaiitilul imte ainidsl u'iiiciall> (h'l'ieas-
ing harmony. It sei\es as a t\|ie loi- the Co-
rinthian onU'r, (if which \M' liial nthcr interesting
specimens in the Tlmhis ai Kphlaiiros ami the
Philippeion at 01yiii|iia, all circular stiiicl\ires,
and in the doorway ot the i.cta-onal Clepsydra,
or Tower of the Winds, in Athens.
Before leaving this period, it would be well to
dwell a moment on the temple construction.
Indigenous arcliitecture is inttucnced by tlie
local building materials. In Greece, wotwl was
originally used for column and entablature.
318
GREECE
Stone was graduaUy KulistituU'il, retaiuing and
petrifying the traditional wooden forms; the
stone e])istyle was originally a wooden ginler ;
the triglyplis were beam ends ; the metope slabs
tilled the spaces once open between the l)earas,
wherein jirobably stood votive gifts represented
later by the metojw sculptures ; tlie guttje were
nail-heads ; the cornice soffit showed the rafter's
slope. A wooden entablature permitted greater
intercolumniations than were admissible with
stone. The old Argive Heneum had wood
pillars of 2 feet diameter, sjjaced 1 H feet on
centres. With the introduction of stone, the
intercolumniation was decrea-sed by setting the
columns nearer together, or by increasing their
diameter, or both. The old Heneum at Olympia
illustrates the gradual substitutiim of stone for
wood. The early column capital hiul a broatl
abacus and ec^hinus designed for the greater sup-
port of the epistyle. In time these and the
column were better proportione<l and massiveness
yielded to grace. In the later j>eriod an over-
refinement ami attenuation produced weakness, a
worse architectural fault than excess of strength.
The stone columns were usually built of sev-
eral drums fastened together with wootlen dowels
and revolved on their beds until the grinding
made rlose joints. To facilitate thi> (ii.nation,
sfvcral knobs were left on tlic >t..nr .Iruu,^ w lien
dressed at the (piaiTy, and tlirx- w. iv t..,,lr,l „ff
when the channels were cut at tlic luiiltiiiii,'. At
Delos (Apollo Temple) ami at Eleu.sis (Portico
of Philon) the channels were never finished. In
early work sixteen channels, and even fourteen
(Argive Heraeum) were not unusual, but in the
best period Doric columns had twenty channels
and Ionic twenty-four flutes. The stone cohunns
were often given a thin coat of lime plaster and
painted an orange yellow. When nuirble was
used, its smooth surface rendered the plaster
unnecessary.
The members of the entablature were also
painted, chiefly in reds, blues, and yellows. The
cynia and other mouldings, when not can-ed,
were ilecorated with stencil ornaments of the
anthemion and other conventionalized types.
The stones of the entablature were raised into
position with ropes and ta.kle. Ill earlier w,,ik.
iin
latel
s iiiir
^l.le. :
■■■i"
were made. The sluues ^^el■e la.stene,! t.,-elher
with bronze and iron clamps, whose form is i>ne
indication of a building's age. The clamps of the
Ixst littli centuiy period had the form of adouble
T (Di'- Josef Dunn, Die Baiikmist der Grie-
chot). Various marks were used by the IJreek
masons for centring the columns and numlxring
the stone courses. Early roof tiles were of terra
cotta until nvzes, .,f Naxos, .")80 ii.c. invented
tiles of marble (I'ausaniiLs, V., 10). The temi^le
was ineuniplete until the sculptor iiad sui)plc-
mented the architect's work by filling the ja'di-
319
GREECE
nicnts and metopes with comjxjsitions to the
glory of its deity.
The early naos or cella was long and narrow,
its width doubtless regulate by the roofing
ability of the builders. Gradually the cella
was widened and two rows of interior columns
aided in supporting the roof, recalling the
Tirjnithian Megaron. Later exi)ansion of this
constmction 1«1 to the seven rows of columns in
the Telesterion at Eleusis, whose similitude to
the HyiKJStyle Hall at Karnak uuide it an ap-
propriate sanctuary for the Egyjjtian-like Eleu-
siniau mysteries. The cella or naos wjus prece<led
by a pronaos, which is found in the ancient
megaron, and continued in the Byzantine church
as tiie narthex. Behind the cella was the
opisthotlomos, a storeroom for valuables.
The Doric temjile was usually hexastyle and
peripteral, with twelve or more cxjlumns on the
sides. A unit of mciisurement reigns throughout
the fifth century temples at tlie Argive Hera'um
and at Olympia, which equals 0.326 metres, or
12| inches. The columns of the Argive temple
were spaced ten units apart, except at the angles,
where they were nine units ; the triglyjihs two
units wide, and the metojies three units sipiare.
The krepidoma of the Doric temi)le consisted
usually of three ste])s. On the toji one, or
stylobate, the columns were j)laced, their posi-
tions indicated by masons" X murks on the
stones, and a small hole at the jiuu-tion of the
cross to insert one leg of a compjuss for describing
the circle and laying out the diagram on the
stylobate for the channels of the columns. The
stone without the circle was then cut away to a
lower level, lea^^ng the projection to mark the
column's jwsition. An incline or ramp made an
eisy ascent to the entrance for the sacred pro-
cessions.
The orientation of the temple was usually
such that the rising sun, at the time of year of
the festival nmst sacred to its deity, would shine
into the main entrance. At Bassic is an excej)-
tional arrangement ; tlie main axis of the temple
is north and south, while the side door admits
the eastern sunlight.
Our Period V. shows Greece under the yoke
,.f Itnin.', a ,-,.iiditinn I,..> t.. l.e .lej.lored .since
III. (He,,;,,, Matr^ 1;„1 p,,,\,,, ll;,,, inability for
enabled tiie (.Me.k arti>tic >i.ml -radually to
revive, or at leant to be preserveil I'nmi utter
extinction. As the riches of the world poured
into Rome, the demands of luxury attracted the
peojUe who alone possessetl the art instincts
cajiable of catering to their political masters, to
whose ^^dgarity we nuist attribute the frequent
exhibitions of ])cr\-crted taste.
Th.' K<.man buildings in (irccce worthy of
note an> but few, and their ruins usually overlie
earlier Greek work. A small circidar U-mple
23 feet in diameter dedicated to Home and
GREECE
Augustus confronted tlie east end of the Parthe-
non. On the south slope of the Acropolis
Herodes Atticus dedicated an odeum to his
wife and at Olympia he built an exedra. At
the Argive Herajum are remains of a building
whose hollow floor and wall construction re-
sembled that of the baths at Pompeii ; the
upper floor, supported on small piers about 2
feet high and 2 feet apart on centres, was con-
structed of large tiles laid on the piers, over
which was spread concrete and finally a mosaic
or tile pavement. The air, warmed in a furnace
room, percolated under the floors and through-
out special hollow tile lining in the side walls.
These wall tiles were coated with plaster
which was probably painted while still fresh.
At Olympia are ruins of Roman thermae and
of a house attributed to Nero, while throughout
Greece are traces of Roman aqueducts and
walls.
Hadrian's era of affected eclecticism trans-
ported and confused the styles of all countries ;
the arch in Athens which marks the quarter
built by Hadrian and the huge Corinthian
columns of the Olympeion, though grand, are
discordant elements in the city of Athens.
The Byzantine period (VI.) finds Greece still
but a province of the vast Roman empire, an
empire now rapidly disintegrating. This period
derives its title from Byzantium (Constanti-
nople), where is found its most beautiful type,
S. Sophia. It is limited from the reign of
Constantine, 325 a.d. to 1453, when Constan-
tinople fell before the Mohammedan conquerors.
The architectural elements which compose
the Byzantine style had, however, been grad-
ually assembling for centuries before the time
of Constantine, and are traceable in early ages
to Egypt, Assyria, and Persia. The chief
characteristic of this style is the dome, sup-
ported on pendentives springing from a square
or rectangular plan. Monasteries, convents,
small churches, and chapels are found through-
out Greece often occupying sites originally
sacred to the pagan cult, but as examples of
Byzantine architecture they are small and un-
important. (Sec I'.vzaiitiTic .Arclutccturc.)
During the Tnrki>h |Hiin,l (VII.) fn.in I l.-.:i
to the War of In(lri»n,h-ncc, JH.'H, Orcccc lay
prostrate under Mohaniinedan rule, almost dead
to the world. Her art was stationary.
The.se four centuries may be passed over
quickly, as there is nothing of special interest in
the Turkish fortresses, mosques, or minarets to
warrant delay.
The modern period (VIII.) begins with the
successful expulsion of the Turk. It is a period
of hopeful anticipation rather than one of
especial achievement thus far. The latent
Greek spirit has not had time to recuperate
after centuries of oppression. Modern architec-
ture in Greece is not indigenous. Austrians
321
GREENHOUSE
and Germans have designed most of her build-
ings, of which the royal palace, the Zappeion,
the National Museum, Academy of Science,
university, and Dr. Schliemann's house, all in
Athens, are most noteworthy.
The U-\)C of the villagers' house in Greece
to-day can iliti'cr but little from that of ancient
times. A \aid or court is enclosed by high
walls excLpt such spaces as are occupied by the
dwelling, stables, and outhouses. The building
material is sun-dried or mud brick. An ex-
terior stone stairway leads to the second story
of the house, which, like the ground floor,
usually consists of but one room.
Ilrnrv Fansliawe Tozer, Lrctims of the Geog-
r.i,.l:, ■.( i:,:.r. : II. mv ran-i.auv Tozer, 77te
/■' " /' ■ '' 1 ' '"''■.< — Greet, I,
A - I i.iiides—Grece,
II. I ' . , /,, , , .iinl other guide-
1.- ■ A ' I. Im.1.1, I inii.r ,i J:Ji/Hses Byzan-
/::.■• . ' . IslJ; Auguste Choisy, VArt
.'. ' r ,, l:>r.",:iins, 1883; Gazette des
j: .1,/ , .-.'7, Aiiiile on Mistra by Lucien
and S. H. Barnaby,
n Greece (not yet pub-
yuiL^iiv . K. \v.
Byzantine Archit
lished).
— Edward L. Tilton.
A building of which the
roof and some, at least, of the sides are glazed
sashes, contrived for the protection and growth
of exotic and tender plants incapable of endur-
ing the open air during the colder months of the
year ; to afford to native plants the advantage
of perpetual summer through the inclement
season ; or to force the growth of flowers, fruits,
and vegetables. In order to obtain the condi-
tions of temperature necessary to these pur-
poses, greenhouses are generally provided with
artificial heat and means of ventilation. They
are the adjunct of gardens, and, according to
their especial functions, are distinguished as
conservatories, which properly are for the pres-
ervation of tender plants, whether potted or
bedded; hothouses, or forcing houses, where a
higher temperature is maintained with the neces-
sary degree of humidity ; orcliiil liouses, ludvided
with tropical heat ; warm and cold grajicrics.
There are also many specific subdivisions, such
as palm houses, orangeries, rose houses, etc., in-
cluding glazed buildings of many sorts for the
growth of specific market produce. Green-
houses to accommodate flowering and ornamen-
tal plants in general arc provided with ranges
of ( M slielviii- for pots, a|.i.i"Niniatelv cor-
i-esp.mdiii- witli tlie slop,, nl the -lazr.i roof,
\vhetiier single or donl.le, \Mlh ,, shelf,,,- 1„mI of
.soil fur propagating purposes a;.;ainsl thc^ outer
wall, and a narrow pas.sage between. The old
custom of setting the glass in wooden frames
with putty is now in good work suijcrsedcd by
framing the glass in metal sasii, s ,,,iiiii\i,i with
glitters to carry oft" the water ,,t , on, I, nil i,,n, as
in the system known as the lo ndl, ,S\.m. m.
322
GREENLAND
The form ami height of greenhouses are sub-
je<-t to iiKiiiy variations acxonling to use ; for
lofty tropical phitits they are built with greater
height, and often witii turvilinear roofs, domes,
pavilions, and transepts of decorative ciianicter.
When attached to, and forming part of, a
dwelling house, the greenhouse becomes a i)lace
rather for the display, than specifically for the
preservation and growth, of omanieutal and
tliiwcring plants, and has a decorative character
ada[)te(l to its position ;is an element in a gen-
eral architectural scheme. Wiicn so placed it
is, by common but strictly incorrect usage, called
a couservatorj' ; and when considerably enlarged,
so as to occupy a court with a glazed roof,
it becomes properly a winter garden (jardin
d'hiver), where not only potted and tubbed,
but l)e<lded, plants are displayed, with fountains,
Btatuarj'. and other decorative adjuncts. (Sw
("onscrvaton- ; Forcing House: Grapery; Hot-
1k,us,-.) — li. Van r.iUNT.
GREENLAND, ARCHITECTIXRE OP.
Tlic iiiodcni stnicturcs arc tlic Danish houses
of Eurojjean jjattern adapted to the extreme
cold, and the huts of the Eskimo. In the line
of ancient architectural works are the remains
of stone churches and other buildings of the
early Norsemen. At Katortok the walls of a
church still stand almost entire. The masonry
is not coursed. (See Iglu ; Iglugeak ; Snow
House.) F. S. D.
GREEN ROOM. Same as Foyer, in the
sen.se of a place of meeting of the actors in a
theatre ; the original English word for such a
room, which, however, was generally a very
poor and jjlain room originally hung and fur-
nislu'd witli green, though no particular reason
GREETING HOUSE. A reception room or
jilaee of meeting cunnected with a church or
convent in early (Christian times. — (C. D.)
GREMP, HANS. (See Hans Von Stras-
burg. )
GREPON. A council house of Nicaragua
Indians.
GRIFFE. In French, a claw; but by ex-
tension, a spur or jjrojection ; in English, a spur
iPKiJeeting from the round base of a column and
filliiij,' a ])art of tiie triangle fonned by tiie i)ro-
jection of the Kipiarc plinth below. The pri-
mary use of this is to give the column a broader
biise iind to diminish the amount of the cutting
away of the solid stone. The griffe, however,
is often used for elalwratc ornamentation, being
car\ed into vegetable or even animal form. Its
use is chiefly confine<l to mediieval styles.
GRIFFIN. In decorative art, an imaginary
creature coni|>oun(UHl of lion and eagle. The
more common rcpi-e.sentations show lion's ])aws,
eagle's wings, and a hcjul furnished with a
hooked beak. In Greco- l{«miaii art these crea-
tures occur in sculptunxl friezes on marble urns,
323
GRILLE
and the like, but they are more effectively used
in Italian Romanesque art, where admirably
designed creatures of this sort are used for the
sujiports (if tlie columns of chunli porches.
GRIGI, GIOVANNI GIACOMO : areiii-
tect ; d. Sei)t. la, l.j7l.'.
Tiie .son of Guglielmo Grigi (see Grigi, G.).
In 1550 hesucceededScarpagnino(see Ablwndi)
its protomaestro of the Scuola di S. Rocco,
Venice. May 22, 1567, with a Magistro An-
drea della Vecchia, he contracte<l to build the
church of S. Giorgio Maggiore at Venice accord-
ing to the designs of Andrea Palladio (sec I'al-
la«lio).
I'aoletti. llinmcimeulo in \\u.r.i.K Vol. II.
GRIGI, GUGLIELMO DI GIACOMO, of
Alzano (" Guglielmo Berganuiscti," Temanai) ;
architect and sculptor {lapicidu), iu Venice ;
d. 1550.
Grigi's most imiwrtant work is the charming
Capella Emilianaat the church of S. Michele in
Isola near Venice. He assisteil in tlie con-
struction of the Procunitie Vecchie, the churcli
of S. Andrea della Certosa (destroyed), the choir
of the church of S. Antonio, and the Scuola di
S. Rocco, all iu Venice, and the Palazzo della
Ragione in Vicenza.
Paolrtti, liinascimento in Venezia ; Miintz,
lienaissancf ; Temauza, Vite.
GRILLAGE. A grating or structure of
timliers laid horizontally side by side arfd cros.sed
by others, and .so on for several thicknesses, the
whole being intended to carry a foundation on
piling or on soil not otherwise fit to receive it.
By innnediatc transference to new material, a
similar stnicture made of bars of iron or steel,
such as rolled rails. (Sihj Foundation; also
illustration of Crib.)
GRILLE. In French, a grating of any sort,
especially of liglit ironwork, such ius a gridiron,
or a gnite of a fire])lace. Architecturally, in
French, and by adojition in English, a defence
of metal, usually wrought-iron bars, high enough
and close set enough to prevent the passage of
324
GRILL ROOM
a body, and serving in this way to enclose a
courtyard or the grounds around a public build-
ing ; or to fill up the place between two masonry
piers, or between two pavilions of a building.
The term in English is generally restricted to
something rather elaborate and arcliitcctural in
character. In this sense the wurd is used m.hu'-
times for a metal window guard, even wlini the
opening is small. It is customary also to use
the term as synonymous with gate when a door-
way is closed by a swinging or sliding grating
instead of a solid door. — R. S.
GRXLIi ROOM. A room in a restaurant,
hotel, or rluli where it is supposed that the chief
entertainment atibrded is broiled meat,
such as chops, steaks, etc., served jjromptly
at tables placed near the fire used for the
broiling.
GRIMALDI, FRA FRANCESCO;
, architect.
Grimaldi's first work in Naples was the : -
convent and church (1.590) of S. Apostoli.
In 1608 he built the fine Capella del ':
Tesoro at the cathedral, Naples. He built , "
the church of S. Maria degli Augeli at ' f
Pizzo-Falconc near Xajiles. The recon-
struction of the rhureh of S. Paolo Mag-
giore, Na]i]es, was arcouiiilished from his
designs after his death.
Sa.sso, Storia de' Monumenti di Napoli ;
Gurlitt, Geschichte des Barockstiles in Ital-
ien; Ebe, Spdt-Rennisitance.
GRIMUHALDTTS ; areliiteet. „^
GROOVE
diagonal rib of a ribbed vaidt, and also to the
whole of a groined vault taken together. The
only sense in which it can be rightly used seems
to be in the series of larger and more carefully
dressed stones laid as voussoirs in the angle be-
tween intersecting arehos in which stones the
GROINED VAULTING. (See Vault, and
Groin Vault under ^■a\dt.)
The erypt
Italy, is signe
bjiler accolyla
century.
.,f the .-atlLiral ..f Sutri,
1 bv him: (Irinnihohlus pres-
. It was buUt m the twelfth
Frothingham
, Boman Artists of the Middle Ages.
GRISATLLE. Fainting in monochrome,
especially in rather delieate gray. By extension,
any flat ornanieiitati(Jii wliieh is devoid of effects
of colour; thus, ornamental windows composed
of uncolouretl but rough and not perfectly trans-
parent glass set in lead sash are commoidy said
to be en gri.saille. Tiie term is generally used
as a French word.
GROIN. The arris formed by the salient
between two intersecting vaults. In the most
common form of vaulting wilh gruin-. the \aults
vaults.
nd V
]">
at tJH^
■ the
,;:i,r:H-|„-ally
vault. (See
Vndt.)
GROIN ARCH. A ]mrc of arched con-
Ktniction forming in some way the angle between
two simple vaidts. The term has no accurate
significance, and is applied erroneonsly to the
326
GROINING Piopeilj, the meetmg ot
simple vaults, such as bairel vaults, at an angle
so as to form a more elaborate structure. (See
Groin Vault, under Vault.) By extension, the
building of groined vaults generally.
Underpitch Groining. The groining and
also the groined vaulting residting from the
intersection of a larger and higher vault by
ed tli.at the
smaller ones. It is geii
larger and the snialhT \anlts
the same plane and haxc the s.n
the same, shape, viz., nf seiiiieiivnla
smaller vaults will then iiitir>e,t t
but will not rearh almve its hauih'
Welsh Groining. Same as
GROIN POINT. A groin in the strict
•sense given above ; a ma.son'.s term to designate
GROIN RIB. The diagonal rib in a ribbed
vault c,(iu|)ying the place where a groin might
be eoiistruetod ; an erroneous expression, as a
riblied vault is not groined.
GROOVE. A narrow continuous sinking,
usually of the same width and depth througiiout.
Groove.s are worked on the edges of lioards and
planks for the purpose of making tongued and
grooved flooring and sheathing.
826
GROSE
GROSE. FRANCIS ; aiiti.iuan : b. alwut
17:H ; a. May 1 L', IT'.U.
Grose published in 177;{ the fii-st number of
his Aiitkjuities of Emjland and M'ulen, and
completed the work in 1787 (London, 4 vols,
folio). The Antiquities of Scotland was pub-
lished in 1789-1791 (Lonilon, 2 vols. 4to).
The Antiquities of Ireland, liegun by him,
Wius published after his death by Dr. Edward
Ledwich (London, 1791-1795, '2 vols. 4to).
The Military Antiquities appeared in 1796-
1798 (London, 2 vols. 4to).
Slcjilicn, DirtiiiHiirij of Xational Biof/raphij.
GROSSETESTE ( GREATHEAD), ROB-
ERT; i;i>liM|, ,,f J.iiirnin : d. \2'):\.
KohiTt (iiosscteste, iJislio]) of Lincoln, is sup-
posed to have built, or to have caused to be
built, tlie transept of the catliedral of Lincoln,
England, to have completed the nave, and to
have carried the central tower (rood tower) to
the l)eginning of tlie upi)er story.
Pe-rge, Hubert (irosseteste ; Storer, Cathedral
Churcfi of Lincoin.
GROT. l*i()i)crly, a cave ; in architecture,
a jiiiT.' i.f nickwork in which a cave is simulated.
GROTESQtTE. A. Properly, having to do
with a cave or caves ; hence, rude, not accord-
ing to system or the canons of art, wild, irregular,
confused.
B. By extension, in describing ornament which
is of a new or unexpected character, akin to the
original use of Arabesque, fantastic and un-
classed. The monsters and tlie exaggerated
human and animal forms of raediseval sculpture
are often called by this term, and so are tlie
strange creatures, half human and half animal,
and tlie scrollwork in which a part of the body
of a man or a beast emerges from a flower;
which tlie Renaissance artists inherited from the
Roman imperial painting.
Used as a substantive in each of these senses.
— R. S.
GROTTO. Same as Grot.
GROUND (L). Anything used to fix a limit
or to regulate the thickness or jtrojection of the
more permanent or of exterior finished work.
The term is generally used in the plural ; thus,
grouiuLs in ordinary building are pieces of wood
secured to the jamb of a doorway, as in a brick
wall, or to the base of a stud partition, to stop
the pliustering at the edge and to determine its
tliickne.ss, and to these grounds the wooden
trim may be nailed, or tlie grounds may Ije re-
moved. Also, any strip secured to a wall, and
more or less em1>edded in the jjlaster, to furnish
a nailing, as to secure a wooden mantel, heavy
trim, or the like.— D. N. B. S.
GROUND (II.). A. In painting, the sur-
face of uniform colour up<m which ornaments
and tlie like are relieved, coiTcspondiiig nearly
to Background in relief sculpture, and to the
French chamj).
.•527
GROUPING
B. (Use<l attributively) having to do with
the grounil or background ; tliu.s, ground colour
is the colour usisl for the ground as in defini-
tion .1.
GROUND FLOOR. Proi)erly, that fl.wr
of a building which is most nearly on a level
with the surrounding surface of the ground.
By extension, sjime as Ground Story.
GROUND STORY. That story of a build-
ing the floor of which is nearly on a level with
the surrounding surface of the ground. The
term should be limited to such a story when its
floor is not more than two or three steps above
or below the sidewalk in a city, or the court-
yard, greensward, or the like, nearest approach-
ing it, in the country. Thus, in the case of a
house with a iiigh stoop, as in many American
cities where the principal floor is seven feet above
the sidewalk, and the floor of the basement
story is five feel below it, there is properly no
gnmud story.
GROUPED. Standing in close proximity
to one another but not in contact ; said of
columns when more than two are brought near
together, especially in the case of the compound
piers of Grothic architecture, where a large
central column or pier has small shafts set a few
inches from it, as especially in Salisbury cathe-
dral. Such a pier is described as consisting of
grouped shafts. (See Clustered Column.)
GROUPING. A. The act of, arranging
buililiiiirs or jiarts of buildings in a definite way,
and for aicliitcctural ettect.
B. Tlie state of being grouped or arranged.
C. A gioup with reference to the nature of
the assemblage or the grejiter or less merit of
the artistic ettect produced. The simjilest
grouping is that where two buildings or two
important wings, pavilions, or the like, resem-
bling one another closely, are set in a sort of
pairing. Thus, on the Campidoglio at Rome,
the two buildings whose design is ascribed to
Michelangelo, one occupied by the Capitoline
Museum and the other called the Palace of the
Conserv-ators, are .set fiice to face, with the width
of tlie square l)etween them. This grouj), how-
ever, may !« considered as made up into a trijile
group either by considering tiie Palace of tlie
Senator as. forming a third menilH-r, or even by
reference to the equestrian statue of Marcus
Aurelius which is halfway IxJtweeu their fronts ;
or the whole layout of the square, with the three
buildings on three sides and the important and
celebrated statue in the middle, may be con-
sidered together as a group of four parts. So,
in the ca.se of the two towers of Notre Dame
lookeil at from tiic west ; they may be con-
sidered togetiier as a grouj) of two united by a
much smaller central division, or the very .strong
horizontal divisions of the facade may l» con-
sidered as more important than the vertical
divisions made by the towers, and the front may
GROUT
be taken all together as a group of three prin-
cipal parts, of which only the upper part is
divided into a group of three.
This possibility of looking at any group from
several different points of view has produced
extreme vagueness in the common discussions
of the subject. Fancied resemblances between
a smaller architectural object, as a member of
a building, and a much larger structure, as an
entire building, are also introduced into the dis-
Thus, in the case of our lofty tower-
3 business buildings erected since 1880, it is
1 that the comparison to a column or
pillar is safe and is complete ; and it is asserted
as a positive rule of design for such structures
that they should be divided into a base, a high
and comparatively plain shaft, and a crowning
structure which is likened to a capital. If,
however, these buildings are compared to the
finest steeples in existence, a different system of
grouping at once appears, namely, tlie division
into vertical wall and high and slender roof, With
perhaps an intermediate member which, if it
exists, may be much smaller tlian either the
upper or the lower part just described, or may
be a-s large and prominent as, for instance, the
roof or spire. If, then, .iik'sIk.uM takr a tower-
like tweuty-stnry l)uililiii- wlii.li li.ul l.rcn pre- '
viously divided into a gioiip of thivc jiarts as
above suggested, and if to that were added four
or five stories more in the way of a rooflike or
spirelike pavilion, the group woidd be at once
changed and the inadequacy of the previous
arrangement would appear, for the new group
of four parts would be far more effective than
the old group of three. So in the case of hor-
izontal grouping. It is a good general prin-
ciple to have a central feature, and many a
simple house front with one or two windows or
groups of windows in each story may be saved
from disurdcily iiisiirnilirance by a very small
but well-]>laicd t'catun', as a niche, a panel with
inscription, or the like. On the other hand,
the immense variety of the possible groupings
in such cases, and still more in the case of large
and varied buildings with many pavilions, towers,
separate roofs, and the like, is so great that
hitherto the makers of rules of architectural
design have generally avoided the subject. The
book named below is a serious attempt at re-
ducing to order the various theories upon this
subject, and of providing a possible working
basis for further study.
John Beverly Robinson, Principles of Arrhitrr-
htrnl (,'ompimlion ; (in attnnpt to order ainl plirosi'
idi-ax which have hitherto f/ci'it oiili/ felt In/ tlie in-
■Me of deKiijners. New York, IHW).
GROUT. Mortar made thin for pouring
intri tlic interstices of a masonry wall ; for sprciul-
ing over a bed of concrete to form a sinooth
GUARINI
finish ; and for other similar purposes where the
use of stiff" mortar is impractical.
GRtJBER, BERNHARD; architect; b.
1806.
Griiber studied painting and architecture at
the academy of Munich, Bavaria. He was
employed on the restoration of the cathedral of
Regensburg, Bavaria, and in 1842 went to
Prague, where in 1844 he was appointed pro-
fessor in the Academy of Art. A list of his
works is given in Wurzbach (op. cit.).
Wurzbach, Biographisches Lexikon.
GRtJNBERG, MARTIN; architect.
After March 24, 1699, he was royal director
of buildings at Berlin, Pnissia. He built the
Kolnische JiathJiaus, unci the Gai-nisonkirche,
and began the Friedrichs Hospital, all in Berlin.
Borrmann, Denlcm&ler von Berlin.
GRtJNE GEWbLBE (The Green Vaults).
In Dresilcn, Germany, the ground floor chambers
of the roy;d palace ; so called from the original
colours of the decorations, and containing a vast
collection of costly decorative objects. The
vaults themselves are not of importance.
GUARD BAR. Any bar serving as a pro-
tection or means of security ; especially, a
slight parapet, as set above the sill of a window,
and secured commonly to the jamb on either
side, thus permitting persons within to lean
upon it in comparative safety while looking out
of the window. It commonly consists merely
of a single bar, but is often a quite elaborate
structure, and may project from the face of the
wall so as to enclose a considerable space above
a wide sill, as is common in Italian residences.
— D. N. B. S.
GUARD CHAMBER. Same as Guard
ROOTH.
GUARD HOUSE. A. A buildinir, us in a
fortress, a ].ris,,M, or the Ilk.', in which the
guard is stationrd. Its ,,ur,,o,sc is the .same as
that oi' the Guard Room.
B. Locally, or perhaps anciently, the term
retained in certain districts for a jail or place
of confinement.
GUARD ROOM, A room in a fortro.'^s or
the like, usnaiiy near the entrance gateway:
large, ])ennanent, and intended lor the use of
the guard for twenty-foin- hours, for the night,
or the like. As it is from the guard, so chosen
and separated from the rest of the military
force, that the sentinels are taken, and as the
term of sentry duty is .■il\\.i\s luiet', the larger
part of the guaril is uviMi.ill\ live iVoni imnie
diatc duty and may lind slieltn- in the guard
GUARINI. D. GUARINO ; architect ;
h. 1621 (at Modena, Italy) ; d. I (iSf).
Guarini was a Tlieatine monk who carried
the l)aroquc style in Italy to its extreme dovel
opment. In 1G74 he became the court arclii-
330
GUDGEON
tect to the Duke Carlo Euiuianuele II. of Savoy.
He served also his sueees.sor, the King Vittorio
Amadeo I. His most extraordinary buildings
are the domical church of S. Lorenzo and the
sanctuarj' (also domical) of the Madonna della
Cousolata, lx)th in Turin. He built about 1657
the mortuary chapel of the house of Savoy at
the church of S. Giovanni (Turin). Buildings
were erected from Guarini's designs at Lisbon
and Prague. He built the The;itine church of
S. Anne on the Quai VolUire, Paris, which has
been ilestroyed. Guarini was a sijcculative
writer on philosophy and mathematics. His
last work was an Architettura civile.
Gurlitt, GfsrhichtP ties Barockstiles in Italian;
Ebe, Spat-licnainiiance.
GUDGEON. A. The stationary portion of
a simple wrought-iron hinge, forming a pintle
or eye to liokl the movable leaf, which is usually
a band or strap. It has a flaring end which is
secured in a masonry jamb, or a plate or strap
which may Ije bolted or screwed to the wood-
work. (See Hook and Eye Hinge, under Hinge.)
B. In certain parts of Great Britain, a mem-
ber in the framing of a roof. Its e.\act char-
acter and place vaiy with locality.
GUEKEN, CLAUDE; builder {entrepre-
neur) and architect.
Guerin was one of the firet constructors
employed on the chapel of the Valois at Saint-
Denis, near Paris. After 1571 he built the
H«jtel de Soissons under the direction of Jean
BiUlant (.see Bullant).
s du roi;
GUEST HOUSE. A. In a large estab-
lishment, such as a convent, especially in the
Middle Ages, a building prepared for the use
of strangers.
B. A place of public entertainment ; an inn.
GUGLIA. In Italian, a building or part
of a building, having the shajjc of a pyramid,
obeli.sk, or pinnacle. Any building having a
generally upright and slender form, when not
easily classified under some other technical name ;
thus, a small pagoda or tope, or a monument of
undescribed architectural character, or an elabo-
rate German stove of enamelled earthenware
may be saiil to lie a guglia or of guglia form.
(Also A-ru-ii.i.)
GUGLIELMO, FRA. (See .\gnelli, G\igli-
elmo.)
GUGLIELMO DA MARCILLA. (See
Marrilhit, (liiillaun.odc.)
GUILD. Formerly, and to a limited extent
in moijern usage, an associ;ition of merchants,
arti.sans, or mechanics, both em])l()yces and
mastei-s, of the same trade or similar trades,
organized for nmtual (irotection, advancement,
and the instruction of apprentices bound over
to the association ; and also for benevolent pur-
GUILD
poses, a£ in providing for destitute members,
bearing the expenses of burial, and the like.
There is very little information regarding
lu'lairies or a-s-swiations of craftsmen among
the Greeks : one evident fact is the consider-
able amount of individual freedom allowed to
the architect* as compared to his condition
under Roman rule.
Rome. In ancient Italy the colleges of
craftsmen were organized at an early dale, —
perhaps even in the kingly jieriod, — but were
discouraged by the first em|K'rors as dangerous
institutions. Hadrian — himself an amateur
architect — decided not only to recognize them,
but to organize them under strict government
control, enrolling in them the ma-ss of the work-
ing population and using them as an imjwrtant
l)art of the huge administrative machine. In
return for exemption from militarj^ sernce and
taxation, the mcml)ers of these colleges (col-
leijiu) were obliged to give their expert services
to the State for a small remuneration, the
amount of which was detemiined by the State.
A tariff for such services was issued liy the
Emperor Diocletian. The following further re-
strictions were placed ou individual lil>erty :
(1) No member was allowe<l to change his
occupation ; (2) the occupation was made
hereditiiry, the father teaching it to his sons;
(3) no memljer was allowed to change his
residence, transferring from the colleyimn of
one city to that of another, and any one vio-
lating this nde was brought back by force;
(4) apparently no one who did not belong to
such a colleyium wiis allowed to exercise any
manual occupation. Hence the craftsman's con-
dition \n\< 1 \ • 'I < 1) 1 1 ill- 'IT public sernce ; heretl-
itaryociMi _ i in mciiihershipofsome
college. W : ; I tliis tliat the ordinary
labour undu lia .huvi.uii of these master crafts-
men (aside from their own assistants) was
secured by forced corvee, and that the materials
for construction were furnished by the State,
which received lumlicr, bricks, stone, and lime
as tax in kind, we can understand both the
rapid erection and the immense number of
Roman iMi'r ■ :t^. On the other hand,
thecrati: t; w.l to work by contract
for priviii
Each r,,,, /,.,,, 1..1.1 its meeting house and
office called nchohi. It had a president under
whom was a secretary, and the memlwrs were
s\jbdivided into groups of tens (decuries) and
hundreds (centuries), each group being regu-
larly officered as if it were a military organi-
zation. Regular instruction in the various
branches seems to have l)ecn given at the
schola, and sometimes a stijiend was attached
'ThrouRliout this article the word "architcol "
is used in its etyniolojtical sense as master buililer
or master of tlie works, without reference to the
modern profeasiou.
GUILD
to the teaching. The Theodosian Code says,
" Architects enjoy immunity so that they may
the more easily teach the practice of their art
to their children." The number of colleges
connected with construction was considerable,
owing to the Roman tendency to specialize.
The builders of scaffolds and constructors of
centres, the marble cutters, marble incrusters,
hewers of timber, and quarryers, each had their
separate organization. This specialization was
carried still further within the college itself.
Thus, among the stone masons and wall
builders, one set worked on foundations, an-
other on walls, and still another on arches and
vaults.
Thus heredity and subdivision of labour
made for imniDliility of style and methods.
Besides tlu' iiiipcri.il laws affecting all cor-
poration.s tliniu.uiioiit the empire, some of which
are preserved in tlie Codex Theodosianus,
each corporation had its special regulations
about such matters as membership require-
ments, fees, meetings, religious ceremonies,
artistic and technical standards, aid to poor
artisans, funeral services, etc. Thus far de-
tailed information on most of these points is
scanty. It is certain that both citizens and
freedmen belonged to the colleges ; the remain-
ing inscriptions point to a predominance of
freedmen over citizens in the case of the
architects.
Owing to enforced residence and differences
in their private standards, local schools were
developed in various parts of the empire. It
is, however, evident that the restrictive laws
were enforced only in Italy — especially in
Rome. In the East an antique Greek liberty
was encouraged, and after the seat of power
was transferred to Constantinople the restric-
tions were practically dropped ; they found no
place in the laws of Justinian, though the
associations of artisans in Constantinople were
already becoming troublesome.
Byzantium. The condition of the collci,'cs
in the Orient in the matter of organizatimi
appears to have varied but little from tlic timr
of Justinian to the present day. At the IichI
of each wius and is a piotd mauMstiT, assisted
by a secretary. ThouLjli the cniiKiintiuns wnr
local their members ti-a\rlliil |iciin(li,;ill\ ,
singly or in bodies, enjuyiiiL: tlir Im-pitalii \ mI'
and ottering their services to luMtlnr iuiM- n
in other places. In tlieir in.livi.lual tVeeMnm
and in other ways the Byzantine were far mure
closely allied than the Roman associations to
our mediaival guilds. In Antioch, Alexandria,
Milan, and especially Ravenna the e.,IIi'j;es cdii-
tinned to flourish during tin' eailv I'.w.antine
period, and in Rome itsell' they suixncd all
vicissitudes until the end of the Middle Ages,
though their name was changed from culle()iuiii
to Hchola, from tlieir place of meeting. Taken
GUILD
as a whole the scholoe, as distinguished from
clergy and nobles, represented the people, and
wielded great power.
Lomhardy. When the Lombards devas-
tated Italy (end sixth centiuy), they did not
entirely extinguish these associations within
their new territory ; and when the Lombards
turned to civilization they called on the guilds
for architects and granted them privileges.
This is shown liy the L.iuiluxvd laws, issued in
643 by Kntari," and in 7 1J l.y Luitbrand.
Here the master arrlnterts are i-alleil niiifjistri
commariitl, their responsibilities delined, and
a maximum tariff' of prices set for different
kinds of work, in faint imitation of the Roman
regulations. The companions or colleagues of
tJH'se iiiiiijistri, themselves not yet passed mas-
teis, aic al.-o mentiMiie.l. Such master masons
are spuken of in otlier Lombard documents of
LuecH, Tuseanella, etc. As they could hold
property and make contracts they were evi-
dently not slaves, as the mass of Romans cer-
tainly were under the Lombards. Though at
first of Roman descent, the nuiijixtr! cninna-
Ci'ni soon admitted Lombards to membership in
their associations. They built in either of two
manners — the Gallic, or wood construction,
and the Roman, or stone and brick construc-
tion.
A grent deal of nonsense has been written by
grave ;uitliorities on tlie>e ntdijistri comma-
cini; chapters and e\in volnnies have been
based on the supposition that Commacinus
means "a native of Como," and that this
region was so specifically the centre of the
revival of architecture under the Lombards as
to give its name to tlie ]iio|essioii of arehitect;
master from Como ^ arrliitect. '>\\r\\ a fact
would be without a parallel, ami is, heside.S, an
etymological blunder. The w.nd I'mn-ntdcinus
is from the same stem as iiinr'ni, the common
late Latin word for stonema- with the addi-
tion of the collective pivllx, and may also be
c.innected with the current I'.v/.antine word for
■actical an-hit,
Mi, 1,11,' J;/'
i,,-l„i
multiplication of lay
artists m Italy as so.m as tiie aits were patron-
ized, in thi' clcxciith and twelfth centuries,
proves till' activity and existence, in many parts
of lt:d\. of till' ('oiiimacine asso(;iations, and
the ive,,r,l-, ~hn\\ that they iiavelled great dis-
t:in.-f. t\iiii|iarci| with tin' rest of monk-
riddeii i'airope Italy shows, then, only an infini-
tesimal percentage of monastic as compared
with lay architects. Some of the media!val
guilds that then sprang up were modelled
(lirectly, like those of Veni(;e, on Byzantine
originals ; others in Lombardy and Rome went
back to classic models ; while the Tuscan, latest
of all, were based on Lombard models. In one
respect Roman tradition ruled (piite generally, —
the transmission of occupation in the stime
334
GUILD
family. This can Itest W stiuliiHl in the signed
monuments of the Roman mediii.'vai schot)!,
where a family c;in be tnueil through four or
five generations (families of Paulus, Kaiuurius,
Laurentius), and each family could ka^p a large
workshop in whicii tlu; various branches of
decoration as well as constniction were taught
and practised. In this particular — the prac-
tice of several branches of art by a single
artist — these aissociations differeil fundamen-
tally from the ancient Roman.
Tlicse Italian guihls, iis they increased in
membership and developal in artistic methmls,
found it necessary to reduce to wTiting their
statutes and rcgidations, which may at first
have been handed down orally. This was done
during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries,
in every city of any size and artistic spirit
(Venice, Pisa, Lucca, Florence, Siena, Penigia,
Bologna, etc.). The guild wiis very careful to
guard its reputation by stringent retiuirements
of artistic integrity and thoroughness, and regu-
lated even the maximum number of apprentices
for each master, and the quality of the mate-
rial ased, as well as the methods for settling all
disputes.
Freemasons. In the flood of literature on
the modem Freemasons, the attempt has often
l)een made to coimect their mysterious signs and
symbols and their vows of secrecy with the
mediicval guilds, and their origin has even been
carried back to ancient times through the mag-
istri commacini. While there is no proof of
such coiiMOction, there is m •■■■■■ ■ i—v in-
ten-tin- to rxaiiiiue. In : , re
is l.ntl, lit.raiv an.l uu.u..: for
believin- that in tli.' airlul,,: ! ,:,,ly
in the eleventh century the Italian cuiuiuucini
took a leading part, erecting in the Rhenish
province, in Burgundy, and in Normandy monu-
ments that \\<vv in a >t\le different from any-
thing then kn-\\M m I, me and Germany, and
which serve 1 i- mi!- t • native artists. This
fact is not .snili.n nilv n coj^nized. In the rest
of Europe the artistic field had been occupied
exclusively by monks since before tiic Carlovin-
gian period. It is therefore probable that the
impulse given by tliese incoming Lombard artists
to the practice of architecture by the laity led
to the formation of guilds of lay artists in
Northern Europe, where they came into exist-
en(!e, certainly long after Italy was honey-
combed by them, toward the close of the twelfth
century.
As to the element of secrecy and mystic signs
in connection with the guilils, it seenm purely
mytiiical, and the idea is due probably to the
following circumstimces. Of all crafts that
of architecture — as Vitruvius contends — had
always l)een 8uppose<l to ret|uirc the broadest
iis well iw the deepest knowledge. When the
crafts were at a low ebb, even the modicum of
GUILD
geometric and static knowleilge preserved by
the architects of the decadence must have
seemed remarkable. In the time of Charle-
magne it is evident that Vitruvius — as Egin-
hanl shows — Wiis still used, and even fortiio.se
incajiable of understanding him some equiva-
lent knowledge wjis generally transmittal orally
or in wTiting from one generation to another,
within a limited group. This monopoly or
patent was held as a valuable secret. But the
secrecy was then and afterward purely profes-
sional — not politictd or anti-religious. Then
the strange or mythical animals anil .symlwls
carvetl on so many churches are sujiposed to lie
part of masonic mysterj' ; it has long since
been demonstrated that these weird productions
have a symbolic meaning, taken straight from
those popular mediaeval fables, the Bestiaries,
whose origin is even attributetl to St. Augus-
tine. Finally, there are signs cut in metlia'val
monuments which receive the same interpre-
tation. These are really of several classes :
(1) quany marks, wiiich usually disap|)ear on
finished monuments, and the like of which have
always been in use since early Egyptian times ;
(2) builders' marks, which are often so cut its
to be visible after the structure is completed,
and originally made in order to indicate the
exact position of each bloi-k or member ; (;}) ma-
sons' signatures, monogram.s, or conventional
marks, which we find occasionally on ancient
monuments, and verj* frequently in %zantine
architecture. Evidently there is nothing s|)oeial
to Freemasoniy in all this.
There remains but one point, the secret watch-
words, signs, or grips by which the " brother "
was recognized. It has oft«n been shown how
closely the different lodges of an art association
were bound together, and what frequent relations
the lay architects, as grejit travellers, nmst have
hiid with lodges in otiier cities, which were
bound to give them help an<l Imspitality. The
inference of tiie use of secret signs for purposes
(if recognition is obviou.s, but not jirovtii until
their use in Germany in the fifteenth century.
There is no sign that the Italian local knlges
of architects ever joined in a confederation ; but
this was the case in Germany, where the lodge
of Strasburg, doubtless the ohlest and founded
from France in the thirteenth centurj'. wxs
made the supreme lodge in the fifteenth cen-
tury, with atithority over the others thrDUglmut
Germany. In northern France and Flanders
the guilds ac(]uired even more power than in
Germany. Probably it was in Germany, how-
ever, where the fight with the nobles and clergy
was more difficult, that the jussociations of
artisiins had recoui^se to those secret methods
that have given colour to the pretensituis of
Freemasonry, though their laws an<l statutes
received approval and were published (li^fi.T).
With the i)reponderance of the individualism of
;W0
GUILDHALL
the Renaissance, the importance of the associa-
tions gradually waned in Italy, and was prac-
tically extinct there in the sixternth century.
Their continuance was largely y/v* f'<rinii. Dur-
ing the seventeenth century, with the cessation
of their usefulness came the traiislonnatinns that
made them seem dangerous to public order, and
led to the coercive measures of the eighteenth
century throughout Europe, which gave Masonry
its stamp of secrecy. — A. L. Frothingham, Jr.
GUXLDHAIiL. A hall for the meetings of
the controlling members of a guild, association
of artisans, or merchants, or persons associated
together without primary religious purpose ; an
institution originating in England in the earlier
Middle Ages. The separate halls of ancient
guilds in London are known by other names (see
Company Hall, under Hall). In modern times,
a municipal building is commonly called guild-
hall, as in Bristol, York, Plymouth.
The Guildhall, especially so called, is in Lon-
don, on King Street, and is a municipal building,
deriving its name probably from the custom of
permitting the diti'eicnt <,'uil(ls tn hold meetings
in it ; for its puri)iisc has always been connected
with the municipality itself. Tlie present struc-
ture was partly built after the Great Fire in 1 666,
and then wholly rebuilt in 1789 in a fantastic
Gothic style, but in 1866 restorations were
begvm, a new open timber roof constructed, and
the front brought to more strictly archiEological
correctness. — R. S.
GUTLLAIN, AUGUSTIN; builder and
architect; b. Jan. 4, 1581 ; d. June 6, 1636.
A son of Pierre Guillain (see Guillain, P.).
He was associated with his father, and in 1613
replaced him as director of the public works of
the city of Paris. At the old Hotel de Ville,
Paris, he built the pavillion on the left behind
the Pavilion du S. Esprit.
(For bibliof^raphy. see (luillain, V.)
GUILLAIN, GUHiLAUME ; builder (entre-
pre.neur) and architect; d. after ir)8-_'.
Guillaume Guillain married a rierette Cham-
biges, who is supposed to have been a daughter
of Pierre Chambiges (I.) (see Chaiiibiges, Pierre,
I.), and appears to have succeeded him about
1 544 as maltre des oeuvres of the city of Paris.
With Jehan Langeois, he engaged to builfl the
chateaux of Saint Geniain en-Laye and La
Muette, accordingtii till' cMiitiaci whicl. Lad heen
made with Pierre ChandH-e- 1 1.), Sr|,i. _'•', 1.");!',).
Between 1555 and 1.j(;8 lie ncei\ed huge pay-
ments for the construction of that portion of the
Louvre which was designed by Pierre Lescot
(see Lescot). In 1578 he assisted at the delib-
erations relative to the Pont Neuf, Paris.
Berty, Topographir, Louvre et Tnilerics ; Palus-
tre, Re.nniKnance ; I)e Labonle, Compleg den hUti-
GUILLAIN, PIBRRE ; Ijuildcr (entrepre-
neur) and areiiitcct.
GUMPP
A son of Guillaume Guillain (see Guillain,
G.). He was associated with his father, after
1575, in the direction of the public works of the
city of Paris, and in 1578 in the deliberations
relative to the construction of the Pont Neuf.
April 20, 1582, he succeeded his father. From
1594 until after 1600 Guillain was associated
with Pierre Chambiges (II.) (see Chambiges,
Pierre, II.) and others in the construction of
the western half of the Grande Galerie of the
Louvre and the adjacent parts of the Tuileries.
Berty, Topographie, Lorivre et Tuileries; Her-
luison, Artta do Vetat civil ; Vaclion, Hotel de Ville.
GUILLAUME DE MARCILLAT. (See
Marcillat, CJuillaume de.)
GUILLAUME DU CHATEAU ; abbot and
architect.
Guillaume was abbot of Mont-Saint-Micliel
(Manche, France) from 1299 to 1314. He
rebuilt his monastery, which had been nearly
destroyed by lightning in July, 1300.
Corroyer, Abbaye du 3Iont-Saint-Michel.
GUHiLOCHE. An ornament composed of
curved lines usually intersecting with one an-
other, differing from a fret or meander which is
composed of straight lines. As the French term
guilloche has no such exact and limited mean-
ing, so the English term is often used for any
ornament cduipused of interlacing lines, bands,
riblx.ns, nr the like. (AIs,, guih.che.)
GUINAMUNDUS, GUINAMOND ; monk
and architect.
In a manuscript of the monk Genoux, at
the Bibliothfeque Nationale, it is recorded that
Guinamundus, a monk of the monastery of
Chaise-Dieu, made the monument of S. Front,
first bishop of Perigueux, at the cathedral of that
city, in the year 1077.
Blanche, L' Anririiiii ax inoyen age; Chen-
GULA. A niiiiililiiig (ir group of mouldings
having a large hollow, as a cove or cavetto.
The term is used also as synonymous with
Ogee.
GULIMARI DA PIPERNO, PETRUS ;
architect.
According to an inscription, Petrus and his
sons, Morisu and Jacobus, built the church at
San Lorenzo, now Ama.seno, Italy, finished 1291.
Frothiiigliani, Rumnn Aitixts of the Middle Ages.
GUMPP, GEORG ANTON; architect; b.
1670; d. 1730.
Gumjjp was one of the most important arclii-
tects of the baroque style in Gennany. His
best works are the S. Jacobskirchc (171 7-1724),
the S. Johanniskirche (1729), tiie Landlnuis
(1719-1728), the Turn und Taxis palace, ail at
Innsbruck in the Tyrol.
li Deiilsrh-
GUNAIKEIOS
GUNAIKEIOS ; GUNAIKONITIS. Same
GUNDULF; icilesiastic aiul arcliitei-t ; b.
about 1U24 ; d. 1108.
Boru in France, anil l>ecame about 1060 a
monk of the Abbey of Bee. In 1077 he was
appointed Bishop of Roelicster, England, by
Lanfranc (see Lanfrane). He built, or caused
to l>e built, the catiie<lral of Rochester. Of his
work, a part of tlie vrypt, a part of tlie west
front, and the tower on tlie north side remain.
For William the Conqueror, he built the Great
White Tower i» London.
BayUy. / / ' / u.inn; Storer, History of
Jtoclicii4 1 I \\ i]\>»,A)tiiliaStirrii;livit-
ton ami li: '/ s •'/ the Tower of London.
GUNTERS CHAIN. A chain, each link
of which is composed of a steel bar witli a
small ring at each end, the bare having a tixeil
length and larger sulxli visions being marke<l by
pieces of brass of a recognized form secured at
every tenth link to tiie rings which join the
links. Until recently this was the imi)lemcnt
always use<l in Great Britain and the United
States for measuring land; each link was 7.92
inches, so that the whole chain of 100 links
was ()() feet long, and so that 100,000 square
links were eciual to an acre.
GUSSET. A triangular piece of metal to
serve iis a brace in the angle formed by two
intei-secting members of a fratnework, either to
stiffen the connection, or as a support of one of
the nunnbers.
GUTTA. In Grecian Df)ric architecture, one
of a iiuinlicr of small <Mrcular ornaments in low
GUTTER PLANK
relief which are cut on tlie under side of the
mutulcs and the regulie. (See Entablature.)
GUTTiE-BAND. Same as Regula in a
Grecian Doric entablature.
GUTTER. A channel, trough, or like con-
trivance to receive and convey away water;
whether in connection with the roofs of a build-
ing, or forming jiart of a pavement, roadway, or
the like. Wlien used on a building it may
either form part of a roof-covering turned up
and support^ ulong, or near, the lower eilge of
the slope ; or it may be in the form of a trough
of metal or wood hung from the edge of the
roof; or it may be part of a masonry structure
below, in which case |)erliaps of cut stone and
forming part of the cornice or serving itself as
the crowning feature.
Arris Gutter. A gutter or eaves trough of
V-sliaped section, and hence showing an arris
underiicatii.
Fillet Gutter. A narrow gutter on
tlic slo[)e of a roof against a chimney
>'V the like, formoii of sheet metal turned
..vera fillet of wood. — (A. P. S.)
Parallel Gutter. A gutter con-
>tnut(Ml with (Icided, deep, parallel
.'-iilos, a.s distiiiguisiied from one formed
merely by tlie slojiing sides of a valley,
or brought alxiut by the meeting of a
roof with a wall or tlie like.
Parapet Gutter. A gutter con-
structed along the lower edg^ of a slo])-
iiig roof and concealiNl by a low parapet
formed by cariying uj) the side wall,
ronimon in England, but a i>oor form
of construction, inasmuch as the greater
I.art of tiie gutter lie.s over the ceiling
I., low instead of over the street.
GUTTER BOARD. A Ward, or,
III recent times an iron slab, to bridge
over a gutter, as along a curb, so ius
to form an easy slope for the passage
of vehicles from the roadway ujwn the
"" sidewalk or into a building.
GUTTER HOOK. A light iron
hook or strap used to hold in jilace tiie
upjier edges of a metal gutter; or perhaps to
supjiort the gutter.
GUTTER MEMBER. The exterior or front
of a roof gutter when considered as a menilx'r
of the external architecture, as the topmast
moulding of a cornice or a member crowning
the cornice. In Greek temple archit<M-turc, the
cornice along the eaves was crowned by sucli a
moulding, which formed the outer fiu-e of an
earthenware gutter. In .some modern styles,
the gutter, usually of metal, is elalwrately
adorned and becomes an ini])ortant feature in
the design, because terminating the wall with a
very ornanuntal band.
GUTTER PLANK Same as
H.iar.l,
Gutter
Hf^
' ' '■ 1
m
1
= 11
GUTTER SPOUT
GUTTER SPOUT. A water spout leading
from a roof gutter, either as a gargoyle or in
the way of a pipe led to the ground or to
another roof.
GWILT, JOSEPH; architect and author;
b. Jan. 11, 1784: d. Sept. 14, 1863.
Joseph was a son of George Gwilt, surveyor
of the County of Surrey, England. In 1801
he entered the school of the Royal Academy,
London. He had a good practice as architect
and held the office of surveynr in succession to
his father from 1807 to 1846. In 1816 he
visited Eome. Gwilt is kn.iwn liy liis books,
A Treatise on the Efjiiilihrnn/i o/' Airha^,
(8V0, 1811), NotiziaArrlnlrrlnnna IhlUuna
(8vo, 1818), Sciogmijhi/, or Exumples of
Shadows with Rules for Their Projection,
(8vo, 1822), an annotated edition of Sir
William Chambers's Treatise on the Decora-
tive Part of Ciril Arrhitr,i,n;- (182.1), a
translation of \'itin\ius (ISi'ii), und the
Enci/clopcedia of ArrhiUflurr, Jlisturicul,
Tlieoretical, and Practical (8vo, tirst ed.
1842), reedited by Wyatt Papworth, in 1876.
Stephen, Dictionary of National Biographij ;
Obituary m Builder, Oct. 3, 1863.
GYMNASIUM. A. A place for physical
exerci.se, as (1) among the ancient Greeks, a
public place more or less ofiicial and govern-
mental in character in which the young men
were duly exercised. (2) In modern times, a
large and high room, sometimes forming a build-
ing by itself, and treated architecturally, but
always arranged for the reception of gymnastic
apparatus, such as vertical and horizontal bars,
ladders, swinging ropes, trapezes, and the like.
(See Palaestra ; Stadium.)
B. In Germany, and elsewhere in imitation
of Germany, a high school. In the German
cities, the Gymnasium is the school for classi-
cal studies and those branches which are akin
to these, and is opposed to the Real Schnle,
which is the school for mathematics and
scientific training generally; the one being
considered as the preparation for the university,
the other as the preparation for the polytedmic
Bchool, the school of engineers, or the like.
— II. S.
GYN. Same as Gin.
GYNiECEUM; GYNiECroM. A. In
Greek arch;eo]„gy, that part nf a large dwell-
ing which is dcvotcil to the women, hence, the
family rooms as distinguished from the more
public rooms where the master and his soldiers
or male dependents commonly lived.
Ji. In modern times a haram ; the living
place of the women in a dwelling of any nation
or ejjoch.
C. In ecclesiology, that part of a cliurcii
occupied by women to the exclusion of men, as
in early Christian practice, and still to a <'(itaiii
extent in the East.
341
HAGIOSCOPE
GYNiECONITIS. Same as Gym
GYNAIKEIOS. Same as Gyna;ceum.
GYPSUM. Hydrous sulphate of lime.
(See Aiabast.T.) — G. P. M.
GYRATION, RADIUS OF. A quantity
entering into the formulas for the strength of
columns. It is equal to the Moment of Inertia
of a surface divided by the area. (See Moment
of Inertia.) — W. R. H.
HABERSHON, MATTHEW; architect.
In 1842 he went to Jcmsalcni to arrange
for the erection of the Anglican cathedral which
was built from his designs. Habershon pub-
lished The Finest Existing Specimens of
Ancient Half-timbered Houses in England,
(London, is;;!;, loii,,).
Arch. Pill'. S.ii: lUi-tuninry.
HACHURE. hi aivhitectural drawings,
.same as liatchinu-; also a line or system of lines
uscl in hat.-iiinK.
HACIENDA. In Spanish America the
chief house on an estate or xcry large farm, and
hence and more often, the estate itself as a
whole. — F. S. T).
HACKING. The breaking of one course of
stone in a wall into another course of a different
height ; especially, in a case where a course of
larger stones is interrupted and the course is
continued with smaller ])iccps. It appears that
two courses of smallci stones need not corre-
.spond exactly to auntiiei- cniiisc of larger stones,
but that hacking mu\v nearly apjiroaches build-
ing which is known as Random Coursed Work.
HADDON HAIiIj. A great country house
in Derbyshire, England, now imoccupied. Cele-
brated for its unaltered Elizabethan character
and for its lu'autiful foiinal gardens.
HADRIAN'S MOLE. The great mausoleum
of Haihian at Home; now, Castel S. Angelo.
HiEMATINUM. In Latin, red; used ab-
solutely as i-c]iresenting the phrase hwmatinum
ritnnn, red gla.ss; in this sen.se, the term has
been applied to Roman glass of deep red
colour, as in the fragments of tile which have
been found.
HAGIA SOPHIA, MOSQUE OF. (See
HAGIASTERION ; lUM. In
'•)
isti-
■all
HAGIOSCOPE. Ill
church, and pierced in such a direction that a
person in the aisle or transept can see the altar.
Called also Squint, and more rarely Loricula.
Openings of this character are not uncommon,
but it is not certain tiiat they were originally
intended for the purjjose mentioned.
HA-HA FENCE
HA-HA FENCE. A barrior made by a re-
taining wall at a place where the ground level
is (rlia[ij,'ed. From the upper side this barrier
or enclosure will be invisible or hardly seen ; a
desirable result sometimes in landscape archi-
tecture. Written also Haw-Haw.
HATKATi. In Arabic, a sjinctuary ; a holy
place. Used by writers on the arclueologj- of
the Levant for a shrine of a Christian church
in the Ea.st.
HATKATi SCRES>N. The screen of a sanc-
tuary ; in Ea.^tcrn Christian churches, of other
' sects than Creek, that which coiTespouds to
the Ii-diiDstu.sis. (See Choir Screen and refer-
ences. )
HALFPENNY, JOHN. (See Halfpenny,
-William.)
HALFPENNY, JOSEPH ; draughtsman
and engraver ; b. Oct. 9, 1 748 ; d. July 1 1, 181 1.
He was clerk of the works to John Carr (see
Carr) during his restoration of the cathedral
of York, England. Halfpenny published Gothic
Onunaeut.i in the CdthcdrcU Church of York,
(1795-1800), Frcujmenta Vetusta, or the
Jtemains of Ancient Buildings in York,
(1K07), and" other works.
Sl( phcn. Difliiinnrij of Xntiotial Biography.
HALFPENNY, WILLIAM ; aliius Mi<liacl
lio:uv ; .-.n-lnt.vt.
He is known by his numerous practical works
on architecture : Multum in parvo, or the
Marrow of Architecture (17l'2-1728, 4tt)),
Practiad Architecture (London, 1730, 12mo),
Perspective made easy (1731, 8vo), Modern
Bnilder'a Axsistant (1742-1751, folio), and
HALL
other works. He was assisted by John Half-
penny.
Stephen, Dictionary of Xational Biography.
HALF-RELIEF. Sculpture in relief, be-
tween lia.- leliei and altorelief; a term of no
accurate or ]ireri-e value.
HALF TIMBERED. A. Composal of
timber so far as the framing is concerned, the
spaces of which framing are then filled in with
masonry in some form; this is the more iLsual
meiining given to the term, but certain British
authorities claim that such building as this is
really whole timbered, the filling in by means
of masonry having nothing to do with the
construction in timber.
B. Having the lower story or stories of
masonry, such as stonework, and the upper
stories, or perhaps only the walls of the galiles,
framed of timber. This definition is given by
tlio.se writers who object to the use of the term
in the sense A.
In building done in wood according to either
definition, the timbers show on the outside,
and are usually arranged so as to form a some-
what ornamental pattern. In this res]>ect the
buildings of some parts of the continent of
Europe, such as Normandy and northwestern
France in general, ami large parts of Germany,
are found more stately in design than the
English examples ; with more sculpture and
with a beautiful system of proportion. On the
other hand, this system of building last'ed long
and was popular in England ; the patterns of
tin fiaiiic w.'ik itxlf were elaborate; and many
■ , il.l. I \ iiii|.l.> remain, even of .stately
iitiy iii.iii>i .11-, built in this way. It is a
:' .i-iiial/le tluniv tiiat during the reigns of
James I. and Charles I. and the Restoration,
country houses built by residents of London
or nobles connected with the court were liuilt
1. 1 masonry acconling to the revived cla-ssical
th. .11,- brought from Italy and France,
\\liilc tlio.se built by proprietors who reside*!
in tlie country were built according to the
tra<litional methods with nuich use of timber.
The filling of the sjiaees between the timbers
was done sometimes with brickwork or rubble-
stone masonry (comj)are Nogging ; Brick Nog-
ing) and sometimes by means of stout oak laths
plastere<l on both sides. In cAse there were
two sets of laths, one at the outer and one at
the inner side of the wall, eiu'li set plasterecl
on e^ich side, there was obtained a very warm
and solid filling. (See AVwkI, Constniction in,
Part I.) (Cuts, cols. 345, 346; 347; 349,
3.W) — R. S.
HALL. A. A rix)m very large in propor-
tion to rooms for sleeping or for family or indi-
vidual use ; a covered and enclosed place of
gathering. In speaking of the great tlierma'
of the Rcimans, the tepidarium, usually an ob-
long in shajie, is commonly called a hall, and in
344
HALL
like manner we speak of the halls of Assyrian
palaces; while the Egyptian temple interiors,
crowded with columns, are called hypostyle
halls, as those at Karnak. So those mediwval
churches which have the aisles and nave of
nearly the same height are called hall churches
(Hallenkirchen) to distinguish them from
churches of the more usual type, and the great
HALL
portant part of the mediieval dwelling. The
disposition of the College Halls at Oxford and
Cambridge gives still a good idea of what the
halls of Manor Houses were in the times of
Elizabeth and later. Such a hall is to be
thought of as low and long, simple in plan, and
lighted from side windows ; but there are ex-
ceptions. Thus, at Wallaton (Nottinghamshire),
y-i
Hali
HorsK, MouFTON Or n Hali (Cheshirk), c. 1590.
builihng at Sens, called by tlie Fioudi Sialic
tiijiioaaU', IS called in Eiigli>,h a Synodal ll.ill
In Engli^li domestic building, tlie hall w.us the
only important room in the oailj Miildlc Ages,
theic tlic lord, his family, and all lu-^ retainers,
dependents, and serfs, iik t at nu ds, and here
alone could they find hIk iter and waniitli Even
lat(r, ,iH prnatc bcdriionis and sitting rooms
b(;( line more numerous (see Bower , Closet ,
Solar), tlic hall remained much the most im-
built by John Thorpe, the hall rises high above
the other buildings in imitation of mediaeval
castle keeps ; and is lighted by windows very
high above the floor. It was common, as cMrly
as the Fourteenth century, to cut nil' witli a
hcieeii that part of the hall in whi<li wcic tlic
doors leading to the open air, in onler to give
more warnitli ami privacy ; and these screens
aie still a marked feature of the College Halls
named, and also of those Company Halls in
340
HALL
London which have reUiinetl their original
features.
In recent times, the term hall is applied to a
large room used for lectures, |>oliticAl meetings,
concerts, and the like, and such a term as
Concert Hall is differentiated from the term
Theatre as signifying a square-cornered room
without gidlerics, or with galleries in one tier
only, and not arranged with a stage and appli-
ances for scenery. Such a room, used in a small
town or Nnllage, as a place for gatherings of many
kinds, lectures, eutertaiumeuts, and the like,
often receives the name of Town Hall, which
name is extende<l to the building which contains
it. (See definition B.) A similar u.se of the
hall was common in manor houses on the conti-
nent of Europe, but as the need of fortified
dwellings lasted longer there, the fortresses of
the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries include
very large halls, of which the outer walls are
generally mmle by the c\irtuins of the fortifi-
cation. (Sec Castle.) And these lialls were
sometimes two, three, or four in numl)cr, serv-
ing evi<lently as shelter for the garrison, which
was in these cases so numerous that the lord
347
HALL
could not expect to have it all under his own
eye. In this way, the signification of the term
is extendetl to imply any verj- large room except
wlien it is 80 long and narrow as to become a
gjillery.
B. A building erected with the chief pur-
pose of sui)plying a h:dl in sense ..1. Thus, a
building containing a large concert hall, with
many rooms for other purposes, will take tiie
common name of Music Hall. The most im-
portmt structure in which the term is used in
both senses in England is the celebrated "We.'^t-
minster Hall.
C. At the English Universities, a college ;
the term being used in combination in tiie names
of certain institutions, the organizations of which
differ somewhat from those of the colleges com-
monly so called.
D. Part of the compound name applied very
loosely to buildings not necessarily halls in any
of tlie above senses. Thus, a separate buililing
of many American colleges is so called, as ilas-
sacimsetts Hall.
E. In British usage, a manor house, and in
i> sense forming part of the names of many
- . h buihlings, as Haddon Hall.
/'. Ill n-., lit tiiiu'-s the room into which tlie
I. HI. I .In !, ,,|i, M wlien it is large enough to Ih>
11. ii. ti 11 a II • 1. vistibule. Thus, in a countr>'
l;.iu>i-, il' the nitnuK-e door opens directly into a
i...i]a large enougli, or a passage wide eijough, to
. 'Mtain some furniture, as a settle, table, and
the like, that room or passage is the hall. It
is an error to speak of tlie room in which the
stair is contained as a hall. The proper name
for that is the staircase ; but a mo<lern misuse
'f that term has caused tiie u.se of the terms
- 1 lir Hall and Stairway Hall. In small houses,
i wcver, it often hapi>ens that a single sjtacc
(i vr 7 feet wide and 25 feet long, or of about
that magnitude, serves as hall and passjige, and
also contains the stair. (Cuts, cols. 3.51, .'i.'i'J ;
354; 355, 356; 357, 358: 359, 360; 362.)
— K. S.
Albert HaU. Property, the Royal Albert
Hall, ill Kensington, London ; a building for
al and other festivals, finished in 1874,
and, like the Albert Memorial, named from the
Prince CoiLsort. It provides for an orchestra
and chonis of 1200 persons, and an audience of
7000 ; the exterior is not without interest, hav-
ing a frieze of some decorative effect ; and the
iron roof is remarkalile.
Carnegie Hall. (Properly, Music Hall.) In
New York ; built at the expense of Andrew
Carnegie, from the de.'<igns of William B. Tuthill,
aided afterward by H. J. Hardenliergh.
aty Hall. In the United States, a public
building for the transaction of tlic municipal
business, or some part of it; especially, for the
executive branch of the city govcniment. (Com-
pare Broletto ; Hotel deVille; Pakzzo Public*.)
HALF-TIM 1!1;KI;U llorsii at bKAUVAia (OlSK), KKANCIi.
Fio. 1.— U.\i.L oi Oakuam Castlk, Ki
HALL
Cloth Hall. An exchange for cloth mer-
chants ; that at Ypres, in Belgium, is an extraor-
dinary and valuable piece of civic Gothic. The
building of Eumachia, in Pompeii, was probably
a cloth hall.
Company Hall. The large room used by a
society or association bearing the name in which
tlie word company occurs ; hence, the whole
building containing such a room. The term is
used especially for certain important buildings
in London, which are still the property of the
ancient companies of merchants, mechanics, etc.,
dating from the Middle Ages. There are twelve
Great Companies, and five or six others which
are not so notable; the most important build-
ings of the Great Companies are Mercers' Hall,
in Cheapside, built immediately after the Great
Fire; Fishmongers' Hall, near London Bridge,
rebuilt in 1831 ; Ironmongers' Hall, in Fen-
church Street, built 1748 ; but each of the Great
Halls is worthy of study.
Faneiul Hall. In Boston, Massachusetts ;
laiilt in 1742; called the "Cradle of Liberty"
from the early meetings of Revolutionists which
were held there. It is of what would now be
'•ailed old Colonial or Georgian architecture, but
is not of elaborate (lesi<ru within or without.
Guild HaU. (See Guildhall.)
Hypostyle Hall. One Jiaving many columns.
The term is rarely applied except to one of a
very few great monuments of antiquity. That
of Karnak, in Egypt, among the ruins of the
ancient Thebes, is 175 feet long from door to
door, on the main axis of the group of temples
and courts, and nearly 340 feet wide, and is
crowded with columns, 12 larger (o\-er 60 feet
high) and 122 smaller. Its dVrniutiou within
and without is extremely rich and vaiinl. It
was built by Ramses I., Seti I., and Rumiscs TL,
about 1400 to 1300 B.C., kings of the 19th
Thcban l)ynasty.
Moot Hall. In English archaeology, a place
of judgment ; hence, in recent times, a liall for
debate, esj)ecially when oc(Mi]ji(d Ijy a soi-irty
who.se purpose is discu.ssion of (jucstions of the
day, such as is sometimes called a moot court.
S. George's Hall. A public building in
Liverpool, Lancashire, England ; built about
1854, the architect being Lonsdale Elmes. It
is about 400 feet long, with a very elaborate
(Jorinthian peristyle, and contains law courts
and a great hall 1G9 feet long by 74 wide, in
which are given musical and other entertain-
ments. It is an important architectural mon-
ument, and one of the least faulty buildings of
th(^ middle of the century.
Serveints' Hall. In a large residence, a room
H(!t apart for the general use of servants, com-
monly serving also as tlieir dining room.
Town Hall. A large central building in
which the ImsinesH of the town is transacted,
and wliich generally includes a hall for public
353
HALL
?s, and a clock tower, with numerous
offices. The Flemish town halls are treated
under Belgium and France (Part II., Flemish
France), also under Cloth Hall. (Compare City
Hall ; Village Hall.)
Trade Hall. A public hall in a city for the
general business and meetings of merchants and
manufacturers ; also for incorporated trades.
Village Hall. That building of a village
whicli serves a purf)ose similar to that of the
town hall of a larj^.r community.
"Westmijister HaU. In London ; a building
290 feet long in.side, containing one single enor-
mous room with but very small accessory struc-
tures, the span between the walls being nearly
68 feet and the roof in one single span built of
oak without tie-beams, the mo.st important ])iece
of mediieval woodwork existing. It rises at the
ridge to a height of 92 feet. It lias never been
854
HAT.LAN
seriously iiyured or restored, but was repaired
judiciously in 1820. The building as it now
stands w:is built by Ricliard II.
HAT.T.AN; HAT.T.AWD. In the dialect
of Scotland and the north of England, a par-
tition, a.s in a cottage, often a solid one without
openings of any sort as when used to separate
tiic part of the cottage occupied by the family
from that used as a cowiiouse. The N. E. D.
defines the term lus meaning especially the i)ar-
tition between the door and fireplace which
shelters the room from the draught of the door.
(Calle<l also Speer.)
HAIiL CHURCH. A church with aisles
but without cltarstories, the interior of which
is a iiall of a]i]jroxiniately uniform height
tiiroughoiit. (See Hallenbau.)
HAIiLE AU BLE. (Wlieat Hall or Com
Hall.) In Paris; a circular building, dating
HALLWAY
He was Bauhispektor at Niiniberg, Bavaria,
and in 1810 went to Greece, where he was asso-
ciate<l with C. R. Cockerell (see Cockerell, C. R.)
in his excavations at ^Egina and Phigaleia. It
was tlirough his agency that the sculpture of the
pediments of the temple of Athena, at ^Egina,
were secured for tlie (Ilyptothek, in Munich.
Sc'ubcrt. h'iiiislli r-Lej-irmi.
HAIiLES CENTRAJjES. In Paris, the
central market house, built from the designs
of Louis Pierre Baltard about 18G0. It is one
of the earliest mo<lern light structures of iron
and gla.'ss, and is still a mo<iel of arrangement
and stnictiirc ; pmliably the finest market house
in Kurn,,,.,
HAIiliET, STEPHEN. (See Thornton, Dr.
William.)
HALL HOUSE. A. In local British usjige,
the principal room of a farmhouse.
Fio. 4. — H.\i
from 1766, with twenty-five arched doorways
leading to a great rotunda. The roof, in form
of a cupola, is tiie earlie-st important piece of
iron work applied to building. (See Iron Con-
struction.)
HALLE AUX DRAPS. Same a.s Cloth
Hull (which sec, under Hall).
HALLENBAU. .\ buililing resembling a
hall in its construction or |)lan ; esjjecially in
(jlcrnian diurch architecture, a church whose
aisles are carried to a heigiit eijual or nearly
equal to that of the nave, so that there will
l)e no clearstoiy, and so that tlie whole interior
shall appear as a large hall divided by two (or
more) r.m^'cs of cdlumns cairying arches.
HALLENKIRCHE. A Half Church. (See
also H.'dlciihan.)
HALLER VON HALLERSTEIN. KARL ;
aivliit.ct ; I,. 177 1.
(Skk Fio. .X)
B. By extension from the preceding defini-
tion, the principal building of a farm.
a Same as Hall, E.
HALL OF THE ABENCERRAGES. In
the .Mliainbra at Crana.ia, Spain; a not very
large ciianibcr ojicnini,' .mt of the Court of
Lions.
HALL OF THE COLUMNS. A pillare.l
room fonning a part of the Tza|)otec niins of
Mitla, in Oaxaca, Mexico. It contiiins a row
of six round stone columns through the middle,
longitudinally, each 9 feet 4 inches in circum-
ference and about 12 feet high. (See Mexico,
Architecture of, Part I., Precolumbian.) Viol-
let-le-Duc hius made a study of the restoration
of the building ccmtaining this hall. — F. S. D.
HALLWAT. A hall serving as a passage-
way : a corridor or entry. Apiiarently confmed
to the Unitol States.
HALO
HALO. That form of the Glory which is
rejiresented around the head alone. (See Aure
ole ; Glory.)
HALVE ; HALVE TOGETHER (v.). To
join, a.s two j)ieces of wood, l>y cutting away
each one for part of its tliicknt'S-s, .so that each
fits into the other. The faces forming the joint
need not necessarily be parallel with the onter
faces, nor need they lie plane surfaces.
HAMILTON, Sm JAMES, OF FYN-
NART: aivliit.M-t ; d. Au-u.-t, 1540.
A iiatunil son of .James, first Earl of Arraii
and master of the works to King James V. of
Scotland. He built the northwest portion of
Holyrood Hou.se, Edinburgh, and was employed
on the castles of Edinburgh, Sterling, and Rothe-
sav, all in S.'othmd.
HAMILTON, THOMAS : architect.
In 1820 he designed the memorial to Robert
HAND RAIL
A Turkish bath ; especially,
an establishment in a Euroj)eau city for bathing
in the Oriental way by sweat rooms, manipula-
tions, cold plunge, and the like. (Written also
Hummum.)
HAMMER. In Stonedressing, same as
Axe (11.).
HAMMER-DRESSED WORK. Stone
masonry, the faces of which have been shaped
and brought to an approximately smooth surface
by means of the hammer aloue. (See Stoae-
cutting.)
Burns at Ayr, Scotland, and April 28, 1825,
laid the first stone of the High School, Edin-
burgh (Grecian Doric). He had a large prac-
tice in Scotland.
nuilder, Vol. XVI., p. 140, and Vol. XVII.,
p. 2i:5.
HAMLET. A. In Great Britain, a village
of little con.sequence, esj)ecially a village which
docs not in itself constitute a parish, and has
therefore no parish church.
B. In some of the United States, the official
designation of certain villages.
Tlie term is sometimes used, perhaps erro-
neously, in the sense of a farmstead, — that is
to say, of a group of buildings standing isolated
in the country and belonging to a single estab-
lishment.
369
IN (OiSK). (Skk Kio. a.)
HANCE. In Great Britain, the curve of
shorter radius which adjoins the imix>st at
either side of a three-centred, four-centred, or
similar arch. By extension, a corl)el at either
end of a lintel of a dm)r or window oi>ening,
and this because the corln-l and the lintel taken
together api)roach the form of a niany-centre<l
cune. The term seems to have been originally
ecjuivalent to a lintel, and then by confusion
with the wonl Haunch to have gained its mean-
ing as given alwve. It is probably obsolete or
obsolescent.
HANDLE. (Of a door, draw, or the like.)
(Sec the technical terms Knob; Lift; Pull.)
HAND-RAIL. The top bar of a parapet
when nnule of slender pieces of material, as a
balustrade. Generally, the horizontal or in-
HANGER
clined piece of material upon which rests, or is
likely to rest, the hand of a person going up or
do\vii stairs, or leaning upon the parapet. In
staircases between solid walls the hand-rail is
often a cylinder of small diameter secured to
the wall and serving merely to aid a person in
ascending the stairs. Elsewhere it is often a
very massive bar, and if of stone may have a
section of two hundred square inches.
HANGER. In the building trades, any
contrivance, fixed or movable, for the suspen-
sion of any structure or member. Usually, in
combination.
Beam Hanger. A contrivance serving the
purpose of a stirrup, but more elaborate and of
better finish.
Door Hanger. A hanger for the support
of a sliding door, especially such a door when
hung from above. The meaning of the term
is usually extended to mean the entire appa-
ratus for such purpose, including the track or
rails from which the door may be supported.
HANGER BOARD. (See Electrical Appli-
ances.)
HANGING (I.). A piece of material used
for covering and decorating the wall of an
apartment; originally, tapestry or some kind of
textile fabric hung to hooks, hence the nnme.
In modern times, more commonly in the plural,
as Paper Hangings, hangings of silk, and the
like.
HANGING (II.). The art or process of se-
curing in place a door, casement, or shutter, by
means of hinges, or a sliding sash or the like by
means of counterpoise and cords, or sliding doors
when these are supported from overhead or
from the side by means of sheaves or rollers of
any kind.
HANGING BUTTRESS. The semblance
of a buttre.s.s, u.sually having the upper part,
the weathering, etc., like other buttresses of the
same building, and put in to carry out the se-
quence ; supported, however, upon a corbel or
in some similar way, and not firmly based upon
the ground. Such an addition might be of use
a-s enabling a greater w('if;iit of masonry to lie
applied at the hauiidics nf an arch abdvc ; liut
of course is not a buttress in the [irnpci- sense.
HANS VON BERCKHEIM (HANS AM-
MEISTER) ; architect.
Ii:ins von Berckheim was architect (We.rk
Mi'iMcr) of the city of Strasburg in the first
half of the fifteenth century. He built tlie
public granary of Strasburg, a part of which
still remains.
Ofirard, Lex Arthfx 'le V Ahnre.
HANS VON STRASSBURG (HANS
GREMP) ; bell founder.
'I'lie gnvit bell of the cathedral of Strasburg
(Alsace, (iermany) which weighs nine thousand
kilogrammes and is only rang on the most im-
jiortant occaaions, bearw the date July, 1427,
361
HANSEN
and the name Mar/ister Joannes de Argen-
tina ; that of Oveniai, one of the fine-st in
Alsace, the date 1429, and that of S. Adelphe
de NeuwiUer the date 1431, and the name
Meister Hennin von Strassburg. All doubts
less refer to the beU founder, Hans von Strass-
burg.
Gerard, Les Artistes de V Alsace.
HANS WINLIN. (See Erwin, II., von
Steinluieii.)
HANSE. Same as Hance.
HANSEN, HANS CHRISTIAN ; architect ;
b. April 2, 1803; d. May 2, 1883.
.,A,>i,. Fig. 8. — I'LA-
UrPKR Stohy of Tow
A brother of Theophilos Hansen (see Hansen,
T.). In 1831 he won a stipend at the academy
in Copenhagen which enabled him to travel in
Italy and Greece. He was made rdiut architect
at Athens. Hansen desi.i^Mied the university at
Athens and in association witli Scliaul)ert and
Ludwig Ross (see Sehaubert and Koss) rebuilt
the temple of Nike Apteros on the Acropolis,
putting into place the ancient blocks of marble,
which had been recovered when the Turkish
fortifications were destroyed.
La Grande Enajclopedie.
HANSEN
HANSEN, THEOPHIIiUS ; anhitwt ; b.
Julv n, l«i;J (at C..])oiiliagcii) ; d. Feb. 17,
181*0.
Hansen was educated at the academy of
Coj)eiihageu. In 1838 lie visited Italy and
Greece and practised for eight years in Athens,
building at this time the oljservatory near that
city. Reaching Vienna in 1846, he was asso-
ciated with Ludwig Forster (see Forster, L.) in
conducting the Alleyeineine Battzeitung, and
built the Watten Museum of the Arsenal and
other buildings in a media-val style. He again
went to Athens in 1860-1861 to build the
Academy, one of his most successful works.
In the reconstruction of the city of Vienna
(begun in 1857) Hansen built the Exchange
(1869-1875), the Academy of Fine Arts (1874-
1876), and the Parliament House (1883).
Niemann and Feldegg, Tlteophilos Hansen;
Farrow, liectnt Development of Vienna.
HAFSIj. Same as Hasp ; an old fonn now
rare.
HARAM. In countries inhabited by Mo-
hammedans of civilized town life, tliut part of a
dwelling which is appropriated to the females.
The term i< :i tr.in-^litoration of the Arabic, and
has ]i;i~~..l iiii ' lliiu'lisli as the common name,
but (liti.i. i:t t.riii- are employed in ditferent
countrir- ; tliii-. Ill India the term is zenana.
In Cairn til.' lar.'.i- i,.,u^,'s aiv sn arran,<,'e(i that
there is an inn.r ,-..urt t-i' llir liaraiii. ill which
cases thr arranirnncut (it tiir n.oius about that
court is U'lt uiiiikf that connected with the
outer or incii's court.
HARD FINISH. (See Plastering.)
HARMANDUS : architect.
On the uiiiirr |.ait of tlir old tower of the
cathedral of ('liaitns ( I'.ui.- it-Loire, France) is
inscribed tlic name Hariiiaiulns and the date
1164. Harmandus is sup])o.sed to have been
the architect of the old tower.
Gonse, L'Art (iothique.
HARDOUIN-MANSART, JUIiES : archi-
tect ; b. .\|.iil IG, 1616 (at I'ari.s) ; d. May 11,
1 70S (at Marly).
Jules Hardouin was the son of Raphael Har-
douin, jyeintre ordinaire du roi and Marie
Gauthier, a niece of Francois Mansart (.see
Mansart, N. F.). He added his grand-uncle's
name to his own and was known as Hardouin-
Man.sart, frequently signing himself Mansart.
He studied architecture with Francois Mansart
and Libt^ral Bruant (see Bruant, L.). While
assisting Bniant in the construction of the
Hotel de Vendome, Paris, he was pr&sented to
tlie king, Louis XIV., who requested him in
1672 to design the chateau of Clagny for
Ma<lame de Monte-span. In 1674 he was
commissioned to enlarge the new chateau of
Saint-Germain-cn-Laye (finished under Henri
IV.; but destroyed in 1776). Oct. 22, 1675,
H A RDOUIN-MANSART
Hardouin-Maii.-«irt was appointed arc/iitecte du
roi and later contrdleur (/in^ral den bdtiiueuts
du roi. In 1675 he was admitte<l to the
Acad niie de I'Architecture. His name apj)ears
for the first time in the accounts of the palace
of Versjiilles, Feb. 26, 1677. He was occupied
with that building during the remainder of his
life. At this palace he built between 1679 and
1681 the great .southeni wing. He finished in
1684 the Grande Galerie, overlooking the fiark
in the central pavilion, and the garden facmle
of the central pavilion. Between 1684 and
1688 he built the great northern >»'ing, thus
completing the entire length of 580 metres.
He built the grand stairway, and in 1698 be-
gan the beautifid Orangerie. The chapel of the
chateau was begim in 1696, but was not finished
until 1710 (after Mansart's death) by Robert
de Cotte (see Cotte, R. de). In 1683 he eom-
mencetl the chateau of Marly. In 1685 he
a]3]iroved the plans of Francois Remain for the
Pont Royal (see Gabriel, Jacques, II.). In 1686,
he was appointed ^)/'e«iiera/-c/u7ec/erfM roi, and
in the following year sold the otfice of contrdleur
general den bdtiments du roi to his grand-
nephew, Jacques Jules Gabriel (see Gabriel, J.
J.). In 1 688 Mansart built the two wings of the
Grand Trianon in the Park at Versailles, which
were afterward connected with a colonnade by
Robert de Cotte. He continued the work of
Liberal Bruant at the Hotel des Invalides,
building the portal of the church in 1693. He
designed the dome, which was well under way
when he died, but was not finished until 1735.
Mansart was assistetl in his work by Roliert de
Cotte, who succeeded him as premier architecle
in 1708, bv Charle-s Davilcr, and by Cailletcau
called L'.Usur.in.e (s»h- Caillcteau).
HARDOUIN-MANSART DE JOUY,
JEAN; architect; b. 1700.
Jciin was the son of Jacques Hardouin-Man-
sart, conseiller an Parlement, and grandson of
Jules Hardouin-Mansart (see Hardouin-Mansart,
Jules). A legacy of forty thousand li^Te8 was
left by Colljert (d. 1683) to rebuild the facade
of the church of S. Eustache in Paris. The
old portal, built by Charles David (see David,
Charles) was torn down in 1733, and the new
facade Ixjgun the following year by Jean Har-
douin-Mansart. After much interniption it was
completed in 1788 by Pierre Louis Morejiu.
Jal. Dictionnaire ; Du Seigneur in Planat's Kn-
ci/rliipi'tlif.
HARDOtJIN MANSART DE SAGKJNNE,
JACQUES ; .uvliitct ; b. 1 TO.i.
Sicur de Levy and Coiiqite de Sagonne, a
younger brother of Jean Hardouin-Mansart de
Jouy (see Hardouin-Mansart de Jouy). He
was created memlwr of the Acadf^niic and airlii-
tecte du roi in 1735, and between 1742 and
1754 built the important cliurch of S. Louis
(cathedral) at Versailles. He built also in
HARD PAN
Languedoc the monastery of the Dames de S.
Chamont and the Abbaye Royale of Prouilles.
Du Seigneur in Planat's Encyclopklie ; Kiigue-
net, Petits Edifices Itistoriques. Duchesne, Xotire
historique sur Jules Ilardouin-Mansart ; Guiffrey,
Comptesdes batimetUs de Louis XIV. ; Suuvaijeot,
Palais, chateaux, hotels et maisons de Fmnce ;
Michel Hardouin, Chateau de Cluaii;/ ; ]h- La-
borde, Versailles ancien et mtaler/ir ; Dussicux,
Le Chateau de Versailles; Gavard, }'ersiiiUe.s,
Galerie historique.
HARP PAN. Clay more or less firmly
compacted with gravel or sand approaching
Conglomerate in structure and hardness. It
can generally be loosened with the pick.
HARDWARE (as used in building). (See
Builders' Hardware.)
HARDWICK TTAT.T. An ancient English
manor house near iMan.sfield, in Nottingham-
shire. It is of tlie reign of Elizabeth, and very
little altered. It is habitable, partly furnished,
and contains some excjuisite works of art.
HARLEMAN, KARL, FREIHERR
(BARON) VON; architect ; b. 1700 ; d. 1753.
A pupil of Tessin (see Tessin, Nicodemus,
I.) ; he continued the construction of the royal
palace at Stockholm, Sweden, begun by that
architect. He was royal architect and held va-
rious offices at the Swedish Court.
Fiissli, Allgeraeines Kunstler Lexikon.
HARNESS. The straps, bolts and other
contrivances by which a bell is suspended from
its stock. By extension, the entire apparatus
by which a bell is hung and tolled.
HARRISON, HENRY G. ; architect ; b.
1813; d. 189.5.
He designed several important buildings in
New York City, and became prominent in con-
nection with the architectural schemes projected
by Mr. A. T. Stewart for Garden City, Long
Island. Of the proposed buildings only the
cathedral, designed by Harrison, was carried out.
Obituary in American Architect, Vol. XLIX,
p. 07.
HARSDORT, CASPAR FREDERIK ;
architect; b. 1735; d. 17'J5.
Educated in France and Italy, and was chief
royal architect at Copeidiageii, Denmark, and
director of the Academy of Sciences in Stock-
holm, Sweden. He built the propyliEa of the
royal palaces in Copenhagen and other impor-
tant buildings.
Wcilsbach, Xtit Dansk Kunstner Lexicon.
HASENAtTER, KARL, FREIHERR
(BARON) VON ; anliitcct ; b. .July L'O, Is:i3 ;
.1. .Ian. 1, isyi.
He was educated at the Collegium Carolinum
in Braunschweig, Germany, and at the academy
of Vienna, and travelled in Italy, France, and
England. In 1854 he won first prize in archi-
tecture at the academy of Vienna. He won
also second prize in the competition for the new
306
HATHORIC
facade of the cathedral of Florence. In asso-
ciation with Semper he designed at Vienna the
Museums of Art and Natural History, built
between 1872 and 1884, and the new Imperial
Palace. He designed also the Hofburg theatre
at Vienna. He published Das K. K. Hof burg-
theater in Wien (1890, folio).
Farrow, i?«ceH< Development of Vienna ; Meyer,
Konversations- Lexikon ; Hasenauer, Hofburgthe-
ater in Wien.
HASP. A fastener for a door, lid, or the
like, usually in the form of a plate or bar of
metal hinged at one end, and with a slot or
opening to receive a staple. A padlock, or in
default of this a pin of wood or the like, being
passed through the staple, the door, etc., is
held fast.
HATCH (n.). A rough door; the original
signification being connected with the idea of
grating or crib work, but in general use having
equal application to that which is solid and
uniform in surface ; especially, —
A. A heavy door filling the lower part of a
doorway ; either completed by a second heavy
door above (see Dutch Door), or shut when the
larger or more permanent door is opened, as
when business of some kind is to be done across
and above this lower door acting as a barrier or
counter (see Buttery Hatch).
B. A door in a nearly horizontal position ;
in this sense like Trap, except that it conveys
the idea of a much larger opening to be filled
by the door in question. The hatches of ships
are not hinged, but are lifted off and put on
again so as to cover the Coaming, or in some
cases are made to slide ; but in architectural
practice a hatch is usually hinged, and is often
secured by a counterpoise, or is held in some
way to avoid falling heavily when allowed to
close.
C. By extension, the opening closed by a
hatch. In this respect, exactly resembling the
use of gate for gateway, door for doorway, and
the like. — II. S.
HATCH (v.). To cover or partly cover with
closely (liMwn lines. (See Hatching.)
HATCHING. Drawing by means of small
and numerous lines laid close together. In
freehand drawing, hatching may be used to
produce effects of rounding and to distinguish
shades from shadow.s, and the like. In archi-
tectural drawing, it is more commonly used to
distingiiish the cut or .sectional parts from those
shown in ordinary jjrojcction. (Compare
Ilaeliure.)
HATFIELD HOUSE. An ancient English
manor house in Hertfordshire, England, the
greater part built in the reign of James I. It
is inhabiteil by its owner, the Marquis of Salis-
bury, anil is full of architectural interest.
HATHORIC. Having to do with the Egyp-
tian goddcHs llathor. Used especially of
HATHPACE
capitals in the later architeeture of Egypt char-
acterized by masks of the goddess.
HATHFACE. Same as Estrade or Dais in
the sense of a raised platform. In this sense,
probably derived from corruptions of haut-pu^
and hauU-pace; by confusion with Halfpace,
whose origin moreover is doubtful, a landing or
platform on a staircase.
HAUNCH. That portion of indefinite ex-
tent whicli i.s included between tlie crown and
the abutments of an arch.
HAUSSMANN, GEORGES EUGENE,
baron ; administrator and pohticiau ; b. March
27, 1809 (at Paris); d. Jan. 11, 1891.
The family of Baron Haussmann came origi-
nally from Cologne, Germany. He was edu-
catetl at the College Henri IV., Paris, now
Lycee Condorcet. He sided with Louis Philippe
in the revolution of 1830, and May 22, 1831,
was ma<le secretaire g^nh-al of tlie prefec-
ture of Vienne, France. He was promoted to
various sous-pr{'fectures. Haussmann was a
supporter of Louis Napoleon wlio, as President
of the Republic, appointed him to the prefecture
of the Var, January, 1849. Haussmann as-
sisted Napoleon III. in the Coup d'£tat of
Nov. 7, 1852, and on Jan. 23, 1853, was ap-
pointed Prifet de la Seine. He held that
office for sixteen years and accomplished a com-
plete transfonnation of the city of Paris. He
remodelled the sanitary system of tlie city, de-
stroyed old quarters, annexed suburbs, laid out
boulevards and wide streets, created parks and
public gardens. Under his patronage, also, sev-
eral monumental works on the history, archa;-
ologj', and architecture of Paris were prepared
and published, such as Ilistoire giuh-ale de
Paris (see Berty, Adolphe), Paris dans *sa
splendeuT (3 vols, folio). Promenades de Paris
(2 vols, folio, 1867-1873), and other w.,rks.
He was removed from office at tl)' . oiimi. n .
ment of the ministry of Emilc iiii\,,i m .l.n
uary, 1870, and devoted the niii.iMHlcr "'i his
life to the jireparation of his Memoirs.
Haussmann, Mhaoires.
HAW-HAW FENCE. (See Ha-Ha Fence.)
HAWKSMOOR. NICHOLAS ; architect ;
}). \w>\ ■ d. 17;{(;.
At tlic iv^v of cit;litcen lie became the scholar
and domestic clerk of Sir Cliristopher Wren
(see Wren) and wjvs emi)loyed by hiin from
1682 to 1690 as deputy surveyor at Chelsea
Hospital, and after 1705 as deputy surveyor at
Greenwicii Hosj)ital, London. He Jissisted
Wren in the construction of S. Paul's catliedral
from June 21, 1675, until its comjjletion.
Hawksmoor was associated with Vanbrugh (sec
Vanbrugh) at Castle Howard, 1702 to 17U,
and at Blenheim Palace, 1710 to 1715. At
Oxford lie designed the library of Queen's Col-
lege, 1692, and the two towers of All Souls'
College, both of which buildings have been
367
HEADROOM
ascribed to Wren. Jan. 6, 1716, he was
aj)iiointtHl surveyor to the committee in charge
of the construction of churches in the city of
London, and designed several churches for
them, the best being those of S. Marj' Wool-
notb, 1716-1719, and S. George Bloomsbury,
1720-1730. He was made surveyor of Westmin-
ster Abbey at the death of Wren, and com-
pleted the towers. His excellence lay in his
attention to details and thorough knowledge of
construction.
Blomlield, Benaissance Architecture in Eng-
land; Hirch, London Churches; Wren, Paren-
tnlia ; Britlon and I'ugin, Public Duildimjs of
London.
HA7A, RODRIGO DEL; sculpU)r and
architect.
In 1575 Hay a made the statues of S. Andres
and of S. Matias in the cathetlral of Burgos,
Spain. In 1577, with his brother Martin, he
commenced the great rctable of that church.
Bermudez, Diccionario.
HEAD. A. In general, the top or upper
member of any structure ; the top or end —
especially the more prominent end — of a jiiece
or member.
B. A roofing tile of half the usual length,
but of the same width ; for forming the first
coui-se at the eaves.
HEADER. Any piece or member which is
laid in a direction transverse to a peries of other
similar members which abut against it. Spe-
cifically, —
A. In the framing of a floor or roof, the
piece which is framed into one or two trimmers,
and which in turn supports the tail pieces.
B. In brickwork, and more rarely in build-
ing with cut stone, a i)icce of material, as a
brick, having its length placed across the wall
and scrvinr: to a certain extent as a bond. (See
r,..n,l ; Ihirkwork; Stretcher.)
HEADING (n.). That which forms or
serves as ;i liead, or as a header, or a combina-
tion or .series of eitiicr.
HEADING COURSE. A course of heiul-
ers in a brick wall, or tlie like. In ordinary
brick building in the United States, four or five
courses of stretchers alternate with one heading
course ; in Great Britain, every alternate course
is usually a heading course.
HEADPOST. A jwst or stanchion at the
head of a stall ; i.e. the end at the manger.
(Compare Heelpost.)
HEADROOM. Tlie clear space allowed
above a flight of .steps or a flcwr, platform, or
the like, so that a jK-rsim passing will have
abundant room. The space should be sufficient
to remove all sense of atinoyance from the near-
ness of the floor or flight of stairs alx)ve.
Thus, where stairs are arrang«l, one flight
above another, 7 feet in the clear vertically
is the least space that should be allowed. Ajb
HEADSTONE
soon as a stair and its surroundings assume
some architectural character, the headroom must
be much greater than this, and its proper dis-
tribution is an important consideration in plan-
ning. By extension, the term is loosely applied
to any space allowed vertically for a given pur-
pose ; as when an attic room is said to have 4
feet headroom at the low side nearest the eaves.
HEADSTONE. (See Gravestone.)
HEADWAY. Same as Headroom.
HEALING. Roofing; the covering of a
building by any system ; local in parts of Great
Britain.
HEARSE. Originally a grating of any kind,
as a portcullis at the gate of a fortress, or a
fence around and perhaps above a tomb ; in
this latter sense either temporary and intended
for the display of burning candles, drapery
of rich stuffs, and the like on occasions of cere-
monies; or of iron as a permanent protection.
By extension in the sixteenth century and later,
a temporary stracture of wood, canvass, and
the like, set up as part of the display at a pub-
lic funeral, as of a prince. It was arranged
like a temporary triumphal arch in the streets
to receive banners, herahlic devices, and the
like. It is by an extension of this meaning
that its modern significance of a wheeled car
has come in. Also Herse. (Cut, cols. 379, 380.)
Altar Hearse. A framework built above
or around an altar, and intended on certain
occasions of ceremony to be covered with hang-
ings and to carry lighted candles. — R. S.
HEART BOND. (See under Bond.)
HEARTH. A piece of floor prepared to
receive a fire ; whether in the middle of a room,
as in primitive times, and in buildings of some
j)retensions — the smoke being allowed to escape
through openings in the roof; or, as in later
times, the floor of a fireplace in the modern
sense. The hearth of ancient times was some-
times raised above the floor, and then had often
a low rim around it ; and sometimes sunk be-
neath it, forming the bottom of a shallow pit.
In either case it might be fitted with certain
permanent holders for wood representing the
(logs or andirons of later times. Some cooking
hearths, as in Pompeii, are raised a foot or more
above the floor, and are built of masonry, with
an arched opening at one side in which fuel
might have been kept. The hearth, then, in-
c!\i(ies properly the entire floor from the back
lining of the fireplace to the outermost edge of
the incombustible material. In builders' usage,
however, it is very often customary not to
include in the term the rougher flooring, as of
hard brick, which is enclosed between the actual
cheeks of the recess made in the wall or chim-
ney breast. According to this custom, the
hearth, or, as it might be called, the outer
hearth, is usually a slab of slate, soapstone,
marble or other fairly resistant material, which
HBGIAS OP ATHENS
is placed outside of and beyond the fireplace
proper. The mantelpiece in modern usage gen-
erally rests upon it, as do the fender and the
front feet of the basket grate, or other fittings.
A flooring of tile sometimes replaces the slab of
stone. Whatever the material of the hearth, it
is usually supported upon a flat arch of brickwork
which often is built between the trimmers of the
floor below. (See Trimmer Arch, under Arch.)
HEARTING. Masonry forming the interior
or body of a wall, pier, or the like, as dis-
tinguished from the facework. (Compare Back-
ing; Fining.)
HEARTWOOD. The wood formed at the
interior or " heart " of a tree. It is quite free
from sap, — the more so as the tree becomes
older, — of finer and more compact and even
grain, and therefore harder. It is usually con-
sidered better for general use than the outer
portion of the trunk which contains the sap,
and is, hence, known as sapwood. The latter
has comparatively little strength and is more
liable to rapid decay.
HEATHER ROOFING. A variety of
thatch.
HEATING. (For heating of water, see
Boiler ; Plumbing ; Range : for heating of inte-
riors, see Warming.)
HEATING, ELECTRIC. (See Warming.)
HECATOMPEDON; -DOS. Something
measuring 100 feet ; a Greek term applied by
the ancients to the Temple of Pallas Athene at
Athens. Much discussion has been given to the
question which building was intended and where
the measurement was to be taken. The sound-
est opinion seems to be that it refers to the
actual cella or naos of the Parthenon, and that
the measurement of that building, outside the
walls, is 100 Attic feet.
HECATONSTYLON. A building having
one hundred columns. — (C. D.)
HECK. A. A hatch or trap.
B. A fastening for a door. — (A. P. S. ; C. D.)
HEEL. A. A moulding called cyma re-
ver.sa; a local builder's term.
B. That j)art of an upright post or of a
rafter in the sloping part of a roof which rests
upon the sill or plate.
HEELPOST. A. A post or stanchion at
the free end of the partition of a stall.
B. A post to receive the hinges of a gate ;
either a part of the gate, or the stationary sup-
port to which the gate is hung.
The term appears to have no certain mean-
ing, unless in tlie sense of definition A. (Com-
pare Head post.)
HEGIAS OF ATHENS ; sculptor.
Tli<> first mastrr of i'hidias (see Phidiius).
An inscription bearing liis name ha.s been found
on the Acropolis at Athens.
CoUinnon, Hi.iloire. de la Sculpture Grecquc ;
Overbeck, Schriftquellen.
370
HEIDELOFF
HEIDELOFF, KARL ALEXANDER
VON : :irtliit.it, paiiittT, iiiid eiij,'raver ; b. Feb.
li, IT.s.^ ; (i. Sept. 28, 186.").
Ill 182J he was appointc<l iirofessor at the
Pohjtevhnische Scliule in Nuniberg, Bavaria,
and custodian of tlie inoniunents of that city.
Hcideloff is Ijcst known by his books. Orna-
ment ik des Mittelalters. 18;i8 ; Bauhiitte de.i.
Mittelallers in Deut.sriiland, 1844 ; Kitnsl
des Millekdters in Srhindji-n, ISo.'j; and
other works.
Seubcrt, Kiiusll'r-li/-ir..ii.
HEINRICH SOYNERE or SUNERE.
(SeeSoy.icrc.)
HEINRICH VON GMUND. (See Garao-
dio.)
HEINRICH VON ULM; architect.
Two an liitiits of tliis name appear in the
history of the const riKtion of the cathedral of
Ulin, Germany. Heinrich, the elder, was
doubtless the earliest arcliitect of the church
(begun 1377). A second Heinrich appears in
1387. They probably belonged to the same
family as Ulrich and Mathias Eusingen (see
Mathiiis and Ulrich von Eusingen), who worked
on the cathedral in the fifteenth century.
1're.x.sel, Ulm vnd sein M'unster.
HELICAL LINE. The central or deter-
mining line of a helix or spiral, such as a
volute, corresponding to the axis or straight line
upon which an ordinary building or detail is
constructed.
HELICED. Decorated with helices, such
HELICOGRAPH. An instrument for draw-
ing a spiial (helix) ; consisting of a wheel car-
rying a pencil, and working on a shaft which is
cut into the thread of a screw. As the shaft
is turned about a pivot at one end, the wlicel
constantly apjjroaches (or rece<les from) the
pivot.
HELIEITTM. A building or enclosure dedi-
cated to the sun considered as a divinity. (Also
Heleion.)
HELM, -WILLEM VAN DER ; architect.
He was jirohably a \M\n\ of Pieter Po.st (see
Post, Pieter). He built the Waard Kerke in
Leyden, Holland, and several important gates in
that city.
Oalland. IJolldndi.irhe Bnukungt.
HEM. The slightly raised rim of a volute
of an Ionic capital, forming a border and follow-
ing the sjiiral of tlie cun'e.
HEMICirCLE. Same as Hemicycliuin.
That of the J-Jrolc den Beaux Arts at Paris, a
room of generally semicircular shape serving as
a hall for ceremonies, has tlie cur^■c(l wall deco-
rated by a <elcbrat«l mural painting, the work
of Paul Delaroche. In the new buihliugs of
the SarlKinne, Paris, the large lecture room has
the wall behind the siHyiker only slightly curved,
371
HENRI QUATRE ARCHITECTURE
couciively, but this also is ciilled hemicycle. It
is covered by a noble painting by Puvis de
Chavannes.
HEMICYCLIUM. In classical archa-ology
a more or less nearly semicircular structure in
the si'ii.'m; of an e.xedra of the simpler form ;
that is to sjiy, a long and curved bench or seat
of i)erinaneiit character.- By extension the t«rm
applies to a hall or jwrtico fitted with such
HEMIGLTPH. The haH" channel, which
forms a clianifcr on each verticiil etlge of a
tri-lypli.
HEMITRIGLYPH. In some modifications
of classiial anhiltctiire, a half or large portion
of a tri^'ly)ih ;it a puint where the frieze is sud-
denly cut arross, ;is at a rei-iitraiit angle.
HENHOUSE. Same as I'l.ultry House.
HENRI DE BRUXELLES : architect.
Henri cam.' originally from Flanders. In
1382 he won the coiniKtition for the choir
screen (jubd) of the cathedral of Troyes (Aube)
France. This work was begim April 22, 1385,
and finished in 1388. It was destroyed in
1793.
Assier, Les arts et les artistes dans Vancienne
capitate de lit Cliampaijuf.
HENRI DEUX ARCHITECTURE. In
French, tliat of Henry tla^ Se.oiid, the second
king of the eoin])leted Heiiai.s.sjince, who reigned
1547 to 1559. The style known as U Archi-
tecture Henri Deux is that of tile French Re-
naissance properly so called, and is of the greatest
purity. The classical Renaissance was not per-
fectly established in France until this reign, for
during the preceding reign, that of Francis I.,
nuich of tlie mediieval feeling remained in
existence.
HENRI QUATRE ARCHITECTURE.
In French, that of Henry the Fourth, the king
who.se title Wiis finally recognize<l by all parties
about 1598, and who die.l ICIO. The style
known as L' Architecture Henri QMa/re appears
complete at the close of the long anarchy of the
religious wars ; it is strongly differentiated from
the pure architecture of the French Renaissance
(see Henri Deux ; Renaissance). The style is
firm, spiriteil, rational, but devoid of especial
charm ; u style of severe utilitarianism, as far
as that was po.ssible in an age when the tradi-
tions of decorative art were still fresh. The best-
known buildings are those of Paris, as, especially,
the hoiwe fronts on the Place des Vosges and
the Place I)aii]>liine, but also large part* of the
Palace of Fontaiuebleau, such as the Galcrie des
Cerfs an.l the ( 'our du ( 'iieval Hlanc. The long
gallcrj- of the Louvre on the water front con-
necting the old Louvre with the ])alace of the
Tuileries was continued miiler Henri IV., but
the alterations extending even to complete re-
building have changeil the character of the
design ; moreover, the greater part of this work
372
A private house in Orltans (Loirul), called llic far to modify tlieir dt'sisiis to confor
honHi! of Diane de I'oitiers and known to liave wliiie tiio details are all of cxiiuisilf <
been built about IMO. The building is now used are well shown in this design. The In
for a inus(aini of lo(!al anticjuities. The conditions two i)rojcctinK corners willi very dilTrn
of the early French Henaissance — the artists columns is very curious,
'loniiiiul of the classical orders and uricorUiu how
HENRY DE ESTRIA
w;us carried mit during the next reign, that of
Louis XIII.
HENRY DE ESTRIA (HENRY OP
EASTRY) ; ecclesiastic and architect; d.
i.-j.n.
Henry was elected prior of the cathedral of
Cantcrburj', England, in 1285. According to
the Obituary of Canterbury (Autjlia Sacra,
Vol. I., p. 141) "he decorated tlie choir of the
chiirch with mo.st beautiful stonework delicately
carved." This work is mentioned more specifi-
cally in his Register. Tiiese notices refer un-
doubtedly t.) tlie tine cneli.sure of tiie choir, much
Hekbi Qi
of which remains. The north doorway is still
perfect.
Willis. Catiterliury Cathedral; Wharton, An-
HEPTASTYLAR; -STYLE (adj.). A.
Having .seven columns ; said of a portico.
B. Having a portico of seven columns at one
or at each end ; said of a building such as a
temple. (See Columnar Architecture.)
HERiBXJM (Greek 'Hpaioi/ : Heraion). A
temple or sacred cndostirc dedicated to the god-
dcs-s Hera or Here. That at Olympia in tiic
Morea, (Jreece, i.s most celebrated.
HERALDRY. The art and science of the
herald ; tiie oidy branch of which at all con-
375
HERMODOROS
nected with architecture is the determination
and marshalling of arms. (See Achievement;
Arms : Escutcheon.)
HERCOS. Ill (Jreek, a fence or enclo.sing
wall.
UtRt DE CORNY, EMMANUEL;
architect; b. Uct. 12, 1705; d. Keb. 2, 1703.
Supposetl to have received his training from
Germain Bofirand (see Boflrand, G.), and was
made architect in ordinary to Stanislas I., King
of Poland, and Duke of Lorraine. At Lun^ville
(Meurthe-et-Moselle), France, then a city belong-
ing to the duke, he built the towers and the
tribune of tiie organs of the church of S.
Remy, the Hotel des Carmes, and many other
imjiortant buildings. At Nancy (Meurthe-
( : M -. ■ I, France, then the capital of Duke
, lie built the church of Bon Secours,
t of the Minimes, and the imjior-
I : 11 Ti.itis of the Place Royale (now
nimcnced in 1751, which
II le Ville, the episcopal pal-
.1.. II '•! AilL.t, the theatre, the College
I ; vale de .Medecine, the Hotel Jacquet, and
the Arc de Triomphe. Her^ de Corny pub-
lished Reciieil des plans et ^l^vaiions des
'■'i/mux, jardins, et d^q^endances que le
■' de Poloyne occupe en Lorraine, Paris,
7"i.'{, folio; Plans et Elevations des bdti-
II Is de la place Royale de Xancy, etc.;
.'■■neil des fondations et itablissements
'sjjar le roi de Pologne, Limdvillc, 1762.
Lepage. Archives de Xancy ; Du Seigneur in
Ill's Knojrlopldie.
HERLEWIN ; abbot of Glastonbury ; d.
He destroyed the old church at Glaston-
buiv, Eii^dand, and laid the foundations of
the new and much larger building.
l)ni:dale, MonaMiron, Vol. I., p. 4.
HERMES. In Greek arclucolog}', a figure
haviiii.' the head, or head and bust, of a god
^ lestiiii; upon a plain, blocklike shaft. It is
s\ipj)osed that the use of these figures is of
\« ly remote anti<iuity. By extension, and
es]ieeially at Athens, any four-cornered pillar
finished at top with an indication, however
slight, of a luunan head ; such figures were con-
sidered ius inviolable on account of tlieir use
in marking boundaries of landed property
(called also Term ; Terminal Figure ; see also
Gaine).
HERMITAGE, THE. A palace of the
Czars of Russia ; built by Catherine II., and con-
nected with the Winter Palace, at Saint Peters-
burg. It is celebrated for it« great picture
gallerj', library, and collection of Greek Viuses,
arnis/and other works of art.
HERMODOROS; arehitwt.
Hermodoros of Salamis built the temidc of
Mars in the region of the Circus Flaminius in
Rome. This temple was probably founded by
376
PLATE XVI
A Imililing of private
to rent, built in tlu- relKii of Henry IV., anil forming
a jMirt of the intereHtinf; Place des Vost'es. The
front niven in tlie plate forms the end of llie narrow
Hue Biraguu which enters the open I'lace through
IIKNHI (il-ATUK AKClHTKCrrKK
ership with aparlmenUs the archway in the middle of the facade.
front on Ihe I'lace is
similar. This work, in nd
s iharact^'ristic of the e|iod
and Rtvle of the Kucce
edins reii;n (Lonw 'Ireize),
whieh reuins many of i
ts features.
HERMOGBNES
Brutus Galloecus in the year 139 B.C., and con-
tained a statue by Scopas (see Scopas).
Brunn, Geschichte der griecMschen Kunstler.
HERMOGENES; architect.
An architect of Asia Minor who is mentioned
frequently by Vitruvius without any indication
of the precise time in which he lived. His
temple of Diana at Magnesia is mentioned by
Vitruvius as an example of a pseudodipteral
temjtle, a style of buikling which he is supposed
to have invented. He wrote descriptions of
this building and of the temple of Bacchus at
Teos.
Vitruvius, Marini ed.
HERNANDEZ, GER6nIMO ; sculptor and
architect; b. about 1586 ; d. 1646.
He was born at Seville, Spain, and was a
pupil of Pedro Delgado. He made a statue of
S. Geronimo in the cathedral of Seville and
numerous retables of the Spanish churches.
Bermudez, Diccionario.
HERNANDEZ (FERNANDEZ), GRE-
GORIO; sculptor and architect; b. 1566; d.
1621'.
Hernandez made the great retable of the
cathedral of Plasencia, Spain. An extended list
of his works in sculpture is given by Bermudez
(op. cit.).
Bermudez, Diccionario.
HEROON. (See Heroum.)
HEROUM Greek {i^pwov ; Hcroon). A build-
ing or sacred enclosure dedicated to a hero, that
is to say, to a person more than an ordinary
man, whether considered as a demigod or not.
Hence, by extension, a tomb or cenotaph, as
when dedicated to a personage of great dignity.
In this latter sense, used both in Latin of the
classical period and in the Greek of tlie Byzan-
tine emj)ire.
HERRERA, FRANCISCO (EL MOXO) ;
painter and architect; b. 1622 (at Seville, Spain);
d. 1685.
A son of Francisco Herrera the elder, painter
and engraver. He studied in Piome. At the
death of his father in 1656 he niinind to
Seville, Spain, and after paint iult si \,i,iI pic
tures for the cathedral of tlmt rit\, u.nt tu
Madrid. In 1681 he was made sui.civisiug
architect of the Alcazar, Pardo, Campo, and
Huen Retiro at Madrid.
Stirliiig-Maxwcll. Aiuinh of the Artists of
Spain; IV-nmid.^z, lJirri„ii„ri„'.
HERRERA, JUAN DE; arcliitect ; b.
about 15;i0.
The favourite architect of Philip II. of Sj-ain.
He studied philosophy at Valladolid, Spain, and
vi«it<;d BruH.sels and later Italy. After tlic dcatli
of Juan de Toledo (see Tol.ulo, Juan de) whose
u.ssociate he was, he HU(u:eeded him as architect
of the Escorial. He designed the church of
HIEROGLYPH
the Escorial, the cathedral of Valladolid, and the
bridge of Segovia. In 1597 he published illus-
trations of the Escorial engraved by Pedro Perret.
Stirling- Maxwell, Annalsof the Artists of Spain.
HERRINGBONE (adj.). Diagonal in ar-
rangement ; set diagonally ; said of many small
members closely succeeding one another, and
usually set at forty-five degrees with the general
direction of the row, and at right angles with
the members of the adjoining
rows. Thus, in a waU buQt ^;S^^^\\\\\\^
of thin stratified stones, such /////%
as slate of certain qualities, \\\VO00c^
the stones in successive rows y////////////,
may be laid alternately slop-
ing upward from left to right ^vI^^t^^.^
and from right to left. In
an ornamental floor short lengths of plank are
often laid in this way.
HERRINGBONE BOND. (See under
Bond.)
HERSE. Same as Hearse. (Cut, cols. 379,
380.)
HEXAPARTITE. Same as Sexapartite, as
applied to vaulting.
HEXASTYLAR; HEXASTYLE (adj.).
A. Havmg six columns ; said of a ])ortico.
H. Having a portico of six culumns at one
or at each end ; said of a building such as a
temple. The majority of the larger Grecian
Doric temples are hexastyle. (See Columnar
Architecture.)
HEXAPROSTYLE. Having a portico of
six (•(iluiiiiis ill fruiit ; that is, hexastyle at one
end ami •witlniut coluuins along the sides.
HEXASTYLOS. A hexastyle building
(Vitruvius).
HIERACOSPHINX. An Egyptian sphinx
of the kind which conibines the head of a hawk
with a lion's body.
HIEROGLYPH. A figure usually or fre-
(lucutly r<>i)rcsentative of some object, as an ani-
mal, a wc-ipoii, a utensil, or the like; or else a
sini])lf /.ii;/,.iu', ciiilc, parallelogram, oval, or simi-
lar ciinxriitidiiiil nprcscntation of a well-known
olijcit td.i loinplcx to be readily represented;
stiuiiliiiix t'lT a sound as a syllable, and in this
way tniiiiing part of an inscription. The term
si;,'iiiliis "sacred cutting," and originated in the
belief that tiic Egyptian figure writing, to which
was lirst ajijilicil tlu; name hieroglyphic, was
exclusively nligidus in character. Such writ-
ing dilicrs fmni Ciiiiirse syllabic writing in that
each figure rc|in'srnts sninctliiiiLr, and is net a
merely conventinnal mark ; and in (ircdiativc
and ornamental wmk it KMiuircs t.. lie enclosed
in a decided frame in order to avoid a scattered
and dislocated look. It is jjrobably much easier
to make a statelier and ett'ective design of a se-
ries of Chinese charatrters or of Arabic letters
than to use hieroglyphs successfully in the same
way; but the Egyptian use of the last-named
378
■v\
/
ir
\
/
OTXCTj
HKHSH: OVKK A TOMH AT M( )N ASTKliY tiK NONNHKRC. NKAU SAl./IirHC. ATSTRIA.
HIEROGLYPHIC
method of writing shows how much can be clone
in this latter way by an artistic people. (Com-
pare Cartouche.) — R. S.
HIEROGLYPHIC. A. Expressed in hier-
oglyphs, as a sentence or passage.
B. Consisting of hieroglyphs, as an inscrip-
tion of an Egyptian obelisk or pylon, or a Mexi-
can or South American temple.
HIBHON. In classical, especially Greek,
archaeology, a holy place of any kind, espcciully
a temenos ; that is to say, tlie f-acrcd i'iiclo>ui-c
of a temple or shrine. The hieiou of Asklt]iiMS
at Epidauros, that of Zeus at Olymjjia, tli;it of
ApoUo at Delphi, and that of Hera at ArgDs
were celebrated in antiquity for the crowd (if
interesting buildings, moimments, statues, and
other works of art which they contained, and
each of these has been more or less thoroughly
explored by modem archaeologists.
HILDEBERT; monk and aivliitect : d. IOl'.",.
In 1020 Hildebert, the se.-.uid aM.-t of tlmt
name, began for Richard II., l>iikr <<\' .\mi-
mandy, the Romanesque church of iloiit-S:dut-
Michel (Manche), of which the transepts and
four bays of the nave still remain. He was
chiefly occupied with the enormous substructure
of the building. Instead of cutting away the
crest of the rock, he constructed an immense
lilateau even with the crest, a part of the mass
being occupied by crypts and subterranean
chapels.
Corroyer, Description du Mont- Saint-Michel.
HILL FORT. A rude defensive post occu-
pying the summit of a hill or a strong position
among hills, as, in antiquity, those which grew
to be the citadels of important towns ; and, as
in India, the works of native tribes. Especially,
an earthwork of North American Indians en-
circling the summit of a bluff or hill. Fort
Ancient, in Warren County, Ohio, is a good
example. — F. S. D.
HINDPOST. Same as Heelpost, as in the
partitions between stalls in a stable.
HINDU ARCHITECTURE. That of the
styles of building in hidia which prevails tlie
most widely througliout thi; ])ciiiiisula, and
shows the least influence of foi( i;:ii coikiih lois.
In this sense it might be consi.lncd to iii<liidc
tiie Hu<ldhist and Jaina as well as tlie later
ones, hut not the Mohammedan architecture of
wliicli th(! great centre is at Agra. According
to a more strict definition, the term would ex-
clude the Buddhist and Jaina buildings as well
as the Mohammedan buildings, and would in-
clude only that architecture which has taken
shape since the almost complete expulsion from
India of till' iiuddhist ri'ligioii in all its forms.
It seems evident that no arcuiate use of the
term exists ;is ap|.lieii to uniiiteeture. (See
Iiuddhist; Dravidian ; India, Architecture «>f;
Jaina.) — R.S.
HINGE
HINGE. A connection used to attach and
support a member or stmcture so that it may
be movalile as about a pivot; as a door, sash,
table leaf, or the like.
The movable member
may be hung by means
of the hinge to a fixed
support as a frame or
jamb, or to another mov-
able piece.
In its common form,
a hinge consists of two
flaps or leaves of metal,
each of which has one
edge bent about a ])in,
wholly or in part ; such
a portion, or both to-
gether, forming the
knuckle. The pin thus
forms a pivot about
which one flap is free to
turn when the other is
permanently secured.
The simplest form of
hinge may be formed
by a hook permanently fixed, as the stationary
member, and a ring secured to the movable
member. — F. B. H.
Blind Door Hinge. A hinge designed espe-
cially for a blind door ; usually one of a pair of
double-acting hinges on the principle of the
" hook and eye " hinge. The special feature of
the device is in the lower hinge, of which the
pin projects from an inclined lug upon which
the shank of the eye travels ; the inclined plane
causing the door to remain at right angles to
the jamb when undis-
turbed, or to return
to such a position by
gravity when opened
and released.
Butt Hinge. Any
form of hinge in
which the leaves are
applied to the edge
or hutt of the frame
that Nvhrll el.
leaves lold I,;
on each otliei
distinguished from
liinges intended to be
applied to the faces
of the jambs and "'nok. sw.ss ^V'sKvl'il
other members ; as tbknth Ckntuky.
flap hinges, strap
hinges. Many forms of hinges may be used in
cither way, and the placing of such a hinge
might be described Jis set a.s a flap, or aa a butt.
HINGE
CroBS-gamet Hinge. A strap having the
form of till" letter T: tlie erosspieire forming the
stationary memln-r, tlie long stem being the
movatile Hap. The latter hiis sometimes also a
crosspieee eorresiK)n(ling to the stationary tlap.
Double-acting ; — Action Hinge. A hinge
so arranged that the diKir or other valve to
which it is attached may swing on both sides of
the jambs. Such a hinge is usually m the form
of a butt hinge fitted with springs by which
the valve is automatically closetl and held in the
plane of the o])eiiing.
Dovetail Hinge. A strap hinge witli lx)th
leaves Haring from the pin in the form of a
Dovetail.
Fast Joint Hinge. One in which the pin is
permanently retained in place by the flaps ; so
distinguished from loo.se i)in and loose joint
hinges. Usually a Butt Hinge. (See Heave-
off Hinge.)
Flap Hinge. The ordinary form of hinge,
usually with both leaves applied on the surface.
(See Butt Hinge.)
Floor Hinge. A double-acting hinge secured
to the floor or sill and forming a vertical pivot
on which a door may turn, the head of the door
having a single jiivot to correspond.
G-aruet Hinge. (Same as Cross-garnet or
Crosstail.)
Gate Hinge. A form of flap hinge in which
the knuckle is sup])orted by a lug projecting
from the surface of either flaj), often with a con-
trivance similar to a rising hinge so that the gate
or sliutter will remain fixed when swiuig out.
Gravity Hinge. A hinge designed to close
a door or the like automatically by the action
of tlie force of gravity. Commonly a Rising
Hinge. (See also Blind Door Hinge.)
Heave-off ; Lift-off ; Loose Joint Hinge.
One in which one half of the knuckle forms a
part of each flap, the upper one being removable
from the pin, so that tlie shutter or door can be
readily removed. Usually a Butt Hinge.
H Hinge. (See Parliament Hinge.)
Hook and Band Hinge. A modification of
the Hnok and Eye hinge witli the shank of the
eye formed into a straj), for securing to the face
of tlie door or other valve.
Hook and Eye Hinge. A primitive form
of hinge consisting of an eye worked ujwn the
end of a spike and resting upon a hook or jiin
worked on tiie end of a similar sjiike ; tlie spikes
Ijeing (lriv(>n res])eetively into door and frame.
Lift-off Hinge. (See" Heave-ott" Hinge.)
Loose Joint Hinge. (St« Heave-oH' Hinge.)
Loose Pin Hinge. (Usually, Loose Pin
P.utt.) One in wliich the pin is not secured to
either flap, so tliat it is readily withdrawn, so
that the door, etc., can be easily unhung.
Parliament Hinge. A form of strap hinge
with leaves enlarged so that when the hinge is
oi>cn it has the general form of the letter II.
HINGE
Pew Hinge. A small butt hinge of iron or
brass witli a rising joint, projecting from one to
two inches from the lace of the door ; as its
name imjilies, it is for light doors. The hinge
lifts the door slightly as it is opened so as to
dear obstructions on the floor, and enables it
when wide oi)en to fold back against the wall
over all projections so as to lie in a plane par-
allel with the plane of the opening.
Pivot Hinge. A double-acting spring hinge
swinging on ])ivots let into lugs on the jamb plate.
Reenforced Hinge. A patent strap hinge
with two thicknesses of metal surrounding pia
and extending on leaves.
Rising Hinge. A form of gravity hinge so
construeteil that when the door to which it is
attached is oj)ened the door is lifted somewhat
from the floor so as to pass over a rug, carjwt,
or other obstruction, and will also have a ten-
dency to close itself The use of thresholds or
saddles in doorways makes this device less es-
sential. Hinges for blinds are sometimes so
constructed in the United States that they rise
only in process of oj)ening or shutting and fall
back into normal place not only when they are
fully closed but fully open. This device is in-
tended to take the jjlace of ordinary fastenings
used to prevent the blind from Ix'ing blowni by
the wind when opened back against the outside
wall. Usually a Butt Hinge. A common form
has the joints of the knuckle oblique so that,
when turned, the moving flap riscs'on th3 other.
Screen Hinge. A form of a Butt Hinge so
arranged tiiat tlic leaves of a screen may fold ou
either side of each other.
Setback Hinge. A hinge which, in open-
ing the door, blind, .shutter, or casement to
which it is attached, lifts it slightly and drops
it again when fully oi)ened so as to prevent it
from swinging in the wind.
Shutter Hinge. (See Gate Hinge.)
Single Action Hinge. Similar to Double
Action, but allowing the door to swing one way
only.
Skew Hinge. One having the joints of the
knuckle oliljinie as described under Rising Hinge.
Spring Hinge. A hinge fitte<l with some
form of spring, generally a coiled spiral of steel,
to cause it to shut automatically.
Strap Hinge. A simple and ]>rimitive form
of hinge, with two long leaves, one made fiust to
the frame and the other to tlie <l.Kir. The leaves
are often oiiiameiitally treated by foliation or
incised patterns ; and such hinges of wrought
iron received much con.sideration during the
Middle Ages and formc<l important parts of the
decoration of doors.
T Hinge. A modification of the Strap
Hinge, with one long leaf ami one narrow one,
the hitter In-ing made fiist to frames too narrow
to receive a long leaf, and set periieiidicular t<i
the h)ng leaf (Sec Garnet Hinge.)
384
HINGING POST
Turnover Hinge. A hinge of any sort so
made or so set that the door, or casement, which
it carries can be swung back flat against the
face of the wall, or piece of furniture. Almost
always a Butt Hinge.
Water Joint Hinge. A hinge so contrived
that its action will not be, to any extent, im-
paired by the action of rust. Usually a simple
hinge for gates, cellar doors, and the like, hav-
ing its two parts joined by interconnecting
loops or eyes. — F. B. H.
HINGINGr POST. A post or similar up-
right member, to which a door or the like is
hung by its hinges. (See also Hanging Stile,
under Stile.)
HIP. A sloping salient angle in a roof,
where the slope of the roof changes direction,
HIPPODROME
the other by a hip ; or the bevel which must be
given to the end of a rafter, so that it will con-
form to the oblique construction at a hip.
HIP KNOB. A vertically projecting pin-
nacle, ending in a finial, ball, or similar feature,
and situated at the end of the ridgepole in a
hipped roof. The hip rafters meet at that
point, and sometimes in their framing require
a central vertical piece, of which the hip knob
is the natural decorative termination. The hip
knob is, however, more commonly a mere orna-
ment of the form called for at that place, and
sometimes forms part of the metal or pottery
covering of tlie end of the ridge.
HIPPODAMUS ; sophist and engineer (arcA^
tektonos).
Hippodamus was pmlialily fmin :\Iiletus in
Hip: Roof with Four Hips, Nkukirche, Switzerland, 1734.
and one plane cuts or intersects another. Thus,
in a double pitch roof, where there are no ga-
bles, and where the ridge is shorter than either
of the wall plates which nm parallel to it, tlie
roof falls back at a slope above the end walls,
(w
lid ..
n,l at
Asia Mmor. Accordmg to Ai-istotle (Politics,
VII., 10, 4), he was the iu^t to pay attention
to the proper arraniri mm m ..t ,iii, ■, lb hid
out the Pira;us (the pi 1 1 i \ h i i unli \\i.l(
streets radiating fiom iIh i ■( ,1 \ i i iid
iiips, Mc ilip Uoof, Hipped Uoni; un.lcr Uuiif.
(P'or roofs in which the liip is not cai-ried al
the way from the ridge to the plate, but i
shorter, so that a truncated gable results, sc
Jerkin Head.)
HIP BEVEL. The angle between the tw
BJopes of a roof which are separated one froi
i< ^, such
I inch.
..[ |„> 1 hlM m
it) llalicai na.-9»us,
I! II '. li I ' ihr (inechiDchfn Kiinstlfi:
HIPPODROME A In Grecian arclKi--
ln-\, .1 pi II ( pio\ idcd for hor.sc racing, chariot
adng, .tiid the like It is probable that none
HIP ROLL
was ever as large aud elaborate as even a Roman
third-class circus, and the majority of them were
probably very simple and temporary in their
construction, natural hillsides being used as far
as possible to provide sloping arrangement of
seats.
B. In modem times, a kinil of circus, dis-
tinguished by a long and narrow arena replac-
ing the ordinary Ring. There have been but
few hippodromes in this sense, and those which
have existed, as in Paris, and, for a few years,
in New York, have been di.stingulshed by more
serious contests, better riding, and a closer
imitation of chussical entertainments than tlie
uiodern rircus can ofiVr. — K. S.
HIP ROLL. Same as Hi]! Moulding.
HIRSVOGEL (HIRSCHVOGEL), AU-
GTJSTIN ; gla-ss painter, enameller, jjotter,
engraver, etc.; b. 150:5; d. 1569.
A son and pupil of the elder Veit Hirsvogel
(see Hirsvogel, Veit), and one of the most versa-
tile of the German artists of the sixteenth cen-
tury. He painted eleven windows in the chapel
of S. Rochus in Nuremberg, Bavaria, from de-
signs by Albert Diirer (see Diirer). He invented
improvements in the processes of glass making,
and wa."? a skilled oiiaineller, draftsman, engraver,
musician, [iitt.r, stdiiccutter, and mathemati-
cian. He ilr>ii:iic.l numerous fine earthenware
stoves, (if wliirli till re are examples in the Mu-
seum at Nuremberg. His stoves were widely
imitated.
HIRSVOGEL, VEIT, the elder; glass
painter; b. UGl ; d. 1525.
In 1495 he was ap])ointed Stndtglaser at
Nuremberg. He made four important windows
in the S. Sebaldus Kirche in that town. His
son Veit, the younger, was also ghiss painter.
(See Hii-svo-cl. Au.-ustin.)
Seuli.Tl, ICn„sibr-l<xU;,n.
HISPANO MORESQUE. Having the char-
acteristics of the MohaniuK'ihuis in Spain and
of their work. Tiie building and tlie oma-
mentai arts of tlie Spanish Moors were much
in advance of their fellows who remained in
Africa. (See Moorish Arclii lecture. )
HISTORICAL MONUMENT. A building
so important from its architectural chanicter or
historical associations as to be registered, cared
for, and partly controlled by the state or muni-
cipality — especially in France, one of those put
under the direction of the Commission des
MoH u m eiits Ilistoriques.
The soil of France is covered with monuments
that tell tlie history of the arcliitecture of tliat
country. Tlic Dolmens and the Menhirs mark
the prehistoric period ; then follow the trium-
phal arches, temples, iujueducts, ampiiitheatrea,
reminders of the Roman epoch ; then, after the
Roman periotl of transition, comes the French
HISTORICAL MONUMENT
architecture, properly so called, springing into
existence spontaneously in the different prov-
inces, and producing masterpieces everywhere;
finally, we find the delicate architecture of the
Renaissance, and the styles of Louis XIV.,
Louis XV., and LouLs XVI. At the present
time we have to add to all tliis wealth of art
the monument-s, megalithic, Roman and Arabian,
of Algeria and Tunisia.
Unfortunately, for more than two centuries,
indifference, ignorance, and even scorn for the
edifices of the Middle Ages, still more than tlie
action of the weather and revolutionary troubles,
have destroyed or allowed to perish a number of
valuable monuments.
It has been given to our century to under-
stand tliat to preserve these edifices was to
make the past live again to the profit of the
present and of the future.
As early as 1790 and 1792 a commission was
organized, and expenses were authorized for the
purpose of prescribing the monuments of the past.
But it was not until 1830 that the National
Legislature associated itself with a movement
which took place at that time, and votc<l, for
the first time, a credit of 80,000 francs, subject
to the direction of the then existing Direction
des Beaux Arts.
The grant of a regular credit led to the nomi-
nation of an inspector general, Ludovic Vitet,
who should occupy himself with looking up those
edifices having need of immediate care.
He filled this office during two years. His suc-
cessor. Prosper M^rim^e, inspired tlie architects
with a new ardour, and very soon the National
Legislature, understanding the importance of the
office that had been created, raised to 120,000
francs, and then in 1837 to 200,000, the amount
of the sums allowed for the preservation of his-
toric monuments. It then became necessary to
have the employment of this sum directed by a
commission. This was the first Commission of
Historical ^Monuments. It Wiisconipose<lof eight
i;i i;,l . :~. AI. ~~i, urs Vatout, Lepprevost, Vitet,
1' M u. Taylor, Cari.stic, Duban, and
I M r, of wliom the first-named was
I'l' i : t .t;-i the last-named secretary and
inspector general.
In 1839 the sum was raised to 400,000 francs.
The commi.ssiou was i-eorganized. The Mini.ster
of Fine Arts became its president, Vitet aud
Mi^rira^e were elected \-ice-presidents, and five
new members were ajipointed. Tiie commission
occupied it.sclf at once with collecting all the
documents necessary for aiijircci.iting tlic arclii-
tcctural worth of tlie monuiiionts of eadi dejiart-
ment, regarding tiiem from an artistic an<l
historical point of view. It was very soon
rc^ady to make the first classification, and to
appropriate judiciously the resources they lia<l
at their disposal. The object it had in view,
above all others, was to aid in the restoration
HISTORICAL MONUMENT
of the edifices which remain as the types of an
architecture, and which mark the gi'eatness and
the decadence of an epoch. It applied itself
also to the undertaking of complete i-estorations,
and put aside for that purj)ose considerable
sums of money in order to obtain satisfactory
results.
At the present time the classification of the
historic monuments is made according to the
following regulations : —
France :
1. Megalithic monuments.
2. Antique monuments.
3. Monuments of tlie Middle Ages, the Re-
naissance, and of modern times.
Algeria :
1. Megalithic monuments.
2. Antique monuments.
3. Arabic monuments.
The number of monuments classified in the list
amounts to more than 2000. Unfortunately,
this classification does not place the edifices
under shelter from mutilations, and even from
demolitions. The present state of the legisla-
.tion does not give to the commission any means
of exacting respect for its decisions ; and while
Italy, Greece, Spain, Denmark, Sweden, and
Norway have been able to take the precautions
necessary for preserving their artistic wealth
from all attack, the law in France has as yet
done nothing to protect against the relentless
hand of man monuments which have stood firm
against the action of Time.
Still, it can be said that in spite of the diffi-
culties and obstacles met with by the commis-
sion on its way, it has been able to preserve for
France some specimens of architecture of every
epoch from the earliest historic times down to
the present century. It has been able to dis-
cover the processes of the ancient builders,
determine the methods employed by them, and
define the principles according to which must
be executed every restoration worthy of that
name.
Tlie credit allotted to the commission that we
have seen to be in 18.'M), 400,000 francs, was
carried to 600,000 from 1842 to 1847 inclu-
sive; rai.sed in 1848 to 800,000 francs; in
1855 to 870,000 francs; then in 1859 to
1,100,000 francs, a sum which has not been
augmenttnl since that time.
It is proper to snv th;it the credit of 1 , 1 00,000
francs isoiilva Vnu>\\\,v A hi. Tin- .• -unmrr
of the local .■Milnini.-tl;,linn. is IIMlrr,! nlln, ,lr
)>.lil
II loi
by the commission, and nearly all the parislies
possessing historical monuments contribute un-
hesitatingly to their restoration. It is thus
tliat the government, with a credit of 1,100,000
francs, is able to have executed each year work
amounting to about 3,000,000 francs.
380
HITTITE ARCHITECTURE
In 1848, 1852, 1860, 1871, the commission
was subjected to various alterations. At pres-
ent it is composed of forty members chosen
from among the high functionaries of the fine
arts, and directors of museums, architects, paint-
ers, and archaeologists. It is aided in its work
by forty architects, who charge themselves with
seeing that all things are properly done, and
who are elected after having passed a special
examination. Among them may be mentioned
P. Boeswilwald, De Baudot, Daumet, Formige,
Gout, Lisch, Simil, Suisse. Among those who
are no longer living may be recalled the ven-
erated names of E. Boeswilwald, Labrouste,
Laisne, Lassus, E. Millet, Questcl,Viollet-le-Dac.
Outside of the interest that is attached to
monuments that have been saved from ruin,
these restorations form, as a residt, skilful and
intelligent workmen. The work is, indeed, very
varied, and requires a thorough acquaintance
with the divers systems of stmcture, and the
ignoring of all routine. Every day new prob-
lems are declaring themselves, and every day
the task of the master and of the workman
varies.
The architect, also, obliged to put himself in
close relation with the workmen whom he
directs, and to instruct each one, must act with
absolute precision and leave nothing to chance.
The work of restoration of any of the classi-
fied monuments is only authorized by the gov-
ernment after an examination by the Commission
of Historical Monuments, of the e.stimates, plans,
and drawings showing the state in which the
edifices are found to be, and the reparations
they require. In the archives of the commission
is a collection of the drawings of these works,
executed by the best architects of this century,
and they form to-day a collection of the highest
interest, which includes faithful souvenirs of the
edifices which it has not been possible to save.
Not wishing these precious documents to
remain unknown and almost inacTcssihle, the
commission has niHlcifalsni tlic pulilii-atidii of
its most reiiiarkal.jr iliawm-s. It has liccu
directed in its rhoicc by thr impartiality that
has always guided it, and it has sought to col-
lect in tills work every style and every school.
The first series, composed of 4 volumes in
folio, including 4.-5 mo,io;r,,,,l,s, and 237
plates, is roliiplctcd. Til.' s.rninl is (1899) in
course of piihliratioti. A i i;\. Svmuku.
HITTITE ARCHITECTURE. That of a
conlclclary -I' 1 lilies r, ,|l-l It lltlllg, with Egypt
aihl r.ali\ Iniiia, the tliinl irrcat power of the
aii.'inif \M,il,| l.dorr ,■. 1 1)00 li.c. Their monu-
ments are found tiiroughout Asia Minor and
Syria, where they were politically supreme, and
these in the style commonly called Pelasgic or
Cyclopean by the Greeks. As tlie CJreeks
termed Pelasgians the early Asiastie colonists
who brought civilization to the islands and to
300
HITTORFF
Greece proper, aiitl lus tlu-.se emigrants came
from Hittite lands, it would seem as if the
Pelasgians were Hittites. This explanation is
confirmed by recent discoveries. From its
broader use, however, the term Pelasgic seems
preferable, to include both Eiistern and Western
branches of the style. Hence Hittite archi-
tecture is treated un<ler the heading Pi'liu*gic.
— A. L. ¥., Jr.
HITTORFF, JACQUES IGNACE; archi-
tect; b. Aug. 20, 1793; d. xMarch 25, 1867.
Hittorff was born at Cologne and naturalized
as a French citizen. He was a pupil of Charles
Percier (see Percier). Between 1«19 and 1823
he visited England, Gennany, Italy, and Sicily.
After 1825 he built with Lep&re the church of
S. Vincent do Paul, Paris. About 1831 he was
architect >4' the I'^nisian prisons. In 1833, as
the result nf a ( ipiniictition, he was made archi-
tect of tlic Place lie la Concorde, the Chaiiips
filysdes, and the Place de I'Etoile. In the Place
de la Concorde he built the pedestal of the
obelisk, placed the statues of the cities of France,
and completed the decoration, lamps, fountains,
etc. From 1844 to 1866 Hittorff Wiis architect
of the Column of the Place Vendome, Paris.
The Neo Grec movement received much help
from him ; and the church of S. Vincent de
Paul is often spoken of as a montiinent of the
style; (but see Neo Grec). In 1864 he was
made general inspector of the Conseil des bdti-
ments civils. He won a first-class medal at
the exposition of 1855. In association with
Zanth (see Zanth) Hittorff published Archi-
tecture Moderne de la Sicile (one vol. folio,
Pans, 1835), and Architecture Antique de la
Sicile, recueil des monuments de Segeste et
de S&linonte (text one vol. 4to, plates one vol.
folio, Paris, 1870). He publisiied alone Resti-
tution du, Temple d'Empedocle d. Selinonte;
ou I' Architecture polychrome chez les Orecs
(text 4to, atlas folio, Paris, 1851).
Normand, Notire hislorique de Hittorff in
Monileur dot ArrUiUcli-s (18(>7) ; Sotire Xecrolo-
gique in llevuede r Architecture, Vol. XXV., 1807.
HOARD ; -ING A wall or close fence
made of planks ; usually rough and temporary,
as in cities, to enclose ground not built upon.
The term seems not to be common in the United
States. The use during the Middle Ages of
temporary wooden galleries and parapets at tlie
top of fortress walls has involved the reintroduc-
tion of this term as a kind of translation of the
French hourde, whicli is thought by some to lie
originally an English word altered by French
writers.
HOARE, MICHAEL. (See Halfpenny,
William.)
HOB. A. Tiie horizontal upper surface of
the masonry filling on either side of a grate in
a fireplace. The term, as well as the thing
itself, is English and of the eighteenth century.
301
HOIST
Old fireplaces arranged for burning wood were
readily adapte»l for the use of coid by building
in a dwarf wall nf masonry, in the middle of
which wiis .set a grate with space left below for
the acces^^ of air. Tiie two small spaces on the-
top of the dwarf wall were convenient for setting
things that had to be kept warm, and e;ich of
these was a holi. According to the N. E. D.
the term signifies the whole piece of masonrj'.
B. In recent English usage, " tlie iron plated
sides of a small grate on which tilings may be
set to warm."
HOBAN, JAMES ; architect.
He was a native of Ireland and settled in
Charleston, South Carolina, before the Revolu-
tion. Jidy, 1792, he came to Washington and
was employed on the public buildings there for
more than a quarter of a century. His plan
for the President's mansion (the present White
House) was acce])ted, and this building was
built by him. He rebuilt it after its destruction
by the British in 1814. He superintended the
constniction of the old Capitol from the designs
of Dr. Thornton (see Thornton).
Howard, Architects of the American Capitol.
HOD. A Ijox for carrjnng building materials,
es|)ecially mortar ; usually sliaped like a trough
and with a pole secured to the bottom. The
trough or box Ijeing set upon the labourer's
siioulder, the pole serves to steady and balance
the load. Hods are now usually ^raised to the
scaffolding by machinery of some kind. (Com-
pare Hod Elevator.)
HOD ELEVATOR. A contrivance for rais-
ing a large number of loaded hods at one time.
One of the forms is an endless chain resembling
somewhat a tte.vible iron ladder ; this serves for
the workmen to use in ascending, or, when set
in motion, for carrying up the hods. (See
Hoist ; Lift.)
HOD^iNOSOTE. (See Long House.)
HOF. In (nrnian, originally a court in the
sense of an open yard, and hence, exactly as in
English, a court in the sense of an establishment
kept up by a sovereign or great noble. In
common use as a prefix, connected with the
court or government. Thus, Ilofkirche, a
church connected in one of several waj-s with
the palace, but not usually the palace chn|)el.
Jloflheuter, a theatre maintained wholly or iu
part by the goveniment, and considered as Ixjing
under the special patronage of the prince.
HOGAN (ho-gawn). In the Navajo and
Ai)achc languages, a hou.se. (Written also
hogun, for the latter.) — F. S. D.
HOG-BACKED. Cambered ; a])plied espe-
cially to the ridge of a roof, which, if not some-
what so raised in the mi<hlle, is apt to look as
if it sagged, and is also apt to sag in reidity in
the course of a few years.
HOIST. An appliance for raising passengers
or materials to a height, as to a scaffold or
392
HOISTING MACHINERY
within a building to an upper floor. In its
simplest form it is merely a tackle operated by
a horse or by hand. In its more elaborate
forms, as when operated by steam, it is not to
be distinguished from an elevator, except, pos-
sibly, as being rougher or as having simpler
machinery or lower speed. The two terms are
often used as synonymous.
HOISTING MACHINERY. (See Crane ;
Derrick; Elevator; Gin; Hod Elevator; Hoist.)
HOISTWAY. The vertical passage or
channel through which a hoist of any kind as-
cends. Thus, in buildings, it is commonly pro-
vided that the hoistway, or the clear space
carried through the floors from top to bottom,
shall be enclosed with solid partition or with
gratings to ])revent accidents. (See Elevator
Shaft, under Shaft.)
HOLDFAST. An implement for securing
anything in place, or which when secured itself
to a solid structure makes easy the fixing of other
more movable parts to it. Many different forms
of hook, bolt, spike, etc., have received this
name at different times. The A. P. S. Diction-
ary describes one as common in Great Britain
which is a wrought-iron spike with a shoulder
intended to secure a shelf, bracket, or the like.
HOLL, ELIAS; architect; b. Feb. 28,
1573 (at Augsburg); d. 1636.
In 1600-1601 he visited Venice, where he
learned the elements of Renaissance arcliitecture.
In 1602 he was appointed city architect of
Augsburg, Germany. The city derived its
principal architectural characti-ristics fmni the
buildings erected durini,' the next twenty years
largely from his designs. His chief work is the
Eathluaifi, hciSHu An-. 2.",, 1615.
Leybold, I>'/s L'.i/hhuus tin- Stadt Augsburg;
Meyer, SoU,sti,;n.iru,.lnr ,1,,. KUns IIoll ; Rudolph
Kcmpf, AU-Ainisl,nrij.
HOLLAND, ARCHITECTURE OF. (See
Nctheriaiids, Arrhiteetureof.)
HOLLAND, HENRY ; architect ; b. about
1716; d. 1806.
He designed Claremont House, Surrey, Eng-
land, for Lord Clive, and directed the construc-
tion of Battcrsea Bridge, London, etc. His chief
work was the reconstruction of Carlton House,
Pall Mall, London. This palace was begun in
1788, an<l destroyed in 1827. In 1791 he de-
signed Drury Lane Theatre, London, for R. B.
Sh(;ridan.
Stfjilicn, Dirtiovnry of Nntional Biography;
Kiilianlsiin, 'I'hr \i-w Vitruvius BrUannicua ;
Wilkinson, LoihUihi fllustrata.
HOLLAND HOUSE. A private residence
in Kensington, London, built originally in 1607,
and, it is thought, from the designs of Jtiim
Thorpe. It belonged to the first Earl of Hol-
land, a partisan of (Jharles I., wlio was beheaded
ill 1649. It has had a singular history, but in
spite of alteration, retains much of its original
HONEYCOMB WORK
character, and has splendid and imaltered
gardens.
HOLLAR, -WENCESLAS ; engraver ; b.
1607 (at Prague in Bohemia); d. March 28,
1677.
The famous engraver Hollar was brought to
England by the Earl of Aiiindel in 1637. His
engravings of cathedrals and other important
buildings are especially fine, and his views of
cities are of extreme value.
Redgrave, Dictionary; Walpole, Anecdotes;
Parthey, Wenzel Hollar, Berlin, 18.35.
HOLT, THOMAS; architect; d. Sept. 9,
1624.
He was a native of York, England, and a
carpenter. He is supposed to have come to
Oxford about 1600, when Sir Thomas Bodley
was beginning his New Schools. Holt is credited
with the design of these buildings, especially the
great tower, tiie faeade of which is decorated
with the five orders supeiiniiioscd.
Blomfield, J!<-i)<ii^s>i„rr Architecture in Eng-
land; Wood, Antiquities of the University of Ox-
ford.
HOLYROOD PALACE. In Edinburgh;
the ancient residence of the kings of Scotland.
In great part rebuilt in the reign of Charles II.,
but containing a few of the ancient rooms.
HOLY WATER BASIN. (See Be^nitier ;
Pila ; Stoup.)
HOLZSCHUHER, EUCHARIUS KARL ;
architect.
Ill 1 6 1 6-1 6 1 9 he built the fa9ade of the liath-
haus in Nuremberg, Germany. This building
had been begim in 1340, and enlarged by Hans
Beheim in 1521-1522.
Wolff-Mayer, Nurnherg's Gedenkbuch ; Festing,
Gang durch Nurnherg.
HOMESTEAD. In Great Britain, and
generally in literature, the whole group of
buildings forming a residence, especially a coun-
try residence, as a farm or small manor house,
together with the land they occupy ; a general
term for the buildings and land forming the
home of a family. In the United States, and
also in Canada, a piece of land considered ade-
quate for the support of a family settling upon
it, and as such, limited to 160 acres by several
acts of Congress, especially the " Homestead
Act," passed in 1862. Sucli pieces of land
(one-quarter of a square mile) might be taken
up free of cost by actual settlers, and by laws
of the United States ami of eeilain states were
exempt from seizure in jinieess (■! delit.
HONDURAS, ARCHITECTURE OF.
(Sec Central .Aineri.M, .Arehitectuiv of.)
HONEYCOMB WORK. Primarily, any
kind of <iecoiative work forming a ])attrrn with
a reti(nilated mesh resembling or suggestive of a
honeycomb. Particularly a system of decoration
widely usetl iu the Moslem styles of architecture
au4
HONEYSUCKLE ORNAMENT
upon peudentives, corbelled-out masonry, and
niche hea<ls, and consisting of an intricate com-
bination of minute brackets, inverted pjTamids,
and tiny squiuches successively projecting row
over row ; the aggregation of niches and hollows,
of geometric forms, producing the suggestion of
a broken honeycomb. This work, wiiich is more
commonly called Stalactite Work, is sometimes
WTOught in stone, but more often in ]jlaster ; and
in interiors is richly painted and gilded. It is
a conspicuous element in the architecture of
Cairo, North Africa, and of the S])anish Moors ;
slightly less so of the Persian and Turkish archi-
tecture, and is hardly at all found in that of
Moslem India. (See Moslem Architecture ; also
special articles on the Moslem styles named
above.) — A. D. F. H.
HONEYSUCKLE ORNAMENT. Orna-
ment of iintlieniions of the form common in
Gnrk .lec.rativ.' s.-uliituiv.
HONNECOURT. VILLARD DE. (See
VilhmMr II. .1111. urt.)
HOO, ■WILLIAM DE ; pri.if.
Ciiosen prior of the cathedral of Rochester,
England, in 1239, and built or causetl to be
built tlie choir of his church.
Wharton, Anylia Sacra, Vol. I., p. 393.
HOOD. A rooflike canopy over an opening,
esi>e(ially over a fireplace. In particidar : —
A. In medi;eval and later architecture, a
structure of masonry or of i)laster work held by
a frame of wood or tlie like, which is entirely
secured and protected by the plaster, and pro-
jecting from a wall above a hearth. The flue
for the smoke pa-sses upward from the top of the
hoo<l, :ni.l is ^rninally cuncoalcd in the wall.
ch.M.l, . ,.:,.•.-,-.. II,,,; tl. h'.pl,.-?.
Hood ovkk Fii;
SUPPORTED
from the wall, or on light columns, one or more
on either side.
B. In mwlern usage, a light pyramidal or
conical <'overing as of iron susjiended over the
305
furnace of a laboratory or the like, or even a
cooking range, either hung free from the ceiling
or supported on light uprights or set agiiinst the
wall, as the furnace, etc., stands free or has one
side engaged. The use of such a hood is mainly
for ventilation ; sometimes very importjint to
prevent disagreeable or noxious smells
from pen'ading the building. A flue
and special provision for the circulation
of air in the flue are therefore necessarj-.
(Cuts, vuh. :V.):,, .'lOG. .'597, 398.)— R.S.
HOOD MOULDING. (See Driyt-
stone.)
HOOK. A meml>er, usually of
metal, of which a j)art is bent at an
angle or to a cun'e so that, when secured
in jilace, the free portion can, by means
of the l)end, serve for suspension, at-
tachment, or security. In its simpler
form it may l)e merely a Ix-nt wire which
can l>c screwed or driven into a wall.
Chimney Hook. A large hook, generally
of wrought iron, secured to the masonrj' inside
of a fireplace or chimney, for susi)cnding uten-
sils or provisions over the flame or in the smoke.
HOOK AND BUTT
(Compare Craue, which may be considered as
a more elaborate form.)
HOOK AND BUTT. A form of Scarf
Joint (wliieh sec, under Scarf).
HOOKE, ROBERT ; physicist, astronomer,
and architect; b. July 18, 1635; d. Maidi 3,
1703.
This celebrated philosopher and physicist was
a cotemporary and rival of Sir Christopher Wren
(see Wren). Sept. 19, 1G67, he exhibited a
model for rebuilding the city of London after
the Great Fire of 1G66, which was not adopted,
but secured for him the appnintmcnt of dtj
surveyor. He designed, in Londnii, Ilftlili lu m
Hospital, Montague House, bun ltd in Hl^h th,
College of Physicians, and, in 1G91, AldLiunu
Aske's hospital in Iloxtcu).
Stephen, Dictionani of Xational Biography.
HOPPER. In builiiiiig, anything ha\ ing the
shape of a hopper of a mill ; i.e. a funnel-shaped
or reversed hollow conical or pyramidal object
of any sort, or something approximating to that
shape. Thus, in simple appliances for ventda-
tion, a hopper casement is a piece of sash having
a slope outward and upward, allowing air to enter
at the top ; and the term is still applied when
su( h a piece of sish is hinged at tlu bottcnn md
allowed to swing outward it pkiMUt It hi-.
side pieces, so that when opened the air passes
at tlie top only. By extension, but erroneously,
the term is applied to sloping objects whose
smallest part is at the top, as a ventilating
Hood.
HOPPER CASEMENT. (See under
Ib.p.ier.)
HOPPER HEAD. A hopper - shaped
iitcli-basin at the head of a water leader.
HORIZON LINE. ( Sr.' Horizontal Line.)
HORIZONTAL CORNICE. Same as
( risnn ■ a t.Tin use.l to (listiii,i,niish it from
fthc
e.lin
f tliat
HORIZONTAL LINE. In
h-awing, a line aeross tl„" pi.t,
ing the horizontal plane NNliirl, ,,
the eye of the speitainr ; the
I lane on the pietniv plane. Calleii also
liorizon line.
HORIZONTAL PLANE. lu Projec-
tion one of the ])laiies to which the vertical
whi,
the
HORLEMAN, BARON CHARLES; aivlii-
teet ; b. Aug. 24, 17UU (at Stocidiolm, Sweden);
d. Feb. 9, 1753.
From 1728 to 1753 he superintended the
istraction of tlic royal palace in Stockliolin,
and designed many public buildings in the
Italian style.
Arrh. Pub. Soc. Dictionary.
HORN. A. Something projecting, usually
of small size, and tapering more or less toward
HORN CENTRE
a point. One of tin- luur angle-s of a Coriiitliian
abacus is in this sense a honi ; and the term
may be applied to one of tlie strong-stemmed
projections terminating in leaf form which were
characteristic of thirteenth century Gothic sculp-
ture. (French crochet.)
B. A volute like that of an Ionic capital, for
wliich the more extende<l term ram's horn would
seem to be more appropriate.
C. One of the corners of the Mensa of an
altar.
HORN CENTRIj. a small disk, originally
of traii.sparciit lioni, with three minute pointed
legs, to he ])lac-i'(l on a drawing at the centre of
a required circle i>r arc, to protect the paper
from injuPi- by tlic ])()int of tlie compa.s.se.s.
HOROLOG-rUM. A building intended to
contain, or support, a timepiece; whether this
be a sundial, a water clock as in the 8o-calle<l
Temple of the Winds at Athens, or a clock
with works and a dial.
HORSR A. A beam or scantling sup-
I)orted horizontidly by a pair of legs at each
end, the tops of each pair uniting with the
horizontal piece, and their feet spreading so as
to form a broad stable base.
B. A handbarrow with four legs, usually
about two feet high, so that the handles come
easily within the workman's reach.
C. A i>ortable j)latform supported on two
brackets and arranged so as to be hooked to the
sill of a window, and to provide standing room
outside the wall for carpenters, glaziers, and
the like. Several movable devices receive this
name, but have hardly a close connection with
building. (See Builders' Jack, umier Jack.)
I). Same a.s Horse Block.
HORSE (v. t.). To cut (a piece of lumber)
into a ])eculiar sliape. In this sense, limited to
one or two special memlx?rs of a building;
thus, a hor.scd string of a flight of stairs is one
which has been sawed alternately horizontally
and vertically so that the upper edge shows a
series of riglit-angletl projections to which may
be secured the treads and risers whicli are to
form the steps. The string of a stjiir so treated
is said to be horsed or liorsed-out, as distin-
guislied from jjloiiglicd or jilougliod-out ; and the
same terms arc used for tlie i-omiilcted stairs.
HORSE BLOCK. A solid block, as of
stone, or a platform, set near a door or else-
where for jjersons wisliing to mount on liorse-
back or enter a veliide. At some doorways of
modern houses such a platform is constmcted
in the width of tiie flight of steps leading to
the level of tiie doorsill, corresponding in lieight
to three or four steps, and projecting past them
outward to uliout the line of the lowest riser.
This ni.iy lie .inaii'.'i'd where vehiclcj? as well as
horses ciM lie ili.iwn up clo.se beside it.
HORSEGUARDS. In London ; the build-
ing of the army administration of (Jrcat Britain.
HOSPITAL
It stands between Whiteiiall and St. James's
Park, and was built by William Kent anil John
Vardy alwut 1742 in what Wiis considereil the
Palladian manner, though it is not a columnar
building nor decorateil with pilasters.
HORSE-OUT (v.). Same as Horse (v.).
HORSESHOE. (Used attributively.) Hav-
ing the form and somewhat resembling a horse-
shoe, as a horseshoe arch ; or suggesting the
idea of that form ; this being very oflen remote
enough from the actual curved shai>e. Thus,
the great double staircase in one of the courts
of the Palace of Fontainebleau has always l)een
called the Horseshoe Staircase, and a similar
name is given to a perron in the new Louvre,
although in neither case is the actual plan very
suggestive of a horseshoe.
HORTON, THOMAS DE; abbot ; d. 1377.
He eoninieii.vd ImiMini: the cloister of the
cathedral of Cloiuvster, Enghiiul, in 1.S51. He
built also the nortii transept of the cathednd.
Winkles, Gloucester Cathedral ; IJritton, Cathe-
dral Antiquities, Vol. V.
HOSPICE. In French, a resort for trav-
ellers; usually one maintained by monks or ctm-
nected with a religious or charitable fraternity.
It is the Latin term /(0,*;>(7/i/wi modified (see
the passage concerning the derivation of these
terms at the beginning of the article Hospital ;
see also Hospitalium). The word in French
means also a kind of almshouse, but in this
signification has not been atlopte<J in English.
HOSPITAL. (From the Latin honjyes (gen.
liOHpitis), which, like earlier fonns of the word
in other languages, meant both host and guest ;
hence the word honpitalis, a guest ; hos])italia
and hospitium were used for the place in which
a guest was received as an inn or lodging house.
Through the French Jiostel, and ho.-<pital, which
later became lidlel and liopitaJ, the like words
with distinctive meanings came into the English
language.)
A building for the care of the sick, or for
surgical operations and the subsequent care of
those who have undergone them.
In the gradual development of the ideas
which have fountl expression in provision for
the care of the sick, since the beginning of the
Christian era, the forms of construction of
hospitals in more nKxiern times have bwn
largely inttuencetl by their a-sswiation with
religious interests. The monastic institutions
took on the character of i)laces of entertain-
ment and refuge for Imth the well and the sick ;
thus the earlier hosjiitals that were constmcted
solely for the sick maintainetl a distinctive
architecttu-nl chnmcter, and were large and
8troni;l\ riiili. m; 1 -ing open courts. A few
ancient . 1 main, in European coun-
tries, i . ih owe their i)rcservation
to the ;iii. !. '..ii.; monumental cliaractcr of
their anliit<eturc; and the monastic influence
HOSPITAL
is still seen in some of even the most recent
examples in wiiich architectural effects are given
undue prominence. The mediaeval idea appears
to have been to collect in large halls as many
patients as possible ; this rendered supervision
easy, while it conformed with the desire of
philanthropic founders and builders to produce
imposing exterior effects. The great hospital
at Milan for 3,500 patients is an existing
example; and the old Hotel Dieu of Paris con-
sisted of an extraordinary aggregation of wards
added to wards in a many-storied building.
The old S. Thoma-s Hospital of London, of
later date, was of like character.
The crowding of the sick and wounded
together in large buildings, with wards inade-
quately ventilated and lighted, was the cause
of a terrible mortality; the medical profession,
more than a century ago, appreciated this, and
strongly condemned and protested against such
hospital construction. This had little effect in
Europe, but with the experience of the War of
the Revolution this country was saved from
such extreme errors ; ami even then the mili-
tarj' surgeons declared the sii|.(iiiirity of huts
and barracks. Before tlu' iiiidillc of the present
century John Howard in England proposed
small wards with large opposite windows, and
that water-closets should be outside the wards ;
and surgeons refused to operate in unhealthy
hospitals. In Paris the Lariboisifere was the
first example of a pavilion hospital of any im-
portance; it was completed in 1854, avowedly
upon the principles promulgated by the Academy
of Sciences in 1778. But later the new HGtel
Dieu, completed in 1876, although a very costly
pavilion hospital, is one of the worst examples
in modern times of many-storied buildings ;
there was great opposition to it by the medical
profession of Paris.
It was the experience of the civilized world
in the third quarter of this century that has
largely caused the remarkable change in the
methods of caring for the sick and wounded.
In the Crimean War the mortality in the badly
drained and ventilated and overcrowded hospi-
tals at Scutari rose to .427 of the cases treated,
while in the rough wooden huts above Balaclava
ii was under 3 per cent. The lesson of the war
w;us that not only is a pmijcr nllnwaiu-c nf ciiliic
Kpac« necessary, but tlnic must !.«■ live inu\c
ment of air. Dr. i\r ( •li.uiUH.nt wmtr, " hur
many disea-ses, especially the .•iciitc, tlir iiinvst
hovels with plenty of air are better than the
most costly hospitals without it." Florence
Nightingale said, "It may seem a strange
principle to enunciate, as the first requirement
of a hospital, that it shall do the sick no harm."
The American Civil War, followed by the
Franco-Prussian War, emphasized the expe-
riences which seemed to establish the principle
that all constructions for the care of acute
401
HOSPITAL
medical and surgical diseases should be tem-
porary, and so cheaply built as to make it
practicable to destroy them and build anew
every twelve or fifteen years. A number of
examples of this idea in hospital construc-
tion were built prior to 1875, particularly in
America, France, and Germany. The substan-
tial, permanent hospitals were then regarded
with regret for their cost, and as only to be
tolerated; and as requiring great care to correct
their evils. It was believed that the high rates
of mortality in such hospitals were due to de-
fects of construction ; and that, as the well are
made sick by "crowd-poisoning," so the sick
placed under like influences are all the more
surely hurried to their death. These evil con-
ditions were characterized as due to " hospital-
ism" and "hospital influence," and certain
"hospital diseases" were recognized. It was
proved by these experiences that the safety of
the sick and wounded from the infectious influ-
ences of hospitalism could be prevented by
separating them more from each other, giving
them ample air-space and a sufficient supply of
pure air in one-story buildings, and by main-
taining cleanliness.
The architectural requirements of a hospital,
under the influences just described, had thus
become reduced to very simple terms for their
practical adaptation to the essential purpose.
Tlie student of the subject, in order to under-
stand the reasons for the great apparent change
of opinion in these matters, during the last
twenty-five years, in the minds of those who are
best informed, needs only to recognize the in-
fluence of the remarkable progress in medicine.
As the "germ theory" of disease beeiime estab-
lished it explained more iireri>ely what the real
hospital requirements aic, ami then it was
revealed how to meet tiiein. Tlie prinei])lo of
cleanliness was found td re(|uiie iidt (uily the
exclusion of morbific germs tium winnnls, but it
meant also purity of Imspital atm(.s|j|iere. It,
from the li.Mlies of the sjrk r,,ul,l 1 ,e ,leMro\e,|
by antiseptics, and that ase|,tie methnds heing
employed in surgical operations and in tlie
dressings of wounds, no poisonous influences
were permitted to exist in the hospital, or were
not generated tliere. It became evident that
extreme simph.ity in the i;,iiiis nf the liuildings,
re.iuired, l)ut tliat almost any hospital can be
kept free from infectious influences.
The problem of construction then assumed a
more definite form. It wfis found that hosijital
buildings of a durable and comfortable (character
were not only permissible, but better in all
respects, than the tein])orary structures which
had certain inevitable defects. While the one-
story pavilions are still the best for the infec-
tious diseases and surgical cases in their acute
402
HOSPITAL
forms, the majority nf tlic iiimatos of a large
hospital may he ])roi)i'rly jjlacwl in two-story
buil(liii<,'8, and exfei)tioiially in a thinl story,
provided that the arrangements for insuring the
air supply and ventilation are ade(iuatc and
effective, and that the buildings themselves are
sutficiently separated from each otiier, and of
moderate size. These forms of constnution all
require carefid regard for simplicity of the in-
terior finisli, to render wall surface-s as non-ab-
sorbent iis is practical)le, to make it easy to
keep them clcjin, and to prevent the lodgment
of dust. The perfection of modern plumbing
jjermits also the more convenient arrangement
of lavatories and watcr-doscts, witliout resort to
extreme meiusures for isoiatin;,' thi-ni from the
wards. The principles of construction here
imi)lied are now generally jiecepted with
modifications and adaptations to the various
requirements of large and small hospitiils, ac-
cording to their general or special character,
and the circumstances of their location. The
soundness of the.se principles is manifest in the
continued evolution of inijjroved forms as the
s])ccial itMiuircments become licttcr understood
in ditferent ca.ses. Those primiplcs that should
govern the building of hospitals dcmaiul first
that they should serve the best interests of tlie
sick. Even under the best conditions conflicting
indications are involved, as between the advan-
tage of the isolation of each sick person from all
others, and, on the other hand, a proper economy
in the humane care of many who need it — a
consideration which demands that they shall
1k> airgrccratc.l in considcrahlc nund)crs. In
tiie pnibleni of hosiiital constnictiDn certain
I)rinciples have come to be accepted as a.vioms
which slioidd keep within the limits of suit-
ability even a proper desire for the pleasing
architectural effects that greatly contribute, in
their jdace, to the salutary milinn.cs of the
hospital. The general pinhiiil.- Iiaving been
stated, the purport >■! iIh>. a\i..iiis may be
given in a 8i)ecification ol the ici|uirements of
good hospital constnu-tion. Taking a general
hospital of average size :us a ty])e of all, the fol-
lowing subjects are to be considered.
1. Location and site, — water supply and
drainage. 2. Foundations and materials.
3. Constniction of wards and their service
rooms. 4. Construction of administration,
operating, and service buildings. 5. Size of
hospital and arrangement of buildings. 6. Heat-
ing, ventilating, and lighting. 7. Furniture
and fittings.
1. Location and site, — water xiipphj and
drainage. The questions arising here are
hygienic and economic ; the first relate to the
aspecit with reference to exposure, to sunlight,
and tiie prevailing winds as to their Iwing fa-
vourable fir the contrary, and to the conformation
of the ground favouring good drainage. The
HOSPITAL
site should be somewhat elevattnl, with a dry,
gnivelly, or sandy soil. If there is an under-
lying and uneven stratum of clay it should be
carefully drained ; and unhealthy surroundings
should be avoided. The ground area should
average not less than 300 scjuare feet per bed
in a city, and some authorities prescribe two or
three times that amount when it can be had.
Economic considerations are involvc<l with refer-
ence to an urban or suburbiui site, — e<ise of
access for patients and physicians, and cost of
land. In a city, a whole square is desirable,
that there may be sufficient space to allow a
distance between the hosjjital and the highest
surroimding buildings of at least twice their
height. The indications iis to a good water
sup])ly and proper sewerage are obvious.
2. Foiindaiionn and materials. In laying
foundations they should be damp proof, with
special care to intercept the flow of grounil
water, in order that the Ijasement spaces may
be kept dry ; and the construction shoidd per-
mit them to Ije well ventilate<l. The basement
story should Iw 6 to 8 feet high, and the
first floor shoidd be 5 feet, if jiossible, above
grade ; if too high it invites the danger of Wing
useil for storage, whicli is inadmissil)le under
the wards. Hospitals intended U) he permanent
are best for most localities and climates when
built of durable materials, — brick or stone, or
both together, — thus requiring little rei)airing,
and comfortiible in all seasons.' Hollow walls
jdastercd directly upon tiieir inner surface avoid
spaces that harbour dirt and vermin, and mitigate
the effects of extremes of temiierature. For
fireproof construction very satisfactory result-s
are gained by using thin vitreous tiles, in con-
nection with brick walls, to form the shall-iw
arched supj)orts of ceilings, floors, stairways,
etc., in the old Roman fiushion, to the exclusion
of all wood framing. The use of terra cotta
lumlier for partitions is well knowni, and for
thin walls, giiining economy of space, expanded
metal lathing ujion iron supports hiis been em-
ployed.
The fact that there is perflation of a large
quantity of air through the walls of a luHise
suggests that they may become saturated witii
organic matter filtered from the air. Great
stress has been laid upon the need of rendering
inner surfaces impermeable; l>ut there ajipeai-s
as yet nothing mort' serviceable, luider the more
onlinary circumstances, than well-painted jilii.^
tered walls which can he washed with soap and
water ; there is le.ss objection Ui this with the
u.se of modem aseptic methods in the care of
the sick. When there is reason for it, as in
wards for infectious disea.ses, oi>erating rooms,
toilet rooms, and the like, the whole, or lower
half, of the walls may he lined with Keene's
cement to bo iiainted ; or use may Iw mtule of
slate, uiartile, i)lain or hannnered ghiss, and
HOSPITAL
enamelled brick or tiles. Forms of these may-
be had for bases, chair rails, and to construct
hollow curves for comers between walls or
where they join the floors and ceilings. For
the latter, metal plates are coming into use.
There should be a minimum of woodwork.
Floors of hard pine are generally satisfactory,
in temperate climates, in wards and rooms for
the sick ; such floors can be kept clean easiest
in most places by the use of wax and paraflin
dressings. In tlie attempts to provide an im-
I)er\'ious flooring, asphalt and granolithic cement
have been used in operating theatres and acces-
sory rooms, and in such places as out-patient
departments, lavatories, etc. ; but after some use
such floors have required painting. The later
use of terazzo flooring and that made of cubes
of marble laid close together with still less of a
cement surface, have been more satisfactory.
Wlien there is a long stretch of these surfaces,
the inevitable cracking has been prevented by
division lines .sometimes marking them ott" in
panels, or in a corridur bv rios.s stii|if.s nf ;i dif-
ferent cuLnnvd iiiail.lr." In ull llnms where
they join the walls, thr mat. rial of ,„„. ,„■ tlie
otlier should be worked to ]\,nn a lioUow curve.
3. Constructiun i,/ n-iinls ,n,<l Ihdr sercke
rooms. The unit of euiistiuctinii i, the hospital
ward. Its size may \aiy for small or large
hospitals and for difleiviit rlasx s of patients,
twenty to thirty-two beds !» iii;,^ w jthin the limits
of safety and suitable tor eonNcuieiiee and econ-
omy of service. WartLs (jf four to ten beds, or
single rooms, are necessary for special cases or
in small hospitals. Wards for patients with
acute infectious diseases, or serious surgical cases,
are best placed in a separate pavilion of one story.
Exceptionally, pavilions may be two-storied ;
and in a large hospital, a few proper cases may
be selected for a third story.
Long wards with opposite rows of windows
and Ijeds were formerly considered best ; but
wards that are square, octai^onal, or round in
form are found to be exeeliint, u'eiierally having
a chimney, vent shift, and fiiv|iiaees in the
centre of the ward. The widtli of oblong wards
siiould be from 24 to 30 feet. Wiien tlie heads
of two opposite beds are placed 18 inches from
the walls, a clear space of 12 feet is left in the
centre of a ward 28 feet wide. A linear wall
space of 1\ feet gives a floor area of 105 feet per
l)cd ; and a ward for twenty-four beds would be
00 feet long ; a hci',dit of 1 •_• fr. I I feet at the
centre of a sji-litiv anhed e.ilin- is aniplr, and
the^
have a window to cacli l)C(i, l)ut ordinarily it is
allowable to place two IkmIs between each pair
of windows. These should iiave an area equal
to 2.") or 30 H(iuare feet for eacli bed, with sills
2 to 2J feet from the floor; and double win-
dows are advisable in cold climatca.
405
HOSPITAL
One or two small rooms for separation of
patients from others should be attached to every
large ward. The servii-e rooms proper are a
dimng or serving room with food lift : a scullery
or duty room; a small day room with adjoining
toilet room for head uur.se ; rooms for linen and
patients' clothing; and a broom clo.set. The
lavatoiy and bathroom may open directly upon
the con-idor ; and the former may be arranged
as a lobby to the water-closets ; all these rooms
should be well lighted. Sun rooms are often
placed on the southern exposure of wards, hav-
ing broad windows, or, if practicable, glass roofs
and panelled removable sides. A broad con-
necting corridor between buildings is sometimes
thus utilized.
4. Construction of administration, operat-
ing, and service buildings. The administrative
part of a hospital contains the business offices,
rooms for residence of otiicers and sei vant.-, store-
rooms, and rooms for nurses, wheiv tin re is no
special house for them. This buildmu may fol-
low ordinary forms as to interior construction,
except that simplicity should prevail. The
service buildings, which are wholly or in part
detached in large hospitals, include the kitchen,
laundry, boiler house, etc. ; convenience and
economy of service should be studied here,
with strict regard for the requirements of light,
air, and cleanliness. In small hospitals, the
kitchen may be within the administration house,
provided it has an ample ventilating chimney,
to the eSiciency of which a smoke flue from an
adjoining boiler or furnace room may contribute.
The operating theatre, with a few accessory
waiting and etherizing and apparatus rooms,
constituting a separate building, though con-
veniently connected with others by a covered
way, has been a common arrangement ; an out-
patient department is sometimes included, or the
latter is also separate in a large hospital. A
more recent practice is to associate with a
smaller operating' theatre a inimber of rooms
for special suri^ieal work, with the re<|uiivd
waiting rooms ami those f.n stei ili/ini;- and
storage of dressings, instruments, etc. Tlie
elaborate use of metal, porcelain, marble, and
glass in all these rooms has been indicated.
The aseptic character of such construction has
seemed to justify th.' addition of a mimber of
rooms in the ,-,ame building for the after treat-
ment of ..|» |ati\e eases.
A |.atho|o-ieallal...ratorvsli,,uldlH'an adjunct
ofe^er^ mo.lern hospital of any in.portanee ; a
ino|,erb eonstituted buihling n,ay contain also
uary. These ajjartments may have connections
with the main buildings of the iiospital. Every
hospital should have a completely detaciicd disin-
fecting house, equipped with apparatus for
subjecting infected clothing to the heat of steam
under prebsure.
406
HOSPITAL
5. Size of hosjiital and arrangement of
buildings. It is the rule tliat every hospital
must be enlargetl as its benefits arc appreciated
and as the population whidi it ser\-es incre:ises ;
the estimate Wius made in 1867 tiiat there should
be four hospital beds for every one thousand in-
habitants of London. In American cities one-
ludf as much general hospital accommodation
would be ami)le. The natural growth of every
hospital should be j)rovided for when it is
founded ; allowance should Ije made for ground
space, to permit tiie addition of pavilions and
special service buildings. An administration
building, ma<le large enough to be at first the
residence of officers, nurses, and others, even
including patients, may be used later more
exclusively for official purposes.
The a<hninistrative and service departments
being conveniently centralized, the paWlions
containing wards should be arranged with spe-
cial care to gain their exposure on three sides
to sunlight ; service rooms may be placed on the
fourth or northerly side. The axis of a long
ward should lie near a meridian line or to the
west rather than to the east of south, if that
position is more expedient. The rale for the
distance between buildings is twice the height
of the highest one. Much depends upon the
contour of the ground, the ajjproaches, and other
considerations tliat must be carefully studied
before any plan is begim.
6. Heating, ventilating, and lighting. The
first two of tli&se topics arq inseparable ; there
should be a<lequate provision for the escape of
impure air to let the fresh air in. It is a cardi-
nal principle that there should be an abundant
air supply warmed by indirect radiation, for
which steam heat is the most controllable for a
large ho.spital. The inlets may be near the
floor, in the outer wall near or under a window ;
the outlets should of)en into vent ducts, lx)th
near the floor and ceiling, the upper ones having
valves to close tliem. Vent ducts sliould lead
to a warmed vent shaft, or to a chamber in the
loft of considerable size where the holding of a
body of warm air, before its escape through the
ventilating openings .above, tends to determine
tlie upward flow. With heat in these vent
shafts and chambers, a more efficient extraction
system is cnn^titntrd ; after the provision for
tiial -\-i. , ■ ! ,. i.. lliirj fan fn ruiitr,,]
tllr l: :- ■ - M-.l tnr,,nMlIUtc
tlir pi-' , ':• \rnl||at,n;,',l„rt
directly to the outer aii um Ijc dei)ended upon.
These general principles should be carried out
by the experts in these matters, who should be
considted.
The artificial lighting of hospital wards is
m;ule ewy by the modern perfection of electric
ligiitiiig ; and the deterioration of the air by
burning gas is avoided.
HOSPITAL
7. Furniture and fittings. In the planning
of hospital wards, structural considerations
should have regard, as far as necessaiT, to
the principles of simplicity in all funiishings,
fixtures, and fittings. The movable articles of
ward furniture are now made almost entirely
of metal, paintetl or enamelled, or fittetl with
glass, as table tops for example ; in like manner
the fixtures of the toilet and bathrooms should
be of materials imper%ious to al»orptiou of
organic matter. The plumbing fixtures should
be exjwsed as completely as possible ; it is a
gowl ride to keep the wastes and traps of water-
closets above the floor, or to place trajw below
the ceiling in the room below, the object being
not to permit these or jiipcs of any kind to run
laterally in the space under the floor. In some
cases, a pipe shaft (2 X 2}, feet) has been used
for ventilating such rooms, and made to convey
all the perpendicular nins of pipes, — for hot
and cold water, steam, etc. Into these shafts
they can be le<l laterally from the room.
There are still to be considered small hospitals
in communities where large ones are neither
practicable nor necessarj', and special hospitals
of dificrent kinds. A point of special inten-st
concerning the.se is the growing demand for
servicciible and inexpensive buildings in small
towns and villages. A great advance has been
mjule within a few years in devising satisfactory
forms of construction suitable to such circum-
stances. Some single buildings, and small groujw
of them suitably arranged, have been planned
and built with aflmirable success.
In the constniction of hospitals for special
diseases it is always possible to make a practical
adaptation of the accepted axioms, the strictest
extremes not always licing required. The great
institutions for the in.sane present problems for
special study, concerning which there are chang-
ing views as well as differing needs and circum-
stances.
Tiie subject of hospitals has a peculiar interest
in that the best structural results are to be
gained through a rccognition of the fact that re-
quirements are combined of which the liest
knowledge is held by experts in two professions
and in neither singly. The historj' of hospital
construction ])roves that its evolution is on the
truest lines when the combination of knowledge
and experience on all sides of the eoini)lex prob-
lem lends to lou'leal results. — Kl>WAIU) CoWI.K-S.
Chelsea Hospital. For iiualided soldiers;
built by Cliarles 11. and in part from tlic designs
of Sir Christopher Wren. It is an interesting
building, in great part of red brick, and encloses
three quadrangles, one of which is large and
stately in efl"cct. The growth of Ltindon has
cau.sed it to be included now iu a densely built
section.
Cottage Hospital. One for a small eoniinu-
nity, iis a \'illagc or small town, or for a special
>~ B^
5^2
i fc S
HOSPITAL
form of disease, or depending upon a separate
small foundation, whii'h in disposition, plan, and
design may be thought to resemble a cottage or
several cottages rather than the more elaborate
public building.
Greenwich Hospital. For invalided sailors
and otiier men who have served in the British
na\-y. It was founded by Charles II. but was
built chierty by Mary II. and by her husband,
William III., from the designs of Sir Christo-
pher Wren. The growth of the town has
brought this hospital and the beautiful park
attached to it close to the built-up region of
Southwark.
Pavilion Hospital. One in which the wards
occupy separate buildings, connected with one
another by narrow and well-ventilated corridors,
if at all. One in Berlin has twenty-eight beds in
each ward ; the wards occupy each the whole of
one story of a pavilion, and the pavilions are
wholly detached and removed from one another by
six times their width and five times their height.
One in Nuremberg, with pavilions only two
stories, or wards, in height, with steeply sloping
roofs above, has the pavilions sixty-eight feet
apart, and also wholly unconnected. A recently
accepted design for a public hospital at Wiesba-
den has larger buildings, with smaller wards ; two
in each story of each building ; but these build-
ings are veiy widely distributed over a large park-
like piece of ground, and have absolutely no
intercommunication except by the out-of-door
paths. S. Thomas Hospital, in London, built
about 1870, has much larger wards and four
stories of them in eacli pavilion ; but these pa-
vilions are separated from one another by one
and a half times their height ; although, from
tlie river, certain tower-like additions to the
fronts make them seem broader and therefore
nearer together. In tliis case an ambulatory
only one story high connects them at one end,
but at the other end they are attached to a long
stretch of buildings wliich are taken up by the
administration, the anatomical theatre, and tiie
like. It is a compromise between the systems
of separate and of attached pavilions. Johns
Hopkins Hospital, in Baltimore, has pavilions
separated from each other by nearly twice their
width, so far as the wards are concerned, but
each pavilion is broader wiiere the private rooms
and tlie lodgings of the attencjants are situated,
and at this part they are coiniected by covered
galleries. A not unsimilar arrangement exists
in the Hopital de Lariboisiere in Paris. The
distinction between even the least successful of
these and the regular building completely en-
closing square or rectangular courts is obvious,
and is of admitted importance.
Some pavilion hospitals have a certain number
of circular or polygonal pavilions. Tiiere are
two at J.iims Hojikins Hospital and in the
Cliild's Hospital at Bradford there is one pa-
409
HOTEL
vilion two stories high, about sixty-eight feet in
external diameter and containing in each ward
twenty-eight beds arranged in a circle, their
heads to the wall. The advantages of tiie circu-
lar pavilion are obvious ; it is only a question
whether they are counterbalanced by greater
disadvantages, as, for instance, in the consider-
able loss of space. — Edward Covvles.
Snell, Charitahle and Parochial Establish-
ments; (iaUon, llriilthij Hospitals; ^Degen, Der
Ban itir Krr/ii/.-< ,,/niiisfr ; Husson, Etude sur les
Hopit'iii.r : Jlimlitt. Hospitals and Asylums of
the Worhl : Kuliii, l(in,ik,.nhauscr in Uandbuch
der Arrliiicht Id- : \\ i'.m.."., 1: KV.t-^i w, (iriindriss-
vorhildi r I-., II I,. ■ \ . Oppert,
HosplhfU. Iiijiiij' . Narjoux,
HOSPITATiTUM. A. In Konian archae-
ology, a guest chamber (Vitruvius, VI., 10).
B. In a Roman theatre, one of the two
entrances reserved for strangers, that is for
actors representing personages supposed to
arrive from foreign cities (Vitruvius, V., 7).
HOSPinUM. In Roman archaeology, a
guest chamber, or, by extension, a place such
as an inn, where strangers were habitually enter-
tained.
HOTEL. A building arranged for and
adajjted to the purpose of lodging, feeding, and
caring for the wants of travellers, persons with-
out domicile, or those desiring a temporary or
permanent place of residence which shall not
entail eftbrt or responsfRility, beyond a pecu-
niary one, on their part.
The modern hotel sJiould not only afford
ample means of furnishing lodging and food to
those seeking those necessities, but such pri-
vacy, comfort, luxury, or means nf entertain-
ment as maybe secured in a ]iii\ate duniicile,
and in addition every means ot carrying out the
domestic, public, or social functions of life.
Further, it should afford means of offering
diversion or anuisement to those abiding under
its roof, and may also jiresent (ippDrtiiuities for
the transaction of business witiiin its walls;
although shops should not lie ineiir])orated
within the scheme, except in ao far as they con-
tribute to the daily actual needs of the guests —
as might be maintained of a barber, hairdresser,
newsdealer, or ticket agent.
In plan a city hotel slio\dil — where possible
— be a parallelogram, eithei- square or with the
width and length witliin the iimportion of two
to three, and if practicable all sides should front
upon streets or open spaces. The courts, light-
ing and ventilating rooms not upon the fronts,
should aggregate at least from one-fitth to one-
sixth the total area covered ; the main or central
court should comprise one half of this open
area, and may be unroofed and form a driveway
or entrance, as in the Grand Hotel at Paris ; be
roofed with gla.ss at the to]) as in the Kaiserhof
at Berlin ; or be roofed with glass part way of
410
HOTEL
its height as in the Waldorf-Astoria at New
York. The first treatment is only possible
where space can be spared, but is not ecouonu-
cal ; the second impairs the projier ventilation
of the rooms opening into the court ; while tiie
latter has been found to possess the greater ad-
vantages. The ground floor should be upon the
level of the main avenue upon which the build-
ing fronts, or raised but slightly above it, the
main entrance being upon the principal front.
A covered portico should protect this entrance
and a driveway pass under it, which may be
extended into tiie building and out again, al-
though this feature is not essential and has
some objections. One or more private entrances
should be provided for those desiring to avoid
the publicity of the main entrance, and to reach
tho.se portions of the house devoted to amuse-
ment or public entertainments. The main en-
trance should open upon a spacious and imposing
hall, decorated and embellished in a rich and
sumptuous, although severe, manner, to impress
the visitor with the sense of the comfort, lux-
ury, refinement, or cheer which are to be found
within the walls. This apartment, variously
termed vestibule, foyer, hall, rotunda, etc.,
according to its shape or size, should be regjirded
as of great importance, as it is the heart of the
building from which all life springs and to
which it returns ; in size large enough to accom-
modate :i iiiultitudi' of arriving and departing
travcilti-. aii.i at the same time to admit of
interrnu'-r !« tv,..:i tli.v<p Ind^'iti!: in or visiting
their , ; iM.rc mod-
ern li ! ' allow
only i 111' other
accuiuii 1, II rooms,
cafes, siiioki II L' nu'cment
has not been i tul ; on
the contrary tli tlie im-
portance of this ;qi:n; a place
where guests of botli -• "K'.
The setting apart (ii I -i women
is being abandoned, and ail iimhus arc lor u.se of
both alike, the only restriction being that in
one or more dining or reception rooms smoking
is not permitted. This has led to the adoption
of glass partitions or screens, dividing or form-
ing the various public apartments, and a<lmits
of greater freedom in social life, less exclusive-
ness and fuller opportunity to view the life and
movement going on within the house ; privacy
being found in the more retired drawing-rooms
located in the upper stories.
The dining rooms should be bright and cheer-
ful, botii Jis to light and decoration ; being used
by day as well a.s night, it is essential that arti-
ficial light be not wholly relied upon ; a luxu-
rious and (piiet air should pervade them rather
than that of grandeur or size. The trejitment
of a portion of the space set apart for dining as
a garden, using plants, flowers, fountains, etc.,
411
HOTEL
has become general, and is a marked feature of
improvement.
The cafe for men is an advance npon the
smoking room of old houses, as oHering greater
comforts and accommodation, while convei-sa-
tion, reading, or newspaper and writing rooms,
to which may be added a library, are necessary
adjuncts to, and should form a part of, the
mcxlem house, as they do in all representative
American hotels.
The kitchen of a modem hotel being one of
its most impoitant features, the greatest judg-
ment should be exercised in its arrangements
and disposition. The dining room, cafe, restau-
rant, etc., necessarily spreatling over so great an
area, centralization is alxsolutcly required, and
separate stairways or passages for each room to
be ser\e<I should be provide«l ; easy access mean-
ing quick service, which is a sine qua non of
motlern living. Where dining rooms are more
than one story above the kitchen, they are
reached by two or more quick-running lifts,
controlled from the kitchen, but where such
dining rooms are large or important, it is not
unusual to have a separate kitchen contiguous
to same. Kitchens should always he finished
in materials easily kept clean, such jis marble
or tiles for floors and walls, and access should
be given to the public for inspection, as tending
toward improved discipline in the service, and
confidence or interest in the patrons.
The staircases, owing to the atlbption of ele-
vators, have become a secondary means of reach-
ing the upper stories, and less importance is
given to their size and decoration ; they should
exist, however, as a means of communication in
case of panic, or as a reserve shoulil elevator
service be crippletl. From the ground floor to
the next above, or possibly to a third story, the
staircases should be ample, easy, and well i)laced,
as these are more use<l than to stories above,
and form important decorative features.
The elevator service should consist of a suffi-
cient number of quick-running electric or hy-
draulic lifts, having commodious cars, each
capable of carrying ten or more passengers ; in
a building of more than ten stories, one such
lift should be provided for every one hundred
and fifty guests ; the sj^ed at which they can
lie most successfully nm has been found to be
about 450 feet per minute. Freight and ser-
vants' lifts — the same machine answering for
both purposc-s — should be provided in one-
fourth the proportion named for guests.
The stories forming the lodging portion of the
house should be dividitl into rooms varying in
size and arrangement, viz. : single chamliers or
bcdnxims ; suites, two or more connecting rooms,
generally parlour, lM?<lroom, and bathroom (or
simply bedroom and Imthroom) ; and apartments,
sets of rooms cut oflf from the main corridors
by private door and anteroom, embracing par-
412
HOTEL
lour, dining room, several bedrooms, bathrooms,
ami pantries. The extreme of comfort is ton
often intrenched upon by reduciii;; the size of
the guests' rooms to supply a i^natcr inimlicr,
but the plan cannot be too stroii;^iy ilrjiiriatiM,
although the cost of the land upon wliich the
house stands usually leads to its adoption ; this
can only be overcome, where ground space is
restricted, by adding to tlie number of stories ;
the rooms in upper stories are lighter and less
noisy than those nearer the ground level, hence
are more desiraljle.
A marked feature of luxury in modern hotels
is tlie number of bathrooms and their fittings ;
there should be at least one of these connecting
with every two chambers, and, for important
suites of apartments, e;ich chamber should have
its own bathroom. All hatlirooms sliould ha\e
a window opening upon the outer air, and in no
case should bathrooms open upon shafts which
give ventilation to other rooms.
In the design of the facades, the serious prob-
lem of taking care of the multitude of windows
can only be met by a proper disposition of
masses and a carefully studied outline, leaving
tlie windows to be disposed with a symmetrical
arrangement as far as practicable, but not em-
phasized as features of the design ; the roof
should help largely to give character and dignity,
but should not waste room in the plan by eccen-
tric angles or too great a recession from the per-
j)endicular; wholly extraneous constructions for
(jrnamcnt simply are to be avoided ; the struc-
ture being monumental from its size and orderly
handling rather than from individual features
of too evident assertiveness.
One feature of the modern hotel is that which
provides vast, luxurious, and commodious apart-
ments for entertainment and amusement, such
as ball rooms, concert and lecture halls, banquet
rooms, and suites where weddings and other
social functions may be held. These, while not
forming a necessary part of the hotel proper,
are valuable adjuncts. These rooms are usually
placed on the first story above the ground
floor, and arc reached by special entrances, pri-
vate staircases, and elevators, and slmuM be so
arranged that two or more eiitntaimiK iits laii
take place at the same time withnul (onllicliiii,'
with each other, and without distin liint,' or
encroaching upon the privileges nl' tlir n-ular
guests. The dining room or restaiii ant raiiarity
of the modern hotel is generally licyoiid the
limit required for the guests lodging within the
house, 80 as to accommodate transient guests
who desire to dine or to take their meals with-
out lodging.
Another extraneous feature of the modern
hotel, but sometimes added, is the roof garden.
Utilizing the entire roof of the structure and
l;iying out the same to simulate a garden, with
walks, shrubbery, and vine-covered trellises,
413
HOTEL DB BOURGOGNE
illuminated at night, an attractive space is
gained for dining and light entertainments, such
as (■(uiceits, etc., in temperate and fair weather.
Tliis necessitates aliundant or extra elevator ser-
\ice, as the rei^uhir service would not be ade-
quate for tiie purpuse. — H. J. Hakdenbeegh.
HoTEIi. In French (the term being con-
tinually transferred to English in connection
with special appellations, or otherwise), a build-
ing larger and more costly than other buildings
of the same general class, or distinguished from
them by peculiarities of use. The word seems
to have had a more general application during
the sixteenth century and before that time, im-
plying in old Fi'cnch any building in which men
lived or followed their vocations ; since then,
the change has been wholly in the direction of
limiting it to the more sumptuous buildings;
as follows : —
A. A large dweOing for a single family ; and
in the cities (as most families live in apartments
in large houses containing many apartments)
especially a house Imilt for the occupation of
one family only. In this sense it is applied ret-
rospectively to larue ImildiiiL^s of the Middle
Ages (see the following titles).
B. In special cases, the public edifice in
which the business of a governmental depart-
ment, or the like, is carried on. In this sense,
often apparently signifying still a place of resi-
dence ; thus, the Hotel des Finances or Hotel
du Ministre des Finances is in name as well as
in fact the residence of the minister as well as
the business place for his many assistants and
clerks. It is less easy to explain the term
Hotel des Monnaies — the Mint of Paris.
As in Italy it is often said that a palazzo is
merely a house with a great door into which a
carriage can drive, so it is said in Paris that a
hotel is merely a house with a po7'te cocMre.
The infrequency of the use of imlais and the
inapplicability of c/id/eau to the city house
leaves no word but hotel for the many impor-
tant structures whi<h are liaicl to classify other-
wise. (Cuts, cols. II.-., 4|(i. 117, 418.) — R.S.
HOTEL BOURGTH:6rOUDE. At Rouen,
in Xormaiidy : a building in tlie latest (lothic,
with remaikalile bas-reliefs on the wall of the
HOTEL CARNAVALET. In Paris, east
ni- the Hotel de Vill.'. The building is of the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, partly the
work of Pierre Lcs,,,1, .and completed by F.
Mansart. There are .vculptni-cs on tlu" princi-
pal front and on the comi winch aie attributed
to Jean Goiijon, and are of iniportaiHT. The
building has been adapted for use as a museum,
and hiis lost part of its original internal char-
acter, but is still worthy of study.
h6TEI> de BOUROOONE. In Paris;
of which oidy one tower remains (now often
called Tour dc Jmit sans I'eur). It was the
REZ-DE-CHAUSSEE
1«« ETAGE
. Vestibule of parte eochire with passage tc
'. Vestibule to sUlrcase, two steps above A.
: Porter's room, or office.
I. Kitchen.
'. Bedroom of porter, or office.
. C'arrla);o house.
Stoey above Ground Stoby. (Sek Fk
J. Dinlnc roipm.
A'. Laniline plare.
Z, .)/. Drawing-rooms (salons).
X. Salon, or library.
0. Sert-lce room ^.butler's paotryi.
Fio. a. - H..TRL : Plw ok Oki xikmk I^:!
.MiovK <;KorNn Stout. fSKr. Kio. 1.)
h6tel de cluny
Paris residence of the Dukes of Burgundy down
to tlie time of the fall of the independent power
of those princes with the death of Charles le
T^m^raire.
HOTEIi DE CLtJNY. A large dwelling
house in Paris, built for the city residence of the
abbot of the great monastery of Cluny, and now
HOTEL DES INVALIDBS
finest and best preserved pieces of developed
Gothic architecture applied to a civic building
which still remain. It has been restored for
the purposes of a town hall, but without serious
injury to its pristine character.
HOTEL DES INVALIDES. In Paris, a
great hospital and asylum for invalided soldiers ;
occupied by :i nuisciuii of niediieval and more
recent art. The building was built toward the
cloHC of the fifteenth century, and remains gen-
erally unaltered ; one of the most beautU'ul late
Gothic civic l)uildingH existing.
HOTEL DE JACQUES CCBUR. In
bourge-s, France. Tiic building ia one of the
417
founded by Louis XIV. ; the building was fin-
ished in 1675. It stands on the south bank of
the Seine at the head of the great open Espla-
nade den InvalideH. There are but few old
soldiers living there at present, and a large
part of the building is occupied for museums
uiul similar public purjioscs. (For the church
41U
HOTEL DES MONNAIES
a^joiuiug, see church uf S. Louis, under
Church.)
Peran, Description historif/ue de V Hotel Royal
des Jiiralidex ; Liniiiel, Uisloire de V Hotel Royal
des Invalided.
HOTEL DES MONNAIES. The Paris
mint ; an interesting buililing of the eighteenth
century, on the soutli bank of the Seine near tlie
Pont Neuf. Its sj)ccial interest for Wsitors is
tlie museum of coins and medals, historically
and artistically of tiie first importance.
h6TEL des VENTES (more properly
lies Vi'utes MnbiU^res). In Paris, a public
building in which nearly all auction sales are
conducted, and famous therefore on account of
the magnificent works of art and great collec-
tions wliich have been sold in its rooms. The
present building is in the Rue Drouot, and is
often <aile<l Hotel Drouot. It is of no sjjecial
architei-tiiral importance.
HOTEL DE VILLE. In France,
building in which i.s located the ccuti
HOUSE
H6tEL DIEU. lu French, a hospital ;
especially one of tho.se in certain cities where
the building and the establishment have re-
sulted from a gift of charitable people in former
times. Those of Paris, Lyons, Beauue, are par-
ticularly celebratetl.
h6tEL drouot. (See Hotel des
Ventcs.)
HOTHOUSE. \ greeidiou.se in wliidi a
high t<'ni|wTatun' is maiiitainiHl.
HOTON, "WILLIAM DE ", master mason.
Oct. 1, l.i.")l, Wilhani de Hoton, mason, son
of William de 11. .ton, al.so a ma-son, succeeded
Thomas de Patenham as master mason of the
cathe<lral of Durham, England.
Browne, Church of S. Peter, York.
HOUDON, JEAN ANTOINE; sculptor;
b. March l>0, 1741 (at Vei-SiuUes) ; d. Julv
IC, \^-i^.
Hoiidon was a pupil, first of Michel Slotltz
(see Sjodtz, M.), and afterward of Pigalle at
the Ecole Jes Beaux Arts. He won the
authority of a nuuiicipality. Several very im-
portant building.s, ancient and modern, are com-
monly called by tins name, but they are never
mentioned without geographical indication af-
forded by tlie name of their cities, and, therefore,
do not need mention here. Tliut of Pari.s, built
in part uikUt Henry IV., destroyed in 1871 by
the C'omnmne, and rebuilt with great splendour
in our own time, is occasionally mentioned with-
out tlie name of the city.
V Architecture, series of articles on ^fairips et
Hotels de Ville ; Calliat, Hotel de Ville de Paris
avec line histoire de ce monument ; Lacroix, //I'.i-
toire de V Hotel de Ville in Hoffbauer, Paris a tra-
vers les Ages; Vachon, L'Ancien Hotel de Ville
de Pari.s.
HOTEL DE VOGU6. In Djjon, Bur-
gundy. A beautiful city iioiise of the sixteenth
century, with two admirable fa(;aile8, one on tlie
court of entrance and the other on the garden.
410
(NoK..). Kr
Grand Prix de Rome in 17G1 at the age of
twenty. During his stay in Rome he made
the famous statue of S. Bruno in the portico of
the church of S. Maria degli Angeli. Houdon's
best work is in jHirtraiturc. Of his jxirtrait
statues, perhaps the most important is the su-
perb Voltaire of the Tiieatre-fran^ais, Paris.
Houdon Wius his own bronze founder, and was
without a rival in that art. In 1 78.") he visited
America with Franklin, and made tiie statue of
Washington at the capitol in Richmond, Vir-
ginia.
De Monlaiglon et Duplessis, Houdon, in Revue
Universelte des Arts, Vol. I. ; Gonse, SculfKure
Fran(;aise ; Benott, VArl /ran<;ais sous la Rivolu-
tion et r Empire.
HOUSE. A dwelling ; the term being usu-
ally restricted to tiiose dwellings which have
Home clalxiration ; excluding Cabin, Cot, Cot-
tage ill its original sense. Hut, Iglu, Shack,
420
^^^^
Hotel de Cluny, Paris.
HOUSE
Shanty, Tipi, Wigwam, and the like. Build-
ings inhabited by many families are generally
called by some fom]X)und term of which the
word house or dwelling form.s a part ; as Aj)art-
HOUSE
the climate is fairly warm, with but a short
winter, the house is almost invariably built
direct uiwn the jrround, witliout cellar or sub-
structure of any kind. At the present time
e large room which
n\ ided temporarily or other-
iis, it is often called by the
I the case of the very large
structures of Fiji, Samoa, and other islands of
the Pacific; especially New Zealand. Where
the local name is not used, the term hut is often
local name, as i
excellent houses are built in the cities of tropical
South America with the princii)al rooms set im-
mediately upon tlie ground, wliicli has Ijeen pre-
viously dug out and filled in again with specially
prepared and hard-rammed earth or sand, and
this covered with a pavement of some kind.
The inclination of the ground is often followwl.
so that it is not imusual to find the open court-
yard, where the family dinner table is set under
an awning in an especially breezy comer, higher
in level than the reception rooms ; and the
stables may be still higher on the hillside, con-
• t •' ^
applied to such buildings as this. At the same
time, the distinction between tliese and the early
house of the most civilized peoples of the Medi-
terranean world is not very great. Wherever
necting perhaps with another street. This is in
the trade wind region, within the trojjics ; anil
outside of this belt of e<|uable warm weatlier,
and even within it as Northern European inttu-
424
Fig. 3. — House at Moudjeleia in Stria, of Romaj
KoMAN Country House in a Quiet Province.
enoes prevail, the houses are apt to have their
principal rooms raised above the ground. This
i.s sometimes done by means of uprights, as of
wood, or built of brick, upon which the lower
floor is supported and between which the ground
is left open except as some grating or lattice-
work keeps away intruders. In all these re-
s[)ects the habits of Egyptian, Assyrian, and
Greco-Roman antiquity may be seen revived.
The original Roman house consisted of tlio
atrium alone, in whieli \\;is the l';iiiiil.v slc(|iih--
l)lace, cooking place, ami plure ,,{' li.ihit.ition l'iii
(■rally. The additions to tlie iiouse in the way
of small clo.set8 for sleeping places (see Cubic-
uhnn) a separate eating room (see Cenaculum ;
Triclinium) and the like, were made gradually,
exactly as, in our own times, the house of a
settler in a new country will consist of one room,
with perhaps a garret in which one can sleep.
In the Roman house of later times, many of the
dispositions of the plan are apparently tradi-
tional remains of the simple, early plan ; thus,
the ala; (see Ala) seem to be the window rc-
C(!sses of the atrium, although the windows were
abandoned when tlie open compluvium wa« in-
troduced. The warmer the country, the less
HOUSE
these additional appliances seem to
be required.
We know little of the private
house in Egypt, in Mesopotamia, or in
Greece. The ruins that have been
explored are generally those of royal
j)alaccs ; and the resemblance between
tiiose and the smaller house of the
same epoch is very difficult to trace,
for it depends largely upon the social
position of the inferior. Thus, we
h<i\e little information even for the
b'oiiian dwelling as to the sleeping
I u i- of the numerous household
-1 1\ c ; and we can only infer by com-
IMiison with modem experience that
many of them slept in any corridor or
hall of the house during the colder
weather, and out of doors, under the
roofs of porticoes, and the like, during
the summer time. The dwelling house
of the Greeks is known to us chiefly
by tlie appearance, in Roman dwell-
ings of a later time, of features which
we take as being Greek in origin,
either from tradition or by strong in-
herent probability. The disposition
to build around the open court, which
still exists in the Mediterranean lands,
in other subtropical and in all tropical
countries, was universal in Greece and
in Italy. The Roman atrium, whether
at first roofed solidly, or with an open
louver like the megaron of the early
palaces, was, in historic times, usually
open in the middle, with a cistern
p catch the drippings of water from the
HOUSE
partial roof. (See Atrium ; Caviedium ; Com-
pluvium ; Implnviuin.) As larger houses were
built, other courts were added, and this in city
as well as in country, until much later times.
Thus, a second and larger atrium, often calleil by
the generic name peristylium, with a large cistern
in the middle which was made decorative, was
surrounded by the rooms of the family, while the
HOUSE
•was usually accompanied by a jwrtico along one
side at lea.st. Tlie larger houses of Pomjjeii,
although in the iicart of a dose-built town, arc
not diflerent in character from viUas in the coun-
try, except tiiat tlie courts and esjiecially the
gardens are smaller (see plan, House of Pansa).
In all these hou.ses the second storj- is of minor
importance, uur is its exact dis|)ositiou nor its
use thoroughly well known in any one instance.
(See Cenaculum ; Pergola.)
On the other hand, it is known positively
that the houses of the city of Rome were often
four or five stories in height. The more splen-
did houses, such as that one recently brouglit to
light near what is called the gardens of Sallust,
contained at least three stories of somewhat
large and statily rooms. The houses which
were built in tiie more crowded jiarts of the
city for the dwellings of the poorer classes are
littlr kiiiiwn, but it is evident that they were
I'Hi-iii:,' hmi.se.s, or, as we say in America, tene-
iiinit h.piiscs, not wholly unlike the modern
ixauiplcs. The emperors, and especially Ha-
Ml
:'■;.; r
original atrium, now treated as an outer court,
wa-H accomi)anied by the rooms of the porter and
other dependants, and sometimes by a shop or
several shops ; which might be occupied by the
proprietor, who sold there the fruits of liis
estates, exactly as is still done in the palazzi of
the Italian town.s, or which might l)e rented to
others. Beyond the rooms surrounding the peri-
stylium there was, where i)racticable, a still
larger open space, treated as a garden, but this
427
drian, iasued very positive edicts alxiut the
housing of the people of the city, and to a cer-
tain extent similar regtdations seem to have
lieen put in force for the other cities of the
emiiire.
All of this modernization — all this serious
study of social jiroblems and attempt to solve
them — was brouglit to on end by the rapidly
approaching decline of the imperial system,
lu the modem epoch, l>eginning with the Mid-
428
HOUSE
die Ages, several curious phenomena appear,
which probably had their counterpart in an-
tiquity, though traces of it are lost. Thus, it
is known that the earlier country houses of
England and of Germany were habitually built
with the barn and the residence in one, so that
one roof covered, and one four-square building
enclosed, the stalls for horses, the stalls for
cattle, the great storage place for hay and other
fodder and that for grain, the cooking place,
the separate accommodations, if any, of tiic
master's family, and the places of safes keep-
ing for whatever valuables he might possess.
Houses of this character still exist among
the larger chalets of Switzerland. A great
barn floor might run through the centre of the
buiMing, lengthwise ; on each side of this Were
stalls, priliaps hnrscs ,m ..iic sidr and oxen and
cows oil llir (,tlicr, while above these wcm tiio
lofts for fod.ier and the like. At tlie end of
the l)arn floor was the fireplace; and the fire,
burning on an open hearth, without a flue, sent
its smoke through all parts of the building,
thus protecting the human inmates to a certain
extent from the inconveniences of the presence
under the same roof with them of the cattle
HOUSE
and matters kept in storage. Insects and the
like would hardly be of much annoyance, and
stable smells were hardly to be feared where
everything was impregnated with a constant
odour of wood smoke. At a later time the
master's bedchamber was put \\\> beliind the
hearth, and the point is maile in aiieient docu-
ments that from ins be^lplaee he eould see all
parts of the interior. The further advance of
the demand for comfort and for some display is
seen in the building of a separate room for the
mistress of the household (see Bower), and at
a later time of a separate room for the sleeping
place of the otiier women of the establishment ;
these having originally slept in tlie lofts or in
special parts of them on one side, while the
men occupied the other. The twelfth century
had come before the country house in northern
Europe had fairly separated itself from the barn
and stable. Then appears the house of the
lord of the soil, in which the great hall (see
Hall) is the only important room. In this the
master and his family ate at the same long
table with the whole household; or, at least,
on a table raised upon a platform and immedi-
ately connected with a lower table. A building
of this importance would have a Solar (which
see) and a Bower, and outhouses in consider-
able abundance, so that the opportunities of
shelter for the dependants were not far to seek.
The smaller house, that of the freeholder of no
large means, would consist of a Hall and noth-
ing else beyond a chamber in the roof, in all
respects resembling a modern English cottage
Fio. 7. — Housk: Typicai, Plan op Ancient Moor-
ish DWKLLINO, PIlEl'AKI-.n IJY C. UhDK FOR
Comparison with Modern Plan. (See Fio. 14.)
of the smaller type. The development from
this to the large country house of the time of
Queen Elizabeth is direct and simple ; nor ha.s
there been any interruption in the natural evo-
lution of the dwelling even to tiie jjrescnt day,
except where the deliberate adoption of a plan,
430
HOUSE
supposed classical or iu some way authoritative,
has forced an otherwise undesirable arrangement
of the rooms.
In the cities the difference between the house
of antiquity and that of the mediicval and
modern ejjochs is more marked. Tiie house of
the thirteenth century in a CJerman or French
town would occupy as little ground as possible,
because of the crowding natural to a walled
city, constantly growing in wealth and in popu-
lation, but unable to expand beyond the ring
of its defences. Such houses still exist ; and
those of the fifteenth century, built on the
same plan, are not uncommon. It is usual
to have a small courtyard which divides the
house into a front building on the street and
a back building, tiie two being connccf..!
by a narrow covered way, which in t '
upper stories may be enclosed, and sir
even as a place of storage or as a sl« .
ing place for dependants. The courty.i
would contain the well ; and the stain .1
usually was a corkscrew or spiral occuj .
ing but little room and placed in an an,u'l<
of the court. It might then be more or
less enclosed ; in a house of .some preten-
sions, especially in a Isorthern town, tlie
staircase would become a solid round tower
with a roof of its own. The rooms of tlie
front building would be lighted from the
street and from tiie court ; the windows
on the street being generally smaller,
and those of the lower stories very
small and strongly guarded with
wrouglit-iron gratinLfs. By tiie be-
ginning of tiie fourteontli centurj'
this distinction partly disap-
pears, and the house fronts from
that time are extremely varied
and beautiful, with windows of
considerable size. This is es])e
cially the case in cities when
great and continued prosperit\
and the absence of internal war
fare gave tlie householder
confidence. Thus, in Venice,
even from the twelfth cen-
tury, the water fronts are
exquisitely graceful and fan-
tfistic, with great numbers of
windows — the wliole front
being opened upas completely
as in our modern residences.
HOUSE
Coeur at Bourges, is hardly different in character
from the smaller house describe«l. Thus, in the
mansion last named, the chapel is built above
tiie entrance gate, and on each side of it are
rooms, both on the ground floor and above ;
while opposite the entrance and across a court-
yard larger in proportion to the greater size of
the establi-shment rises the main house with
three staircase towers, each one connecting with
rooms on three stories besides the garret. Here
again there is a well in the court, and here also
partly enclosed and covered galleries connecting
the front buildings with the rear ones; the
main difference being tliat, as here the house
s built ag-ainst the inner face of the city
all, the main rooms are ligiitwl only or
•liiefly from the court, to which, there-
fore, special pains was given to make it
sunny and airj'. (See, in addition to
the references above, Ala ; Andron ;
Fauces ; Gallery ; Hall ; (Ecus ; Solar ;
Tablinum ; Vestibulum ; and the
terms denoting modern 6ubdi^^sions of
a house.) (Cuts, cols. 433, 434 ; 43.5,
"" 437, 438; 439, 440.)— R. S.
Fio. 8.
The Gothic forms and details
throanhout the
The back build-
ing, wliich took its light only from the court in
most instances, was still sufficiently open and
airy to be entirely pleasant. Even at this day
one can hire a room in a German town house of
the fourteenth century with no windows except
those on the open gallery looking on the court,
and can l)c entirely comfortable. The town house
even of a very wealthy resident, such as that
splendid fifteenth century mansion of Jacques
Basement House. In New York and other
Anieriwm cities, a house of which the jirincipal
entrance is into tiie story below that of the
principal drawing-rooms, jus most common in
London. There are assumed to be three kinds
of these, viz. : —
First, English Basement House, which type
has been in use since 1840, but has never been
very common. In this it is usual for an office
or reception room and the dining room to
HOUSE
occupy the story of entrance, the kitchen to be
in the cellar or sub-basement, and a cellar for
the furnace, fuel, stores, and the like, to occupy
the space in front of the kitchen. The front
door of such a house was seldom more than
three steps above the sidewalk.
HOUSE
story where the front door was contained only
the same rooms as in the English Basement
House. The chief use of the high stoop was
to allow of a subcellar, or, in other words, of
two stories below tiie sill of the front door.
Thud, The American Basement House, which
czzr^
J
N-.^^
Ii
Good example of tho Frenc
Second, The French Basement House, which
type was introduced about 1864 or 180;'3. In
this there was a stoop as ingh sometimes as
that of the high-stoop house proper, but the
HousK AT Bkauvais, c. 1540.
I simpler manlfostutlons.
type was introduced about 1880. In this the
kitchen and other domestic; ofhccs, and the
entrance vestibule with tlie foot of the main
stairs, occupy the ground story.
4;!1
Fig. 10. — Housj
h. \ Storage for grain a
<l. Vestibule, from whi<
door on the right leads to the
uouse ; lum on loo leii tu tbo baru at d, by means uf
a slight descent.
Living rouin, with great pottery store in upper right hand
FlSCHENTHAL, SWITZERL.WD ; ITXH Ck.VTURY. PLAN. (SkK E
/. Bedchamber, with flxeil bedplace and, D(
g. Kitchen.
h. Store house for wood, with trap door i
of the gal-
the
right, which in this inst«.c
« is i>arUy
S»i«fe»^:>^.
IL, SWITZKULAND. (SKK PLAN.)
HOUSE
Church House. A parish building for meet-
ings, festivals, and the like.
Earth House. A prehistoric subterranean
chamber ; a local name in Scotland. These are
especially numerous in the northeast. They
resemble somewhat the Tholos of Atreus at
Mycenie, being beehive-shaped, of stone, and
heaped over with earth, forming low mounds
above tilt- general gradr (called also Pict's House).
Hanse House. Same as (iinlilliall.
High-stoop House. In New York and
some other American cities, a house furnished
with a stoop, having from six to twelve steps,
and with the drawing-rooms, dining rooms, etc.,
in the story to which the front door at the
HOUSE
farms. The house is, then, the most important
mansion in a country neighbourhood, especially
in England, and often has a park dependent
upon it. (See Country House ; Seat, and sub-
title Country Seat ; also Chateau.)
Pict's House. Same as Earth House (see
subtitle above).
HOUSE (v.). To frame, or to put together
two members by the insertion of one into a re-
cess, groove, or the like, formed in another.
The term is more applicable to such a connec-
tion when of considerable relative extent, and
especially when of the full thickness of the in-
serted member, rather than when formed by
means of a comparatively small tenon or tongue.
/
i
tfTi
1
/i
i;
^'^ ;
Wm
ff
.... n .. f .
1
W\
1 ■'■ '- p
/^^'
""*■
J
Fig. 12. — House called Hotel d*Assi6zat, at Toclodse.
See Accoupleiuont, illustration, and Arcade, il
head of the stoop gives immediate access. This
type of house may be considered as a direct
8ucfe.s8or to the small and simple village houses
which had, of course, no y.retciicr- of a story of
drawing rooms reni..vc,l Inn,, tla^ ,„ti-a.ice; the
chief ilitleicnce l.rin- ,„ I he ,,l;,c,ng of the
Idtchen in the stoi-y l,ch,w that of the entrance,
in New York, while in Piiiladelphia, Baltimore,
and other cities, the kitchen generally occupied
a l)ack building (see L), and in Boston a modi-
tication of the English Basement House was
used (.see Basement House above).
Manor House. A house occupied by the
Ion! (,f a manor, whir'h formerlv a l.mdcl
estate of which parts wcv hchi l.v |m',-o,i. ,„ h
peculiar way, serving ami d, iii-,,i|ri,L i,|jn,, the
lord — is now little more than pmpeity icnted in
437
I house
Thus, Dado (v.) is almost e,|ini
(v.), while an aiTaiigeii,(i,t by moitise and
tenon would hardly be callcil housing.
HOUSE BOAT. A la,-c Hat boat upon
which is erected a dwrllin- s,itlicic,,t lor resi-
dence. In the rivers of China, lairmah, and
parts of Hindustan such structures have been
used for the dwellings of families for many
years. In China the word is used also for
boats used by European families on river jour-
neys. In England and the United States they
are used for residence in pleasant weather and
as a place of summer resort. The boat may be
moored in a lake or in an unfrecjuented reach
of a river.
HOUSE DRAINAGE. Tho arrangements
for the removal of sewage and water from
HOUSE DRAINAGE
HOUSE DRAINAGE
Fig. 13.— Row of Small Houses. Rue d'Ofkrkmont, Pa&is.
The extreme neatness of tlie i)lan is noticeatle.
Hi. J J
Tho square cc
huildings, comprising a system of drain, soil,
and vent J)ii)c.s, the plumbing fixtures with
traps and ap])urtcnanfca, and in sonic case-s the
pijjcs f(jr the removal of storm water from roofs,
yards, courts, and areas.
Fig. 1 shows tlie manner in which the drain-
age of a house should !« arranged in atrordance
with modern i)rinoiple8 of sanitation. The
main house sewer is connected witii the sewer
in the street ; the house drain is carried above
430
the floor of the cellar, and provided near the
front wall with drain trap and 'fresh air inlet.
It receives, by means of Y-branches, the vertical
soil and w;iste lines, also the pipes intended for
the removal of rain water, and branches from
areas and yards.
Vitrified stoneware pipes are used for the
main outside house sewer to within a few feet
of the foundation walls ; under special condi-
tions iron sewer pipes arc used. The diameter
of the house .sewer depends upon tiie number
of plumbing fixtures in the building, except
where it receives rain water, when the size
of the lot to be drained and the rainfall govern
its size. In Greater New York, for instance,
sizes of house sewers arc detcrniined upon the
basis of a rainfall at the rate of 6 inciics per
hour, and of a house sewer running nearly full,
with a velocity of at least 4 feet jicr second.
Talile I. gives the areas of lots drained by
different sizes of pipes : —
Tabi
; No.]
DiAJIK
TKR OF I'll-B
INCIIKS.
Orado of Sewer Vi
lueh per Kool."^*
Gr«t<. of Sewer «
Ineh |«>r Foot.
4
5
6
8
9
2,000 sq. fcPt.
f)i{Mt0 " "
O.IMIO " "
O.KXI ■• ••
ll.tUMl ■■ •
2,.W0 8q. feet.
4. .wo '• "
7.500 " "
10.;>00 " "
HOUSE DRAINAGE
It is not always nect'ssiiry tc) provide for
extreme amounts of rainfall. Generally small
houses are readily tlrained by 4-inch sewers, 5-
inch sewers answer for a large city iiouse, and
6-inch sewers are required only for large build-
ings. For buildings covering a wide area it is
better to provide two or more 6-inch sewers.
The smaller the pipe, the larger must be the
inclination given to secure a velocity of flow
preventing deposits. Table II. gives suitable
rates of inclination for pipes of ditfereut diame-
Tadi
; No. II.
2-inch pipes to have fall of 1
10 '• 1 " 100
The comparative smoothness of the inside of
house drains has an influence upon their dis-
charging capacity. Smooth vitrified pipes de-
liver more water than rough cast-iron pipes.
Table III. gives the discharge in United States
gallons per minute of smooth vitrified and of
rough iron pipes of different diameters, and at
various grades, running full: —
Table No. III.
VlTKI
lEU Pipr.s.
I BOS PIPE8.
Rate of
Diameter in
Inches.
4 5 6 8
Rate of
Diameter in
Incbes.
4 6 6 8
,;.s.;.„^.p.
r.S.^Gallonsper
1:10
1::V)
271
1."
rm 840 2i:«
■.m mi \rm
•.".>:! 48C. 1 '.>:«!
1:10
1 : •-'«
I;:
::i;::!';'^
I'iilUili 4
Where sufficient fall cannot be obtained,
Hushing arrangements .should be provided.
House sewers should have tight joints to pre-
vent leakage and contamination of the soil
under anil around habitations, or tiic pollution
of the drinking water in wells in the country.
Two cardinal principles applying to all in-
side house drainage arrangements are : —
(1) All waste matter capable of being trans-
ported by water must be removed completely
as soon as produced.
(2) The air of the street sewer and of the
house pipes must not be jjermitted to enter the
building through the outlets of fixtures.
It is better to carry house drains e.\po.scd
HOUSE DRAINAGE
above the cellar floor, and plumbing fixtures in
the cellar should l>e avoided. Drain, soil, and
waste pijx's slioidd lie of hea\-y iron pijie, either
cast-iron ))lumlx?rs' soil pipes or heavy screw-
jointed wrought-iron pijx^s. Cast-iron pipes
alxjve the cellar floor are left uncoated, for the
tarring covers up sand holes and other defects,
while wrought-iron pipes are protected against
rust by asphalting or galvanizing. The advan-
tages of a screw-jointed soil and Wii^ste pipe
system are rigidity, jicrmanent tightness of the
screw joints, and fewer joints as the pii^es can
be u.sed in longer lengths. In larger buildings
the screw-jointed .system with recessed drainage
fittings is now preferred, but it is also apphetl
in the best modem dwelling houses.
Junctions and connections are made with
Y-branches, for right-angled connections impede
the flow and create stoppages. Changes in
direction are made under 45 degrees, and no
short quarter Ix'nds are used. Cleaning hand
holes are providetl at traps, bends, junctions,
and upper ends of lines.
To prevent pressure of air, soil and waste
pipes are extended full size up through the
roof, and no i)ipes above the roof should be
smaller than 4 inches. Soil and waste lines
are carrieil straight to the roof and have projier
fittings to receive branches from fixtures on the
ditterent floors. Pipes aliove the roof are ex-
tendetl at lejist 3 feet, their outlets being left
open and unobstructed. •
To induce a circulation of air through the
pipes, the system is provided with foot ventihi-
tion at its lowest point. When the drain is
trapped before connection with the house sewer,
circulation is obtained by a fresh air pipe on
the house side of the trap carrietl out of doors
to a jilace remote from windows and from the
air supply of the heating apparatus. Where
>rr. ( t M\\ri> arc constructed in accordance with
;i \\. II 1. -i.iir.j plan, and are amply flu-shcd
i:; 1 \r :! 1, ,;,.!, and where house jilumbing is
tt -ii .1 I,, ~ci urc absolute tightness, main traps
and fresh air inlets may be omitted, and the
soil pipe sj'stem will receive air from the ven-
tilating manholes on the street sewers.
Leatl waste pipes, of weight as per Table
IV., are used only for short branches connect-
ing fixtures with the soil and waste hnes.
Table No. IV.
DiAllltTFK OK Pll-K IN
Wei..
IT IN PoiNr
* l-(R
.INKAL FlKIT
2
4
8
HOUSE DRAINAGE
Where practicable, fixtures sliould have sep-
arate connections to the vertical lines. Table
V. gives the sizes of soil and waste pipes and
of lateral branches from fixtures : —
Table No. V.
Inches.
Main soil pipes for dwellings 4
Main soil pipes in large buildings of more
than four stories, in tenement houses, fac-
tories, schools, hospitals for insane . . 5
Waste pipes in dwellings 2
Waste pipes for buildings of more than four
Branches for water-closets 4
" " slop sinks 3
■' " pantry and kitchen sinks . li-2
" " bath tubs '2
" " spray, douche, or needle batli ;!
" " foot tubs, sitz tubs, bidets . IJ
" " one wash basin l|
" " row of wash basins .... 2
" " set of laundry tubs .... 2
'• " each tub IJ
" " one urinal l.i
" " row of urinals 2'
An essential requirement of a system of house
drainage is the safe trapping of plumbing fix
tures. By this is meant the ajiplication of a
suitable device under tlie waste nutlet which
permits waste water to tiow c iff while it inter-
poses a barrier against the return uf soil pipe
air. {See Trap.) To lie sclt-cleunsing, traps
should not be larger than the lnuiirh waste pipe
as above given. The simjilcst Idim cif trap con-
sists in a pipe bent in the shape of tiie letter U,
and holding a certain depth of water forming a
water seal. Atmospheric and other influences
tend to destroy the seal. An abnormal pressure
in a soil or waste pipe may force the seal by
back pressure; sudden and quick discbarges
of water through a soil pipe create a suction
behind the water column, and exert a siplioning
effect on the traps. During prolonged disuse of
a fixture the water seal is lost by evaporation,
amd the seal may also be destroyed by cajiillary
attraction. Mechanical traps with Hnating halls,
flap valves, checks, heavy lialls, cte., have hecii
devised as an additional protection, but these are
only partly efte